initial commit of ebook 25174HEADmain

257 files changed, 16114 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/25174-8.txt b/25174-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d155603
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,5289 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Rollo in Scotland, by Jacob Abbott
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Rollo in Scotland
+
+Author: Jacob Abbott
+
+Release Date: April 25, 2008 [EBook #25174]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ROLLO IN SCOTLAND ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by D Alexander and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ ROLLO IN SCOTLAND,
+
+ BY
+
+ JACOB ABBOTT.
+
+ BOSTON:
+ PUBLISHED BY TAGGARD AND THOMPSON.
+ M DCCC LXIV.
+
+
+
+
+ Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1855, by
+
+ JACOB ABBOTT,
+
+ In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the District of
+ Massachusetts.
+
+ STEREOTYPED AT THE
+ BOSTON STEREOTYPE FOUNDRY
+
+ RIVERSIDE, CAMBRIDGE:
+ PRINTED BY H. O. HOUGHTON.
+
+
+ [Illustration: THE PICNIC. See page 133.]
+
+ [Illustration; ROLLO'S TOUR IN EUROPE
+ TAGGARD & THOMPSON.
+ Publishers Boston.]
+
+
+
+
+ CONTENTS.
+
+
+ CHAPTER                                                       PAGE
+
+   I.--THE BOY THAT WAS NOT LOADED,                             11
+
+  II.--DISTRICTS OF SCOTLAND,                                   32
+
+ III.--ARRIVAL AT GLASGOW,                                      44
+
+  IV.--THE EXPEDITION PLANNED,                                  57
+
+   V.--DOWN THE CLYDE,                                          65
+
+   VI.--WALKS ABOUT GLASGOW,                                    73
+
+  VII.--ENTERING THE HIGHLANDS,                                 79
+
+ VIII.--ROWERDENNAN INN,                                        91
+
+   IX.--THE TOUR OF THE TROSSACHS,                             110
+
+    X.--STIRLING,                                              122
+
+   XI.--LOCH LEVEN,                                            135
+
+  XII.--EDINBURGH,                                             157
+
+ XIII.--THE PALACE OF HOLYROOD,                                174
+
+  XIV.--QUEEN MARY'S APARTMENTS,                               188
+
+   XV.--EDINBURGH CASTLE,                                      207
+
+  XVI.--CONCLUSION,                                            216
+
+
+
+
+ ENGRAVINGS.
+
+
+                                                               PAGE
+
+ THE PICNIC                                          FRONTISPIECE.
+
+ STIRLING CASTLE,                                               10
+
+ ODD OR EVEN,                                                   21
+
+ THE COFFEE ROOM,                                               61
+
+ THE SHETLAND PONY,                                             87
+
+ VIEWING THE SCENERY OF LOCH LOMOND,                            97
+
+ THE BOYS ON THE BRIDGE,                                       112
+
+ LOCH LEVEN,                                                   147
+
+ SCOTT'S MONUMENT,                                             177
+
+ THE CORNER TOWER OF THE PALACE OF HOLYROOD,                   189
+
+ QUEEN MARY'S BEDROOM,                                         193
+
+ QUEEN ELIZABETH ON PARADE,                                    204
+
+
+
+
+ ROLLO'S TOUR IN EUROPE.
+
+
+ ORDER OF THE VOLUMES
+
+ ROLLO ON THE ATLANTIC.
+ ROLLO IN PARIS.
+ ROLLO IN SWITZERLAND.
+ ROLLO IN LONDON.
+ ROLLO ON THE RHINE.
+ ROLLO IN SCOTLAND.
+ ROLLO IN GENEVA.
+ ROLLO IN HOLLAND.
+ ROLLO IN NAPLES.
+ ROLLO IN ROME.
+
+
+ PRINCIPAL PERSONS OF THE STORY.
+
+ ROLLO; twelve years of age.
+ MR. and MRS. HOLIDAY; Rollo's father and mother, travelling in Europe.
+ THANNY; Rollo's younger brother.
+ JANE; Rollo's cousin, adopted by Mr. and Mrs. Holiday.
+ MR. GEORGE; a young gentleman, Rollo's uncle.
+
+
+ [Illustration: STIRLING CASTLE.]
+
+
+
+
+ROLLO IN SCOTLAND.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+THE BOY THAT WAS NOT LOADED.
+
+
+In the course of his travels in Europe, Rollo went with his uncle George
+one summer to spend a fortnight in Scotland.
+
+There are several ways of going into Scotland from England. One way is
+to take a steamer from Liverpool, and go up the Clyde to Glasgow. This
+was the route that Mr. George and Rollo took.
+
+On the way from Liverpool to Glasgow, Rollo became acquainted with a boy
+named Waldron Kennedy. Waldron was travelling with his father and mother
+and two sisters. His sisters were mild and gentle girls, and always kept
+near their mother; but Waldron seemed to be always getting into
+difficulty, or mischief. He was just about Rollo's age, but was a little
+taller. He was a very strong boy, and full of life and spirits. He was
+very venturesome, too, and he was continually frightening his mother by
+getting himself into what seemed to her dangerous situations. One
+morning, when she came up on deck, just after the steamer entered the
+mouth of the Clyde, she almost fainted away at seeing Waldron half way
+up the shrouds. He was poising himself there on one of the ratlines,
+resting upon one foot, and holding on with only one hand.
+
+To prevent his doing such things, Waldron's mother kept him under the
+closest possible restraint, and would hardly let him go away from her
+side. She watched him, too, very closely all the time, and worried him
+with perpetual cautions. It was always, "Waldron, don't do this," or,
+"Waldron, you must not do that," or, "Waldron, don't go there." This
+confinement made Waldron very restless and uneasy; so that, on the
+whole, both he himself and his mother, too, had a very uncomfortable
+time of it.
+
+"He worries my life out of me," she used to say, "and spoils all the
+pleasure of my tour. O, if he were only a girl!"
+
+Mr. George had been acquainted with Mr. Kennedy and his family in New
+York, and they were all very glad to meet him on board the steamer.
+
+On the morning after the steamer entered the mouth of the Clyde, Mrs.
+Kennedy and her daughters were sitting on a settee upon the deck, with
+books in their hands. From time to time they read in these books, and in
+the intervals they looked at the scenery. Waldron stood near them,
+leaning in a listless manner on the railing. Rollo came up to the place,
+and accosted Waldron, saying,--
+
+"Come, Waldron, come with me."
+
+"Hush!" said Waldron, in a whisper. "You go out there by the paddle box
+and wait a moment, till my mother begins to look on her book again, and
+then I'll steal away and come."
+
+But Rollo never liked to obtain any thing by tricks and treachery, and
+so he turned to Mrs. Kennedy, and, in a frank and manly manner, said,--
+
+"Mrs. Kennedy, may Waldron go away with me a little while?"
+
+"Why, I am afraid, Rollo," said Mrs. Kennedy. "He always gets into some
+mischief or other the moment he is out of my sight."
+
+"O, we shall be under my uncle George's care," said Rollo. "I am going
+out there where he is sitting."
+
+"Well," said Mrs. Kennedy, hesitating, and looking very timid,--"well,
+Waldron may go a little while. But, Waldron, you must be sure and stay
+by Mr. George, or, at least, not go any where without his leave."
+
+"Yes," said Waldron, "I will."
+
+So he and Rollo went away, and walked leisurely towards the place where
+Mr. George was sitting.
+
+"I am glad we are coming up this river, to Greenock and Glasgow," said
+Waldron.
+
+"Why?" asked Rollo.
+
+"Because of the steamboats," said Waldron.
+
+"Do they build a great many steamboats in Greenock and Glasgow?" asked
+Rollo.
+
+"Yes," said Waldron; "this is the greatest place for building steamboats
+in the world."
+
+"Except New York," said Rollo.
+
+"O, of course, except New York," replied Waldron. "But they build all
+the big English steamers in this river. All the Cunarders were built
+here, and they have got some of the best machine shops and founderies
+here that there are in the world. I should like to go all about and see
+them, if I could only get away from my mother."
+
+"Why, won't she let you go?" said Rollo.
+
+"No," replied Waldron, "not if she knows it. She thinks I am a little
+boy, and is so afraid that I shall get _hurt_!"
+
+Waldron pronounced the word _hurt_ in a drawling and contemptuous tone,
+which was so comical that Rollo could not help laughing outright.
+
+"I go to all the ship yards and founderies in New York whenever I
+please," continued Waldron. "I go when she does not know it. Sometimes
+the men let me help them carry out the melted iron, and pour it into the
+moulds."
+
+By this time the two boys had reached the place where Mr. George was. He
+was sitting on what is called a camp stool, and was engaged in reading
+his guide book, and studying the map, with a view of finding out what
+route it would be best to take in the tour they were about making in
+Scotland. Mr. George drew the boys into conversation with him on the
+subject. His object was to become acquainted with Waldron, and find out
+what sort of a boy he was.
+
+"Where do you wish to go, Waldron?" said Mr. George.
+
+"Why, I want to stay here a good many days," said Waldron, "to see the
+steamers and the dockyards. They are building a monstrous iron ship,
+somewhere here. She is going to be five hundred tons bigger than the
+Baltic."
+
+"I should like to see her," said Mr. George.
+
+As he said this he kept his eye upon his map, following his finger, as
+he moved it about from place to place, as if he was studying out a good
+way to go.
+
+"There is Edinburgh," said Mr. George; "we must certainly go to
+Edinburgh."
+
+"Yes," said Waldron, "I suppose that is a pretty great place. Besides, I
+want to see the houses twelve stories high."
+
+"And there is Linlithgow," continued Mr. George, still looking upon his
+map. "That is the place where Mary, Queen of Scots, was born. Waldron,
+would you like to go there?"
+
+"Why, no," said Waldron, doubtfully, "not much. I don't care much about
+that."
+
+"It is a famous old ruin," said Mr. George.
+
+"But I don't care much about the old ruins," said Waldron. "If the lords
+and noblemen are as rich as people say they are, I should think they
+would mend them up."
+
+"And here, off in the western part of Scotland," continued Mr. George,
+"are a great many mountains. Would you like to go and see the
+mountains?"
+
+"No, sir," said Waldron, "not particularly." Then in a moment he added,
+"Can we go up to the top of them, Mr. George?"
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "we can go to the top of some of them."
+
+"The highest?" asked Waldron.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George. "Ben Nevis, I believe, is the highest. We can go
+to the top of that."
+
+"Then I should like to go," said Waldron, eagerly.
+
+"Unless," continued Mr. George, "it should rain _too_ hard."
+
+"O, I should not care for the rain," said Waldron. "It's good fun to go
+in the rain."
+
+While this conversation had been going on, Waldron had been looking this
+way and that, at the various ships and steamers that were gliding about
+on the water, examining carefully the building of each one, and watching
+her motions. He now proposed that Rollo should go forward to the bridge
+with him, where they could have a better lookout.
+
+"Well," said Rollo. So the two boys went together to the bridge.
+
+The bridge was a sort of narrow platform, extending across the steamer,
+from one paddle wheel to the other, for the captain or pilot to walk
+upon, in order to see how the steamer was going, and to direct the
+steering. When they are in the open sea any of the passengers are
+allowed to walk here; but in coming into port, or into a river crowded
+with shipping, then a notice is put up requesting passengers not to go
+upon the bridge, inasmuch as at such times it is required for the
+exclusive use of the captain and pilot.
+
+This notice was up when Waldron and Rollo reached the bridge.
+
+"See," said Rollo, pointing at the notice. "We cannot go there."
+
+"O, never mind that," said Waldron. "They'll let us go. They only mean
+that they don't want too many there--that's all."
+
+But Rollo would not go. Mr. George had accustomed him, in travelling
+about the world, always to obey all lawful rules and orders, and
+particularly every direction of this kind which he might find in public
+places. Some people are very much inclined to crowd upon the line of
+such rules, and even to encroach upon them till they actually encounter
+some resistance to drive them back. They do this partly to show their
+independence and importance. But Mr. George was not one of this sort.
+
+So Rollo would not go upon the bridge.
+
+"Then let us go out on the forecastle," said Waldron. He pointed, as he
+spoke, to the forecastle, which is a small raised deck at the bows of a
+steamer, where there is an excellent place to see.
+
+"No," said Rollo, "I will not go on the forecastle either. Uncle
+George's rule for me on board ship is, that I may go where I see other
+gentlemanly passengers go, and nowhere else. The passengers do not go on
+the forecastle."
+
+"Yes," said Waldron, "there are some there now."
+
+"There is only one," said Rollo, "and he has no business there."
+
+During the progress of this conversation the boys had sat down upon the
+upper step of a steep flight of stairs which led down from the promenade
+deck to the main deck. They could see pretty well where they were, but
+not so well, Waldron thought, as they could have seen from the
+forecastle.
+
+"_I_ think we might go on the forecastle as well as not," said Waldron,
+"even according to your own rule. For there is a passenger there."
+
+"I think it is doubtful," said Rollo.
+
+"Well," said Waldron, "we'll call it doubtful. We will draw lots for
+it."
+
+So saying, Waldron put his hand in his pocket, and, after fumbling about
+there a minute or two, took it out, and held it before Rollo with the
+fingers shut, so that Rollo could not see what was in it.
+
+"Odd or even?" said Waldron.
+
+Rollo looked at the closed hand, with a smile of curiosity on his face,
+but he did not answer.
+
+"Say odd or even," continued Waldron. "If you hit, that will prove that
+you are right, and we will not go to the forecastle; but if you miss,
+then we _will_ go."
+
+Rollo hesitated a moment, not being quite sure that this was a proper
+way of deciding a question of right and wrong. In a moment, however, he
+answered, "Even."
+
+Waldron opened his hand, and Rollo saw that there was _nothing_ in it.
+
+"There," said Waldron, "it is odd, and you said even."
+
+"No," said Rollo, "it is not either even _or_ odd. There is nothing at
+all in your hand."
+
+"Well," said Waldron, "nothing is a number, and it is odd."
+
+"O Waldron!" said Rollo, "it is not any number at all. Besides, if it is
+a number, it is not odd--it is even."
+
+"Yes," said Waldron, "it is a number, for you can add it, and subtract
+it, and multiply it, and divide it, just as you can any other number."
+
+"O Waldron!" exclaimed Rollo again. "You can't do any such thing."
+
+[Illustration: ODD OR EVEN.]
+
+"Yes," said Waldron, "I can add nothing to one, and it makes one. So,
+I can take nothing away from one, and it leaves one.
+
+"I can multiply nothing, too. I can multiply it by ten. Ten times
+nothing are nothing. So I can divide it. Five in nothing no times, and
+nothing over."
+
+Rollo was somewhat perplexed by this argument, and he did not know what
+to reply. Still he would not admit that nothing was a number--still less
+that it was an odd number. He did not believe, he said, that it was any
+number at all. The boys continued the discussion[A] for some time, and
+then they concluded to go and refer it to Mr. George.
+
+[A] The conversation was a discussion, and not a dispute, for it was
+calm, quiet, and good-tempered throughout. A dispute is an _angry_
+discussion.
+
+And here I ought to say that Waldron had an artful design in taking
+nothing in his hand, when he called upon Rollo to say, odd or even. He
+did it in order that whatever answer Rollo might give, he might attempt
+to prove it wrong. He was a very ingenious boy, and could as easily
+maintain that nothing was even as that it was odd. Whichever Rollo had
+said, his plan was to maintain the contrary, and so persuade him to go
+to the forecastle.
+
+Mr. George was very much pleased when the boys brought the question to
+him. Indeed, almost all people are pleased when boys come to them in an
+amicable manner, to have their controversies settled. Then, besides, he
+inferred from the nature of the question that had arisen in this case,
+that Waldron was a boy of considerable thinking powers, or else he would
+not have taken any interest in a purely intellectual question like this.
+
+"Well," said Mr. George, "that is quite a curious question. But before I
+decide it you must first both of you give me your reasons. What makes
+you think nothing is an odd number, Waldron?"
+
+"I don't know," said Waldron, hesitating. "I think it looks kind of
+odd."
+
+Mr. George smiled at this reason, and then asked Rollo what made him
+think it was an even number.
+
+"I don't think it is an even number," said Rollo. "I don't think it is
+any number at all.
+
+"However," continued Rollo, "that is not the real question, after all.
+The real question is, whether we shall go on the forecastle or not, to
+have a lookout."
+
+"No," said Mr. George, "it is not according to etiquette at sea for the
+passengers to go on the forecastle."
+
+"But they do," said Waldron.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "they sometimes do, I know; and sometimes, under
+peculiar circumstances, it is right for them to go; but as a general
+rule, it is not. That is the place for the sailors to occupy in working
+the ship. It is something like the kitchen in a hotel. What should you
+think of the guests at a hotel, if they went down into the kitchen to
+see what was going on there?"
+
+Rollo laughed aloud.
+
+"But we don't go to the forecastle to see what is going on there," said
+Waldron; "we go for a lookout--to see what is going on away ahead, on
+the water."
+
+"True," said Mr. George, "and that is a very important difference, I
+acknowledge. I don't think my comparison holds good."
+
+Mr. George was always very candid in all his arguing. It is of very
+great importance that all persons should be so, especially when
+reasoning with boys. It teaches _them_ to be candid.
+
+Just at this time Waldron's attention was attracted by the appearance of
+a very large steamer, which now came suddenly into view, with its great
+red funnel pouring out immense volumes of black smoke. Waldron ran over
+to the other side of the deck to see it. Rollo followed, and thus the
+explanation which Mr. George might have given, in respect to the
+arithmetical nature and relations of nothing were necessarily postponed
+to some future time.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+About half an hour after this, while Rollo was sitting by the side of
+his uncle, looking at the map, and trying to find out how soon they
+should come in sight of the famous old Castle of Dunbarton, which stands
+on a rocky hill upon the banks of the Clyde, Mr. Kennedy came up to him
+to inquire if he knew where Waldron was.
+
+Rollo said that he did not know. He had not seen him for some time.
+
+"We can't find him any where," said Mr. Kennedy. "We have looked all
+over the ship. His mother is half crazy. She thinks he has fallen
+overboard."
+
+So Rollo and Mr. George both rose immediately and went off to see if
+they could find Waldron. They went in various directions, inquiring of
+every body they met if they had seen such a boy. Several people had seen
+him half an hour before, when he was with Rollo; but no one knew where
+he had been since. At last, in about ten minutes, Rollo came running to
+Mrs. Kennedy, who was walking about through the cabins in great
+distress, and said, hurriedly, "I've found him; he is safe," and then
+ran off to tell Mr. Kennedy.
+
+Mrs. Kennedy followed him, calling out eagerly, "Where is he? Where is
+he?" Rollo met Mr. Kennedy at the head of the cabin stairs, and he
+seemed very much rejoiced to learn that Waldron was found. Rollo led the
+way, and Mr. and Mrs. Kennedy followed him, until they came to a place
+on the deck, pretty well forward, where there was an opening surrounded
+by an iron railing, through which you could look down into the hold
+below. It was very far down that you could look, and at different
+distances on the way were to be seen iron ladders going from deck to
+deck, and ponderous shafts, moving continually, with great clangor and
+din, while at the bottom were seen the mouths of several great glowing
+furnaces, with men at work shovelling coal into them.
+
+"There he is," said Rollo, pointing down.
+
+Mr. and Mrs. Kennedy leaned over the railing and looked down, and there
+they beheld Waldron, hard at work shovelling coal into the mouth of a
+furnace, with a shovel which he had borrowed of one of the men. In a
+word, Waldron had turned stoker.
+
+Mr. Kennedy hurried down the ladders to bring Waldron up, while Mr.
+George and Rollo went back to the deck.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+About an hour after this Mr. Kennedy came and took a seat on a settee
+where Mr. George was sitting, and began to talk about Waldron.
+
+"He is the greatest plague of my life," said Mr. Kennedy. "I don't know
+what I shall do with him. He is continually getting into some mischief.
+I have shut him up a close prisoner in the state room, and I am going to
+keep him there till we land. But it will do no good. It will not be an
+hour after he gets out before he will be in some new scrape. You know a
+great deal about boys; I wish you would tell me what to do with him."
+
+"I think, if he was under my charge," said Mr. George, very quietly, "I
+should _load_ him."
+
+"Load him?" repeated Mr. Kennedy, inquiringly.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "I mean I should give him a load to carry."
+
+"I don't understand, exactly," said Mr. Kennedy. "What is your idea?"
+
+"My idea is," said Mr. George, "that a growing boy, especially if he is
+a boy of unusual capacity, is like a steam engine in this respect. A
+steam engine must always have a load to carry,--that is, something to
+_employ_ and _absorb_ the force it is capable of exerting,--or else it
+will break itself to pieces with it. The force _will_ expend itself on
+something, and if you don't load it with something good, it will employ
+itself in mischief.
+
+"Here now is the engine of this ship," continued Mr. George. "Its force
+is conducted to the paddle wheels, where it has full employment for
+itself in turning the wheels against the immense resistance of the
+water, and in carrying the ship along. This work is its _load_. If this
+load were to be taken off,--for example, if the steamer were to be
+lifted up out of the water so that the wheels could spin round in the
+air,--the engine would immediately stave itself to pieces, for want of
+having any thing else to expend its energies upon."
+
+"Yes," said Mr. Kennedy. "I have no doubt of it."
+
+"Now, I think," continued Mr. George, "that it is in some sense the same
+with a boy whose mental and physical powers are in good condition. These
+powers must be employed. They hunger and thirst for employment, and if
+they don't get it in doing good they will be sure to find it in some
+kind of mischief."
+
+"Well," said Mr. Kennedy, with a sigh, "there is a great deal in that;
+but what is to be done? You can't _employ_ such a boy as that. There is
+nothing he can do. I wish you would take him, and see if you can load
+him, as you call it. Take him with you on this tour you are going to
+make in Scotland. I will put money in your hands to cover his expenses,
+and you may charge any thing you please beyond, for your care of him."
+
+"Perhaps his mother would not like such an arrangement," said Mr.
+George.
+
+"O, yes," replied Mr. Kennedy; "nothing would please her more."
+
+"And would Waldron like it himself?" asked Mr. George.
+
+"I presume so," said Mr. Kennedy; "he likes any thing that is a change."
+
+Mr. Kennedy went down to the state room to see Waldron, and ask him what
+he thought of this plan. Waldron said he should like it very much. So he
+was at once liberated from his confinement, and transferred to Mr.
+George's charge.
+
+"Now, Waldron," said Mr. George, when Waldron came to him, "I shall want
+some help from you about getting ashore from the boat. Do you think you
+could go ashore with Rollo as soon as we land, and take a cab and go
+directly up to the hotel, and engage rooms for us, while I am looking
+out for the baggage, and getting it ready?"
+
+"Yes, sir; yes, sir," said Waldron, eagerly. "I can do that. What hotel
+shall I go to?"
+
+"I don't know," said Mr. George. "I don't know any thing about the
+hotels in Glasgow. You must find out."
+
+"Well," said Waldron, "only how shall I find out?"
+
+"I am sure _I_ don't know," said Mr. George. "I leave it all to you and
+Rollo. I am busy forming my plans for a tour. You and Rollo can go and
+talk about it, and see if you can discover any way of finding out the
+name of one of the best hotels. If you can't, after trying fifteen
+minutes, come to me, and I will help you."
+
+So saying, Mr. George began to study his map again, and Waldron,
+apparently much pleased with his commission, said, "Come, Rollo," and
+walked away.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+DISTRICTS OF SCOTLAND.
+
+
+I think that Mr. George was quite right in his idea, that the true
+remedy for the spirit of restlessness and mischief that Waldron
+manifested was to employ him, or, as he metaphorically termed it, to
+_load_ him. And as this volume will, perhaps, fall into the hands of
+many parents as well as children, I will here remark that a great many
+good-hearted and excellent boys fall into the same difficulty from
+precisely the same cause; namely, that they have not adequate employment
+for their mental and physical powers, which are growing and
+strengthening every day, and are hungering and thirsting for the means
+and opportunities of expending their energies.
+
+Parents are seldom aware how fast their children are growing and
+increasing in strength, both of body and mind. The evidences of this
+growth, in respect to the limbs and muscles of the body, are, indeed,
+obvious to the eye; and as the growth advances, we have continual proof
+of the pleasure which the exercise of these new powers gives to the
+possessor of them. The active and boisterous plays of boys derive their
+chief charm from the pleasure they feel in testing and exercising their
+muscular powers in every way. They are always running, and leaping, and
+wrestling, and pursuing each other, and pushing each other, and climbing
+up to high places, and standing on their heads, and walking on the tops
+of fences, and performing all other possible or conceivable feats, which
+may give them the pleasure of working, in new and untried ways, their
+muscular machinery, and feeling its increasing power, and in producing
+new effects by means of it. They get themselves into continual
+difficulties and dangers by these things, and cause themselves a great
+deal of suffering. Still they go on, for the intoxicating delight of
+using their powers, or, rather, the irresistible instinct which impels
+them to use them, has greater force with them than all other
+considerations.
+
+We see all this very plainly in respect to the action of the limbs and
+organs of the body; for it is palpably evident to our senses, and we
+feel the necessity of providing safe and proper modes of expending these
+energies. Since we find, for example, that boys must kick something, we
+give them a football to kick; which, being a mere ball of wind, may be
+kicked without doing any harm. And so with almost all the other
+playthings and sports which are devised for boys, or which they devise
+for themselves. They are the means, simply, of enabling them to employ
+their growing powers and expand their energies, without doing any body
+any harm. We know very well that it is not safe to leave these powers
+and energies unemployed.
+
+But we are very apt to forget that there are powers and faculties of the
+mind, equally vigorous, and equally eager to be exercised, that ought
+also to be provided for. The strength of the will, the power of
+exercising judgment and discretion, the spirit of enterprise, the love
+of command, and other such mental impulses, are growing and
+strengthening every day, in every healthy boy, and they are all
+clamorous for employment. The instinct that impels them is so strong
+that they will find employment in some way or other for themselves,
+unless an occupation is otherwise provided for them. A very large
+proportion of the acts of mischievousness and wrong which boys commit
+arise from this cause. Even boys who are bad enough to form a midnight
+scheme for robbing an orchard, are influenced mainly in perpetrating the
+deed, not by the pleasure of eating the apples which they expect to
+obtain by it, but by the pleasure of forming a scheme, of contriving
+ways and means of surmounting difficulties, of watching against
+surprises, of braving dangers, of successfully attaining to a desired
+end over and through a succession of obstacles interposing. This view of
+the case does not show that such deeds are right; it only shows the true
+nature of the wrong involved in them, and helps us in discovering and
+applying the remedy.
+
+At least this was Mr. George's view of the case in respect to Waldron,
+when he heard how often he was getting into difficulty by his
+adventurous and restless character. He thought that the remedy was, as
+he expressed it, to _load_ him; that is, to give to the active and
+enterprising spirit of his mind something to expend his energies upon.
+It required great tact and discretion, and great knowledge of the habits
+and characteristics of boyhood, to enable him to do this; but Mr. George
+possessed these qualities in a high degree.
+
+But to return to the story.
+
+Mr. George had decided on coming into Scotland from Liverpool by water,
+because that was the cheapest way of getting into the heart of the
+country. And here, in order that you may understand the course of
+Rollo's travels, I must pause to explain the leading geographical
+features of the country. If you read this explanation carefully, and
+follow it on the map, you will understand the subsequent narrative much
+better than you otherwise would do.
+
+You will see, then, by looking at any map, that Scotland is separated
+from England by two rivers which flow from the interior of the country
+into the sea--one towards the east, and the other towards the west. The
+one on the east side is the Tweed. The Tweed forms the frontier between
+England and Scotland for a considerable distance, and is, therefore,
+often spoken of as the boundary between the two countries. Indeed, the
+phrase "beyond the Tweed" is often used in England to denote Scotland.
+In former times, when England and Scotland were independent kingdoms,
+incessant wars were carried on across this border, and incursions were
+made by the chieftains from each realm into the territories of the
+other, and castles were built on many commanding points to defend the
+ground. The ruins of many of these old castles still remain.
+
+On the western side of the island the boundary between England and
+Scotland is formed by a very wide river, or rather river's mouth, called
+Solway Frith. Between this Solway Frith and the Tweed, the boundary
+which separates the two countries runs along the summit of a range of
+hills. This range of hills thus forms a sort of neck of high land, which
+prevents the Tweed and the Solway Frith from cutting Scotland off from
+England altogether, and making a separate island of it.
+
+About seventy or eighty miles to the northward of the boundary the land
+is almost cut in two again by two other rivers, with broad mouths, which
+rise pretty near together in the interior of the country, and flow--one
+to the east and the other to the west--into the two seas.
+
+These rivers are the Forth and the Clyde. The Forth flows to the east,
+and has a very wide estuary,[B] as you will see by the map. The Clyde,
+on the other hand, flows to the west. Its estuary is long and crooked.
+
+[B] An estuary is a sort of bay, produced by the widening of a river at
+its mouth. Scotland is remarkable for the estuaries which are formed at
+the mouths of its rivers. They are called there _friths_.
+
+The Forth and the Clyde, with their estuaries, almost cut Scotland in
+two; and by means of them ships and steamers from all parts of England
+and from foreign ports are enabled to come into the very heart of the
+country.
+
+The two largest and most celebrated cities in Scotland are situated in
+the valleys of these rivers, the Forth and the Clyde. They are
+Edinburgh and Glasgow. Edinburgh is on the Forth, though situated at
+some little distance from its banks. Glasgow is on the Clyde. There is a
+railway extending across from Edinburgh to Glasgow, and also a canal,
+connecting the waters of the Forth with the Clyde. The region of these
+cities, and of the canal and railroad which connects them, is altogether
+the busiest, the most densely peopled, and the most important portion of
+Scotland; and this is the reason why Mr. George wished to come directly
+into it by water from Liverpool.
+
+The cities of Glasgow and Edinburgh, though both greatly celebrated, are
+celebrated in very different ways. Edinburgh is the city of science, of
+literature, and of the arts. Here are many learned institutions, the
+fame and influence of which extend to every part of the world. Here are
+great book publishing establishments, which send forth millions of
+volumes every year--from ponderous encyclopædias of science, and
+elegantly illustrated and costly works of art, down to tracts for
+Sabbath schools, and picture books for children. The situation of
+Edinburgh is very romantic and beautiful; the town being built among
+hills and ravines of the most picturesque and striking character. When
+Scotland was an independent kingdom Edinburgh was the capital of it,
+and thus the old palace of the kings and the royal castle are there, and
+the town has been the scene of some of the most remarkable events in the
+Scottish history.
+
+Glasgow, on the other hand, which is on the Clyde, towards the western
+side of the island, together with all the country for many miles around
+it, forms the scene of the mechanical and manufacturing industry of
+Scotland. The whole district, in fact, is one vast workshop; being full
+of mines, mills, forges, furnaces, machine shops, ship yards and iron
+works, with pipes every where puffing out steam, and tall chimneys,
+higher, some of them, than the Bunker Hill Monument, or the steeple of
+Trinity Church, in New York. These tall chimneys are seen rising every
+where, all around the horizon, and sending up volumes of dense black
+smoke, which comes pouring incessantly from their summits, and thence
+floating majestically away, mingles itself with the clouds of the sky.
+
+The reason of this is, that the strata of rocks which lie beneath the
+ground in all this region consist, in a great measure, of beds of coal
+and of iron ore. The miners dig down in almost any spot, and find iron
+ore; and very near it, and sometimes in the same pit, they find plenty
+of coal. These pits are like monstrous wells; very wide at the mouth,
+and extending down four or five times as far as the height of the
+tallest steeples, into the bowels of the earth. Over the mouth of the
+pit the workmen build a machine, with ropes and a monstrous wheel, to
+hoist the coal and iron up by, and all around they set up furnaces to
+smelt the ore and turn it into iron. Then, at suitable places in various
+parts of the country, they construct great rolling mills and founderies.
+The rolling mills are to turn the pig iron into wrought iron, and to
+manufacture it into bars and sheets, and rails for the railroads; and
+the founderies are to cast it into the form of great wheels, and
+cylinders, and beams for machinery, or for any other purpose that may be
+required.
+
+The mines in the valley of the Clyde were worked first chiefly for the
+coal, and the coal was used to drive steam machinery for spinning and
+weaving, and for other manufacturing purposes. The river was in those
+days a small and insignificant stream. It was only about five feet deep,
+so that the vessels that came to take away the coal and the manufactured
+goods had to stop near the mouth of it, and the cargoes were brought
+down to them in boats and lighters. But in process of time they widened
+and deepened the river. They dug out the mud from the bottom of it, and
+built walls along the banks; and in the course of the last hundred
+years, they have improved it so much that now the largest ships can come
+quite up to Glasgow. The water is eighteen or twenty feet deep all the
+way.
+
+The Clyde is the river on which steamboats were first built in Great
+Britain. The man who was the first in England or Scotland that found a
+way of making a steam engine that could be put in a boat and made to
+turn paddle wheels so as to drive the boat along, was James Watt, who
+was born on the Clyde; and he is accordingly considered as the author
+and originator of English steam navigation, just as Fulton is regarded
+as the originator of the art in America. The Clyde, of course, very
+naturally became the centre of steamboat and steamship building. The
+iron for the engines was found close at hand, as well as abundant
+supplies of coal for the fires. The timber they brought from the Baltic.
+At length, however, they found that they could build ships of iron
+instead of wood, using iron beams for the framing, and covering them
+with plates of iron riveted together instead of planks. These ships were
+found very superior, in almost all respects, to those built of timber;
+and as iron in great abundance was found all along the banks of the
+Clyde, and as the workmen in the region were extremely skilful in
+working it, the business of building ships and steamers of this material
+increased wonderfully, until, at length, the banks of the river for
+miles below Glasgow became lined with ship yards, where countless
+steamers, of monstrous length and graceful forms, in all the stages of
+construction, lie; now sloping towards the water and down the stream,
+ready at the appointed time to glide majestically into the river, and
+thence to plough their way to every portion of the habitable globe.
+
+It was into this busy scene of mechanical industry and skill that our
+party of travellers were now coming. But before I resume the narrative
+of their adventures, I will say a word about those parts of Scotland
+which lie to the north and south of these central regions that are
+occupied by the valleys of the Forth and the Clyde. The region which
+extends to the southward--that is, which lies between the valleys of the
+Forth and the Clyde on the one hand, and the English frontier on the
+other--is called the southern part of the country. It consists,
+generally, of fertile and gently undulating land, which is employed
+almost entirely for tillage, and is but little visited by tourists or
+travellers.
+
+The northern part of Scotland is, however, of a very different
+character; being wild, mountainous and waste, and filled every where
+with the most grand and sublime scenery. The eastern portion of this
+part of the island is more level, and there are several large and
+flourishing towns on or near the shores of it, such as Inverness,
+Aberdeen, Dundee, Perth, and others. But the whole of the western side
+of it consists of one vast congeries of lakes and mountains, so wild and
+sombre in their character that they have become celebrated throughout
+the world for the gloomy grandeur of the scenery which they present to
+the view.
+
+These are the famous Scottish Highlands. Mr. George's plan was first to
+visit the valley of the Clyde, and its various mines and manufactories,
+and then to take a circuit round among the Highlands, on his way to
+Edinburgh.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+ARRIVAL AT GLASGOW.
+
+
+One of the greatest drawbacks to the pleasure of travelling in Scotland,
+especially among the Highlands, is the rain. It usually rains more in
+mountainous countries than in those that are level, for the mountains,
+rising into the higher and colder regions of the atmosphere, chill and
+condense the vapors that are floating there, on the same principle by
+which a tumbler or a pitcher, made cold by iced water placed within it,
+condenses the moisture from the air, upon the outside of it, on a
+summer's day. It is also probable that the mountain summits produce
+certain effects in respect to the electrical condition of the
+atmosphere, on which it is well known that the formation of clouds and
+the falling of rain greatly depend--though this subject is yet very
+little understood. At all events, the western part of Scotland is one of
+the most rainy regions in the world, and travellers who visit it must
+expect to have their plans and arrangements very often and very
+seriously interfered with by the state of the weather.
+
+The changes are quite unexpected too; for sometimes you will see dark
+masses of watery vapor, coming suddenly into view, and driving swiftly
+across the sky, where a few moments before every thing had appeared
+settled and serene. These scuds are soon followed by others, more and
+more dense and threatening, until, at last, there come drenching showers
+of rain, which drive every body to the nearest shelter, if there is any
+shelter at hand.
+
+Such a change as this came on while Mr. George had been making
+arrangements with Mr. Kennedy for taking Waldron under his charge; and
+just as Waldron and Rollo had gone away to see what plan they could
+devise in respect to the hotel, it began to rain. The clouds and mists,
+too, concealed the shores almost entirely from view, and the passengers
+began to go below. Mr. George followed their example. On his way he
+passed a sheltered place where he saw Waldron and Rollo engaged in
+conversation, and he told them, as he passed them, that when they were
+ready to report they would find him below.
+
+In about fifteen minutes the boys came down to him.
+
+"Uncle George," said Rollo, "we have found out that there are a good
+many excellent hotels in Glasgow, but we think we had better go to the
+Queen's."
+
+"Yes, sir," said Waldron. "It fronts on a handsome square, where they
+are going to have an exhibition of flowers to-morrow, with tents and
+music."
+
+"And shall you wish to go and see the flowers?" asked Mr. George.
+
+"No, sir," said Waldron. "I don't care much about the flowers, but I
+should like to see the tents, and to hear the music."
+
+"Then, besides, uncle George," said Rollo, "we are coming to the mouth
+of the river pretty soon, and as soon as we get in we shall come to
+Greenock; and there is a railroad from Greenock up to Glasgow, so that
+we can go ashore there, if you please, and go up to Glasgow quick by the
+railroad. A great many of the passengers are going to do that."
+
+"Do you think that would be a good plan?" asked Mr. George.
+
+"Why, yes," said Rollo, "I _should_ think it would be a good plan, if we
+had not paid our passage through by the steamer."
+
+"And what do _you_ think about it, Waldron?" asked Mr. George.
+
+"I should like it," said Waldron. "The fare is only one and sixpence. I
+should have preferred to go up in the steamer if it had been pleasant,
+so that we could see the ships and steamers on the stocks; but it is so
+misty and rainy that we cannot see any thing at all. So, if you would go
+up by the railroad, and then, to-morrow, when it is pleasant, come down
+a little way again, on one of the steamboats, to see the river, I should
+like it very much."
+
+"But I shall have to stay at home to-morrow," said Mr. George, "and
+write letters to send to America. It is the last day."
+
+"Then let Rollo and me go down by ourselves," said Waldron.
+
+"Yes, uncle George," said Rollo, "let us go by ourselves."
+
+"Ah," said Mr. George. "I am not sure that that would be safe. I am not
+much acquainted with Waldron yet, and I don't know what his character
+is, in respect to judgment and discretion."
+
+"O, I think he has got good judgment," said Rollo. "We will both be very
+careful."
+
+"Yes, sir," said Waldron, "we certainly will."
+
+"O, boys' promises," said Mr. George, "in respect to such things as
+that, are good for nothing at all. I never place any reliance upon them
+whatever."
+
+"O uncle George!" exclaimed Rollo.
+
+"Well, now, would you, if you were in my case?" said Mr. George. "I will
+leave it to you, Waldron. Suppose a strange boy, that you know no more
+about than I do of you, were to come to you with a promise that he would
+be _very careful_ if you would let him go somewhere, and that he would
+not go into any dangerous places, or expose himself to any risks,--would
+you think it safe to trust him?"
+
+"Why, no, sir," said Waldron, reluctantly. "I don't think I should.
+Perhaps I might _try_ him."
+
+"According to my experience," said Mr. George, "you can't trust to boys'
+promises in the least. It is not that they make promises with the
+intention of breaking them, but they don't know what breaking them is. A
+boy who is not careful does not know the difference between being
+careful and being careless; and so he breaks his promise, and then, if
+he gets into any trouble by his folly, he says, 'I did not think there
+was any harm in that.'
+
+"No," added Mr. George, in conclusion, shaking his head gravely as he
+spoke. "I never place any reliance on such promises."
+
+"Then how can you tell whether to trust a boy or not?" asked Rollo.
+
+"I never can tell," said Mr. George, "until he is proved. When he is
+tried and proved, then I know him; but not before."
+
+"Well," said Rollo, "then let Waldron and me go down the river
+to-morrow, if it is pleasant, and let that be for our trial."
+
+"It might, possibly, be a good plan to let you go, on that ground," said
+Mr. George. He said this in a musing manner, as if considering the
+question.
+
+"I will think of it," said he. "I'll see if I can think of any
+conditions on which I can allow you to go, and I will tell you about it
+at the hotel. And now, in regard to going up to Glasgow. I'll leave it
+to you and Waldron to decide. You must go and ascertain all the
+facts--such as how soon the train leaves after we arrive, and how much
+sooner we shall get up there, if we go in it. Then you must take charge
+of all the baggage, too, and see that it goes across safe from the
+steamer to the station, and attend to the whole business."
+
+"Yes, sir," said Waldron, "we will. We'll get a cab, and put the baggage
+right in."
+
+"Can't you get it across without a cab?" said Mr. George. "I don't see
+how I can afford to take a cab, very well; for you see we have to incur
+an extra expense as it is, to go in the cars at all, since we have
+already paid our passage up by the steamer."
+
+"Well, sir," said Waldron, eagerly, "we can carry the baggage across
+ourselves. Let us go and look at it, Rollo, and see how much there is."
+
+So the boys went off with great eagerness to look at the baggage. In a
+few minutes they returned again, wearing very bright and animated
+countenances.
+
+"Yes, sir," said Waldron, "we can take it all just as well as not. I can
+take your valise, and Rollo can take my things, and I can carry your
+knapsack under my arm."
+
+"O, I am willing to help," said Mr. George. "I can help in carrying the
+things, provided I do not have any _care_. If you will count up all the
+things that are to go, and see that they all do go, and then count them
+again when we get into the railway carriage, so as to be sure that they
+are all there, and thus save me from responsibility, that is all I ask,
+and I will carry any thing you choose to give me."
+
+"Well, sir," said Waldron.
+
+Indeed, Waldron was very much pleased to find how completely Mr. George
+was putting the business under his and Rollo's charge.
+
+"And now," said Mr. George, "I think you had better tell your father and
+mother about this plan of our going ashore at Greenock. They may like
+to do so, too."
+
+"O, they know all about it," said Waldron, "and they are going. Mother
+says that she has had enough of the steamer."
+
+Not long after this the steamer arrived at Greenock, and made fast to
+the pier. A large number of the passengers went ashore. The rain had
+ceased, which was very fortunate for those who were to walk to the
+station; though, of course, the streets were still wet. As soon as the
+boat was made fast, Mr. George went to the plank, and there he found
+Waldron and Rollo ready, with the baggage in their hands. Mr. George
+took his valise, though at first Waldron was quite unwilling to give it
+up.
+
+"O, yes," said Mr. George; "I have no objection to hard work. What I
+don't like is care. If you and Rollo will take the care off my mind,
+that is all I ask."
+
+"Well," said Waldron, "we will. And now I wonder which way we must go,
+to get to the station."
+
+"I am sure I don't know," said Mr. George. As he said this his
+countenance assumed a vacant and indifferent expression, as if he
+considered that the finding of the way to the station was no concern of
+his.
+
+"Ah!" exclaimed Waldron, "this is the way. See!" So saying, Waldron
+pointed to a sign put up near the end of the pier, with the words
+RAILROAD STATION painted upon it, and a hand indicating the way to go.
+
+As the sun had now come out, the party had quite a pleasant walk to the
+station. Mr. George had all his clothes in a light and small valise
+which he could carry very easily in his hand. Some of Rollo's clothes
+were in this valise, too, and the rest were in a small carpet bag.
+Waldron's were in a carpet bag, too. Besides these things there were
+some coats and umbrellas to be carried in the hand, and Mr. George and
+Rollo had each a knapsack, which they had bought in Switzerland. These
+knapsacks were hung at their sides. They were light, for at this time
+there was very little in them.
+
+Rollo and Waldron stopped once in the street to inquire if they were on
+the right way to the station; and finding that they were, they went on,
+and soon arrived at the gateway. They went in at a spacious entrance,
+and thence ascended a long and very wide flight of stairs, which led to
+the second story. There they found an area, covered with a glass roof,
+and surrounded with offices of various kinds pertaining to the station.
+In the centre was a train of cars, with a locomotive at the head of it,
+apparently all ready for a start. Passengers were walking to and fro on
+the platform, and getting into the carriages.
+
+On one side was a book stand, where a boy was selling books. There was a
+counter before, and shelves against the walls behind. The shelves were
+filled with books. These books were in fancy-colored paper bindings, and
+seemed to consist chiefly of guide books and tales, and other similar
+works suited to the wants of travellers.
+
+Mr. George laid his valise down upon a bench near by, and began to look
+at the books. Waldron and Rollo put their baggage down in the same way,
+and followed his example.
+
+While they were standing there they saw Mr. and Mrs. Kennedy and the two
+girls coming up the stairs. They were accompanied by a porter.
+
+Mrs. Kennedy stopped a moment to speak to Waldron as she went by.
+
+"Now, Waldron," said she, "you must be very careful, and not get into
+any difficulty. Keep close to Mr. George all the time, and don't get run
+over when you get in and out of the cars. You had better button up your
+jacket. It is very damp, and you will take cold, I am afraid."
+
+So saying, she began to button up Waldron's jacket in front, giving it
+a pull this way and that to make it set better.
+
+"Don't, mother!" said Waldron. "I'm so hot."
+
+So he shook his shoulders a little uneasily, and tried to turn away. But
+his mother insisted that his jacket should be buttoned up, at least part
+way.
+
+"Come, my dear," said Mr. Kennedy, speaking to his wife; "we have no
+time to lose. The train is going."
+
+So Mr. Kennedy bade Waldron good by, and hurried on, and Waldron
+immediately unbuttoned his jacket again, saying at the same time,--
+
+"Come, Mr. George, it is time for us to go aboard."
+
+"Have you got the tickets?" said Mr. George, quietly, still keeping his
+eyes upon a book that he was examining.
+
+"No," said Waldron. "Are _we_ to get the tickets?"
+
+"Of course," said Mr. George. "I have nothing to do with it. You and
+Rollo have undertaken to get me to Glasgow without my having any thought
+or concern about it."
+
+"Well, come, Rollo, quick; let's go and get them. Where's the booking
+office?"
+
+At the English stations the place where the tickets are bought is called
+the booking office. It is necessary to procure tickets, or you cannot
+commence the journey; for it is not customary, as in America, to allow
+the passengers the privilege, when they desire it, of paying in the
+cars.
+
+"Do you know where the booking office is, Mr. George?" said Waldron.
+
+"No," said Mr. George, "but if you look about you will find it."
+
+So Waldron and Rollo ran off to find the office. It was down stairs.
+Before they came back with the tickets the train was gone.
+
+"It is no matter," said Mr. George. "Indeed, I think it is my fault
+rather than yours, for it was not distinctly understood that you were to
+get the tickets. There will be another train pretty soon, I presume. In
+the mean time I should like to look at these books, and you and Rollo
+can amuse yourselves about the station."
+
+So Waldron and Rollo went off to see if they could find a time table, in
+order to learn when the next train would go. They found that there would
+be another train in an hour. In the mean time it began to rain again,
+which prevented the party from taking a walk about the town; so they had
+to amuse themselves at the station as they best could.
+
+There was a refreshment room at the station, and the boys thought at
+first that it would be a good plan to have something to eat; but,
+finally, they concluded that they would wait, and have a regular dinner
+at the coffee room of the hotel. Mr. George left them to decide the
+question themselves as they thought best.
+
+The hour, however, soon glided away, and at the end of it the party took
+their seats in the train, and were trundled rapidly along the banks of
+the river to Glasgow. The road lay through beautiful parks a
+considerable portion of the way, with glimpses of the water here and
+there between the trees. The view of the scenery, however, was very much
+impeded by the falling rain.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+THE EXPEDITION PLANNED.
+
+
+The boys were very successful in their selection of a hotel, for the
+Queen's Hotel, in Glasgow, is one of the most comfortable and best
+managed inns in the kingdom.
+
+The party _rode_ to the inn, in a cab which they took at the station in
+Glasgow, when the train arrived there, instead of walking, as they had
+done in going from the boat to the station at Greenock. The boys asked
+Mr. George's advice on this point, and he said that, though he was
+unwilling to take any responsibility, he had no objection whatever to
+giving his advice, whenever they wished for it. So he told them that he
+thought it was always best to go to a hotel in a carriage of some sort.
+
+"Because," said he, "in England and Scotland,--that is, in all the great
+towns,--if we come on foot, they think that we are poor, and of no
+consequence, and so give us the worst rooms, and pay us very little
+attention."
+
+When the cab arrived at the hotel Waldron said,--
+
+"There, Mr. George, we have brought you safe to the hotel. Now we have
+nothing more to do. We give up the command to you now."
+
+"Very well," said Mr. George.
+
+Two or three nicely dressed porters and waiters came out from the door
+of the hotel, to receive the travellers and wait upon them in. The
+porters took the baggage, even to the coats and umbrellas, and the head
+waiter led the way into the house. Waldron paid the cabman as he stepped
+out of the cab. He knew what the fare was, and he had it all ready. Mr.
+George said to the waiter that he wanted two bedrooms, one with two beds
+in it. The waiter bowed, with an air of great deference and respect, and
+said that the chambermaid would show the rooms. The chambermaid, who was
+a very nice-looking and tidily-dressed young woman, stood at the foot of
+the stairs, ready to conduct the newly-arrived party up to the chambers.
+She accordingly led the way, and Mr. George and the boys followed--two
+neat-looking porters coming behind with the various articles of baggage.
+
+The rooms were very pleasant apartments, situated on the front side of
+the house, and looking out upon a beautiful square. The square was
+enclosed in a high iron railing. It was adorned with trees and
+shrubbery, and intersected here and there with smooth gravel walks. In
+the centre was a tall Doric column, with a statue on the summit. There
+were other statues in other parts of the square. One of them was in
+honor of Watt, who is the great celebrity of Glasgow--so large a share
+of the prosperity and wealth of the whole region being due so much to
+his discoveries.
+
+"Now, boys," said Mr. George, "you will find water and every thing in
+your room. Make yourselves look as nice as a pin, and then go down
+stairs and find the coffee room. When you have found it, choose a
+pleasant table, and order dinner. You may order just what you please."
+
+So Mr. George left the boys to themselves, and went into his own room.
+
+In about half an hour Rollo came up and told Mr. George that the dinner
+was ready. So Mr. George went down into the coffee room, Rollo showing
+him the way.
+
+Mr. George found that the boys had chosen a very pleasant table indeed
+for their dinner. It was in a corner, between a window and the
+fireplace. There was a pleasant coal fire in the fireplace, with screens
+before it, to keep the glow of it from the faces of the guests. The
+room was quite large, and there was a long table extending up and down
+the middle of it, one of which is seen in the engraving. This table was
+set for dinner or supper. There were other smaller tables for separate
+parties in the different corners of the room.
+
+Mr. George and the boys took their seats at the table.
+
+"We thought we would have some coffee," said Rollo.
+
+"That's right," said Mr. George. "I like coffee dinners. What else have
+you got?"
+
+"We have got some Loch Fine herring, and some mutton chops," said Rollo.
+
+"Yes, sir," said Waldron. "You see the Loch Fine herrings are very
+famous, and we thought you would like to know how they taste."
+
+By this time the waiter had removed the covers, and the party commenced
+their dinner. The fire, which was near them, was very pleasant, for
+although it was June the weather was damp and cold.
+
+In the course of the dinner the boys introduced again the subject of
+going down the Clyde the next day.
+
+"The boat goes from the Broomielaw," said Waldron.
+
+[Illustration: THE COFFEE ROOM.]
+
+"The Broomielaw," repeated Mr. George; "what is the Broomielaw?"
+
+"Why, it is the harbor and pier," said Waldron. "It is below the lowest
+bridge. All the boats that go down the river go from the Broomielaw.
+They go almost every hour. We can go down by a boat and see the river,
+and then we can come up by the railroad. That will be just as cheap, if
+we take a second class car."
+
+"Well, now," said Mr. George, "I have concluded that I should not be
+willing to have you make this excursion except on two conditions; and
+they are such hard ones that I do not believe you would accept them. You
+would rather not go at all than go on such hard conditions."
+
+"What are the conditions?" asked Rollo.
+
+"I don't believe you will accept them," said Mr. George.
+
+"But let us hear what they are," said Waldron. "Perhaps we should accept
+them."
+
+"The first is," said Mr. George, "that when you get home you must go to
+your room, and write me an account of what you see on the excursion.
+Each of you must write a separate account."
+
+"That we will do," said Rollo. "I should _like_ to do that. Wouldn't
+you, Waldron?"
+
+Waldron seemed to hesitate. Though he was a very active-minded and
+intelligent boy in respect to what he saw and heard, he was somewhat
+backward in respect to knowledge of books and skill in writing. Finally,
+he said that he should be willing to _tell_ Mr. George what he saw, but
+he did not think that he could write it.
+
+"That is just as I supposed," said Mr. George. "I did not think you
+would accept my conditions."
+
+"Well, sir, I will," said Waldron. "I will write it as well as I can.
+And what is the other condition?"
+
+"That you shall write down, at the end of your account, the most
+careless thing that you see Rollo do, all the time that you are gone,"
+said Mr. George, "and that Rollo shall write down the most careless
+thing he sees you do."
+
+"But suppose we don't do any careless things at all," said Rollo.
+
+"Then," said Mr. George, "you must write down what comes the nearest to
+being a careless thing. And neither of you must know what the other
+writes until you have shown the papers to me."
+
+After some hesitation the boys agreed to both these terms, and so it was
+decided that they were to go down the river. The steamer which they were
+to take was to sail at nine o'clock, and so they ordered breakfast at
+eight. Mr. George said that he would go down with them in the morning to
+the Broomielaw, and see them sail.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+DOWN THE CLYDE.
+
+
+The boys returned in safety from their excursion about three o'clock in
+the afternoon. In fulfilment of their promise they immediately went to
+their room, and wrote their several accounts of the expedition. They
+agreed together that, in order to avoid repetitions, Waldron should
+dwell most upon the first part of the trip, and Rollo upon the last
+part.
+
+The following is the account that Waldron wrote:--
+
+          "ACCOUNT OF OUR TRIP.
+
+"First, there was a man standing by the plank, that asked us if we had
+got our tickets. We told him no. Then he showed us where to go and get
+them. It was at a little office on the pier. The price of the tickets
+was a shilling.
+
+"The steamboat was not very large. There was no saloon on deck, and no
+awning, but only seats on deck, and many people sitting on them.
+
+"There was a boy among them who had a kilt on. It was the first kilt I
+ever saw.[C]
+
+[C] It would have been better if Waldron had described the kilt; but I
+suppose he thought he could not describe it very well. It is a garment
+peculiar to the Scotch. It consists of a sort of sack or jacket, with a
+skirt attached to it below, which comes down just below the knees. The
+skirt is plaited upon the lower edge of the jacket, and hangs pretty
+full.
+
+"We soon began to go down the river. The sides of the river were walled
+up, to form piers, all along, and there were a great many ships and
+steamers moored to them. I saw several American vessels among them.
+
+"By and by, when we got below the town, the river grew wider, and the
+banks were sloping, but they were paved all the way with large stones.
+This was to prevent their being washed away by the swell of the
+steamers. There were a great many steamers going up and down, which kept
+the water all the time a-swashing against the banks.
+
+"I went up on the bridge where the captain stood. There were good steps
+to go up, on the side of the paddle box. Rollo would not go. I had a
+fine lookout from the bridge. The captain was there. He told me a good
+many things about the river. He said that the river used to be only five
+feet deep, and now it was almost twenty, all the way from the sea. They
+dug it out with dredging machines.
+
+"I asked him what they did with the mud. He said they hauled it away,
+and spread it on the land in the country. They made a railroad, he said,
+on purpose to take the mud away to where it was wanted.
+
+"Presently we began to come to the ship yards. There was an immense
+number of iron ships on the stocks, building. The workmen made a great
+noise with their hammers, heading the rivets. There seemed to be
+thousands of hammers going at a time.
+
+"The steamers all sloped towards the water, and pointed down the stream.
+I suppose that this was so that when they were launched they might go
+down in the middle of the channel, and not strike the bank on the
+opposite side.
+
+"We met a great many steamers coming up. One I thought had just been
+launched. She was full of workmen. There were a great many women running
+along on the bank, where it was green, trying to keep up with her. They
+were almost all barefooted. I suppose they had been down to see her
+launched. I wish we had been a little sooner.
+
+"When I came down from the bridge I looked into the hold to see the
+engine. I wanted to go down, but I was afraid that Rollo would call it
+a careless thing. Besides, I could see pretty well where I was. There
+were three cylinders. Two acted alternately, and the other at the half
+stroke. I thought this was a very good plan; for now the engine never
+can get on a poise. All these cylinders were inclined. The boiler was
+perpendicular. I never saw one like it before.
+
+"After a while we got below the ship yards, and then there was nothing
+more to see, only some green grounds, and some mountains, and a castle
+on a rock. Then we landed at Greenock, and came home by the railroad.
+But Rollo is going to write about this.
+
+"The most careless thing that Rollo did was that he came very near
+leaving his umbrella on board the boat at Greenock."
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Rollo's account of the excursion was as follows:--
+
+          "EXCURSION ON THE CLYDE.
+
+"Waldron and I went down the Clyde. We went on board the boat at the
+Broomielaw, in Glasgow.
+
+"The first thing I observed was that a Scotchman and two boys came on
+board with violins and a flageolet, and began to play to amuse the
+company. At first I could not hear very well, the steampipe made such a
+noise. Afterwards, when the pipe stopped blowing off the steam, I could
+hear better, and I liked the music very well.
+
+"By and by one of the boys came round to collect some money, and I put
+in a penny. I told Waldron that I thought he need not put in any thing,
+as he did not listen.
+
+"There was a boat came off from the shore, and a man got out of it, and
+came on board our steamer just as we used to go on board the steamers on
+the Rhine. I wish we could go and travel on the Rhine again.
+
+"When we got below the ships and ship yards we came to a part of the
+river where there were parks and pleasure grounds on the banks, and
+beautiful houses back among the trees.
+
+"When we got half way down we stopped at a pier where there was a train
+of cars to take people to Loch Lomond, on the way to the Highlands.
+Waldron said that we should come there, he supposed, when we go to the
+Highlands.
+
+"A little farther down we came to a great rocky hill, close by the
+water, with a castle upon it. The name of it is Dunbarton Castle. We
+shall go by it again, when we go to the Highlands.
+
+"Then we came to a great widening of the river, and not long after that
+we arrived at Greenock and landed. We thought that the boat was going to
+stop here, but it did not. A great many of the passengers staid on
+board, and a great many more came on board, to go farther down the
+river.
+
+"We went first to the station, so as to see when the trains went back to
+Glasgow. Then we took a walk.
+
+"We found a street near the depot with a high hill behind it, and close
+to it. There were walls and terraces all the way up, and trees here and
+there. We looked up, and we could see the heads of some children over
+the topmost wall. They were looking down to where we were. Presently we
+came to an opening, and some flights of steps and steep walks, and so we
+thought we would go up.
+
+"When we got to the top we found a broad terrace, with a wall along the
+front edge of it, where we could look down upon the river and the town.
+The town lay very narrow between the river and the foot of the hill. We
+were up very high above the tops of the houses.
+
+"Behind us, on the terrace, were broad green fields and gravel walks,
+and beds of flowers, and great trees with seats under them. There were
+a good many nursery maids around there, with children. The nursery
+maids sat on the seats, and the children played before them with the
+pebbles and gravel.
+
+"I read in the guide book about some famous waterworks at Greenock, but
+we could not find them. We asked one man, who was at work on the gravel
+walks, if he could tell us where they were; but he only stared at us and
+said he did not 'knaw ony thing aboot it.'
+
+"After this we went down the hill again, and took a long walk along the
+bank of the river. There was an omnibus going by, and we wanted to get
+into it and see where it would carry us; but we did not know but that it
+might carry us to some place that we could not get back from very soon.
+The name of the place where the omnibus went was painted on the side of
+it but it was a place that we had never heard of before, and so we did
+not know where it was.
+
+"After this we went back to the station, and then came home. I thought
+from the map that we should go through Paisley; but we did not. We went
+_over_ it. We went over it, higher than the tops of the chimneys.
+
+"This is the end of my account; and the most dangerous thing I saw
+Waldron do was to go up on the bridge, on board the steamer, and talk
+there with the captain."
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+"Boys," said Mr. George, when he had finished reading these papers,
+"your accounts are excellent. The thing I chiefly like about them is,
+that you go right straight on and tell a plain story, without spoiling
+it all by making an attempt at fine writing. That is the way you ought
+always to write. One of these days I mean to get you both to write
+something for me in my journal."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+WALKS ABOUT GLASGOW.
+
+
+Our party remained two days more in Glasgow, and visited quite a number
+of objects of interest and curiosity in and around the city.
+
+At one end of the town there was a large open space, laid out for a
+pleasure ground; being somewhat similar in character to Boston Common,
+only it lay on the margin of the river, and commanded delightful views,
+both of the city itself and of the surrounding country. The grounds were
+adorned with trees and shrubbery, and paths were laid out over every
+portion of it, that were delightful to walk in. There were seats, too,
+at every point that commanded a pretty view. This place was called the
+Green.
+
+The Green was at the eastern extremity of the city. At the other end,
+that is, towards the west, there was a region more elevated than the
+rest of the town, where the wealthy people resided. The streets were
+arranged in crescents and terraces, and were very magnificent. The
+houses were almost all built of stone, and were of a very massive and
+substantial, as well as elegant character.
+
+Nearer the centre of the town was a very large and ancient church,
+called the cathedral. It was a solemn-looking pile of buildings,
+standing by itself in a green yard, back from the road, and thousands of
+swallows were twittering and chirping high up among the pinnacles and
+cornices of the roof. Although it was in the midst of a crowded city,
+the whole structure wore an expression of great seclusion and solitude.
+
+Behind the church, and separated from it by a narrow valley, there was a
+steep hill, that was covered, in every part, with tombs, and monuments,
+and sepulchral enclosures. The hill was two or three hundred feet high,
+and there was a very tall monument on the top of it. There was a bridge
+across the valley behind the cathedral leading to this cemetery.
+
+"Ah," said Mr. George, "that is the Necropolis."
+
+"The Necropolis?" repeated Rollo.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George. "I read about it in the guide book. Necropolis
+means 'City of the Dead,' and it is a city of the dead indeed."
+
+There were pathways leading up the side of the hill by many zigzags and
+windings. Across the bridge leading to it was a great iron gateway,
+with a small iron gate open in the middle of it. The boys wanted to go
+immediately to the cemetery, in order to have the pleasure of climbing
+up the zigzag paths to the top of the hill. But Mr. George said he
+wished first to go into the cathedral.
+
+There was a gate leading into the cathedral yard, and a porter's lodge
+just inside of it. There was a sign up at the lodge, saying that the
+price of admission to see the interior of the cathedral was sixpence for
+each person. Waldron said that he did not think it was worth sixpence to
+go, and Rollo said that he did not care much about going. He had seen
+cathedrals enough, he said, on the continent. So it was agreed that the
+boys should go to the cemetery, and wait there till Mr. George came.
+
+The boys accordingly went down the walk that led to the bridge. They
+stopped a moment at the open gate, not knowing whether it was right for
+them to go in or not. As, however, the gate was open, and there was
+nobody there to forbid the passage, they stepped over the iron
+threshold, and entered. There was a porter's lodge just inside, and a
+man standing at the door of it.
+
+"Can we go in and see the cemetery?" asked Waldron.
+
+"Certainly," said the porter. "Are you strangers in Glasgow?"
+
+"Yes, sir," said Rollo, "we are Americans. My uncle is in the cathedral,
+and he is coming pretty soon."
+
+"Then please to come in," said the porter, "and enter your names in the
+visitors' book."
+
+So the boys went in. They found a very pleasant room, with a large book
+open on a desk, near a window. They wrote their names in this book, and
+also their residences, and they stopped a few minutes to look over the
+names that had been written there before, in order to see if any persons
+from America had recently visited the cemetery. They found several names
+of persons from New York on the list, and two or three from
+Philadelphia. While the boys were looking over the book the porter asked
+them a great many questions about America.
+
+In a few minutes they went on. They stopped on the middle of the bridge,
+and looked down over the balustrade into the ravine. The ravine was very
+deep, and there was a little brook at the bottom of it, and a sort of
+road or street along the side of it, far below them.
+
+The boys then went on into the cemetery. They walked about it for some
+time, ascending continually higher and higher, and stopping at every
+turn to read the inscriptions and monuments. At length they reached the
+summit of the hill, where the lofty column stood which had been erected
+to the memory of John Knox, the great Scottish reformer. The column
+stood upon a pedestal, which contained an inscription on each of the
+four sides of it. One of these inscriptions said that John Knox was a
+man who could never be made to swerve from his duty by any fear or any
+danger, and that, although his life was often threatened by "dag and
+dagger," he was still carried safely through every difficulty and
+danger, and died, at last, in peace and happiness; and that the people
+of Glasgow, mindful of the invaluable services he rendered to his
+country, had erected that monument in honor of his memory.
+
+The boys had just finished reading the inscription, when, looking down
+upon the bridge, they saw Mr. George coming. They went down to meet him,
+and then showed him the way up to the monument.
+
+Mr. George first looked up to the summit of it, and then walked all
+around it, reading the inscriptions. He read them aloud, and the boys
+listened.
+
+"Yes," said he, "John Knox was a true hero. He stood up manfully and
+fearlessly for the right when almost all the world was against him; and
+to do that requires a great deal of courage, as well as great strength
+of character. Many people reviled and hated him while he lived, but now
+his memory is universally honored.
+
+"I hope you two boys, when you come to be men," continued Mr. George,
+"will follow his example. What you know is right, that always defend, no
+matter if all the world are against it. And what is wrong, that always
+oppose, no matter if all the world are in favor of it."
+
+"Yes, sir," said Waldron, "I mean to."
+
+Mr. George and the boys rambled about the Necropolis some time longer,
+and then went on.
+
+While they were in Glasgow the party visited several of the great
+manufacturing establishments. They were all very much surprised at the
+loftiness of some of the chimneys. There was one at a great
+establishment, called the St. Rollox Chemical Works, which was over four
+hundred and thirty feet high, and Mr. George estimated that it must have
+been thirty or forty feet diameter at the base. If, now, you ask your
+father, or some friend, how high the steeple is of the nearest church to
+where you live, and multiply that height by the necessary number, you
+will get some idea of the magnitude of this prodigious column. The
+lightning rod, that came down the side of it in a spiral line, looked
+like a spider's web that had been, by chance, blown against the chimney
+by the wind.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+ENTERING THE HIGHLANDS.
+
+
+The Highland district of Scotland occupies almost the whole of the
+western part of the island north of the valley of the Clyde. It consists
+of mountains, glens, and lakes, with roads winding in every direction
+through and among them. Of course the number of different Highland
+excursions which a tourist can plan is infinite. Most visitors to
+Scotland are, however, satisfied with a short tour among these
+mountains, on account of the great uncertainty of the weather. Indeed,
+as it rains here more than half the time, the chance is always in favor
+of bad weather; and the really pleasant days are very few.
+
+The valley by which tourists from Glasgow most frequently go into the
+Highlands is the valley of Loch Lomond. The lower end of this lake comes
+to within about ten miles of the Clyde. The upper end of it extends
+about twenty-five miles into the very heart of the Highlands. There is
+an inn at the lower end of the lake, that is, the end nearest the
+Clyde, called Balloch Inn. At the upper end of the lake is another
+resting-place for travellers. A small steamboat passes every day through
+the lake, from one of these inns to the other, touching at various
+intermediate points on the way, at little villages or landing-places,
+where roads from the interior of the country come down to the lake.
+
+From Balloch there is a railroad leading to the Clyde, though it does
+not extend to Glasgow. Travellers from Glasgow come down the Clyde in a
+steamer about ten miles to the railroad landing. There they take the
+cars, and proceed down the river, along the bank, amidst scenery of the
+grandest and most beautiful character, to Dunbarton Castle, where the
+road leaves the river, and turns into the interior of the country,
+towards the valley of Loch Lomond.
+
+The road terminates at Balloch. Here the travellers are transferred to
+the steamer, and pursue their journey by water. It was this route Mr.
+George had determined to take on leaving Glasgow.
+
+He got ready to leave Glasgow on the afternoon of a certain Thursday.
+
+"Now, boys," said he, "we are ready to go to the Highlands. Find out for
+me when the boats and trains go, while I settle the bill."
+
+So saying, Mr. George rose and rang the bell.
+
+In Europe we do not go down to the office or bar room, when we are ready
+to leave a hotel, to call for and settle our bill there, as we do in
+America, but we ring the bell in our room, and ask the waiter to bring
+the bill to us.
+
+"I have found out already," said Waldron. "There is a boat at four
+o'clock. It starts from the Broomielaw."
+
+"And is there a train that connects with that boat?" asked Mr. George.
+
+"Yes, sir," said Waldron.
+
+"Then," said Mr. George, "we will go at four o'clock; we shall just have
+time."
+
+I am not certain that Waldron was entirely honest in giving this
+information to Mr. George, for he concealed one very important
+circumstance; or rather he omitted to mention it. This circumstance was,
+that there was no boat from Balloch to connect with the train, so that
+if they were to go to Balloch that night, he knew that they could not go
+any farther till the next morning. He liked this, for he and Rollo had
+both begun to be tired of Glasgow, and he thought that if they should
+get to Balloch two or three hours before dark, there might be some
+chance for him and Rollo to go out fishing on the lake.
+
+Very soon, however, he reflected that he should enjoy his fishing less,
+if he resorted to any thing like artifice or concealment to obtain it;
+and so, after a little hesitation, he frankly told Mr. George that they
+could go no farther than to the foot of the lake that night. There was
+only one boat each day, he said, on the lake, and that left Balloch in
+the morning, and returned at night.
+
+Mr. George said that that made no difference. He was tired of being in a
+great city, and would like to see the country and the mountains again;
+and he should, therefore, prefer going to spend the night at Balloch,
+rather than to remain in Glasgow.
+
+So the party set off. They embarked on board the steamer at the
+Broomielaw. They ran rapidly down the river to the railroad landing.
+They found the train waiting for them there, and were whirled rapidly up
+the valley. There were most charming views of the mountains on either
+hand, with hamlets and villages scattered along the slopes of them. At
+length they arrived at Balloch. There was no village here, but only a
+pretty inn, situated delightfully on the margin of the lake, very near
+the outlet. There was an elegant suspension bridge across the outlet,
+very near the railroad station. There were several thatch-covered
+cottages near, and two or three castles were seen through openings
+among the trees on the hill-sides around. As the party crossed the
+suspension bridge, Rollo and Waldron, to their great delight, saw
+several boats floating in the water near the inn, and there was a boy on
+the bridge fishing over the railing. They stopped to talk with this boy,
+while Mr. George went on to engage rooms at the inn, and to order a
+supper.
+
+When the boys came in they gave such fine accounts of the fishing on the
+lake, and of the facility with which they could obtain a boat, and a
+boatman to go out with them, that Mr. George was half persuaded to allow
+them to engage a boat, and to go out with them for an hour or two.
+
+"And we want you to go with us, too," said Waldron, "if you can; but if
+you have any thing else to do, we can go by ourselves, with the
+boatman."
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "and if you think it is not best for us to go at all,
+we can fish on the bridge."
+
+Mr. George was much pleased to hear the boys speak in this manner in
+respect to the excursion. He was particularly glad to hear Waldron say
+that he desired that _he_ should go with them. It is always an excellent
+sign when a boy wishes his father, or his mother, or his uncle, or
+whoever has the charge of him, to go with him, and share his pleasures;
+and those parents and uncles who take an interest in the plans and
+enjoyments of their children, and sympathize with them in their
+feelings, in such a manner that the children like their company, place
+themselves in a position to exercise the highest possible influence over
+their conduct and character.
+
+"Shall we have time?" asked Mr. George.
+
+"Yes, sir," said Waldron. "It is not dark here till half past ten, and
+it is only half past six now, so that there are four hours."
+
+The farther you go north the longer the evenings are, in summer; and at
+the time when our party made this visit to the Highlands, the evenings
+there were so long that you could see to read very well till nearly ten
+o'clock. The dawn, and the sunrise, too, come on proportionately early
+in the morning. The boys forgot this one morning, and finding that it
+was very light in their room when they woke, they got up, and dressed
+themselves, and went down stairs, thinking that it was nearly breakfast
+time. But they found, on looking at a clock in the hall of the inn, that
+it was not quite three o'clock!
+
+But to return to the story.
+
+Mr. George told the boys that if they would arrange the boat party,
+that is, if they would engage the boat and the boatman, and also some
+fishing lines, he would go with them. They would have supper first, and
+then set out immediately afterwards.
+
+This plan was carried into effect. Mr. George himself cared nothing
+about the fishing. His only object was to see the lake, and talk with
+the Highland boatmen. Still he took a line and fished a little, for
+company to the boys. The excursion proved a very pleasant one. The lake
+was beautiful. The surface of the water was studded with pretty islands,
+and the shores were formed of picturesque hills, which were every where
+adorned with cottages, castles, groves, fields, and all the other
+elements of rural beauty.
+
+The excursion itself was very much like any fishing excursion in
+America, only the peculiar dialect of the boatman continually reminded
+the travellers that they were in Scotland. For "I don't know," he said
+"I dinna ken;" for "trouble" the word was "fash," and for "not," "na."
+The boys had heard this phraseology before. The railway porter, when he
+put Mr. George's valise in the carriage, crowded it under the seat,
+where he said it would not "fash the other travellers;" and at the inn,
+where Mr. George asked the servant girl if she would let them know when
+their supper was ready, she said, "Yes, sir, I will coom and tak ye
+doon."
+
+Waldron enjoyed the fishing excursion very much indeed. He said that he
+should like to make the whole tour of Scotland in a boat, round among
+the islands on the western and northern shores. These islands are,
+indeed, very grand and picturesque. They are groups of dark mountains,
+rising out of the sea. To cruise among them in a yacht would be a very
+pleasant tour, were it not for the incessant storms of wind and rain to
+which the voyagers would be exposed.
+
+Waldron said he particularly desired to go to the Shetland Islands, on
+the north of Scotland, in order to buy himself a pony.
+
+"My father has promised me," said he, "that if ever he goes to the
+Shetlands he will buy me a pony."
+
+"I should like a Shetland pony," said Rollo.
+
+"Yes," said Waldron. "They are very hardy animals, and then they are
+very docile and gentle. Some of them are as gentle and sagacious as a
+dog. I read a story in a book once of one that saved the life of a
+child, by plunging into the water, and seizing the child by the clothes,
+between his teeth, and bringing it safe to land. The child fell into the
+water off of a steep bank, and the horse jumped after it."
+
+[Illustration: THE SHETLAND PONY.]
+
+Here is a picture of the horse which Waldron read about, climbing up the
+bank of the stream, bringing the child.
+
+The party returned from the fishing excursion about eight o'clock; but
+as it was still half an hour before sunset, Mr. George proposed to take
+a walk to one of the castles. The waiter at the hotel had told them that
+he could give them a ticket, and then the porter at the castle would let
+them in at the gate, and allow them to walk about the grounds and
+around the castle, but they could not go into it, for the proprietor and
+his family were residing there.
+
+Accordingly, when the party reached the landing, at the end of their
+excursion, they left the boat, and walking across the bridge, they took
+their course towards the castle. The road was as smooth and hard as a
+floor, but it was bordered by close stone walls on either side, with
+trees overhanging them. At length, after one or two turnings, they came
+to the great gate which led to the castle. The gateway was bordered on
+each side with masses of trees and shrubbery, and just within it was a
+small but very pretty house, built of stone. This was the porter's
+lodge. When they came up to the gate, and looked through the bars of it,
+a little barefooted girl came out from the door of the lodge, and opened
+the gate to let them in.
+
+On entering they found themselves at the commencement of a smoothly
+gravelled avenue, which led in a winding direction among the trees
+through a beautiful park. They walked on along this avenue, supposing
+that it would lead them to the castle. They passed various paths which
+branched off here and there from the avenue, and seemed to lead in
+various directions about the grounds. The views which presented
+themselves on every side were varied and beautiful. They saw several
+hares leaping about upon the grass--a sight which attracted the
+attention of the boys very strongly.
+
+At length they came in sight of the castle. It stood on a swell of
+ground, at the foot of a high hill. The body of it consisted in part of
+a great round tower, with turrets and battlements above. The walls were
+covered with ivy.
+
+After viewing the edifice as much as they wished, the party followed
+some of the winding walks, which led in various directions over the
+grounds; and, though every thing had a finished and beautiful
+appearance, still the whole scene wore a very sombre expression.
+
+"It must be a very solitary sort of grandeur, in my opinion," said Mr.
+George, "which a man enjoys by living in such a place as this."
+
+"Why, I suppose he can have company if he wishes," said Rollo.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George. "Perhaps he lives in Edinburgh, or in London, in
+the winter, and in the summer he has company here. But then when he has
+company at all he must have them all the time, and he must have all the
+care and responsibility of entertaining them; and that, I should think,
+would be a great burden."
+
+Mr. George and the boys rambled over these grounds about half an hour,
+and then they returned to the hotel. They were obliged to walk fast the
+last part of the way, for dark, driving clouds began to be seen in the
+sky, and just before they reached the hotel some drops of fine rain
+began to fall.
+
+"To-morrow is going to be a rainy day, I expect," said Rollo.
+
+"Very likely," said Mr. George.
+
+"And shall you go on over the lake if it is?" asked Rollo.
+
+"I think we shall go as far as to the foot of Ben Lomond," said Mr.
+George.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+ROWERDENNAN INN.
+
+
+Ben Lomond is one of the highest peaks in Scotland. There are one or two
+that are higher, but they are more remote, and consequently less known.
+Ben Lomond is the one most visited, and is, accordingly, the one that is
+most renowned.
+
+It lies on the east side of Loch Lomond, about half way between the head
+of the lake and the outlet. Our party were now at the outlet of the
+lake, and were going the next morning towards the head of it. The outlet
+of the lake is towards the south. In this southern part, as I believe I
+have already said, the lake is about ten miles wide, and its banks are
+formed of hills and valleys of fertile land, every where well
+cultivated, and presenting charming scenes of verdure and fruitfulness.
+The lake, too, in this portion of it, is studded with a great number of
+very picturesque and pretty islands.
+
+As you go north, however, the lake, or loch, as the Scotch call it,
+contracts in breadth, and the land rises higher and higher, until at
+length you see before you a narrow sheet of water, shut in on either
+hand with dark and gloomy mountains, the sides of which are covered
+every where with ferns and heather, and seem entirely uninhabited. They
+descend, moreover, so steep to the water that there seems to be not even
+room for a path between the foot of the mountains and the shore.
+
+The highest peak of these sombre-looking hills is Ben Lomond; which
+rises, as I have before said, on the eastern side of the loch, about
+midway between the head of the loch and the outlet. At the foot of the
+mountain there is a point of land projecting into the water, where there
+is an inn. Tourists stop at this inn when they wish to ascend the
+mountain. Other persons come to the inn for the purpose of fishing on
+the loch, or of making excursions by the footpaths which penetrate, here
+and there, among the neighboring highlands. There is a ferry here, too,
+across the loch. There is no village, nor, indeed, are there any
+buildings whatever to be seen; so that the place is as secluded and
+solitary as can well be imagined. It is known by the name of Rowerdennan
+Inn. It was at this point that Mr. George proposed to stop, in case the
+day should prove rainy.
+
+When the boys rose the next morning, the first thing was to look out of
+the window, to see what the promise was in respect to the weather. It
+was not raining, but the sky was overcast and heavy.
+
+"Good," said Waldron. "It does not rain yet, but it will before we get
+to Rowerdennan Inn."
+
+Waldron was glad to see that there was a prospect of unfavorable
+weather, for he wished to stop at the inn. He had read in the guide book
+that they had boats and fishing apparatus there, and he thought that if
+they stopped perhaps another plan might be formed for going out on the
+loch a-fishing.
+
+The steamer was to leave at nine o'clock. The boys could see her lying
+at the pier, about half a mile distant from them. The air was misty, and
+there were some small trees in the way, but the boys could see the
+chimney distinctly. They dressed themselves as soon as they could, and
+went to Mr. George's room. They knocked gently at the door. Mr. George
+said, "Come in." They went in and found Mr. George seated at a table,
+writing in his journal. It was about seven o'clock.
+
+Mr. George laid aside his writing, and after bidding the boys good
+morning, and talking with them a few minutes about the plans of the
+day, took a testament which he had upon a table before him, and read a
+few verses from one of the Gospels, explaining the verses as he read
+them. Then they all knelt down together, and Mr. George made a short and
+simple prayer, asking God to take care of them all during the day, to
+guard them from every danger, to make them kind and considerate towards
+each other, and towards all around them, and to keep them from every
+species of sin.
+
+This was the way in which Mr. George always commenced the duties of the
+day, when travelling with Rollo, whether there were any other persons in
+company or not; and a most excellent way it was, too. Besides the
+intrinsic propriety of coming in the morning to commit ourselves to the
+guardian care and protection of Almighty God, especially when we are
+exposed to the vicissitudes, temptations, and dangers that are always
+hovering about the path of the traveller in foreign lands, the influence
+of such a service of devotion, brief and simple as it was, always proved
+extremely salutary on Rollo's mind, as well as on the minds of those who
+were associated with him in it. It made them more gentle, and more
+docile and tractable; and it tended very greatly to soften those
+asperities which we often see manifesting themselves in the intercourse
+of boys with each other.
+
+When the devotional service was finished, Mr. George sent the boys down
+stairs, to make arrangements for breakfast. In about half an hour Rollo
+came up to say that breakfast was ready in the coffee room, and Mr.
+George went down.
+
+After breakfast Mr. George took the valise, and the boys took the other
+parcels of baggage, and they all went over the bridge to the railway
+station. They waited here a short time, until at length the train came.
+They would have walked on to the pier, where the boat in which they were
+going to embark was lying, but it was beginning to rain a little, and
+Mr. George thought it would be better to wait and go in the cars. The
+distance was not more than a quarter of a mile, and the boys were quite
+curious to know what the price of the tickets would be, for such a short
+ride. They found that they were threepence apiece.
+
+The train came very soon, bringing with it several little parties of
+tourists, that were going into the Highlands. They all seemed greatly
+chagrined and disappointed at finding that it was beginning to rain.
+
+When the train stopped opposite the pier, the passengers hurried across
+the pier, and over the plank, on board the boat. The rain was falling
+fast, and every thing was dripping wet. The gentlemen went loaded with
+portmanteaus, carpet bags, valises, and other parcels of baggage, while
+the women hurried after them, holding their umbrellas in one hand, and
+endeavoring, as well as they could, to lift up their dresses with the
+other. The boat was very small, and there was no shelter whatever from
+the rain on the deck. Most of the company, therefore, hurried down into
+the cabin.
+
+"Are you going down into the cabin, too, uncle George?" said Rollo.
+
+"Not I," said Mr. George. "Rain or no rain, I am going to see the shores
+of Loch Lomond."
+
+There was a heap of baggage near the centre of the boat, covered with a
+tarpauling. Mr. George put his valise and the knapsacks under the
+covering, with the other travellers' effects, and then began to look
+about for seats. There was a range of wooden benches all along the sides
+of the deck, but they were very wet, and looked extremely uncomfortable.
+The water, however, did not stand upon them, for they were made of open
+work, on purpose to let the water through.
+
+"If we only had some camp stools," said Mr. George, "we could get
+sheltered seats under the lee of the baggage; but as it is, we must
+make the best of these."
+
+[Illustration: VIEWING THE SCENERY OF LOCH LOMOND.]
+
+So he folded his shawl long enough to make a cushion for three persons,
+and laid it down on one of the benches. He sat down himself upon the
+centre of it, and the boys took their places on each side. Mr. George
+then spread his umbrella, and the boys, by sitting very close to him,
+could both come under it. By the time they were thus established the
+boat had left the pier, and was gliding smoothly away over the waters of
+the lake, with green and beautifully wooded islands all around. In the
+distance up the lake, wherever the opening of the clouds afforded a
+view, it was seen that the horizon was bounded, and the waters of the
+lake were shut in, with dark and gloomy-looking mountains, the summits
+of which were entirely concealed from view.
+
+After a short time the rain increased, and all the scenery, except such
+islands and portions of the shore as came very near the track of the
+steamer, was soon entirely hidden. The wind blew harder, too, and drove
+the rain in under the umbrella, so that our travellers were beginning to
+get quite wet.
+
+"Suppose I go below," said Waldron, "and see what sort of a place the
+other passengers have found down there."
+
+"Yes, sir," said Rollo; "it is so wet here, and besides, I am beginning
+to be cold."
+
+"We will all go," said Mr. George.
+
+So they all went below. They descended one at a time, by a small spiral
+staircase, near the stern, which led them into the cabin of the boat.
+The cabin presented to view quite an extraordinary spectacle.
+
+It was a small room, being not much more than fifteen feet wide. Along
+the sides of it were seats made of carved oak, and very comfortably
+cushioned. Above was a row of small windows, through which you could
+look out by kneeling on the seats. At the end of the cabin were a
+fireplace and a grate. There was a coal fire burning in the fireplace,
+and several of the passengers were hovering around it to warm and dry
+themselves. Others were looking out of the windows, vainly endeavoring
+to obtain some glimpses of the scenery. A great many of them were
+uttering exclamations of disappointment and vexation, at finding all the
+pleasure of their excursion spoiled thus by the cold and the rain.
+
+Some of the travellers, however, more philosophical than the rest,
+seemed to take their ill luck quite patiently. There was one group that
+opened their knapsacks at one of the side tables, and were taking
+breakfast together there in a very merry manner.
+
+Mr. George and the two boys went to the fire, and stood there to warm
+themselves, listening, in the mean time, to the exclamations and remarks
+of the various groups of passengers, which they found quite amusing. In
+the mean time the steamer went on, bringing continually new points of
+land and new islands into view. She stopped, too, now and then, at
+landings along the margin of the lake; and on these occasions Rollo and
+Waldron always went up on deck, to witness the operation of bringing the
+steamer to, and to see who went on shore.
+
+They had a list of these landings on the tickets which they had bought
+of the captain of the boat, as soon as they came on board. When they
+found that the next landing was Rowerdennan, all the party went up on
+deck. The rain, they now found, had ceased. Indeed, the sky looked quite
+bright, and several of the passengers were standing on the wet deck,
+watching for glimpses of the mountains, which appeared here and there
+through the openings in the clouds. They saw repeatedly the dark and
+gloomy sides of Ben Lomond; but a canopy of dense and heavy clouds
+rested upon and concealed the summit.
+
+The boys obtained a glimpse of a stone house, nearly enveloped in trees,
+at a little distance from the shore, as they approached the land. This
+they supposed was the inn, as there was no other house in sight.
+
+The steamer drew up to the pier. The pier was very small. It was built
+of timbers, and extended a little way out over the water, from a
+solitary place on the shore. Every passenger that left the boat had to
+pay twopence for the privilege of landing upon it. The porter of the inn
+stood there, with a leather bag hung over his neck, to collect this
+toll. On this occasion, however, he got only sixpence, as Mr. George and
+the two boys were the only passengers that landed.
+
+The place was very wild and solitary. There was no house, or building of
+any kind, in sight. There was a narrow road, however, that led along the
+shore of the lake, from the pier towards the point of land which the
+steamer had passed in coming to the pier, and the porter told Mr. George
+that that was the road that led to the inn.
+
+"If you will walk on," said the porter, "I will bring your luggage."
+
+There were some boards and small timbers on the deck of the vessel,
+which were to be landed here, and the porter remained in order to
+receive them, while Mr. George and the boys went on. They soon came to
+the inn. They entered it from behind, through a very pleasant yard,
+surrounded with trees and gardens, and out-buildings of various kinds.
+Mr. George went in, followed by the boys, and was shown into the coffee
+room. From the windows of this room there was a very pretty view of the
+lake, through an opening among the trees of the garden.
+
+"And now what are we going to do?" said Waldron, after they had all
+looked at the view as much as they wished.
+
+"I am going to have a fire," said Mr. George, "and then sit down here
+and make myself comfortable until it clears away. You and Rollo can join
+me, or you can form any other plan that you like better."
+
+"We'll go a-fishing," said Waldron.
+
+"Or else go up on Ben Lomond," said Rollo. "How high is Ben Lomond,
+uncle George?"
+
+"It is between three and four thousand feet," said Mr. George. "We will
+all go up to-morrow if it clears away."
+
+But Waldron did not wish to go up the mountain. He preferred to go
+a-fishing on the lake. He did not express his preference very strongly
+at this time, but in the course of the afternoon he persuaded Rollo that
+it would be a great deal better for them to go out a-fishing on the
+lake, and perhaps go across the lake to the opposite shore, rather than
+to go up the mountain; and he induced Rollo to join him in a request
+that Mr. George would let them go out on the lake, while he went up the
+mountain, if he wished to ascend it.
+
+"We can have a boat and a boatman," said Waldron. "The boatman will row
+us, and take care of us, and that will be perfectly safe. And Rollo
+would like that plan best, too."
+
+In forming this scheme Waldron and Rollo made a mistake; and it was a
+mistake that boys are very apt to fall into when they are invited to go
+on excursions with their parents, or uncles, or older brothers. It is
+naturally to be supposed that the tastes and inclinations of boys, in
+such cases, should often be different from those of the grown persons
+they are with, and should lead them to wish frequently to deviate, more
+or less, from the plans formed. But it is a great source of
+inconvenience to those whom they are with to have them often propose
+such deviations. In this case, for example, Mr. George had come a long
+distance, and incurred very heavy expenses, for the purpose of seeing
+the Scottish Highlands. Unless he could now really see them, of course
+all his time and money would be lost. The pleasure of going a-fishing
+is, doubtless, often very great, but this was not the time nor the place
+for enjoying it. In acceding to the arrangement to come with Mr. George
+to the Highlands, the boys ought to have considered themselves joined
+with him in a tour for instruction and improvement, and as committed to
+the plans which he might form, from time to time, for accomplishing the
+objects of the tour. By proposing, as they did, to deviate on every
+occasion from these plans, and wishing to turn aside from the proper
+duty of tourists, in search of such boyish pleasures as might be enjoyed
+just as well at home, they failed signally in fulfilling the obligations
+which they incurred in undertaking the tour under Mr. George's charge.
+
+Let all the boys and girls, therefore, who read this book, remember that
+whenever, either by invitation or otherwise, they are joined to any
+party of which a grown person has charge, or when they accompany a grown
+person on any excursion whatever, they go to share _his_ pleasures, not
+to substitute their own for his, and thus to interfere with and thwart
+the plans which he had formed. Boys often violate this rule from want of
+thought, and without intending to do any thing wrong. This was the case
+in this instance, in respect to Waldron and Rollo.
+
+"They are good boys," said Mr. George to himself, in thinking of the
+subject. "They do not mean to do any thing wrong; but they do not
+understand the case. I will take an opportunity soon to explain it to
+them."
+
+It is no time, however, to explain to a boy why it is not best that he
+should do a particular thing, when he wishes to do it and you forbid
+him. His mind is then too much occupied with his disappointment, and
+perhaps with vexation, to listen to the reasons. Forbid him, if it is
+necessary to do so, but reserve the explanation till some future time.
+
+Mr. George got over the difficulty in this case in a very pleasant
+manner to all concerned. The rain ceased entirely about noon, but the
+paths on the mountain he knew would be too wet to make it agreeable to
+ascend that day; so he told the boys that if they would find the boat
+and the man, and make all the arrangements, he would go out with them on
+the lake; and that, if they would agree to write a chapter for his
+journal, and write it as well as they had written their accounts of
+their excursion to Greenock, he would stop an hour on the way, to let
+them fish.
+
+"And then," said he, "we'll all ascend the mountain together to-morrow."
+
+This proposal was readily agreed to on the part of the boys, and the
+compact was accordingly made. They engaged the boat and the man, and
+after dinner they all three embarked. The rain had ceased, but the sky
+was covered with clouds, and heavy masses of mist were driving along the
+sides and over the summits of the mountains. The weather, however,
+remained tolerably favorable until the boat had nearly reached the
+opposite shore of the lake; but then a dense mass of clouds came down
+from the mountains on the eastern side, and the whole shore was soon
+concealed from view by the driving scuds and the falling rain. The
+boatman pulled hard to reach the shore before the shower should come on.
+The gust overtook them, however, when they were about a quarter of a
+mile from the landing. Fortunately the wind, though very violent, was
+fair, and it drove them on towards the shore. Mr. George and the boys
+sat down in the bottom of the boat, at the stern, and spreading a large
+umbrella behind them, they sheltered themselves as well as they could
+from the wind and the rain. The poor boatman got very wet.
+
+They found shelter when they reached the land, and soon the shower
+passed away. Then, after rambling about a short time among the huts and
+cottages of the village where they landed, they set out again on their
+return. They stopped to fish at a short distance from the shore on the
+eastern side, and were quite successful. The boys caught several trout,
+which they resolved to have fried for their breakfast the next morning.
+While they were fishing Mr. George sat in the stern of the boat,
+studying his guide books, and learning all he could about the
+remarkable events in the life of Rob Roy, the great Highland chieftain,
+who formerly lived on the shores of Loch Lomond, and performed many
+daring exploits there, which have given him a great name in Scottish
+history.
+
+It was a little after nine o'clock when they returned to the inn.
+
+The next morning the plan of ascending the mountain was carried into
+effect. Mr. George hired two horses, intending to take turns with the
+boys in riding them. By having two horses for three riders, each one
+could, of course, ride two thirds of the way. This is better than for
+each one to ride all the way, as that is very tiresome. Both in
+ascending and descending mountains it relieves and rests the traveller
+to walk a part of the way.
+
+The top of the mountain was distinctly in sight from the inn, and almost
+the whole course of the path which led up to it, for there were no woods
+to intercept the view. The distance was five or six miles. The path was
+a constant and gradual ascent nearly all the way, and lay through a
+region entirely open in every direction. There was a perfect sea of
+hills on every side, all covered with moss, ferns, and heather, with
+scarcely a tree of any kind to be seen, except those that fringed the
+shores of the lake down in the valley. The view from the summit was very
+extended, but the wind blew there so bleak and cold that the whole party
+were very glad to leave it and come down, after a very brief survey of
+the prospect.
+
+In coming down the mountain the party stopped at a spring, to rest
+themselves and to drink; and here, as they were sitting together on the
+flat stones that lay about the spring, Mr. George explained to the two
+boys what I have already explained in this chapter to the reader, in
+respect to the duty of boys, when travelling under the charge of a grown
+person, to fall in with their leader's plans, instead of forming
+independent plans of their own.
+
+"When you are at home," said he, "and playing among yourselves, and with
+other persons of your own age, then you can form your own plans, and
+arrange parties and excursions for just such purposes and objects as you
+think will amuse you most. But we are now travelling for improvement,
+not for play. We are making a tour in Scotland for the purpose of
+learning all we can about Scotland, with a view to obtain more full and
+correct ideas respecting it than we could obtain by books alone. So we
+must attend to our duty, and be content with such enjoyments and such
+pleasures as come in our way, and not turn aside from our duty to seek
+them."
+
+The boys both saw that this was reasonable and right, and they promised
+that thenceforth they would act on that principle.
+
+"We won't ask to go a-fishing again all the time we are in Scotland,"
+said Waldron.
+
+"That's right," said Mr. George. "And now as soon as we get to the hotel
+it will be time for the boat to come along; and all the rest of our
+adventures to-day you and Rollo must write an account of, to put into my
+journal. You will not write the account till you get to Stirling; but
+you had better take notice of what we do, and what we see, so as to be
+ready to write it when we arrive."
+
+"May we take notes?" asked Rollo.
+
+"Certainly," said Mr. George. "That will be an excellent plan. Have a
+small piece of paper and a pencil at hand, and when you see any thing
+remarkable, make a memorandum of it. That will help you very much when
+you come to write."
+
+This plan was carried into effect. The boys wrote their account, and
+after it was duly corrected it was carefully transcribed into Mr.
+George's journal. It was as follows. Rollo wrote one half of it, and
+Waldron the other.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+THE TOUR OF THE TROSSACHS.
+
+
+"The Trossachs is the name of a narrow gorge among the mountains. It
+begins at the end of a lake, and extends about two or three miles. The
+sides are covered with forests, and there are high, sharp rocks seen
+every where, peeping out among the trees.
+
+"The pass of the Trossachs is not in the same valley that Loch Lomond
+lies in, but in another valley almost parallel to it, about five miles
+off. There is high land between. We had to cross this high land on foot,
+or in a carriage. The plan was to go up the lake a few miles farther, to
+a landing called Inversnaid, and there leave the boat, and go across the
+mountains.
+
+"When it was nearly time for the boat to come, we took our valise and
+other things, and walked along the shore path till we came to the pier.
+We overtook some other people who were going in the boat, too. A soldier
+came along, also. He was one of the sappers and miners, that we saw on
+the top of Ben Lomond. He told me that he came down to get some things
+that were coming in the boat.[D]
+
+[D] The boys had seen a party of sappers and miners, as they are called,
+that is, military engineers, who were established on the top of Ben
+Lomond, in a hut which they had built there. They were employed there,
+in connection with other sappers and miners on the other mountains
+around, in making a survey of Scotland.
+
+"We waited on the pier a few minutes, and then we saw the boat coming
+around a point of land. As soon as she came up to the pier we all got
+in, and a gentleman and two ladies came on shore.
+
+"The weather was very pleasant, and so we did not go down into the
+cabin. All the passengers were on the deck, looking at the mountains. I
+talked with some of them. One party came from New York, and the
+gentleman asked me what there was to see at Rowerdennan Inn; and so I
+told him about our going across the lake, and about our ascending the
+mountain. He said he wished that he had landed, too, so that he might go
+up the mountain, since it proved to be such a pleasant day.
+
+"Uncle George gave Waldron and me leave to go up on the bridge to see
+the mountains before us, up the lake. They looked very dark and gloomy.
+The captain was there. He told us the names of the mountains that were
+in sight. He said that when we landed at Inversnaid we should go across
+the high land, and then should come to another lake, where there was
+another steamboat, only she had not commenced her trips yet, and so we
+should have to go down the other lake in a row boat. Waldron and I were
+both glad of that.
+
+[Illustration: THE BOYS ON THE BRIDGE.]
+
+"At last we came to Inversnaid. We thought it would be a town, but it
+was not. It was only an inn on the slope of the mountain, near the
+shore, and by the side of a waterfall. We walked up a steep path to the
+inn, from the pier. We had to pay twopence apiece for the privilege of
+landing on the pier. Uncle George asked us whether we would rather walk
+or ride across the high land to the other valley. We said we did not
+care. He said that he would rather ride. So he engaged one of the
+_machines_. They call the carriages machines. There were two standing in
+the inn yard. There were two seats to these carriages, but no top, and
+very little room for any baggage. So it was lucky for us that we had so
+little.
+
+"While the hostler was harnessing the horse we went to see the
+waterfall. There was a path leading to it through the bushes. There was
+a small foot bridge over the stream, just below the waterfall, where we
+could stand and see the water tumbling down over the rocks.
+
+"While we were there they called us to tell us that the machine was
+ready. So we went back to the inn. There were two machines ready at the
+door. One was for another party. There was a lady in that machine, and
+it was just starting. Ours was just starting, too. They told us that
+there was a steep hill at the beginning, and that it was customary for
+the gentlemen to walk up.
+
+"So we walked up. The road lay along the brink of a deep ravine, with
+the brook that made the waterfall tumbling along over the rocks at the
+bottom of it.
+
+"When we got to the top of the hill the machine stopped, and we all got
+in. Waldron rode on the front seat with the driver, and uncle George and
+I rode behind.
+
+"The country was very wild and dreary. There was nothing to be seen all
+around but hills and mountains, all covered with brakes and ferns, and
+moss and heather. There were no woods, no pastures, no fields, and no
+farm houses. It was the dreariest-looking country I ever saw. In the
+middle of the way we came to some old stone hovels, with thatched
+roofs--very dismal-looking dwellings indeed. There was usually one door
+and one little window by the side of it. The window was about as big as
+you would make for a horse, in the side of a stable. I looked into one
+of these hovels. There was no floor, only flat stones laid in the
+ground, and scarcely any furniture. The Irish shanties, where they are
+making railroads in America, are very pretty houses compared to them.
+
+"The driver told us that the whole country belonged to a duke. He keeps
+it to shoot grouse in, in the fall of the year. The grouse is a bird
+like a partridge. They live on the heather. I saw some of them flying
+about.
+
+"The road was very good. The duke made it, the driver said. We could see
+the road a great way before us, along the valley. By and by we saw some
+people coming. They were a great way off, but we could see that they
+were travellers, by the umbrellas, and shawls, and knapsacks they had in
+their hands. Presently we could see a man coming up a hill just before
+them with a wheelbarrow load of trunks that he was wheeling along. So we
+knew that it was a party of travellers, coming across from Loch Katrine
+to Loch Lomond; but we wondered why they did not take a machine, and
+ride.
+
+"When we came up to them we stopped a moment to talk to them. There were
+two gentlemen and two ladies. One of the ladies looked pretty tired.
+They said that there were no machines on the side of the mountain where
+they came from, and that there was a party there, that arrived before
+them, who had engaged the first machines that should come; and so they
+were obliged to walk, and to have their trunks wheeled over on a
+wheelbarrow.
+
+"Afterwards we met another party walking in the same way, with their
+trunks on a wheelbarrow. We thought that five miles was a great way to
+wheel trunks on a wheelbarrow.
+
+"At last we came to what they called Loch Katrine; but it seemed to me
+nothing but a pond among the mountains. It was only about ten miles
+long. There was an inn on the shore, but no village.
+
+"There was a pier there, too, and some boats drawn up on the beach. At a
+little distance they were putting together an iron steamboat on the
+stocks. The parts were all made in Glasgow, and brought here by the same
+way that we had come. The old steamboat of last year was floating in the
+water near by. The steampipe was rusty, and she looked as if she had
+been abandoned. The name of her was the Rob Roy.
+
+"We were glad that the new one was not ready, for we liked better to go
+in a row boat.
+
+"So we engaged one of the boats, and went down to it on the beach, and
+put our baggage in. And this is the end of my part of the account.
+Waldron is to write the rest.
+
+                              "ROLLO."
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+"We all got into the boat; that is, we three, and some other ladies and
+gentlemen that came over the mountain about the same time with us. The
+wind was blowing pretty fresh, and the middle of the lake was very
+rough, and some of the ladies were afraid to go; but we told them there
+was no danger.
+
+"The boatman said that we would go right across the loch, and then we
+should get under the lee of the land on the eastern shore, and there we
+should be sheltered from the wind, and the water would be smooth.
+
+"I told him that I could row, and asked him to let me take one of the
+oars; and he said I might. But one of the ladies was afraid to have me
+do it. She said she was afraid that I should upset the boat.
+
+"This was nonsense; for it is not possible to upset a boat by any kind
+of rowing, if it is ever so bad.
+
+"The boatman told her that there was no danger, and that, if I could
+really row, I could help him so much that we should get across the part
+of the lake where the wind blew and the waves run high so much the
+sooner. So she consented at last, and I took one of the oars, and we
+rowed across the loch in fine style. We pitched about a good deal in the
+middle passage, and the lady was dreadfully frightened; but when we got
+across the water became smooth, and we sailed very pleasantly along the
+shore.
+
+"The shores were winding and very pretty, and the farther we went the
+narrower the lake became, and the mountains became higher and higher. At
+last we came to a narrow place between two mountains, where the pass of
+the Trossachs began. The mountain on one side was Ben Venue. The one on
+the other side was Benan. The shores at the foot of these mountains were
+covered with woods, and the place was very wild. There was an island in
+the middle of the lake here, called Ellen's Isle. This island was high
+and rocky, and covered with woods, like the shores adjacent to it.
+
+"This island is very famous, on account of a poem that Walter Scott
+wrote about it, called the Lady of the Lake. The lake was this Loch
+Katrine, and the lady was Ellen. She went back and forth to the island
+in a boat, in some way or other, but I do not know the story exactly.
+Mr. George is going to buy the Lady of the Lake when we get to
+Edinburgh, and read it to us, and then we shall know.
+
+"The island is small and rocky, but it is so covered with trees and
+bushes that we hardly see the rocks. They peep out here and there. The
+banks rise very steep, and the water looks very deep close to the shore.
+We sailed by the island, and then the water grew narrower and narrower,
+until at last we were closely shut in, and then soon we came to the
+landing.
+
+"There was nothing but a hut at the landing, and a narrow road, which
+began then and led down the valley. The valley was very narrow, and
+there were steep rocks and mountains on both sides. They told us that it
+was a mile and a quarter to the inn, and that there was no other way to
+go but to walk. The boatman said that he would bring the baggage; so we
+left it under his care, all except our knapsacks, and walked along.
+
+"We walked about a mile down the valley, by a very winding road, with
+rocks, and trees, and very high mountains on both sides. At last we came
+in sight of a tall spire. I thought it was a church. In a minute another
+spire came into view, and two great towers. Rollo thought it was a
+castle. I said that a castle would not have a spire on it. Rollo said
+that a church would not have two spires on it. It turned out that both
+of us were mistaken; for the building was the inn.
+
+"It was a very extraordinary looking inn. It was built of stone, with
+towers and battlements, like an old castle. The inside was very
+extraordinary, too. The public room looked, as Mr. George said, like an
+old Gothic hall of the middle ages. There were tables set out here for
+people to have breakfasts and dinners, and Mr. George ordered a dinner
+for us. There were other parties of tourists there, some coming, and
+some going.
+
+"While the dinner was getting ready, Rollo and I walked about the inn,
+and in the yards. It was a very curious place indeed. Close behind it
+were lofty mountains, which, Rollo said, looked like the mountains of
+Switzerland; only there were no snow peaks on the top of them. There was
+no village, and there were no houses near, except two or three stone
+hovels in the woods behind the inn. Before the inn, in a little valley
+just below it, was a pond, such as they call here a loch.
+
+"Mr. George decided to go directly on to Stirling, because it was
+Saturday night, and he did not wish, he said, to spend Sunday at such a
+lonesome inn. So we hired a carriage and set off. Immediately we began
+to come out from the mountains, and to get into the level country. The
+country soon grew very beautiful. The sun was behind our backs, and it
+shone right upon every thing that we wished to see, and made the whole
+country look very green and very brilliant. There were parks, and
+gardens, and pleasure grounds, and queer villages, and ruins of old
+castles on the hills, and little lochs in the valleys, and every thing
+beautiful.
+
+"At last we came in sight of Stirling Castle. It stood on the top of a
+high, rocky hill. The hill was very high and steep on all sides but one,
+where it sloped down towards the town. The country all around was very
+level, so that we could see the castle a great many miles away.
+
+"We rode around the foot of the castle hill, under the rocks, and at
+last came into the town, and drove to the hotel.
+
+                              "WALDRON."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+STIRLING.
+
+
+Stirling Castle crowns the summit of a rocky hill, which rises on the
+banks of the Forth, in the midst of a vast extent of level and
+richly-cultivated country. It is, of course, a very conspicuous object
+from all the region around.
+
+The hill is long and narrow. The length of it extends from north to
+south. The northern end is the high end. The land slopes gently towards
+the south, but the other sides are steep, and in many places they form
+perpendicular precipices of rock, with the castle walls built on the
+very brink of them.
+
+The town lies chiefly at the foot of the hill, towards the south, though
+there are one or two streets, bordered by quaint and queer old
+buildings, that lead all the way up to the castle.
+
+In front of the castle, at the place where these streets terminate, is a
+broad space, smoothly gravelled, called the esplanade. This is used as a
+parade ground, for drilling and training the new soldiers, and teaching
+them the manoeuvres and exercises necessary to be practised in the
+war.
+
+On Sunday morning, after breakfast, Mr. George and the boys went out, to
+go to church. Bells were ringing in various parts of the town. They were
+drawn, by some invisible attraction, up the hill, in the direction of
+the castle. They soon found other people going the same way; and
+following them, they came, at length, to a very ancient-looking mass of
+buildings, which, Mr. George said, he should have thought was an old
+abbey, gone to ruin, if it were not that the people were all going into
+it, under a great arched doorway. So he supposed it was a church, and he
+and the boys went in with the rest.
+
+There was a man at the door holding a large silver plate, to receive the
+contributions of the people that came in. Mr. George stopped to get some
+money out of his pocket. The man then seemed to perceive that he was a
+stranger; so he said to him, speaking with a broad Scotch accent and
+intonation,--
+
+"Ye wull gae into the magistrates' seat. Or stay--I wull send a mon wi'
+ye, to show ye the wa'."
+
+So he called a door keeper, and the door keeper led the way up stairs,
+into a gallery. The gallery was very wide, and was supported by
+enormous pillars. The whole interior of the church had a very quaint and
+antique air. The magistrate's seat was the front seat of the gallery. It
+was a very nice seat, and was well cushioned. Before it, all around, was
+a sort of desk, for the Bibles and Hymn Books to rest upon.
+
+There were three pulpits--or what seemed to the boys to be pulpits--one
+behind and above the other. The highest was for the minister; the next
+below was for what in America would be called the leader of the choir;
+though in Scotland, Mr. George said he believed he was called the
+precentor. There was no choir of singers, as with us, but when the
+minister gave out a hymn the precentor rose and commenced the singing,
+and when he had got near the end of the first line all the congregation
+joined in, and sang the hymn with him to the end. The third pulpit was
+only a sort of chair, enclosed at the sides and above. What the man did
+who sat in it the boys could not find out.
+
+All the people in the church had Bibles on a sloping board before them,
+in their pews, and when the minister named the text or read a chapter,
+they all turned to the place, and looked over. Waldron said he thought
+that this was an excellent plan.
+
+Mr. George and the boys all liked the sermon very much indeed, and when
+the service was ended, they walked a little way around the esplanade
+before the castle, and then went home to dinner.
+
+In the course of their excursion, however, they had observed that a
+great many walks had been made at different elevations on the west side
+of the hill, and that seats were placed there at different points, for
+resting-places. These seats, and indeed the walks themselves, commanded
+charming views of all the surrounding country. The boys wanted to run up
+and down these paths, and explore the sides of the hill by means of them
+in every part; but Mr. George recommended to them to wait till the next
+day.
+
+"We shall come up to-morrow," said he, "to visit the castle, and then we
+will come out here, and have a picnic, on one of these stone seats.
+After that I will find a place among the rocks to read or write, for an
+hour, and while I am there you may climb about among the rocks and
+precipices as much as you please."
+
+The next morning the boys set out with Mr. George, soon after breakfast,
+to go up to the castle. When they reached the esplanade they found
+several small parties of soldiers there, under instruction. They all
+wore red coats--that being the ordinary uniform of British soldiers.
+Officers were marching them about, and teaching them how to handle their
+muskets, and to keep step, and to wheel this way and that, and to
+perform other such evolutions. A great many of the soldiers looked very
+young. They were lads that had been recently enlisted, and were now
+being trained to go to the war in the Crimea.
+
+After looking at these soldiers a short time the party went on. At the
+upper end of the esplanade there was a gateway leading into the castle
+yard. There was a sentinel, in a Highland costume, keeping guard there.
+Mr. George asked him if the public were allowed to go into the castle.
+He said, "O, yes, certainly;" and so Mr. George and the boys went in.
+
+As they went in they looked up, and saw a great many cannons pointed
+down at them from the embrasures in the surrounding ramparts and
+bastions.
+
+"Those guns must be to keep the enemy from coming in," said Waldron.
+
+Presently the party passed through another arched gateway, and came into
+a large inner court, which was surrounded with various buildings, all
+built of stone, and of a very massive and solid character. The palace
+was on one side. It was adorned with a great many quaint and curious
+sculptures and images. The palace itself, and all the other buildings,
+were used as barracks for soldiers. A great many soldiers were standing
+about the doors, and some were playing together about the court. Some of
+them were dressed in the common British uniform, and some were in the
+Highland costume.
+
+While the boys were looking at the palace front, a soldier advanced
+towards them in a very respectful manner, and said to Mr. George,--
+
+"If you and the young gentlemen are strangers in Stirling, I will walk
+about the castle with you, and point out the objects of interest to you,
+if you desire it."
+
+Mr. George accepted this offer, and the young soldier accordingly walked
+with them all about. He pointed out all the different buildings, and
+mentioned the dates of the erection of them, and referred to the most
+important historical events that had transpired in them. Finally he led
+the party through a gate into a small garden, and thence out upon the
+rampart wall, from which there was a very extended and extraordinarily
+beautiful view of the surrounding country.[E] To the north-west were
+seen the Highlands, with the peaks of Ben Lomond, Ben Venue, and Benan,
+rising conspicuously among them. On the east were other hills, rising
+abruptly out of the smooth and smiling plain, and covered with dark
+plantations of evergreen. All around the foot of the castle, and
+extending to the distance, in some directions, of many miles, the
+country was level and fertile, and it presented every where the most
+enchanting pictures of rural beauty. Some of the fields were of the
+richest green, others were brown from fresh tillage, with men ploughing
+or harrowing in them, or plants just springing up in long green rows,
+which, partly on account of the distance, and partly through the
+exquisite neatness and nicety of farmers' work, looked so smooth, and
+soft, and fine, that the scene appeared more like enchantment than
+reality.
+
+[E] For engraving of Stirling Castle see page 10.
+
+On one side of the mountain was seen the River Forth, winding about
+through meadows and green fields with the most extraordinary turnings
+and involutions. The boys had seen winding rivers before, but never any
+thing like this. The whole plain was filled with the windings of the
+river, which looked like the links of a silver chain, lying half
+embedded in a carpet of the richest green. Indeed, these windings of the
+river, and the vast circular fields of fertile land which they enclose,
+are called the Links of Forth. The view was diversified by villages,
+hamlets, bridges, railway embankments, and other constructions, which
+concealed the river here and there entirely from view, and made it
+impossible to trace its course. The richness and beauty of these Links
+of Forth appeared the more surprising to the boys from the contrast
+which the scene presented to the dreary wastes of moss and heather which
+they had seen in the Highlands. There is an old Scotch proverb that
+refers to this contrast. It is this:--
+
+     "The lairdship of the bonnie Links of Forth
+     Is better than an _earldom_ in the north."
+
+The course of the Forth could be traced for a long distance towards
+Edinburgh; and Arthur's Seat, a high hill near Edinburgh, could be
+distinctly seen in the south-eastern horizon.
+
+At one place, in an angle in the wall of the rampart, was a stone step,
+so placed that a lady, by standing upon it, might get a better view. The
+soldier said that Queen Victoria stood upon that stone, when she visited
+Stirling Castle, a few years ago, on her way to Balmoral. Balmoral is a
+country seat she has among the Highlands, far to the north, in the midst
+of the wildest solitudes. The queen goes there almost every summer, in
+order to escape, for a time, from the thraldom of state ceremony, and
+the pomp and parade of royal life, and live in peace among the mountain
+solitudes.
+
+The soldier pointed to the coping of the wall, where the figure of a
+crown was cut in the stone, and the letters "V. R." by the side of it.
+This inscription was a memorial of the queen's having stood at this spot
+to view and admire the beauty of the scenery.
+
+After Mr. George and the boys had seen all that they wished of the
+castle, Mr. George gave the soldier a shilling, and they went out as
+they had gone in, under the great archway. They passed across the
+esplanade, and then came to a small, level piece of ground, with a high
+rock beyond it, overlooking it. The level place was an ancient tilting
+ground; that is, a ground where, in ancient times, they used to have
+tilts and tournaments, for the amusement of the people of the palace,
+and of the guests who came to visit them. The ladies used to stand on
+the top of the rock to witness the tournaments. There was a large, flat
+area there, with room enough upon it for twenty or thirty ladies to
+stand and see. The rock was called the Lady's Rock. The tournaments and
+tiltings have long since ceased, but it retains the name of the Lady's
+Rock to the present day.
+
+"Let us go up on it," said Rollo, "and see where the ladies stood."
+
+There were a number of children playing about these grounds, and several
+of them were upon the top of the Lady's Rock. They looked ragged and
+poor. Rollo and Waldron climbed up to the place. The path was steep and
+rugged. When they reached the top they looked down to the level area
+where the tournaments were held.
+
+"I don't think the place is big enough for a tournament," said Rollo.
+
+"What is a tournament?" asked Waldron.
+
+"A sort of sham fight of horsemen," said Rollo, "that they used to have
+in old times, when they wore steel armor, and fought with spears and
+lances. They used to ride against each other with blunt spears, and see
+who could knock the other one off his horse. What are you laughing at,
+uncle George?"
+
+Rollo perceived that Mr. George was smiling at his very unromantic mode
+of describing a tournament. "Is not that what they used to do at the
+tournaments?"
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "that is a pretty fair account of it, on the
+whole. And now, boys," he continued, "I have got a plan of having a
+picnic to-day, out under the castle walls here, instead of going to the
+hotel for dinner; and we will go and find a good place for it."
+
+The boys said that they would like this plan very much. "But then,"
+said they, "we have not got any thing to eat."
+
+Mr. George then explained to them that the plan which he had formed, was
+for them to go down into the town, and buy something at the shops for a
+picnic dinner, while he remained on the rocks, or on some seat on the
+side of the Castle Hill, writing in his journal.
+
+"Well," said Waldron, "we will do that. But what shall we buy?"
+
+"Whatever you please," said Mr. George. "Walk along through the street,
+and look in at the shop windows, and whenever you see any thing that you
+think we shall like, buy it."
+
+"Well," said Rollo, "we will. But how much shall we spend?"
+
+"As much as you think it best," said Mr. George. "I leave every thing to
+you. You see, our dinner at the hotel would not be less than seven
+shillings, and that we shall save; so that if you don't spend more than
+seven shillings you will be safe."
+
+The boys were sure that they could procure very abundant supplies for
+less money than that; and they very readily undertook the commission.
+They accordingly left Mr. George at a seat near one of the walks on the
+side of Castle Hill, where, as he said, he could look right down on the
+famous field of Bannockburn, and they then began to run down the walk,
+on the way towards the hotel.
+
+They first went to the hotel to get a knapsack. They told the waiter
+there that they should not be at home to dinner. They then walked along
+the street, looking out for eatables. They soon found various shop
+windows where such things were displayed, and in the course of a quarter
+of an hour they had laid in an abundant supply. They bought some small,
+flat cakes of bread at one place, and a veal and ham pie at another, and
+two oranges apiece at another, and a bottle of milk at another, and
+finally, for dessert, they got a pound of raisins and almonds mixed
+together, which they chanced to see in a fruiterer's window. The cost of
+the whole, the boys found, when they came to foot up the account, was
+only two shillings and fourpence.
+
+With these supplies the boys went up the hill again; not through the
+street, but by the walk under the trees, outside the town wall. They
+found Mr. George in the seat where they had left him. He had just
+finished his writing. He was very much pleased with the purchases that
+the boys had made, and they all sat down together on the stone seat, and
+ate their dinner with excellent appetites.[F]
+
+[F] See Frontispiece.
+
+While they were eating the raisins and almonds Mr. George pointed down
+to a beautiful field, yellow with buttercups, and said,--
+
+"There, boys, do you see that field?"
+
+The boys said they did.
+
+"It is the field of Bannockburn. Look at it, and remember it well. When
+you are five years older, and read the history of Scotland, you will
+take great pleasure in thinking of the day when you looked down from
+Stirling Castle on the field of Bannockburn."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+LOCH LEVEN.
+
+
+"And where are we going next, uncle George?" said Rollo, as they were
+all coming home to the hotel, from their last walk up to the castle.
+
+"I am going to Kinross," said Mr. George.
+
+"What is there at Kinross?" asked Rollo.
+
+"There is a lake," said Mr. George, "and in the lake is an island, and
+on the island are the ruins of an old castle, and in the castle Mary,
+Queen of Scots, was imprisoned."
+
+"Yes," said Waldron, "I have heard of Mary, Queen of Scots, but I do not
+know much about her."
+
+Waldron, it must be confessed, was not much of a scholar. He had read
+very little, either of history or of any thing else.
+
+"What was she remarkable for?" he asked.
+
+"In the first place," said Mr. George, "she was very beautiful, and she
+was also very lovely."
+
+"That is the same thing; is it not?" said Rollo.
+
+"No, not by any means," said Mr. George. "There are many beautiful
+girls that are not lovely, and there are many lovely girls that are not
+particularly beautiful."
+
+"You mean lovely in character, I suppose," said Rollo.
+
+"No," said Mr. George, "I mean lovely in looks. There is a great
+difference, I think, between loveliness and beauty, in _looks_."
+
+"I think so, too," said Waldron.
+
+"Now, Mary, Queen of Scots," continued Mr. George, "was beautiful, and
+she was also very lovely; and while she lived she charmed and fascinated
+almost every body who knew her.
+
+"Then, besides," continued Mr. George, "her life was an exceedingly
+romantic one. She met with an extraordinary number of most remarkable
+adventures. She was sent to France, when she was a little child, to be
+educated. There were four little girls of her own age sent with her, to
+be her playmates there, and they were all named Mary. She called them
+her four Marys.
+
+"She grew up to be a young lady in France, and married the king's son,
+and she lived there for a time in great prosperity and splendor. At last
+her husband died, and her enemies came into power in France, and she
+became unhappy. Besides, there were some difficulties and troubles in
+Scotland, and she was obliged to return to her native land. She was,
+however, very unhappy about it. She loved France very much, and the
+friends that she had made there, and when she came away she said that
+she had left half her heart behind.
+
+"When we go to Edinburgh," continued Mr. George, "we shall go to
+Holyrood, and see the palace where she lived. While she was there a
+great many extraordinary and curious events and incidents befell her."
+
+"Tell us about them," said Waldron.
+
+"No," said Mr. George. "It would take me too long. You must read her
+history yourself. It is an exceedingly interesting story. She was
+accused of some great crimes, but mankind have never been able to decide
+whether she was guilty of them or not. Some are very sure that she was
+innocent, and some are equally positive that she was guilty."
+
+"What crimes were they?" asked Waldron.
+
+"Why, one was," said Mr. George, "that of murdering her husband. It was
+her second husband, one that she married after she came to Scotland.
+They did not live happily together. He killed one of Mary's friends,
+named Rizzio, and afterwards he was killed himself. The house that he
+was in was blown up in the night with gunpowder."
+
+"My!" exclaimed Waldron; "I should like to read about it."
+
+"It is a very interesting and curious story," said Mr. George.
+
+"And could not they find out who did it?" asked Waldron.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "they found out who did it; but what they could
+not find out was, whether Mary herself took any part in the crime or
+not. There was no direct proof. They could only judge from the
+circumstances."
+
+"What were the circumstances?" asked Waldron.
+
+"O, I could not tell you very well," said Mr. George. "It would take me
+half a day to tell the whole story. You must get some life of Mary,
+Queen of Scots, and read it for yourself. You will have to begin at the
+beginning, and read it all carefully through, and remember all the
+persons that are mentioned, and consider their characters and motives,
+and then you will be able to judge for yourself about it. There have
+been a great many histories of her life written."
+
+"And what about her being imprisoned in the castle that we are going to
+see?" asked Waldron.
+
+"O, you must read and find out for yourself about that, too," said Mr.
+George. "The country got into great difficulty, and two parties were
+formed, one of which was in favor of Mary, and one was against her. Her
+enemies proved to be the strongest, and so they shut her up in this
+castle. But she got away."
+
+"How?" asked Waldron.
+
+"You will learn all about it," replied Mr. George, "when you come to
+read the history of her life. When we go to the castle you will see the
+window where she climbed down into the boat."
+
+"Did she escape in a boat?" asked Waldron.
+
+"I am positively not going to tell you any more about it," said Mr.
+George. "You must find out for yourself. Your father has paid ever so
+much money to send you to school, to have you educated, so that you
+could read history for yourself, and not be dependent upon any body; and
+now for me to tell it to you would be ridiculous. You must go to a
+bookstore, and buy a history of Mary, Queen of Scots, and begin at the
+beginning, and read the whole story."
+
+Mr. George said this in a somewhat jocose sort of manner, and Waldron
+understood that his refusing to give him more full information about
+Mary, Queen of Scots, arose, not from any unwillingness to oblige him,
+but only to induce him to read the story himself, in full, which he
+knew very well would be far better for him than to receive a meagre
+statement of the principal points of the narrative from another person.
+
+"I mean to get the book," said Waldron, "as soon as we arrive at
+Edinburgh. But there is one thing I can do," he added; "I can ask the
+guide. The guide that shows us the castle will tell me how she got
+away."
+
+"Well," said Mr. George, "you can ask the guide; but I don't believe you
+will get much satisfaction in _that_ way."
+
+The next morning after this conversation took place, Mr. George and the
+boys bade Stirling farewell, and set off in the cars, on the way to Loch
+Leven. After riding about an hour they left the train at the station
+called Dunfermline, where there was a ruin of an abbey, and of an
+ancient royal palace of Scotland. They left their baggage at the
+station, and walked through the village till they came to the ruin. It
+was a very beautiful ruin, and the party spent more than an hour in
+rambling about it, and looking at the old monuments, and the carved and
+sculptured windows, and arches, and cornices, all wasted and blackened
+by time and decay. A part of the ruin was still in good repair, and was
+used as a church, though it was full of old sepulchral monuments and
+relics. There was a woman in attendance at the door, to show the church
+to those who wished to see the interior of it.
+
+After looking at these ruins as long as they wished, Mr. George and the
+boys went back to the station, in order to take the next train that came
+by, and continue their journey. They went on about an hour longer, and
+then they got out again at a station called Cowdenbeath, which was the
+place on the road that was nearest to Loch Leven, and where they had
+understood that there was a coach, which went to Loch Leven twice a day.
+The place was very quiet and still, and was in the midst of a green and
+pretty country, with small groups of stone cottages here and there.
+There were also several pretty tall chimneys scattered about the fields,
+with a sort of platform, and some wheels and machinery near each of
+them. These were the mouths of coal pits. The wheels and machinery were
+for hoisting up the coal.
+
+In the yard of the station they found the Loch Leven coach. It was in
+the form of a very short omnibus. The coachman said that he had just
+come in from Loch Leven, and that he was going to set out on his return
+at eight. It was now about seven, so that Mr. George and the boys had an
+hour to walk about, and see what was to be seen.
+
+It was a pleasant summer evening, and they enjoyed the rambles that they
+took very much indeed. They walked through several of the little
+hamlets, and saw the women sitting at the doors of their cottages, with
+their young children in their arms, while the older ones were running
+about, here and there, at play. They went to some of the coal pits, and
+saw the immense iron levers, driven by steam, that were slowly moving to
+and fro, hard at work pumping up water from the bottom of the mine. They
+took quite a walk, too, along the turnpike road, and saw a post-chaise
+drive swiftly by, with a footman behind, and a postilion in livery on
+one of the horses.
+
+At last, when the hour of eight began to draw nigh, they all went back
+to a little inn near the station, where the coachman had said that he
+would call for them. When the coach came Mr. George got in, and the two
+boys mounted on the top, and took their places on a high seat behind
+that of the driver. They had a very pleasant ride. The country was
+beautiful, and the horses trotted so fast over the smooth, hard road,
+that a continued succession of most enchanting pictures of rural scenery
+was presented to the eyes of the boys, as they rode along. The distance
+was not far from ten miles, but both the boys wished that it had been
+twenty.
+
+At length they came in sight of a large village bordered by groves of
+trees, lying in the midst of a gentle depression of the ground, and in a
+few minutes more they began to get glimpses of the water. The village
+was Kinross, and the water was Loch Leven. Presently, in going over a
+gentle elevation of land, a large portion of the surface of the water
+came into view. Far out towards the centre of it was a small, low
+island, covered with trees. In the midst of the trees the boys could see
+the top of the ruin of a large, square tower. They asked the coachman if
+that was Loch Leven Castle, and he said it was.
+
+"Uncle George," said Rollo, leaning over and calling out to his uncle
+inside, "there's the castle."
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "I see it."
+
+"It seems to me," said Rollo to Waldron, "that that is a very small
+island to build a castle upon."
+
+"Yes," said the coachman; "but it was a great deal smaller in the days
+when the castle was inhabited. It was only just large enough then for
+the castle itself, and for the castle garden. It is a great deal larger
+now. The way it came to be larger was this. Some years ago the
+proprietor cut down the outlet of the loch four feet deeper than it was
+before; and that drew off four feet of water from the whole loch, and
+of course all the places where the water was less than four feet deep
+were laid bare. This enlarged the castle island a great deal, for before
+the water was very shallow all around it. When the land became dry they
+planted trees there, and now the ruins are in the midst of quite a
+grove."
+
+By this time the coach began to enter the village, and very soon it
+stopped at the door of a very neat and tidy-looking inn. Mr. George
+engaged lodgings for the night, and called for supper. The supper was
+served in a pleasant little coffee room, which was fitted up in a very
+snug and comfortable manner, like a back parlor in a gentleman's house.
+
+After supper Mr. George proposed to the boys that they should take a
+walk about the village, as it was only nine o'clock, and it would not be
+dark for another hour. So they went out and walked through the street,
+back and forth. The houses were built of a sort of gray stone, and they
+stood all close together in rows, one on each side of the street, with
+nothing green around them or near them. The street thus presented a very
+gray, sombre, and monotonous appearance; very different from the
+animated and cheerful aspect of American villages, with their white
+houses and green blinds, and pretty yards and gardens, enclosed with
+ornamental palings. The boys wished to go down to the shore of the loch;
+but as they did not see the water any where, Mr. George said he thought
+it would be too far. So they went back to the inn.
+
+The next morning, after breakfast, they set out to go and visit the
+castle. A boy went with them from the inn to show them the way. He led
+them down the street of the village, to a house where he said the man
+lived who "had the fishing" of the loch. It seems that the loch,
+including the right to fish in it, is private property, and that the
+owner of it lets the fishing to a man in the village, and that he keeps
+a boat to take visitors out to see the castle. So they went to the house
+where this man lived. They explained what they wanted at the door, and
+pretty soon a boatman came out, and went with them to the shore of the
+pond. The way was through a wide green field, that had been formed out
+of the bottom of the loch, by drawing off the water. When they came to
+the shore they found a small pier there, with a boat fastened to it.
+There was a small boat house near the pier. The boatman brought some
+oars out of the boat house, and put them in the boat, and then they all
+got in.
+
+The morning was calm, and the loch was very smooth, and the boat glided
+along very gently over the water. There was a great curve in the shore
+near the pier, so that for some time the boat, though headed directly
+for the island, which was in the middle of the loch, moved parallel to
+the shore, and very near it. There was a smooth and beautiful green
+field all the way along the shore, which sloped down gently to the
+margin of the water. Beyond this field, which was not wide, there was a
+road, and beyond the road there was a wall. Over the wall were to be
+seen the trees of a great park; and presently the boat came opposite to
+the gateway, through which the boys could see, as they sailed by, a
+large and handsome stone house, or castle. The boatman said it was not
+inhabited, because the owner of it was not yet of age.
+
+After passing the house they came, before long, to the end of these
+grounds, which formed a point projecting into the lake. There was a
+small and very ancient-looking burying ground on the point. This burying
+ground will be referred to hereafter; so do not forget it.
+
+After passing this point of land, the boat, in her course towards the
+castle, came out into the open loch--the little island on which the
+ruins of the castle stand being in full view.
+
+There was, however, yet a pretty broad sheet of open water to pass
+before reaching the island.
+
+[Illustration: LOCH LEVEN.]
+
+"Now we have passed Cape Race," said Waldron, "and are striking out into
+the open sea."
+
+Cape Race is the southern cape of Newfoundland, and is the last land to
+be seen on the American coast, in crossing the Atlantic.
+
+After about a quarter of an hour, the boat began to approach the shores
+of the little island. And now the great square tower, and the rampart
+wall connected with it, came plainly in sight. There were a few very
+large and old trees overhanging the ruins, and all the rest of the
+island was covered with a dense grove of young trees. The boat came up
+to the land, and Mr. George and the boys stepped out of it upon a sort
+of jetty, formed of stones loosely thrown together. There was a path
+leading through the grass, and among the trees, towards the ruins of the
+castle.
+
+The castle consisted, when it was entire, of a square area enclosed in a
+high wall, with various buildings along the inner side of it. The
+principal of these buildings was the square tower. This was in one
+corner of the enclosure. At the opposite corner of the enclosure were
+the ruins of a smaller tower, hexagonal in its form. The square tower
+contained the principal apartments occupied by the family that resided
+in the castle. The hexagonal one contained the rooms where Queen Mary
+was imprisoned.
+
+Then, besides these structures, there were several other buildings
+within the area, though they are now gone almost entirely to ruin. There
+was a chapel, for religious services and worship; there were ovens for
+baking, and a brewery for brewing beer. The guide showed Mr. George and
+the boys the places where these buildings stood; though nothing was left
+of them now but the rude ranges of stone which marked the foundations of
+them. Indeed, throughout the whole interior of the area enclosed by the
+castle wall there was nothing to be seen but stones and heaps of
+rubbish, all overgrown with rank grass, and tall wild-flowers, and
+overshadowed by the wide-spreading limbs and dense foliage of several
+enormous trees, that had by chance sprung up since the castle went to
+ruin. It was a very mournful spectacle.
+
+The boys walked directly across the area, towards the hexagonal tower,
+in order to see the place where Queen Mary escaped by climbing out of
+the window.
+
+Mr. George had thought that Waldron would not succeed in obtaining any
+satisfactory information from the guide in respect to the circumstances
+of Queen Mary's escape; for, generally, the guides who show these old
+places in England and Scotland know little more than a certain lesson,
+which they have learned by rote. But the guides who show the Castle of
+Loch Leven seem to me exceptions to this rule. I have visited the place
+two or three times, at intervals of many years, and the guides who have
+conducted me to the spot have always been very intelligent and
+well-informed young men, and have seemed to possess a very clear and
+comprehensive understanding of the events of Queen Mary's life. At any
+rate, the guide in this instance gave Waldron and Rollo a very good
+account of the escape; separating in his narrative, in a very
+discriminating manner, those things which are known, on good historical
+evidence, to be true, from those which rest only on the authority of
+traditionary legends. He gave his account, too, in a very gentle tone of
+voice, and with a Scotch accent, which seemed so appropriate to the
+place and to the occasion that it imparted to his conversation a
+peculiar charm.
+
+"The country was divided in those days," said he, "and some of the
+nobles were for the poor queen, and some were against her. The owner of
+this castle was Lady Douglass, and she was against her; and so they sent
+Mary here, for Lady Douglass to keep her safely, while they arranged a
+new government.
+
+"But she made her escape by this window, which I will show ye."
+
+So saying, the guide led the way up two or three old, time-worn, and
+dilapidated steps, into the hexagonal tower. The tower was small--being,
+apparently, not more than twelve feet diameter within. The floors,
+except the lower one, and also the roof, were entirely gone, so that as
+soon as you entered you could look up to the sky.
+
+The walls were very thick, so that there was room, not only for deep
+fireplaces, but also for closets and for a staircase, in them. You
+could see the openings for these closets, and also various loopholes and
+windows, at different heights. The top of the wall was all broken away,
+and so were the sills of the windows; and little tufts of grass and of
+wall flowers were to be seen, here and there, growing out of clefts and
+crevices. There were also rows of small square holes to be seen, at
+different heights, where the ends of the timbers had been inserted, to
+form the floors of the several stories.
+
+"This was the window where she is supposed to have got out," said the
+guide.
+
+So saying, he pointed to a large opening in the wall, on the outer side,
+where there had once, evidently, been a window.
+
+The boys went to the place, and looked out. They saw beneath the window
+a smooth, green lawn, with the young trees which had been planted
+growing luxuriantly upon it.
+
+"I suppose," said Mr. George, "that before the lake was lowered the
+water came up close under the window."
+
+"Yes, sir," said the guide; "and if you stand upon the sill, and look
+down, you will see a course of projecting stone at the foot of the wall
+which was laid to meet the wash of the water."
+
+"Let me see," said Waldron, eagerly.
+
+So saying, Waldron advanced by the side of Mr. George, and looked down.
+By leaning over pretty far he could see the course of stone very
+distinctly that the guide had referred to.
+
+"Who brought the boat here for Mary to go away in?" asked Waldron.
+
+"Young Douglass," said the guide, "Lady Douglass's son. He was a young
+lad, only eighteen years old. His mother was Queen Mary's enemy; but
+_he_ pitied her, and became her friend, and he devised this way to
+assist her to escape. There was a plan devised before this, by his
+brother. His name was George Douglass. The one who came in the boat was
+William. George's plan was for Mary to go on shore in the disguise of a
+laundress. The laundress came over to the island from the shore in a
+boat, to bring the linen; and while she was in Mary's room Mary
+exchanged clothes with her, and attempted to go on shore in the boat
+with the empty basket. But the boatmen happened to notice her hand,
+which was very delicate and white, and they knew that such a hand as
+that could never belong to a real laundress. So they made her lift up
+her veil, and thus she was discovered."
+
+"That was very curious," said Waldron.
+
+"It is supposed," said the guide, "that this floor, where we stand, was
+Mary's drawing room, and the floor above was her bed chamber. The
+staircase where she went up is _there_, in the wall."
+
+"Let's go up," said Rollo.
+
+So Rollo and Waldron went up the stairway. It was very narrow, and
+rather steep, and the steps were much worn away. When the boys reached
+the top they came to an opening, through which they could look down to
+where Mr. George and the guide were standing below; though, of course,
+they could not go out; for the floor in the second story was entirely
+gone.
+
+"There was a room above the bed chamber," said the guide, "as we see by
+the windows and the fireplace, but there was no stairway to it from
+Queen Mary's apartments. The only access to it was through that door,
+which leads in from the top of the rampart wall. And there is another
+room below, and partly under ground. That is the room where Walter Scott
+represents the false keys to have been forged."
+
+"What false keys?" asked Waldron.
+
+"Why, the story is," said the guide, "that young Douglass had false keys
+made, to resemble the true ones as nearly as possible, so as to deceive
+his mother. He then contrived to get the true ones away from his mother,
+and put the false ones in their place. I will show you where he did
+this, and explain how he did it, when we go into the square tower."
+
+"Let us go now," said Waldron.
+
+So they all went across the court yard, and approached the square tower.
+The guide explained to the boys that formerly the entrance was in the
+second story, through an opening in the wall, which he showed them. The
+way to get up to this opening was by a step ladder, which could be let
+down or drawn up by the people within, by means of chains coming down
+from a window above. The step ladder was, of course, entirely gone; but
+deep grooves were to be seen in the sill of the upper window, which had
+been worn by the chains in letting down and drawing up the ladder.
+
+To accommodate modern visitors a flight of loose stone steps had been
+laid outside the square tower, leading to a window in the lower story of
+it. Mr. George and the boys ascended these steps and went in. The lower
+room was the kitchen, and they were all much interested and amused in
+looking at the very strange and curious fixtures and contrivances which
+remained there--the memorials of the domestic usages of those ancient
+times.
+
+In a corner of the room was a flight of steps, built in the thickness of
+the wall, leading to the story above. This was the dining room and
+parlor of the castle.
+
+"It was here," said the guide, "according to the story of Walter Scott,
+that Douglass contrived to get possession of the castle keys. There was
+a window on one side of the room, from which there was a view, across
+the water of the lake, of the burying ground already mentioned. Lady
+Douglass, like almost every body else in those times, was somewhat
+superstitious, and William arranged it with a page that he was to
+pretend to see what was called a corpse light, moving about in the
+burying ground; and while his mother went to see, he shifted the keys
+which she had left upon the table, taking the true ones himself, and
+leaving the false ones in their place.
+
+"That is the story which Sir Walter Scott relates," said the guide; "but
+I am not sure that there is any historical authority for it."
+
+"And what became of Queen Mary, after she escaped in the boat?" asked
+Waldron.
+
+"O, there were several of her friends," said the guide, "waiting for her
+on the shore of the loch where she was to land, and they hurried her
+away on horseback to a castle in the south of Scotland, and there they
+gathered an army for her, to defend her rights."
+
+After this the boys looked down through a trap door, which led to a
+dark dungeon, where it is supposed that prisoners were sometimes
+confined. They rambled about the ruins for some time longer, and then
+they returned to the boat, and came back to the shore. When they arrived
+at the pier they paid the boatman his customary fee, which was about a
+dollar and a quarter, and then began to walk up towards the inn.
+
+"Well, boys," said Mr. George, "how did you like it?"
+
+"Very much indeed," said Waldron. "It is the best old castle I ever
+saw."
+
+"You will like the Palace of Holyrood better, I think," said Mr. George.
+
+"Where is that?" asked Rollo.
+
+"At Edinburgh," said Mr. George. "It is the place where Mary lived. We
+shall see the little room there where they murdered her poor secretary,
+David Rizzio."
+
+"What did they murder him for?" asked Waldron.
+
+"O, you will see when you come to read the history," said Mr. George.
+"It is a very curious story."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+EDINBURGH.
+
+
+From Loch Leven Castle our party returned in the coach to the railway
+station, and thence proceeded to Edinburgh. They crossed the Frith of
+Forth by a ferry, at a place where it was about five miles wide.
+
+Edinburgh is considered one of the most remarkable cities in the world,
+in respect to the picturesqueness of its situation. It stands upon and
+among a very extraordinary group of steep hills and deep valleys. A part
+of it is very ancient, and another part is quite modern, so that in
+describing it, it is often said that it consists of the old town and the
+new town. But it seems to me that a more obvious distinction would be,
+to divide it into the upper town and the lower town; for there are
+almost literally two towns, one upon the top of the other. The upper
+town is built on the hills. The lower one lies in the valleys. The
+streets of the upper town are connected by bridges; and when you stand
+upon one of these bridges, and look down, you see a street instead of a
+river below, with ranges of strange and antique-looking buildings on
+each side, for banks, and a current of men, women, and children flowing
+along, instead of water.
+
+The different portions of the lower town, on the other hand, are
+connected by tunnels and arched passage ways under the bridges above
+described; and then there are flights of steps, and steep winding or
+zigzag paths, leading up and down between the lower streets and the
+upper, in the most surprising manner.
+
+There are twenty places, more or less, in the town, where you have two
+streets crossing each other at right angles, one fifty feet below the
+other, with an immense traffic of horses, carriages, carts, and foot
+passengers, going to and fro in both of them. You come upon these places
+sometimes very unexpectedly. You are walking along on the pavement of a
+crowded street, when you come suddenly upon the break, or interruption
+in the line of building on each side. The space is occupied by a
+parapet, or by a high iron balustrade. You stop to look over, expecting
+to see a river or a canal; instead of which, you find yourself looking
+down into the chimneys of four-story houses bordering another street
+below you, which is so far down that the people walking in it, and the
+children playing on the sidewalk, look like pygmies.
+
+At one place, in looking over the parapet of such a bridge, you see a
+vast market, with carts filled with vegetables standing all around it.
+At another, you behold a great railway station, with crowds of
+passengers on the platforms, and trains of cars coming and going; at
+another, a range of beautiful gardens and pleasure grounds, with ladies
+and gentlemen walking in them, or sitting on seats under the trees, and
+children trundling their hoops, or rolling their balls, over the smooth
+gravel walks.
+
+Sometimes a street of the upper town, running along on the crest or side
+of a hill, lies _parallel_ with one in the lower town, that extends
+below it in the valley. In this case the block of houses that comes
+between will be very high indeed on the side towards the lower street;
+so that you see buildings sometimes eight or ten stories high at one
+front, and only four or five on the other. These structures consist, in
+fact, of two houses, one on top of the other; the entrances to the lower
+house being from one of the streets of the lower town, and those leading
+to the one on the top being from a street in the upper town.
+
+The reason why Edinburgh was built in this extraordinary position was,
+because it had its origin in a castle on a rock. This rock, with the
+castle that crowns the summit of it, rears its lofty head now in the
+very centre of the town, with deep valleys all around it. This rock, or
+rather rocky hill,--for it is nearly a mile in circumference,--is very
+steep on all sides but one. On that side there is a gradual slope, a
+mile or more in length, leading down to the level country. A great many
+centuries ago the military chieftains of those days built the castle on
+the hill. About the same time the monks built a monastery on the level
+ground at the foot of the long slope leading down from the castle. The
+rocky hill was an excellent place for the castle, for there was a
+hundred feet of almost perpendicular precipice on all sides but one, and
+on that side there was a convenient slope for the people who lived in
+the castle to go up and down; and thus, by fortifying this side, and
+making slight walls on all the other sides, the whole place would be
+very secure. The level ground below, too, was a very good place for the
+monastery or abbey; for it was easily accessible from all the country
+around, and was, moreover, in the midst of a region of fertile land,
+easy for the lay brethren to till. There was no necessity that the abbey
+should be in a fortified place, for such establishments were considered
+sacred in those days, and even in the most furious wars they were seldom
+molested.
+
+In process of time a palace was built by the side of the abbey. This
+palace and a part of the ruins of the abbey still remain. Of course,
+when the palace was built, a town would gradually grow up near it. Many
+noblemen of the realm came and built houses along the street which led
+from the palace up to the castle--now called High Street. The fronts of
+these houses were on the street, and the gardens behind them extended
+down the slopes of the ridge on both sides, into the deep valleys that
+bordered them. Little lanes were left between these houses, leading down
+the slopes; but they were closed at the bottom by a wall, which was
+built along at the foot of the descent on each side, and formed the
+enclosure of the town.
+
+In process of time the town extended down into these valleys, and then
+to the other hills beyond them. Then bridges were built here and there
+across the valleys, to lead from one hill to another, and tunnels and
+other subterranean passages were made, to connect one valley with
+another, until, finally, the town assumed the very extraordinary
+appearance which it now presents to view. Besides the hills within the
+town, there are some very large and high ones just beyond the limits of
+it. One of these is called Arthur's Seat, and is quite a little
+mountain. The path leading to the top of it runs along upon the crest of
+a remarkable range of precipices, called Salisbury Crags. These
+precipices face towards the town, and together with the lofty summit of
+Arthur's Seat, which rises immediately behind them, form a very
+conspicuous object from a great many points of view in and around the
+town.
+
+Unfortunately, however, none of this exceedingly picturesque scenery
+could be seen to advantage by our party, on the day that they arrived in
+Edinburgh, on account of the rain. All that they knew was, that they
+came into the town by a tunnel, and when they left the train at the
+station they were at the bottom of so deep a valley that they had to
+ascend to the third story before they could get out, and then they had
+to go up a hill to get to the street in which the hotel was situated.
+
+The name of this street was Prince's Street. It lay along the margin of
+one of the Edinburgh hills, overlooking a long valley, which extended
+between it and Castle Hill, on which the town was first built. There
+were no houses in this street on the side towards the valley, but there
+were several bridges leading across the valley, as if it had been a
+river. Beyond the valley were to be seen the backs of the houses in
+High Street, which looked like a range of cliffs, divided by vertical
+chasms and seams, and blackened by time. At one end of the hill was the
+castle rock, crowned with the towers, and bastions, and battlemented
+walls of the ancient fortress.
+
+The boys went directly to their rooms when they arrived at the hotel,
+and while Mr. George was unstrapping and opening his valise, Waldron and
+Rollo went to look out at the window, to see what they could see.
+
+"Well, boys," said Mr. George, "how does it look?"
+
+"It looks rainy," said Rollo. "But we can see something."
+
+"What can you see?" asked Mr. George.
+
+"We can see the castle on the hill," said Rollo. "At least, I suppose it
+is the castle. It is right before us, across the valley, with a
+precipice of rocks all around it, on every side but one. There is a
+zigzag wall running round on the top of the precipices, close to the
+brink of them. If a man could climb up the rocks he could not get in,
+after all."
+
+"And what is there inside the wall?" asked Mr. George.
+
+"O, there are ever so many buildings," said Rollo--"great stone forts,
+and barracks, and bastions, rising up one above another, and watch
+towers on the angles of the walls. I can see one, two, three watch
+towers. I should like to be in one of them. I could look over the whole
+city, and all the country around.
+
+"I can see some portholes, with guns pointing out,--and--O, and now I
+see a monstrous great gun, looking over this way, from one of the
+highest platforms. I believe it is a gun."
+
+"I suppose it must be Mons Meg," said Mr. George.
+
+"Mons Meg?" repeated Rollo. "I'll get a glass and see."
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George. "There is a very famous old gun in Edinburgh
+Castle, named Mons Meg. I think it may be that."
+
+"I can't see very plain," said Rollo, "the air is so thick with the
+rain; but it is a monstrous gun."
+
+Just at this time the waiter came into the room to ask the party if they
+would have any thing to eat.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "we will. Go down with the waiter, boys, and see
+what there is, and order a good supper. I will come down in fifteen
+minutes."
+
+So the boys went down, and in fifteen minutes Mr. George followed. He
+found the supper table ready in a corner of the coffee room, and Rollo
+sitting by it alone.
+
+"Where is Waldron?" asked Mr. George.
+
+"He's gone to the circulating library," said Rollo.
+
+"The circulating library?" repeated Mr. George.
+
+"He has gone to get a book about the history of Scotland," said Rollo.
+"We have been reading in the guide book about the castle, and Waldron
+says he wants to know something more about the kings, and the battles
+they fought."
+
+"How does he know there is any circulating library?" asked Mr. George.
+
+"He asked the waiter," said Rollo, "and the waiter told him where there
+was one. He said he would try to be back before the supper was ready,
+and that we must not wait for him if he did not come."
+
+"He ought to have asked me if I was willing that he should go," said Mr.
+George.
+
+In a few minutes Waldron came in with two pretty big books under his
+arm. They were covered with paper, in the manner usual with the books of
+circulating libraries. Waldron advanced to the supper table, and laid
+the books down upon it with an air of great satisfaction.
+
+"Then you found a circulating library," said Mr. George.
+
+"Yes, sir," said Waldron, "and I have got two volumes of the history of
+the great men of Scotland."
+
+"What did you get two volumes for?" asked Mr. George.
+
+"One for Rollo and one for me," said Waldron. "They are for us to read
+this evening, because it rains."
+
+"Well," said Mr. George, after a moment's pause. "I am very glad to find
+that you take an interest in reading about Scotland; but you ought to
+have asked me, before you went away to get books from a circulating
+library."
+
+Waldron paused a moment on hearing this remark, and his countenance
+assumed a very serious expression.
+
+"So I ought," said he. "I did not think of that. And now, if you think I
+had better, I will go and carry them right back."
+
+"No," said Mr. George, "I don't wish you to carry them back. But I
+should not have thought they would have intrusted such books to you--a
+perfect stranger--and a boy besides."
+
+"I made a deposit," said Waldron.
+
+Just at this time the waiter brought the supper to the table, and the
+party, being all hungry, set themselves to the work of eating it.
+
+"You see," said Waldron, when they had nearly finished their supper, "I
+thought we should want something to do this evening; it rains, and we
+can't go out."
+
+"What time in the evening do you suppose it is?" asked Mr. George.
+
+"Why, it is not near dark yet," said Waldron.
+
+"True," said Mr. George; "but it is almost ten o'clock."
+
+"O Mr. George!" exclaimed Waldron.
+
+"It is half past nine, at any rate," said Mr. George.
+
+The boys were greatly surprised at hearing this. They were very slow in
+learning to keep in mind how late the sun goes down in the middle of
+June in these extreme northern latitudes.
+
+However, on this occasion it was dark earlier than usual, on account of
+the clouds and the rain; and the waiter came to light the gas over the
+table where our party were at supper, before they finished their meal,
+although it was only a little more than half past nine. This made it
+very bright and cheerful in the corner, and Mr. George proposed that
+they should all stay there one hour. "I will write," said he, "and you
+may read in your books. We will stay here till half past ten, and then,
+after you have gone to bed, you can talk yourselves to sleep by telling
+each other what you have read about in your books."
+
+This plan was carried into effect. Mr. George wrote, and the boys read,
+by the light of the gas for an hour. Then Mr. George put away his
+papers, and said it was time to go to bed. When the boys went to their
+bedroom they found two narrow beds in it, one in each corner of the
+room. Waldron took one of them, and Rollo the other. When both the boys
+were in bed they commenced conversation in respect to what they had been
+reading.
+
+"Come, Waldron," said Rollo, "tell me what you have been reading about."
+
+"No," said Waldron, "you must begin."
+
+"Well," said Rollo, "I read about King James the First. There have been
+a good many King Jameses in Scotland."
+
+"Yes," said Waldron, "six."
+
+"This was King James the First. He was a bad king. He oppressed his
+people, and they determined to kill him. So they banded together and
+made a plot. They were going to kill him in a monastery where he stopped
+on a journey.
+
+"He was going over a river just before he came to the monastery, and a
+woman, who pretended to be a prophetess, called out to him as he went
+by towards the bank of the river, and told him to beware, for if he
+crossed that river he would certainly be killed. The king was very
+superstitious; so he sent one of his men back to ask the woman what she
+meant. The man came to him again very soon, and said that it was nothing
+but an old drunken woman raving, and that he must not mind her. So the
+king went on.
+
+"He crossed the water, and went to the monastery. The conspirators were
+there before him. The leader of them was a man named Graham. He had
+three hundred Highlanders with him. They were all concealed in the
+neighborhood of the monastery. They were going to break into the king's
+room in the monastery, at night, and kill him. They found out the room
+where he was going to sleep, and they took off the bolts from the doors,
+so as to keep them from fastening them.
+
+"The woman that had met the king on the way followed him to the
+monastery, and wanted to see the king. They told her she could not see
+him. She said she _must_ see him. They told her that at any rate she
+could not see him then--he was tired with his journey. She must go away,
+they said, and come the next day. So she went away; but she told them
+they would all be sorry for not letting her in."
+
+"Do you suppose she really knew," asked Waldron, "that they were going
+to kill the king?"
+
+"I don't know," said Rollo. "At any rate, she seemed very much in
+earnest about warning him."
+
+"Well; go on with the story," said Waldron.
+
+"Why, the conspirators broke into the room that night just as the king
+was going to bed. He was sitting near the fire, in his gown and
+slippers, talking with the queen and the other ladies that were there,
+when, all at once, he heard a terrible noise at the doors of the
+monastery. It was the conspirators trying to get in."
+
+"Why did not they come right in," asked Waldron, "if the doors were not
+fastened?"
+
+"Why, I suppose there were guards, or something, outside, that tried to
+prevent them. At any rate, the king heard a frightful noise, like
+clattering and jingling of armor, and of men trying to get in. He and
+the women who were there ran to the door and tried to fasten it; but the
+bolts and bars were gone. So the king told them to hold the door with
+all their strength, till he could find something to fasten it with. The
+king went to the window, and tried to tear off an iron stanchion there
+was there, but he could not. Then he saw a trap door in the floor, which
+led down to a kind of dark dungeon. So he took the tongs and pried up
+the door, and jumped down.
+
+"By the time that he got down, and the door was shut over him, the
+conspirators came in, and began to look all about for him; but they
+could not find him. I suppose they did not see the trap door. Or,
+perhaps, the women had covered it over with something."
+
+"Well, and what did they do?" asked Waldron.
+
+"Why, they were dreadfully angry because they could not find the king,
+and some of them were going to kill the queen; but the rest would not
+let them. But there was one of the women that got her arm broken."
+
+"How?" asked Waldron.
+
+"She did it somehow or other holding the door. I suppose she got it
+wedged in some way. She was a countess.
+
+"After a while," continued Rollo, "the men went away to look in some of
+the other rooms of the monastery, and see if they could not find the
+king there. As soon as they were gone the king wanted to get out of the
+dungeon. The women opened the trap door, but he could not reach up high
+enough to get out. So he told them to go and get some sheets and let
+them down, for ropes to pull him up by.
+
+"They brought the sheets, and while they were letting them down, and
+trying to get the king out, one of the ladies fell down herself into the
+hole. So there were two to get up; and while the others were trying to
+get them up, the conspirators came in again."
+
+"Hoh!" said Waldron.
+
+"One of them had a torch," said Rollo, continuing his narrative. "He
+brought the torch and held it down the trap door, and presently he
+caught sight of the king. So he called out to the other conspirators
+that he had found him, and they all came round the place, with their
+swords, and daggers, and knives in their hands.
+
+"One of them let himself down into the dungeon. He had a great knife in
+his hand for a dagger. But the king seized him the instant he came down,
+got his knife away from him, and pinned him to the ground. The king was
+a very strong man. Immediately another man came down, and the king
+seized him, and held him down in the same way. Next Graham himself came
+with a sword. He stabbed the king with his sword, and so disabled him.
+The king then began to beg for his life, and Graham did not seem to like
+to strike him again. But the other conspirators, who were looking down
+through the trap door, said if he did not do it they would kill _him_.
+So at last he stabbed the king again, and killed him."
+
+When Rollo had finished the story he paused, expecting that Waldron
+would say something in relation to it.
+
+"Is that all?" said Waldron, after waiting a moment. He spoke, however,
+in a very sleepy tone of voice.
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "that is all. Now tell me your story."
+
+Waldron began; but he seemed very sleepy, and he had advanced only a
+very little way before his words began to grow incoherent and faltering,
+and very soon Rollo perceived that he was going to sleep. Indeed, Rollo
+himself was beginning to feel sleepy, too; so he said,--
+
+"No matter, Waldron. You can tell me your story to-morrow."
+
+In five minutes from that time both the boys were fast asleep.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII.
+
+THE PALACE OF HOLYROOD.
+
+
+While Mr. George and the boys were in Edinburgh, they went one day to
+visit the Palace of Holyrood, and they were extremely interested in what
+they saw there. This palace stands, as has already been stated, on a
+plain, not far from the foot of a long slope which leads up to the
+castle.
+
+As long as Scotland remained an independent kingdom, the Palace of
+Holyrood was the principal residence of the royal family. Queen Mary was
+the last of the Scottish sovereigns--that is, she was the last that
+reigned over Scotland alone--for her son, James VI., succeeded to the
+throne of England, as well as to that of Scotland. The reason of this
+was, that the English branch of the royal line failed, and he was the
+next heir. So he became James the First of England, while he still
+remained James the Sixth of Scotland. And from this time forward the
+kings of England and Scotland were one.
+
+Mary, therefore, was the last of the exclusively Scottish line. She
+lived at Holyrood as long as she was allowed to live any where in peace;
+and on account of certain very peculiar circumstances which occurred
+just before the time that she left the palace, her rooms were never
+occupied after she left them, but have remained to this day in the same
+state, and with almost the same furniture in them as at the hour when
+she went away. These rooms are called Queen Mary's rooms, and almost
+every body who visits Scotland goes to see them.
+
+The reason why the rooms which Mary occupied in the Palace of Holyrood
+were left as they were, and never occupied by any other person after
+Mary went away, was principally that a dreadful murder was committed
+there just before Mary quitted them. This, of course, connected very
+gloomy associations with the palace; and while great numbers of persons
+were eager to go and see the place where the man was killed, few would
+be willing to live there. The consequence has been, that the apartments
+have been vacant of occupants ever since, though they are filled all the
+time with a perpetually flowing stream of visitors. The circumstances of
+the murder were very extraordinary. Mr. George explained the case
+briefly to the boys during their visit to the palace, as we shall
+presently see.
+
+On leaving the hotel they went for a little way along Prince's Street.
+On one side of the street there was a row of stores, hotels, and other
+such buildings, as in Broadway, in New York. On the other side extended
+the long and deep valley which lies between Prince's Street and Castle
+Hill. The valley was crossed by various bridges, and beyond it were to
+be seen the backs of the lofty houses of High Street, rising tier above
+tier to a great height, looking, as has already been said, like a range
+of stupendous cliffs, lifting their crests to the sky.
+
+There were scarcely any buildings on the valley side of the street,
+except one or two edifices of an ornamental or public character. One of
+these was the celebrated monument to Sir Walter Scott.
+
+[Illustration: SCOTT'S MONUMENT.]
+
+The party paused a short time before this monument, and then went on.
+They passed by one or two bridges that led across the valley, and also,
+at one place, a broad flight of steps, that went down, with many
+turnings, from landing to landing, to the railway station in the valley.
+At last they came to the bridge where they were to cross the valley.
+They stopped on the middle of the bridge, to look down. They saw streets
+far below them, and a market, and trains of railway carriages coming and
+going, and beyond, at some distance, an extensive range of pleasure
+grounds, with ladies and gentlemen rambling about them, and groups of
+children playing. These pleasure grounds extended some way up the slope
+of the Castle Hill. Indeed, the upper walks lay close along under the
+foot of the precipices on which the castle walls were built above.
+
+After passing the bridge, Mr. George and the boys went on, until, at
+length, they came to High Street; which is the great central street of
+ancient Edinburgh, leading from the palace and abbey on the plain up to
+the castle on the hill. There, if they had turned to the right, they
+would have gone up to the castle; but they turned to the left, and so
+descended towards the palace, on the plain.
+
+At length they reached the foot of the descent, and then, at a turn in
+the street, the palace came suddenly into view.
+
+There was a broad paved area in front of it. In the centre of the
+building was a large arched doorway, with a sentry box on each side. At
+each of these sentry boxes stood a soldier on guard. All the royal
+palaces of England are guarded thus. There was a cab, that had brought a
+company of visitors to see the castle, standing near the centre of the
+square, by a great statue that was there. Another cab drove up just at
+the time that Mr. George arrived, and a party of visitors got out of it.
+All the new comers went in under the archway together. The soldiers paid
+no attention to them whatever.
+
+The arched passage way led into a square court, with a piazza extending
+all around it. The visitors turned to the left, and walked along under
+the piazza till they came to the corner, where there was a little
+office, and a man at the window of it to give them tickets. They paid
+sixpence apiece for their tickets.
+
+After getting their tickets they walked on under the piazza a little way
+farther, till at length they came to a door, and a broad stone
+staircase, leading up into the palace, and they all went in and began to
+ascend the stairs.
+
+At the head of the stairs they passed through a wide door, which led
+into a room where they saw visitors, that had gone in before them,
+walking about. They were met at the door by a well-dressed man, who
+received them politely, and asked them to walk in.
+
+"This, gentlemen," said he, "was Lord Darnley's audience chamber. That,"
+he continued, pointing through an open door at the side, "was his
+bedroom; and there," pointing to another small door on the other side,
+"was the passage way leading up to Queen Mary's apartments."
+
+Having said this, the attendant turned away to answer some questions
+asked him by the other visitors, leaving Mr. George and the boys, for
+the moment, to look about the rooms by themselves.
+
+The rooms were large, but the interior finishing of them was very plain.
+The walls were hung with antique-looking pictures. The furniture, too,
+looked very ancient and venerable.
+
+"Who was Lord Darnley?" asked Waldron.
+
+"He was Queen Mary's husband," replied Mr. George.
+
+"Then he was the king, I suppose," said Waldron.
+
+"No," replied Mr. George, "not at all. A king is one who inherits the
+throne in his own right. When the throne descends to a woman, she is the
+queen; but if she marries, her husband does not become king."
+
+"What is he then?" said Waldron.
+
+"Nothing but the queen's husband," said Mr. George.
+
+"Hoh!" exclaimed Waldron, in a tone of contempt.
+
+"He does not acquire any share of the queen's power," continued Mr.
+George, "because he marries her. She is the sovereign alone afterwards
+just as much as before."
+
+"And so I suppose," said Rollo, "that when a king marries, the lady that
+he marries does not become a queen."
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "the rule does not seem to work both ways. A
+lady who marries a king is always called a queen; though, after all, she
+acquires no share of the royal power. She is a queen in name only. But
+let us hear what this man is explaining to the visitors about the
+paintings and the furniture."
+
+So they advanced to the part of the room where the attendant was
+standing, with two or three ladies and gentlemen, who were looking at
+one of the old pictures that were hanging on the wall. It was a picture
+of Queen Mary when she was fifteen years old. The dress was very quaint
+and queer, and the picture seemed a good deal faded; but the face wore a
+very sweet and charming expression.
+
+"I think she was a very pretty girl," whispered Waldron in Rollo's ear.
+
+"She was in France at that time," said the attendant, "and the picture,
+if it is an original, must have been painted there, and she must have
+brought it with her to Scotland, on her return from that country. She
+brought a great deal with her on her return. There were several vessel
+loads of furniture, paintings, &c. The tapestry in the bedroom was
+brought. It was wrought at the Gobelins."
+
+Mr. George went into the bedroom, to look at the tapestry. Two sides of
+the room were hung with it.
+
+"It looks like a carpet hung on the walls," said Waldron.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George; "a richly embroidered carpet."
+
+The figures on the tapestry consisted of groups of horsemen, elegantly
+equipped and caparisoned. The horses were prancing about in a very
+spirited manner. The whole work looked very dingy, and the colors were
+very much faded; but it was evident that it must have been very splendid
+in its day.
+
+After looking at the tapestry, and at the various articles of quaint and
+queer old furniture in this room, the company followed the attendant
+into another apartment.
+
+"This," said he, "is the room where Lord Darnley, Ruthven, and the rest,
+held their consultation and formed their plans for the murder of Rizzio;
+and _there_ is the door leading to the private stairway where they went
+up. You cannot go up that way now, but you will see where they came out
+above when you go up into Queen Mary's apartments."
+
+"Let us go now," said Waldron.
+
+"Well," said Mr. George, "and then we can come into these rooms again
+when we come down."
+
+So Mr. George and the boys walked back, through Lord Darnley's rooms, to
+the place where they came in. Here they saw that the same broad flight
+of stone stairs, by which they had come up from the court below,
+continued to ascend to the upper stories. There was a painted
+inscription on a board there, too, saying, "To Queen Mary's apartments,"
+with a hand pointing up the staircase. So they knew that that was the
+way they must go.
+
+As they went up, both Rollo and Waldron asked Mr. George to explain to
+them something about the murder, so that they might know a little what
+they were going to see.
+
+"Well," said Mr. George, "I will. Let us sit down here, and I will tell
+you as much as I can tell in five minutes. Really to understand the
+whole affair, you would have to read as much as you could read in a
+week. And I assure you it is an exceedingly interesting and entertaining
+story.
+
+"Darnley, you know, was the queen's husband. Her first husband was the
+young Prince of France; but he died before Queen Mary came home. So that
+when she came home she was a widow; very young, and exceedingly
+beautiful. There is a very beautiful painting of her, I am told, in the
+castle."
+
+"Let us go and see it," said Waldron.
+
+"To-morrow," said Mr. George.
+
+"After Queen Mary had been in Scotland some little time," continued Mr.
+George, "she was married again to this Lord Darnley. He was an English
+prince. The whole story of her first becoming acquainted with Darnley,
+and how the marriage was brought about, is extremely interesting; but I
+have not time now to tell it to you.
+
+"After they were married they lived together for a time very happily;
+but at length some causes of difficulty and dissension occurred between
+them. Darnley was not contented to be merely the queen's husband. He
+wanted, also, to be king."
+
+"I don't blame him," said Waldron.
+
+"I should have thought," said Rollo, "that Mary would have been willing
+that he should be king."
+
+"Very likely she might have been willing herself," said Mr. George, "but
+her people were not willing. There were a great many powerful nobles and
+chieftains in the kingdom, and about her court, and they took sides,
+one way and the other, and there was a great deal of trouble. It is a
+long story, and I can't tell you half of it, now. What made the matter
+worse was, that Darnley, finding he could not have every thing his own
+way, began to be very harsh and cruel in his treatment of Mary. This
+made Mary very unhappy, and caused her to live a great deal in
+retirement, with a few near and intimate friends, who treated her with
+kindness and sympathy.
+
+"One of these was David Rizzio, the man who was murdered. He was one of
+the officers of the court. His office was private secretary. He was a
+great deal older than Mary, and it seems he was an excellent man for his
+office. He used to write for the queen when it was necessary, and
+perform other such duties; and as he was very gentle and kind in his
+disposition, and took a great interest in every thing that concerned the
+queen, Mary became, at last, quite attached to him, and considered him
+as one of her best friends. At last Lord Darnley and his party became
+very jealous of him. They thought that he had a great deal too much
+influence over the queen. It was as if he were the prime minister, they
+said, while they, the old nobles of the realm, were all set aside, as if
+they were of no consequence at all. So they determined to kill him.
+
+"They formed their plot in the room below, where we have just been. It
+was in the evening. Mary was at supper that night in a little room in
+the tower up above, where we are now going. There were two or three
+friends with her. The men went up the private stairway, and burst into
+the little supper room, and killed Rizzio on the spot."
+
+"Let us go up and see the place," said Waldron.
+
+So Mr. George rose, and followed by the boys, he led the way into Queen
+Mary's apartments.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV.
+
+QUEEN MARY'S APARTMENTS.
+
+
+Before we follow Mr. George and the boys into Queen Mary's apartments, I
+have one or two other explanations to make, in addition to the
+information which Mr. George communicated to the boys on the stairs.
+These explanations relate to the situation of Mary's apartments in the
+palace. They were in a sort of wing, which forms the extreme left of the
+front of the palace. The wing is square. It projects to the front. At
+the two corners of it, in front, are two round towers, which are
+surmounted above by short spires. As there is a similar wing at the
+right hand end of the front, with similar towers at the corners, the
+façade of the building is marked with four towers and four spires. The
+left hand portion is represented in the engraving opposite.
+
+[Illustration: THE CORNER TOWER OF THE PALACE OF HOLYROOD.]
+
+Queen Mary's rooms are in the third story, as seen in the engraving. The
+principal room is in the square part of the wing, between the two round
+towers. This was the bedroom. In the right hand tower, as seen in the
+engraving, is a small room, as large as the tower can contain, which was
+used by Mary as an oratory; that is, a little chapel for her private
+devotions. In the left hand tower was another small room, similar to the
+oratory, which Mary used as a private sitting room or boudoir. It is
+just large enough for a window and a fireplace, and for a very few
+persons to sit. It was in this little room that Mary was having supper,
+with two or three of her friends, when Darnley and his gang came up to
+murder Rizzio, who was one among them.
+
+Besides Mary's bedroom, which was in the front part of the wing, between
+the two towers, there was another large room behind it, which also
+belonged to her. Darnley's apartments were very similar to the queen's,
+only they were in the story below. It was the custom in those days, as
+it is now, indeed, in high life, for the husband and wife to have
+separate ranges of apartments, with a private passage connecting them.
+In this case the private passage leading from Darnley's apartments to
+Mary's was in the wall. It was a narrow stairway, leading up to Mary's
+bedroom, and the door where it came out was very near to the door
+leading to the little room in the tower where Mary and her friends were
+taking supper on the night of Rizzio's murder.
+
+When Mr. George and the boys reached the top of the stairs, they entered
+a large room, which, they were told by an attendant who was there to
+receive them, was Mary's audience chamber. This was the room situated
+back of the bedroom. The room itself, and every thing which it
+contained, wore a very antique and venerable appearance. The furniture
+was dilapidated, and the coverings of it were worn and moth-eaten. Very
+ancient-looking pictures were hanging on the walls. There was a large
+fireplace, with an immense movable iron grate in it. The grate was
+almost entirely worn out. The attendant who showed these rooms said that
+it was the oldest grate in Scotland. Still, it was not so old as the
+time of Mary, for it was brought into Scotland, the attendant said, by
+Charles II., who was Mary's great grandson.
+
+There was a window in a very deep recess in this room. It looked out
+upon a green park, on the side of the palace. A very ancient-looking
+table stood in this recess, which, the attendant said, was brought by
+Mary from France. The ceiling was carved and ornamented in a very
+curious manner.
+
+[Illustration: QUEEN MARY'S BEDROOM.]
+
+"And which is the door," said Waldron to the attendant, "where
+Darnley and his men came in, to murder Rizzio?"
+
+"That is in the next room," said the attendant. So saying, he pointed to
+a door, and Mr. George and the boys, and also two or three other
+visitors whom they had found in the room when they came in, went forward
+and entered the room.
+
+"This, gentlemen and ladies," said the attendant, as they went in, "was
+Queen Mary's bed chamber. The door where we are coming in was the main
+or principal entrance to it. This is the bed and bedstead, just as they
+were left when Queen Mary vacated the apartment. That door,"--pointing
+to a corner of the room diagonally opposite to where the company had
+entered,--"leads to the little boudoir[G] where Rizzio was killed, and
+that opening in the wall by the side of it, under the tapestry, is the
+place where Darnley and the other assassins came up by the private
+stair."
+
+[G] A boudoir is a small private apartment, fitted up for a lady, where
+she receives her intimate and confidential friends.
+
+A view of the room, and of the various objects which the attendant
+showing them thus pointed out to the company, may be seen in the
+engraving on the opposite page.
+
+The bedstead is seen on the right. It is surmounted by a heavy cornice,
+richly carved and gilded. This cornice, and the embroidered curtains
+that hang from it, must have been very magnificent in their day, though
+now they are faded and tattered by age. The coverings of the bed are
+also greatly decayed. Only a little shred of the blanket now remains,
+and that is laid upon the bolster. The rest of it has been gradually
+carried away by visitors, who for a long time were accustomed to pull
+off little shreds of it to take with them, as souvenirs of their visit.
+These depredations are, however, now no longer allowed. That part of the
+room is now enclosed by a cord, fastened to iron rods fixed in the
+floor, so that visitors cannot approach the bed. They are watched, too,
+very closely, wherever they go, to prevent their taking any thing away.
+They are not allowed to sit down in any of the chairs.
+
+The door in the corner of the room to the left leads into the little
+boudoir, or cabinet, where Rizzio was murdered. You can see a little way
+into this room, in the picture. Mr. George and the boys went into it.
+There was a table on the back side of it, with the armor, and also the
+gloves, and one of the boots which Darnley wore, lying upon it. The
+attendant took up a breast-plate, which formed a part of the armor, and
+let the boys lift it. It was very heavy. There was an indentation in the
+front of it, where it had been struck by a bullet. The boot, too, was
+prodigiously thick and heavy. The heel was not less than three inches
+high.
+
+There was a fireplace in this room, and over it was an altar-piece; a
+sort of picture in stone, which Mary used in her oratory, according to
+the custom of the Catholics. It had been broken to pieces and put
+together again. It was said that John Knox broke it, to show his
+abhorrence of Popery, but that the pieces were saved, and it was
+afterwards mended.
+
+There was also in this room a square stone, shaped like a block, about
+two feet long, sawed off from the end of a beam of timber. This was the
+stone that Mary knelt upon when she was crowned Queen of Scotland.
+
+To the right of the door which leads to the boudoir, under the tapestry,
+we see in the engraving the opening in the wall which leads to the
+staircase where the conspirators came up. The boys went in here and
+looked down. The stairs were very narrow, and very dark. The passage was
+closed below, so that they could not go down. In Mary's time these
+stairs not only led down to Darnley's rooms, but there was a
+continuation of them down the lower story, and thence along by a private
+way to Mary's place in the chapel of the monastery, where she used to go
+to attend divine service. She always went by this private way, so that
+nobody ever saw her go or come. They only knew that she was there by
+seeing the curtains drawn before the little compartment in the walls of
+the chapel where she was accustomed to sit.
+
+In the deep recess of the window, seen at the left in the engraving, you
+will see a tall stand, with a sort of basket on the top of it. This
+basket contained baby linen, and was sent to Mary as a present by Queen
+Elizabeth of England, at the time when Mary's child was born. This was
+the child that afterwards became King James. He was not born here,
+however. He was born in the castle. His birth took place only about
+three months after the murder of Rizzio. The basket was a very pretty
+one, and it was lined with the most costly lace, only a few remnants of
+which are, however, remaining.
+
+The attendant showed all these things to the visitors, and many more,
+which I have not time now to describe. Among the rest was a piece of
+embroidery set in the top of a workbox, which Mary herself worked. The
+top of the box was formed of a plate of glass; the embroidery was placed
+underneath it, so that it could be seen through the glass. It was old
+and faded, and the boys did not think that it was very pretty. It was,
+however, curious to see it, since Mary had worked it with her own hands;
+especially as she did it when she was a child; for the guide said she
+embroidered it when she was only about twelve years old.
+
+"She was very skilful with her needle," said the attendant. "She learned
+the art in France, at the convent where she was educated. This tapestry
+which hangs upon the wall was worked by the nuns at that convent, and it
+is said that Mary assisted them."
+
+The tapestry to which the guide referred is the same that you see in the
+engraving on the wall of the room, opposite to the observer. It hung
+down over the door leading to the private staircase.
+
+Besides the bedroom and the boudoir, there was the oratory, too; that
+is, the small room corresponding to the boudoir, in the other round
+tower. This room is not shown in the engraving, as the opening leading
+into it is on the side of the bed chamber where the spectator is
+supposed to stand. It was a very small room, like a round closet, with a
+window in it. It contained very little furniture. There were two tall,
+carved stands, to hold the candlesticks, on each side of the altar, and
+several very ancient-looking chairs. There was also a small and very
+peculiar-shaped old mirror hanging upon the wall. It had no frame, but
+the glass itself was cut into an ornamental form. This mirror was a
+great curiosity, it must be confessed; but it was past performing any
+useful function, for the silver was worn off to such an extent that it
+was very difficult to see one's face in it.
+
+After looking some time longer at Queen Mary's rooms, Mr. George and the
+boys went back again to Lord Darnley's apartments below. There they saw
+a picture of Queen Mary which they had not observed before. It
+represented her, the man said, in the dress she wore the day that she
+was beheaded. The dress was of dark silk or velvet, plain, but very
+rich. It fitted close to the form, and came up high in the neck. The
+countenance evinced the changes produced by time and grief, but it wore
+the same sweet expression that was seen in the portrait painted in her
+earlier years.
+
+"What was she beheaded for?" asked Rollo, while they were looking at
+this portrait.
+
+"She was beheaded by the government of Queen Elizabeth of England,"
+replied Mr. George. "They charged her with forming plots to dethrone
+Elizabeth, and make herself Queen of England in her place."
+
+"And did she really form the plots?" asked Waldron.
+
+"Why--yes," said Mr. George, speaking, however, in a somewhat doubtful
+tone, "yes--I suppose she did; or, at least, her friends and party did;
+she herself consenting. You see she was herself descended from an
+English king, just as Elizabeth was, and it was extremely doubtful which
+was the rightful heir. Mary, and all her friends and party, claimed that
+she was; and Elizabeth, on the other hand, insisted that _her_ claim was
+clear and unquestionable."
+
+"Which was right?" asked Waldron.
+
+"It is impossible to say," replied Mr. George. "It was such a
+complicated case that you could not decide it either way. The question
+was like a piece of changeable silk. You could make it look green or
+brown, just according to the way you looked at it. When you come to read
+the history you will see just how it was."
+
+"Yes," said Waldron, "I mean to read all about it."
+
+"After the difficulties in Scotland," continued Mr. George, "Mary's
+armies were driven across the line into England, and there Mary was
+seized and made prisoner. Elizabeth would have given her her liberty if
+she would have renounced her claims to the English crown--but this Mary
+would not do. She was kept in prison a number of years. At last some of
+her friends began to form plots to get her out, and make her Queen of
+England. She was accused of joining in these plots, and so she was
+tried, convicted, and beheaded."
+
+"And did she really join in the plots?" asked Waldron.
+
+"I presume so," said Mr. George. "I would have joined in them if I had
+been in her place."
+
+"So would I," said Waldron.
+
+"Did Queen Elizabeth order her to be beheaded?" asked Rollo.
+
+"No," said Mr. George, "not directly--or, at least, she pretended that
+she did not. She appointed some judges to go and try her, on the charge
+of treason, and the judges condemned her to death. Elizabeth might have
+saved her if she chose, but she did not; though afterwards, when she
+heard that Mary had been executed, she pretended to be in a great rage
+with those who had carried the sentence into effect, and to be deeply
+grieved at her cousin's death."
+
+"The old hag!" said Waldron.
+
+[Illustration: QUEEN ELIZABETH ON PARADE.]
+
+"Why, no," said Mr. George, "I don't know that we ought to consider her
+an old hag for this. It was human nature, that is all. She may have
+been sincere in her grief at Mary's death, while yet she consented to
+it, and even desired it, beforehand. We often wish to have a thing done,
+and yet are very sorry for it after it is done.
+
+"You see," continued Mr. George, "Queen Elizabeth was a very proud and
+ambitious woman. She was very fond of the power, and also of the pomp
+and parade of royalty; and she could not endure that any one should ever
+question her claim to the crown."
+
+"Well," said Waldron, "at any rate I am sorry for poor Mary."
+
+After this, Mr. George and the boys went down the staircase where they
+had come up, to the court, and then proceeding along the piazza to the
+back corner of it, they passed through an open door that led them to the
+ruins of the old abbey, which stood on this spot some centuries before
+the palace was built. There was nothing left of this ancient edifice but
+the walls, and some of the pillars of the chapel. The roof was gone, and
+every thing was in a state of dilapidation and ruin.
+
+There was a guide there who pointed out the place where Mary stood at
+the time of her marriage with Lord Darnley. The grass was growing on
+the spot, and above, all was open to the sky. Multitudes of birds were
+flying about, and chirping mournfully around the naked and crumbling
+walls.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV.
+
+EDINBURGH CASTLE.
+
+
+The day after the visit which the party made to the palace, they set out
+from their hotel to go to the castle. As they were walking along
+together on the sidewalk of Prince's Street, on a sudden Waldron darted
+off from Rollo's side, and ran into the street, in pursuit of a cab
+which had just gone by. He soon overtook the cab and climbed up behind
+it; and then, to Mr. George's utter amazement, he reached forward along
+the side of the vehicle, so as to look into the window of it, and
+knocked on the glass. In a moment the cab stopped, the door opened, and
+the mystery of the case was explained to Mr. George and Rollo by seeing
+Waldron's father looking out of it.
+
+"It is his father!" said Rollo.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George. "But that is not the proper way for a boy to
+stop his father, riding by in a cab, in the streets of Edinburgh."
+
+The cab drove up to the sidewalk, and then Mr. Kennedy got out to speak
+to Mr. George. He said that he had received letters from America, making
+it necessary for him to set sail immediately for home. He had intended,
+he added, to have remained two or three weeks longer in Scotland; and in
+that case he should have liked very much to have continued Waldron under
+Mr. George's care.
+
+"And now," he added, turning to Waldron, "which would you rather do--go
+home to America with me, or stay here, and travel with Mr. George?"
+
+Waldron looked quite perplexed at this proposal. He said that he liked
+very much to travel with Mr. George and Rollo, and yet he wanted very
+much indeed to go home.
+
+In the course of the day various debates and consultations were held,
+and it was finally decided that Waldron should go home. So the accounts
+were settled with Mr. George, and Waldron was transferred to the hotel
+where his father and mother were lodging. They were to set out the next
+morning, in the express train for Liverpool. The preparations for the
+journey and the voyage kept Waldron busy all that day, so that Mr.
+George and Rollo went to the castle alone. But Waldron made Rollo
+promise that in the evening he would come to the hotel and see him, and
+tell him what he saw there.
+
+In the evening, accordingly, Rollo went to the hotel where Mr. Kennedy
+was staying. Mr. George went with him. They went first into Mr.
+Kennedy's parlor. A door was open between the parlor and one of the
+bedrooms, and both rooms were full of trunks and parcels. Every body was
+busy packing and arranging. The ladies were showing each other their
+different purchases, as they came in from the shops; and as soon as Mr.
+George entered, they began to ask him whether he thought they would be
+obliged to pay duty on this, or on that, when they arrived in America.
+
+Rollo asked where Waldron was, and they said he was in his room, packing
+his trunk. So Rollo went to find him.
+
+"Ah, Rollo," said Waldron, "I am glad you have come. I want you to sit
+on the top of my trunk with me, and make it shut down."
+
+Rollo gave Waldron the assistance he required, and by the conjoined
+gravity of both the boys the trunk was made to shut. Waldron turned the
+key in an instant, and then said,--
+
+"There! Get open again if you can. And now, Rollo," he continued, "tell
+me about the castle."
+
+"Well, we had a very good time visiting it," said Rollo. "We went over
+the bridge where you and I stopped to look down to the market, and came
+to High Street. But instead of turning down, as we did when we were
+going to Holyrood, we turned _up_; because, you know, the castle is on
+the top of the hill."
+
+"Yes," said Waldron, "I knew that was the way."
+
+"Well, we went up High Street," continued Rollo. "The upper part of it
+is quite a handsome street. There were a great many large public
+buildings. We passed by a great cathedral, where, they said, a woman
+threw a stool at the minister, while he was preaching."
+
+"What did she do that for?" asked Waldron.
+
+"I don't know," said Rollo. "I suppose she did not like his preaching.
+It was in the reformation times. I believe he was preaching Popery, and
+she was a Protestant. Her name was Jenny Geddes. They have got the stool
+now."
+
+"They have?" exclaimed Waldron.
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "so uncle George said. They keep it in the
+Antiquarian Museum, for a curiosity."
+
+"When we got to the upper end of the High Street," continued Rollo,
+"there was the castle all before us. Only first there was a parade
+ground for the troops; it was all gravelled over."
+
+"Were there any soldiers there?" asked Waldron.
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "there were two or three companies drilling and
+parading."
+
+"I should like to have seen them," said Waldron.
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "and besides, the parade ground was a splendid place.
+The lower end of it was towards the street; the upper end was towards
+the gates and walls of the castle, and the two sides of it were shut in
+by a low wall, built on the very brink of the precipice. You could look
+down over this wall into the streets of the lower part of the town; and
+then we could see off a great way, over all the country.
+
+"We stopped a little while to look at the view, and then we turned round
+and looked at the soldiers a little while longer, and then we went on.
+Presently we came to the castle gates. There was a sentinel on guard,
+and some soldiers walking to and fro on the ramparts above; but they did
+not say any thing to us, and so we went in. There were other parties of
+ladies and gentlemen going in too."
+
+"Well," said Waldron, "what did you see when you got in?"
+
+"Why, we were yet only inside the walls," said Rollo, "and so we kept
+going on up a steep road paved with stones. There were walls, and
+towers, and battlements, and bastions, and soldiers walking sentry, and
+cannons pointed at us, all around. Presently we came to a sort of
+bridge. Here we heard some music. It seemed down below; so we went to
+the side of the bridge and looked over. There was a little square field
+below, and three men, with Scotch bagpipes, playing together. The men
+were dressed in uniform, and the bagpipes were splendid-looking
+instruments."
+
+"Yes," said Waldron. "They were the musicians of some Highland regiment,
+practising."
+
+"Well; we went on, higher and higher," said Rollo, "and continued going
+round and round, till, at last, we came to the upper part of the castle,
+where there were platforms, and cannons upon them, pointing out over all
+the country round about."
+
+"Did you see Mons Meg?" asked Waldron.
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "and we went up close to it. But we did not touch it,
+for there was a notice put up that visitors must not touch the guns.
+
+"By and by we came into a large square court, with buildings, that
+looked like barracks, all about it. There was a sign up, with a hand on
+it pointing, and the words, 'To the crown room.' So we knew that that
+was the place where we were to go. Besides, all the other ladies and
+gentlemen were going there, too.
+
+"We gave up our tickets at the door, and went up a short flight of
+steps, into a little sort of cellar."
+
+"A little sort of cellar!" exclaimed Waldron. He was surprised at the
+idea of going up stairs into a cellar.
+
+"Yes," said Rollo. "It was just like a cellar. It had stone walls all
+around it, and was arched overhead."
+
+"Was it dark?" asked Waldron.
+
+"O, no," said Rollo; "it was lighted up splendidly with gas. The gas
+shone very bright in between the bars of the cage, and brightened up the
+crown and the jewels wonderfully."
+
+"In the cage?" repeated Waldron; "was there a cage?"
+
+"Yes," replied Rollo. "In the middle of the room there was a great iron
+cage, as high as my head, and big in proportion. The crown and the
+jewels were in the cage, on cushions. They were so far in that people
+could not reach them by putting their hands through the bars. There were
+a great many persons standing all around the cage, and looking in to
+see the crown and the jewels."
+
+"Were they pretty?" asked Waldron.
+
+"Not very," said Rollo. "I suppose the things were made of gold; but I
+could not tell, from the looks of them, whether they were made of gold
+or brass."
+
+"Was there any thing else?" asked Waldron.
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "there was a monstrous oak chest,--iron bound, or
+brass bound,--where the crown and jewels were hid away for a great many
+years. At the time when Scotland was united to England, they put these
+things in this chest; and they were left there so long that at last
+there was nobody that knew where they were. Finally the government began
+to look for them, and they looked in this old chest, and there they
+found them.
+
+"While we were looking at the chest," continued Rollo, "I heard some
+music out in the court, and I asked uncle George to let me go out; and
+he did. I was very glad I did, for the Highland regiment was paraded in
+the court. I stood there some time to see them exercised."
+
+"Did they look well?" asked Waldron.
+
+"Beautifully," said Rollo.
+
+After this, Rollo gave Waldron some further accounts of what he saw at
+the castle; but before he got quite through with his descriptions Mr.
+George came, and said it was time for them to go home. So they both bade
+Waldron good by. Rollo said, however, that it was not his final good by.
+
+"I shall come down to the station to-morrow morning," said he, "and see
+you go."
+
+Waldron was very much pleased to hear this, and then Mr. George and
+Rollo went away.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI.
+
+CONCLUSION.
+
+
+Mr. George and Rollo made some excursions together after this, but I
+have not time to give a full account of them. Among others, they went to
+see Linlithgow, where stands the ruin of an ancient palace, which was
+the one in which Queen Mary was born. Linlithgow itself is a town. Near
+it is a pretty little loch. The ruins stand on a smooth and beautiful
+lawn, between the town and the shore of the loch. The people who lived
+in the palace had delightful views from their windows, both of the water
+of the loch itself and of the opposite shores.
+
+At this ruin people can go up by the old staircases to various rooms in
+the upper stories, and even to the top of the walls. The floors,
+wherever the floors remain, are covered with grass and weeds.
+
+There was a very curious story about the castle. It was taken at one
+time by means of a load of hay. The enemy engaged a farmer who lived
+near, and who was accustomed to supply the people of the castle with
+hay, to join them in their plot. So they put some armed men on his cart,
+and covered them all over with hay. They also concealed some more armed
+men near the gateway. The gateway had what is called a portcullis; that
+is, a heavy iron gate suspended by chains, so as to rise and fall. Of
+course, when the portcullis was down, nobody could get in or out.
+
+The people of the castle hoisted the portcullis, to let the load of hay
+come in, and the farmer, as soon as he had got the wagon in the middle
+of the gateway, stopped it there, and cut the traces, so that it could
+not be drawn any farther. At the same instant the men who were hid under
+the hay jumped out, killed the guard at the gates, called out to the
+other men who were in ambush, and they all poured into the castle
+together, crowding by at the sides of the wagon. The wagon, being
+directly in the way, prevented the portcullis from being shut down. Thus
+the castle was taken.
+
+Mr. George and Rollo also went to visit Melrose Abbey, which is a very
+beautiful ruin in the south part of Scotland. While they were there they
+visited Abbotsford, too, which is the house that Walter Scott lived in.
+Walter Scott amused himself, during his lifetime, in collecting a great
+many objects of interest connected with Scottish history, and putting
+them up in his house; and now the place is a perfect museum of Scottish
+antiquities and curiosities.
+
+Melrose and Abbotsford are in the southern part of Scotland, not very
+far from the English frontier. After visiting them, Mr. George and Rollo
+proceeded by the railway to Berwick, which stands on the boundary line;
+and there they bade Scotland farewell.
+
+
+
+
+ TAGGARD & THOMPSON
+ PUBLISH THE FOLLOWING
+ POPULAR JUVENILE BOOKS.
+
+
+ROLLO'S TOUR IN EUROPE.
+
+Ten volumes, 16mo, cloth. Being a new series of Rollo Books. By REV.
+JACOB ABBOTT. Beautifully illustrated. Rollo on the Atlantic--Rollo in
+Paris--Rollo in Switzerland--Rollo on the Rhine--Rollo in London--Rollo
+in Scotland--Rollo in Geneva--Rollo in Holland--Rollo in Naples--Rollo
+in Rome. Price per vol. 50 cts.
+
+
+MY UNCLE TOBY'S LIBRARY.
+
+By FRANCIS FORRESTER, ESQ., consisting of twelve volumes, elegantly
+bound, and illustrated with upwards of SIXTY beautiful engravings. Each
+book is printed in large and splendid type, upon superior paper. Price
+per vol. 25 cts.
+
+
+THE SUMMER HOUSE STORIES.
+
+By the author of "Daisy," "Violet," &c. Elegantly illustrated by
+Billings. Six volumes. Price per vol. 63 cts.
+
+This series is designed to sketch attractively and simply the wonders of
+reptile and insect existences, the changes of trees, rocks, rivers,
+clouds, and winds. This is done by a family of children writing letters,
+both playful and serious, which are addressed to all children whom the
+books may reach.
+
+
+THE MARTIN AND NELLIE STORIES.
+
+By JOSEPHINE FRANKLIN. Twelve volumes, 16mo, cloth. Illustrated by
+Billings and others. Price per vol. 50 cts.
+
+The object of these stories is the inculcation, in a quiet, simple way,
+of the principles of good nature, kindness, and integrity among
+children. They consist of the usual pathetic and mirthful incidents that
+constitute boy and girl life.
+
+
+THE GLEN MORRIS STORIES.
+
+By FRANCIS FORRESTER, author of "My Uncle Toby's Library." Five vols.
+16mo, cloth. Beautifully illustrated. Price per vol. 63 cts.
+
+The purpose of the "Glen Morris Stories" is to sow the seed of pure,
+noble, manly character in the mind of our great nation's childhood. They
+exhibit the virtues and vices of childhood, not in prosy, unreadable
+precepts, but in a series of characters which move before the
+imagination, as living beings do before the senses.
+
+
+PICTURES FROM THE HISTORY OF THE SWISS.
+
+One volume, 16mo. Price 67 cts.
+
+A very instructive and entertaining Juvenile, designed for children from
+ten to fifteen years of age.
+
+
+PICTURES FROM THE HISTORY OF SPAIN.
+
+By the author of "Pictures from the History of the Swiss." A new volume
+just published. Price 67 cts.
+
+
+LIFE AND ADVENTURES OF WHITENOSE WOODCHUCK.
+
+One volume, 16mo. Price 38 cts.
+
+Intended especially for younger children, and illustrated with numerous
+engravings, by Billings.
+
+
+In addition to the above, T. & T. publish a great variety of Toy and
+Juvenile Books suited to the wants of children of all ages.
+
+
+AN INTERESTING BOOK FOR SCHOLARS.
+
+The Boys have long desired such a Book.
+
+THE UNIVERSAL SPEAKER:
+
+CONTAINING A COLLECTION OF SPEECHES, DIALOGUES, AND RECITATIONS, ADAPTED
+TO THE USE OF SCHOOLS, ACADEMIES, AND SOCIAL CIRCLES.
+
+Edited by N. A. Calkins and W. T. Adams.
+
+The excellences of this work consist, in part, of its entire
+originality, of its more than usual adaptation to the wants of our High
+Schools and Academies, and of the systematic arrangement of its
+selections for declamation and for elocutionary practice. Those in Part
+Second were prepared by Prof. WM. RUSSELL, the eminent elocutionist,
+expressly for this work. The publishers feel assured that in presenting
+this work to Teachers and Scholars, they are offering them no revision
+of old matter with which they have long been familiar, but an original
+work, full of new, interesting, and instructive pieces, for the varied
+purposes for which it is designed.
+
+In 1 vol. 12mo. Price $1.
+
+     The instructions in declamation are so complete and accompanied by
+     such ample illustrations relative to position and gestures of the
+     student, that the "Universal Speaker" needs only to be seen to
+     become what its name indicates--universal.--Rochester Repository.
+
+     The pieces are judiciously selected, and the book is very
+     attractive in its appearance.--Connecticut School Journal.
+
+     We find, upon close inspection, that the work contains much fresh
+     matter, which will be acceptable to schools and students,
+     particularly in the department of dialogues of which there is a
+     great dearth of really good and FIT matter in most
+     speakers.--United States Journal.
+
+     They are all school-like, the dialogues being illustrative of
+     scenes in common life, including some first-rate conversations
+     pertinent to school-room duties and trials. The speeches are brief
+     and energetic. It will meet with favor.--R. I. Schoolmaster.
+
+     The selection has been made with a great deal of foresight and
+     taste, by men who are highly esteemed as elocutionists, writers, or
+     teachers. The notation, the directions and cuts appended to the
+     pieces, will be found useful to those who use them.--Mass. Teacher.
+
+     Looking it over hastily, we notice many admirable selections from
+     the best authors, and as the book is entirely fresh, the matter
+     never having appeared in previous readers or speakers, it cannot
+     fail be a welcome addition to the books of its class.--Springfield
+     Republican.
+
+     In this they have succeeded, and have also been fortunate in the
+     selection. The book contains a larger number of dialogues than any
+     we have seen, and they are mostly relative to school children and
+     school affairs.--Penn. School Journal.
+
+
+INSTRUCTION AND AMUSEMENT.
+
+
+ PICTURES
+ FROM THE
+ HISTORY OF THE SWISS
+
+In 1 vol. 16mo. 262 pages. Price 75 cents.
+
+WITH CHARACTERISTIC ILLUSTRATIONS,
+
+DESIGNED BY HAMMETT BILLINGS.
+
+It is not generally known that the early history of the Swiss abounds in
+the most thrilling and interesting stories, of which that of Wm. Tell
+shooting the apple from the head of his son, by order of the tyrant
+Gessler, so familiar to every child, is but a specimen. The present
+volume, while it introduces the youthful reader to many of the scenes
+through which the brave Swiss passed in recovering their liberty, also
+narrates many stories of peculiar interest and romance, every way equal
+to that of Tell. Among these we may name,
+
+ The Thievish Raven, and the Mischief he caused.
+ How the Wives and Daughters of Zurich saved the City.
+ How the City of Lucerne was saved by a Boy.
+ The Baker's Apprentice.
+ How a Wooden Figure raised Troops in the Valois.
+ Little Roza's Offering.
+ A Little Theft, and what happened in consequence.
+ The Angel of the Camp.
+
+With twenty-one other similar stories.
+
+
+A NEW SERIES OF JUVENILES.
+
+
+THE SUMMER-HOUSE SERIES.
+
+BY THE AUTHOR OF "VIOLET," "DAISY," ETC.
+
+The first volume of what the publishers sincerely believe will be the
+most popular series of Juvenile Books yet issued, is now ready, entitled
+
+OUR SUMMER-HOUSE, AND WHAT WAS SAID AND DONE IN IT.
+
+In 1 vol. 16mo. Price 62 cents.
+
+Handsomely Illustrated by HAMMETT BILLINGS.
+
+From the author's Preface:--
+
+"The Summer-House Series of children's books, of which the present
+volume is the first, is an attempt to sketch attractively and simply the
+wonders of reptile and insect existence, the changes of trees, rocks,
+rivers, clouds and winds.
+
+"To this end a family of intelligent children, of various ages,
+collected in a garden summer-house, are supposed to write letters and
+stories, sometimes playful, sometimes serious, addressing them to all
+children whom the books may reach.
+
+"The author has hoped, by thus awakening the quick imagination and ready
+sympathies of the young, to lead them to use their own eyes, and hearts,
+and hands, in that plentiful harvest-field of life, where 'the reapers
+indeed are few.'"
+
+Among the stories in the present volume are the following:--
+
+Bessie's Garden.
+
+One of the most touching and affecting stories we have read for many a
+day.
+
+The Lancers.
+
+A most humorous story, with a never-to-be-forgotten moral, inculcating
+contentment.
+
+The Working Fairies.
+
+In this story Industry is held up for attainment, and Idleness receives
+a severe rebuke. The style and language, though perfectly intelligible
+to children, are worthy of a Beecher.
+
+The Princess.
+
+A story of wrong and suffering.
+
+Little Red-Head.
+
+A true story of a bird.
+
+The Little Preacher.
+
+A sweet story, introducing bird and insect life, and conveying more
+truth and instruction to children, than can be found in a dozen ordinary
+sermons.
+
+TAGGARD & THOMPSON, Publishers,
+
+29 CORNHILL, BOSTON.
+
+
+
+
+TRANSCRIBER'S NOTES
+
+1. Minor changes have been made to correct typesetters errors and
+omissions, and to ensure consistent use of punctuation and spelling;
+otherwise, every effort has been made to remain true to the original
+book.
+
+2. The book from which this etext has been produced had decorative
+endcaps following several chapters; as these do no affect the storyline,
+reference to them has been omitted in this text version of the book.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Rollo in Scotland, by Jacob Abbott
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ROLLO IN SCOTLAND ***
+
+***** This file should be named 25174-8.txt or 25174-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/2/5/1/7/25174/
+
+Produced by D Alexander and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/25174-8.zip b/25174-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b311bc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-8.zip
diff --git a/25174-h.zip b/25174-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c71d1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-h.zip
diff --git a/25174-h/25174-h.htm b/25174-h/25174-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ebe02cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-h/25174-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,5520 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+    "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+  <head>
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" />
+    <title>
+      The Project Gutenberg eBook of Rollo In Scotland, by Jacob Abbott.
+    </title>
+    <style type="text/css">
+/*<![CDATA[  XML blockout */
+<!--
+    p {  margin-top: .75em;
+         text-align: justify;
+         margin-bottom: .75em;
+         }
+    h1,h2,h3,h4 {text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
+         clear: both;
+         }
+
+    div.centered {text-align:center;} /*work around for IE centering with CSS problem part 1 */
+    div.centered table {margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; text-align:left;} /* work around for IE problem part 2 */
+
+    body{margin-left: 10%;
+         margin-right: 10%;
+        }
+
+    hr.tiny           {width: 25%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em;}
+    hr.large          {width: 65%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em;}
+    hr.small          {width: 45%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em;}
+
+    .pagenum  { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */
+            /*  visibility: hidden;  */
+                position: absolute;
+                left: 92%;
+                font-size: smaller;
+                text-align: right;
+              } /* page numbers */
+
+    .blockquot{margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 10%;}
+
+    .bb       {border-bottom: solid 2px;}
+    .bl       {border-left: solid 2px;}
+    .bbox     {border: solid 2px;}
+    .centerbox {width: 40%;         /* heading box */
+                 margin: 0 auto;
+                 text-align: center;
+                 padding: 1em;}
+
+    .ispace  {margin-top: 2em;}
+    .center   {text-align: center;}
+    .smcap    {font-variant: small-caps;}
+
+    .caption  {font-weight: bold;}
+
+    .figcenter   {margin: auto; text-align: center;}
+    .footnote         {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-size: 0.9em;}
+    .fnanchor         {vertical-align: super; font-size: .8em; text-decoration: none;}
+
+    .poem             {margin-left:10%; margin-right:10%; text-align: left;}
+    .poem br          {display: none;}
+    .poem .stanza     {margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em;}
+    .poem span.i0     {display: block; margin-left: 0em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;}
+    .poem span.i2     {display: block; margin-left: 2em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;}
+    .poem span.i4     {display: block; margin-left: 4em; padding-left: 3em; text-indent: -3em;}
+    .smallgap          {margin-top: 2em;}
+    .gap               {margin-top: 4em;}
+    .biggap            {margin-top: 6em;}
+    .right             {text-align: right; padding-right: 10em;}
+
+    // -->
+    /* XML end  ]]>*/
+    </style>
+  </head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Rollo in Scotland, by Jacob Abbott
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Rollo in Scotland
+
+Author: Jacob Abbott
+
+Release Date: April 25, 2008 [EBook #25174]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ROLLO IN SCOTLAND ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by D Alexander and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+<p class="smallgap">&nbsp;</p>
+
+<h1>ROLLO IN SCOTLAND,</h1>
+
+<p class="gap">&nbsp;</p>
+
+<h3>BY</h3>
+
+<p class="gap">&nbsp;</p>
+
+<h2>JACOB ABBOTT.</h2>
+
+<hr class="tiny" />
+
+<p class="biggap">&nbsp;</p>
+
+<p class="center">BOSTON:</p>
+
+<p class="center">PUBLISHED BY TAGGARD AND THOMPSON.</p>
+
+<p class="center">M DCCC LXIV.</p>
+
+<hr class="large" />
+
+<p class="center">Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1855, by</p>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Jacob Abbott</span>,</p>
+
+<p class="center">In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the District of Massachusetts.</p>
+
+<p class="gap">&nbsp;</p>
+
+<p class="center">STEREOTYPED AT THE<br />
+BOSTON STEREOTYPE FOUNDRY</p>
+
+<p class="center">RIVERSIDE, CAMBRIDGE:<br />
+PRINTED BY H. O. HOUGHTON.
+</p>
+
+<hr class="large" />
+
+<p><a name="Frontispiece" /></p>
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 361px;">
+<img src="images/i003.jpg" class="ispace" width="361" height="500" alt="THE PICNIC. See page 133." title="" />
+<span class="caption">THE PICNIC. See page <a href="#Page_133">133.</a></span>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="large" />
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 306px;">
+<img src="images/i004.jpg" class="ispace" width="306" height="500" alt="; ROLLO&#39;S TOUR IN EUROPE
+
+Taggard &amp; Thompson.
+
+Publishers Boston." title="" /></div>
+
+<hr class="large" />
+<div class="centerbox bbox">
+<h4><a name="ROLLOS_TOUR_IN_EUROPE" id="ROLLOS_TOUR_IN_EUROPE"></a>ROLLO'S TOUR IN EUROPE.</h4>
+
+<p class="center">ORDER OF THE VOLUMES</p>
+
+<p class="center">
+ROLLO ON THE ATLANTIC.<br />
+ROLLO IN PARIS.<br />
+ROLLO IN SWITZERLAND.<br />
+ROLLO IN LONDON.<br />
+ROLLO ON THE RHINE.<br />
+ROLLO IN SCOTLAND.<br />
+ROLLO IN GENEVA.<br />
+ROLLO IN HOLLAND.<br />
+ROLLO IN NAPLES.<br />
+ROLLO IN ROME.<br />
+</p></div>
+
+<p><br /><br /></p>
+
+<h3>PRINCIPAL PERSONS OF THE STORY.</h3>
+
+<div class="centered">
+<table border="0" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" summary="PRINCIPAL PERSONS OF THE STORY.">
+<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Rollo</span>; twelve years of age.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Mr.</span> and <span class="smcap">Mrs. Holiday</span>; Rollo's father and mother, travelling in Europe.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Thanny</span>; Rollo's younger brother.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Jane</span>; Rollo's cousin, adopted by Mr. and Mrs. Holiday.</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Mr. George</span>; a young gentleman, Rollo's uncle.</td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+<hr class="large" />
+<h2><a name="CONTENTS" id="CONTENTS"></a>CONTENTS.</h2>
+
+<div class="centered">
+<table border="0" width="55%" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="1" summary="CONTENTS">
+
+<tr>
+<td align="right">CHAPTER</td>
+<td align="left">&nbsp;</td>
+<td align="right">PAGE</td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="right">I.&mdash;</td>
+<td align="left"><span class="smcap">The Boy that was not loaded,</span></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#ROLLO_IN_SCOTLAND">11</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="right">II.&mdash;</td>
+<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Districts of Scotland,</span></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#Chapter_II">32</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="right">III.&mdash;</td>
+<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Arrival at Glasgow,</span></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#Chapter_III">44</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="right">IV.&mdash;</td>
+<td align="left"><span class="smcap">The Expedition Planned,</span></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#Chapter_IV">57</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="right">V.&mdash;</td>
+<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Down the Clyde,</span></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#Chapter_V">65</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="right">VI.&mdash;</td>
+<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Walks About Glasgow,</span></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#Chapter_VI">73</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="right">VII.&mdash;</td>
+<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Entering the Highlands,</span></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#Chapter_VII">79</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="right">VIII.&mdash;</td>
+<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Rowerdennan Inn,</span></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#Chapter_VIII">91</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="right">IX.&mdash;</td>
+<td align="left"><span class="smcap">The Tour of the Trossachs,</span></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#Chapter_IX">110</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="right">X.&mdash;</td>
+<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Stirling,</span></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#Chapter_X">122</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="right">XI.&mdash;</td>
+<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Loch Leven,</span></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#Chapter_XI">135</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="right">XII.&mdash;</td>
+<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Edinburgh,</span></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#Chapter_XII">157</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="right">XIII.&mdash;</td>
+<td align="left"><span class="smcap">The Palace of Holyrood,</span></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#Chapter_XIII">174</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="right">XIV.&mdash;</td>
+<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Queen Mary's Apartments,</span></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#Chapter_XIV">188</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="right">XV.&mdash;</td>
+<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Edinburgh Castle,</span></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#Chapter_XV">207</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="right">XVI.&mdash;</td>
+<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Conclusion,</span></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#Chapter_XVI">216</a></td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+<hr class="small" />
+<h2><a name="ENGRAVINGS" id="ENGRAVINGS"></a>ENGRAVINGS.</h2>
+<div class="centered">
+<table border="0" width="55%" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="1" summary="ENGRAVINGS">
+
+<tr>
+<td align="left">&nbsp;</td>
+<td align="right">PAGE</td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="left"><span class="smcap">The Picnic,</span></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#Frontispiece">Frontispiece</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Stirling Castle,</span></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#Page_10">10</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Odd Or Even,</span></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#Page_21">21</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="left"><span class="smcap">The Coffee Room,</span></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#Page_61">61</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="left"><span class="smcap">The Shetland Pony,</span></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#Page_87">87</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Viewing the Scenery of Loch Lomond,</span></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#Page_97">97</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="left"><span class="smcap">The Boys on the Bridge,</span></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#Page_112">112</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Loch Leven,</span></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#Page_147">147</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Scott's Monument,</span></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#Page_177">177</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="left"><span class="smcap">The Corner Tower of the Palace of Holyrood,</span></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#Page_189">189</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Queen Mary's Bedroom,</span></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#Page_193">193</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td align="left"><span class="smcap">Queen Elizabeth on Parade,</span></td>
+<td align="right"><a href="#Page_203">204</a></td></tr>
+
+</table></div>
+
+<hr class="large" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10" /></span></p>
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 402px;">
+<img src="images/i008.jpg" class="ispace" width="402" height="500" alt="STIRLING CASTLE." title="" />
+<span class="caption">STIRLING CASTLE.</span></div>
+
+<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[Pg 11]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="ROLLO_IN_SCOTLAND" id="ROLLO_IN_SCOTLAND"></a>ROLLO IN SCOTLAND.</h2>
+
+<h2><a name="Chapter_I" id="Chapter_I"></a><span class="smcap">Chapter I.</span></h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">The Boy that was not loaded.</span></h3>
+
+<p>In the course of his travels in Europe, Rollo went with his uncle George
+one summer to spend a fortnight in Scotland.</p>
+
+<p>There are several ways of going into Scotland from England. One way is
+to take a steamer from Liverpool, and go up the Clyde to Glasgow. This
+was the route that Mr. George and Rollo took.</p>
+
+<p>On the way from Liverpool to Glasgow, Rollo became acquainted with a boy
+named Waldron Kennedy. Waldron was travelling with his father and mother
+and two sisters. His sisters were mild and gentle girls, and always kept
+near their mother; but Waldron seemed to be always getting into
+difficulty, or mischief. He was just about Rollo's age, but was a little
+taller. He was a very strong boy, and full of life and spirits.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[Pg 12]</a></span> He was
+very venturesome, too, and he was continually frightening his mother by
+getting himself into what seemed to her dangerous situations. One
+morning, when she came up on deck, just after the steamer entered the
+mouth of the Clyde, she almost fainted away at seeing Waldron half way
+up the shrouds. He was poising himself there on one of the ratlines,
+resting upon one foot, and holding on with only one hand.</p>
+
+<p>To prevent his doing such things, Waldron's mother kept him under the
+closest possible restraint, and would hardly let him go away from her
+side. She watched him, too, very closely all the time, and worried him
+with perpetual cautions. It was always, "Waldron, don't do this," or,
+"Waldron, you must not do that," or, "Waldron, don't go there." This
+confinement made Waldron very restless and uneasy; so that, on the
+whole, both he himself and his mother, too, had a very uncomfortable
+time of it.</p>
+
+<p>"He worries my life out of me," she used to say, "and spoils all the
+pleasure of my tour. O, if he were only a girl!"</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George had been acquainted with Mr. Kennedy and his family in New
+York, and they were all very glad to meet him on board the steamer.</p>
+
+<p>On the morning after the steamer entered the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[Pg 13]</a></span> mouth of the Clyde, Mrs.
+Kennedy and her daughters were sitting on a settee upon the deck, with
+books in their hands. From time to time they read in these books, and in
+the intervals they looked at the scenery. Waldron stood near them,
+leaning in a listless manner on the railing. Rollo came up to the place,
+and accosted Waldron, saying,&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Come, Waldron, come with me."</p>
+
+<p>"Hush!" said Waldron, in a whisper. "You go out there by the paddle box
+and wait a moment, till my mother begins to look on her book again, and
+then I'll steal away and come."</p>
+
+<p>But Rollo never liked to obtain any thing by tricks and treachery, and
+so he turned to Mrs. Kennedy, and, in a frank and manly manner, said,&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Mrs. Kennedy, may Waldron go away with me a little while?"</p>
+
+<p>"Why, I am afraid, Rollo," said Mrs. Kennedy. "He always gets into some
+mischief or other the moment he is out of my sight."</p>
+
+<p>"O, we shall be under my uncle George's care," said Rollo. "I am going
+out there where he is sitting."</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said Mrs. Kennedy, hesitating, and looking very timid,&mdash;"well,
+Waldron may go a little while. But, Waldron, you must be sure<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[Pg 14]</a></span> and stay
+by Mr. George, or, at least, not go any where without his leave."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Waldron, "I will."</p>
+
+<p>So he and Rollo went away, and walked leisurely towards the place where
+Mr. George was sitting.</p>
+
+<p>"I am glad we are coming up this river, to Greenock and Glasgow," said
+Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"Why?" asked Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"Because of the steamboats," said Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"Do they build a great many steamboats in Greenock and Glasgow?" asked
+Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Waldron; "this is the greatest place for building steamboats
+in the world."</p>
+
+<p>"Except New York," said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"O, of course, except New York," replied Waldron. "But they build all
+the big English steamers in this river. All the Cunarders were built
+here, and they have got some of the best machine shops and founderies
+here that there are in the world. I should like to go all about and see
+them, if I could only get away from my mother."</p>
+
+<p>"Why, won't she let you go?" said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"No," replied Waldron, "not if she knows it. She thinks I am a little
+boy, and is so afraid that I shall get <i>hurt</i>!"</p>
+
+<p>Waldron pronounced the word <i>hurt</i> in a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[Pg 15]</a></span> drawling and contemptuous tone,
+which was so comical that Rollo could not help laughing outright.</p>
+
+<p>"I go to all the ship yards and founderies in New York whenever I
+please," continued Waldron. "I go when she does not know it. Sometimes
+the men let me help them carry out the melted iron, and pour it into the
+moulds."</p>
+
+<p>By this time the two boys had reached the place where Mr. George was. He
+was sitting on what is called a camp stool, and was engaged in reading
+his guide book, and studying the map, with a view of finding out what
+route it would be best to take in the tour they were about making in
+Scotland. Mr. George drew the boys into conversation with him on the
+subject. His object was to become acquainted with Waldron, and find out
+what sort of a boy he was.</p>
+
+<p>"Where do you wish to go, Waldron?" said Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, I want to stay here a good many days," said Waldron, "to see the
+steamers and the dockyards. They are building a monstrous iron ship,
+somewhere here. She is going to be five hundred tons bigger than the
+Baltic."</p>
+
+<p>"I should like to see her," said Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>As he said this he kept his eye upon his map, following his finger, as
+he moved it about from <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[Pg 16]</a></span>place to place, as if he was studying out a good
+way to go.</p>
+
+<p>"There is Edinburgh," said Mr. George; "we must certainly go to
+Edinburgh."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Waldron, "I suppose that is a pretty great place. Besides, I
+want to see the houses twelve stories high."</p>
+
+<p>"And there is Linlithgow," continued Mr. George, still looking upon his
+map. "That is the place where Mary, Queen of Scots, was born. Waldron,
+would you like to go there?"</p>
+
+<p>"Why, no," said Waldron, doubtfully, "not much. I don't care much about
+that."</p>
+
+<p>"It is a famous old ruin," said Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"But I don't care much about the old ruins," said Waldron. "If the lords
+and noblemen are as rich as people say they are, I should think they
+would mend them up."</p>
+
+<p>"And here, off in the western part of Scotland," continued Mr. George,
+"are a great many mountains. Would you like to go and see the
+mountains?"</p>
+
+<p>"No, sir," said Waldron, "not particularly." Then in a moment he added,
+"Can we go up to the top of them, Mr. George?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Mr. George, "we can go to the top of some of them."</p>
+
+<p>"The highest?" asked Waldron.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</a></span>"Yes," said Mr. George. "Ben Nevis, I believe, is the highest. We can go
+to the top of that."</p>
+
+<p>"Then I should like to go," said Waldron, eagerly.</p>
+
+<p>"Unless," continued Mr. George, "it should rain <i>too</i> hard."</p>
+
+<p>"O, I should not care for the rain," said Waldron. "It's good fun to go
+in the rain."</p>
+
+<p>While this conversation had been going on, Waldron had been looking this
+way and that, at the various ships and steamers that were gliding about
+on the water, examining carefully the building of each one, and watching
+her motions. He now proposed that Rollo should go forward to the bridge
+with him, where they could have a better lookout.</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said Rollo. So the two boys went together to the bridge.</p>
+
+<p>The bridge was a sort of narrow platform, extending across the steamer,
+from one paddle wheel to the other, for the captain or pilot to walk
+upon, in order to see how the steamer was going, and to direct the
+steering. When they are in the open sea any of the passengers are
+allowed to walk here; but in coming into port, or into a river crowded
+with shipping, then a notice is put up requesting passengers not to go
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</a></span>upon the bridge, inasmuch as at such times it is required for the
+exclusive use of the captain and pilot.</p>
+
+<p>This notice was up when Waldron and Rollo reached the bridge.</p>
+
+<p>"See," said Rollo, pointing at the notice. "We cannot go there."</p>
+
+<p>"O, never mind that," said Waldron. "They'll let us go. They only mean
+that they don't want too many there&mdash;that's all."</p>
+
+<p>But Rollo would not go. Mr. George had accustomed him, in travelling
+about the world, always to obey all lawful rules and orders, and
+particularly every direction of this kind which he might find in public
+places. Some people are very much inclined to crowd upon the line of
+such rules, and even to encroach upon them till they actually encounter
+some resistance to drive them back. They do this partly to show their
+independence and importance. But Mr. George was not one of this sort.</p>
+
+<p>So Rollo would not go upon the bridge.</p>
+
+<p>"Then let us go out on the forecastle," said Waldron. He pointed, as he
+spoke, to the forecastle, which is a small raised deck at the bows of a
+steamer, where there is an excellent place to see.</p>
+
+<p>"No," said Rollo, "I will not go on the forecastle<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</a></span> either. Uncle
+George's rule for me on board ship is, that I may go where I see other
+gentlemanly passengers go, and nowhere else. The passengers do not go on
+the forecastle."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Waldron, "there are some there now."</p>
+
+<p>"There is only one," said Rollo, "and he has no business there."</p>
+
+<p>During the progress of this conversation the boys had sat down upon the
+upper step of a steep flight of stairs which led down from the promenade
+deck to the main deck. They could see pretty well where they were, but
+not so well, Waldron thought, as they could have seen from the
+forecastle.</p>
+
+<p>"<i>I</i> think we might go on the forecastle as well as not," said Waldron,
+"even according to your own rule. For there is a passenger there."</p>
+
+<p>"I think it is doubtful," said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said Waldron, "we'll call it doubtful. We will draw lots for
+it."</p>
+
+<p>So saying, Waldron put his hand in his pocket, and, after fumbling about
+there a minute or two, took it out, and held it before Rollo with the
+fingers shut, so that Rollo could not see what was in it.</p>
+
+<p>"Odd or even?" said Waldron.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</a></span>Rollo looked at the closed hand, with a smile of curiosity on his face,
+but he did not answer.</p>
+
+<p>"Say odd or even," continued Waldron. "If you hit, that will prove that
+you are right, and we will not go to the forecastle; but if you miss,
+then we <i>will</i> go."</p>
+
+<p>Rollo hesitated a moment, not being quite sure that this was a proper
+way of deciding a question of right and wrong. In a moment, however, he
+answered, "Even."</p>
+
+<p>Waldron opened his hand, and Rollo saw that there was <i>nothing</i> in it.</p>
+
+<p>"There," said Waldron, "it is odd, and you said even."</p>
+
+<p>"No," said Rollo, "it is not either even <i>or</i> odd. There is nothing at
+all in your hand."</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said Waldron, "nothing is a number, and it is odd."</p>
+
+<p>"O Waldron!" said Rollo, "it is not any number at all. Besides, if it is
+a number, it is not odd&mdash;it is even."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Waldron, "it is a number, for you can add it, and subtract
+it, and multiply it, and divide it, just as you can any other number."</p>
+
+<p>"O Waldron!" exclaimed Rollo again. "You can't do any such thing."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[Pg 21-22]</a></span></p>
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 366px;">
+<img src="images/i019.jpg" class="ispace" width="366" height="500" alt="ODD OR EVEN." title="" />
+<span class="caption">ODD OR EVEN.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Waldron, "I can add nothing to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</a></span> one, and it makes one. So, I can take nothing away from one, and it
+leaves one.</p>
+
+<p>"I can multiply nothing, too. I can multiply it by ten. Ten times
+nothing are nothing. So I can divide it. Five in nothing no times, and
+nothing over."</p>
+
+<p>Rollo was somewhat perplexed by this argument, and he did not know what
+to reply. Still he would not admit that nothing was a number&mdash;still less
+that it was an odd number. He did not believe, he said, that it was any
+number at all. The boys continued the discussion<a name="FNanchor_A_1" id="FNanchor_A_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_A_1" class="fnanchor">[A]</a> for some time, and
+then they concluded to go and refer it to Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>And here I ought to say that Waldron had an artful design in taking
+nothing in his hand, when he called upon Rollo to say, odd or even. He
+did it in order that whatever answer Rollo might give, he might attempt
+to prove it wrong. He was a very ingenious boy, and could as easily
+maintain that nothing was even as that it was odd. Whichever Rollo had
+said, his plan was to maintain the contrary, and so persuade him to go
+to the forecastle.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George was very much pleased when the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[Pg 24]</a></span>boys brought the question to
+him. Indeed, almost all people are pleased when boys come to them in an
+amicable manner, to have their controversies settled. Then, besides, he
+inferred from the nature of the question that had arisen in this case,
+that Waldron was a boy of considerable thinking powers, or else he would
+not have taken any interest in a purely intellectual question like this.</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said Mr. George, "that is quite a curious question. But before I
+decide it you must first both of you give me your reasons. What makes
+you think nothing is an odd number, Waldron?"</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know," said Waldron, hesitating. "I think it looks kind of
+odd."</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George smiled at this reason, and then asked Rollo what made him
+think it was an even number.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't think it is an even number," said Rollo. "I don't think it is
+any number at all.</p>
+
+<p>"However," continued Rollo, "that is not the real question, after all.
+The real question is, whether we shall go on the forecastle or not, to
+have a lookout."</p>
+
+<p>"No," said Mr. George, "it is not according to etiquette at sea for the
+passengers to go on the forecastle."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</a></span>"But they do," said Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Mr. George, "they sometimes do, I know; and sometimes, under
+peculiar circumstances, it is right for them to go; but as a general
+rule, it is not. That is the place for the sailors to occupy in working
+the ship. It is something like the kitchen in a hotel. What should you
+think of the guests at a hotel, if they went down into the kitchen to
+see what was going on there?"</p>
+
+<p>Rollo laughed aloud.</p>
+
+<p>"But we don't go to the forecastle to see what is going on there," said
+Waldron; "we go for a lookout&mdash;to see what is going on away ahead, on
+the water."</p>
+
+<p>"True," said Mr. George, "and that is a very important difference, I
+acknowledge. I don't think my comparison holds good."</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George was always very candid in all his arguing. It is of very
+great importance that all persons should be so, especially when
+reasoning with boys. It teaches <i>them</i> to be candid.</p>
+
+<p>Just at this time Waldron's attention was attracted by the appearance of
+a very large steamer, which now came suddenly into view, with its great
+red funnel pouring out immense volumes of black smoke. Waldron ran over
+to the other side of the deck to see it. Rollo<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</a></span> followed, and thus the
+explanation which Mr. George might have given, in respect to the
+arithmetical nature and relations of nothing were necessarily postponed
+to some future time.</p>
+
+<hr class="small" />
+
+<p>About half an hour after this, while Rollo was sitting by the side of
+his uncle, looking at the map, and trying to find out how soon they
+should come in sight of the famous old Castle of Dunbarton, which stands
+on a rocky hill upon the banks of the Clyde, Mr. Kennedy came up to him
+to inquire if he knew where Waldron was.</p>
+
+<p>Rollo said that he did not know. He had not seen him for some time.</p>
+
+<p>"We can't find him any where," said Mr. Kennedy. "We have looked all
+over the ship. His mother is half crazy. She thinks he has fallen
+overboard."</p>
+
+<p>So Rollo and Mr. George both rose immediately and went off to see if
+they could find Waldron. They went in various directions, inquiring of
+every body they met if they had seen such a boy. Several people had seen
+him half an hour before, when he was with Rollo; but no one knew where
+he had been since. At last, in about ten minutes, Rollo came running to
+Mrs. Kennedy, who was walking about through the cabins in great
+distress, and said, hurriedly, "I've found <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</a></span>him; he is safe," and then
+ran off to tell Mr. Kennedy.</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Kennedy followed him, calling out eagerly, "Where is he? Where is
+he?" Rollo met Mr. Kennedy at the head of the cabin stairs, and he
+seemed very much rejoiced to learn that Waldron was found. Rollo led the
+way, and Mr. and Mrs. Kennedy followed him, until they came to a place
+on the deck, pretty well forward, where there was an opening surrounded
+by an iron railing, through which you could look down into the hold
+below. It was very far down that you could look, and at different
+distances on the way were to be seen iron ladders going from deck to
+deck, and ponderous shafts, moving continually, with great clangor and
+din, while at the bottom were seen the mouths of several great glowing
+furnaces, with men at work shovelling coal into them.</p>
+
+<p>"There he is," said Rollo, pointing down.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. and Mrs. Kennedy leaned over the railing and looked down, and there
+they beheld Waldron, hard at work shovelling coal into the mouth of a
+furnace, with a shovel which he had borrowed of one of the men. In a
+word, Waldron had turned stoker.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Kennedy hurried down the ladders to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</a></span> bring Waldron up, while Mr.
+George and Rollo went back to the deck.</p>
+
+<hr class="small" />
+
+<p>About an hour after this Mr. Kennedy came and took a seat on a settee
+where Mr. George was sitting, and began to talk about Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"He is the greatest plague of my life," said Mr. Kennedy. "I don't know
+what I shall do with him. He is continually getting into some mischief.
+I have shut him up a close prisoner in the state room, and I am going to
+keep him there till we land. But it will do no good. It will not be an
+hour after he gets out before he will be in some new scrape. You know a
+great deal about boys; I wish you would tell me what to do with him."</p>
+
+<p>"I think, if he was under my charge," said Mr. George, very quietly, "I
+should <i>load</i> him."</p>
+
+<p>"Load him?" repeated Mr. Kennedy, inquiringly.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Mr. George, "I mean I should give him a load to carry."</p>
+
+<p>"I don't understand, exactly," said Mr. Kennedy. "What is your idea?"</p>
+
+<p>"My idea is," said Mr. George, "that a growing boy, especially if he is
+a boy of unusual capacity, is like a steam engine in this respect. A
+steam engine must always have a load to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</a></span> carry,&mdash;that is, something to
+<i>employ</i> and <i>absorb</i> the force it is capable of exerting,&mdash;or else it
+will break itself to pieces with it. The force <i>will</i> expend itself on
+something, and if you don't load it with something good, it will employ
+itself in mischief.</p>
+
+<p>"Here now is the engine of this ship," continued Mr. George. "Its force
+is conducted to the paddle wheels, where it has full employment for
+itself in turning the wheels against the immense resistance of the
+water, and in carrying the ship along. This work is its <i>load</i>. If this
+load were to be taken off,&mdash;for example, if the steamer were to be
+lifted up out of the water so that the wheels could spin round in the
+air,&mdash;the engine would immediately stave itself to pieces, for want of
+having any thing else to expend its energies upon."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Mr. Kennedy. "I have no doubt of it."</p>
+
+<p>"Now, I think," continued Mr. George, "that it is in some sense the same
+with a boy whose mental and physical powers are in good condition. These
+powers must be employed. They hunger and thirst for employment, and if
+they don't get it in doing good they will be sure to find it in some
+kind of mischief."</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said Mr. Kennedy, with a sigh, "there<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</a></span> is a great deal in that;
+but what is to be done? You can't <i>employ</i> such a boy as that. There is
+nothing he can do. I wish you would take him, and see if you can load
+him, as you call it. Take him with you on this tour you are going to
+make in Scotland. I will put money in your hands to cover his expenses,
+and you may charge any thing you please beyond, for your care of him."</p>
+
+<p>"Perhaps his mother would not like such an arrangement," said Mr.
+George.</p>
+
+<p>"O, yes," replied Mr. Kennedy; "nothing would please her more."</p>
+
+<p>"And would Waldron like it himself?" asked Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"I presume so," said Mr. Kennedy; "he likes any thing that is a change."</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Kennedy went down to the state room to see Waldron, and ask him what
+he thought of this plan. Waldron said he should like it very much. So he
+was at once liberated from his confinement, and transferred to Mr.
+George's charge.</p>
+
+<p>"Now, Waldron," said Mr. George, when Waldron came to him, "I shall want
+some help from you about getting ashore from the boat. Do you think you
+could go ashore with Rollo as soon as we land, and take a cab and go
+directly up to the hotel, and engage rooms for us, while I<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</a></span> am looking
+out for the baggage, and getting it ready?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir; yes, sir," said Waldron, eagerly. "I can do that. What hotel
+shall I go to?"</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know," said Mr. George. "I don't know any thing about the
+hotels in Glasgow. You must find out."</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said Waldron, "only how shall I find out?"</p>
+
+<p>"I am sure <i>I</i> don't know," said Mr. George. "I leave it all to you and
+Rollo. I am busy forming my plans for a tour. You and Rollo can go and
+talk about it, and see if you can discover any way of finding out the
+name of one of the best hotels. If you can't, after trying fifteen
+minutes, come to me, and I will help you."</p>
+
+<p>So saying, Mr. George began to study his map again, and Waldron,
+apparently much pleased with his commission, said, "Come, Rollo," and
+walked away.</p>
+
+<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="Chapter_II" id="Chapter_II"></a><span class="smcap">Chapter II.</span></h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">Districts of Scotland.</span></h3>
+
+<p>I think that Mr. George was quite right in his idea, that the true
+remedy for the spirit of restlessness and mischief that Waldron
+manifested was to employ him, or, as he metaphorically termed it, to
+<i>load</i> him. And as this volume will, perhaps, fall into the hands of
+many parents as well as children, I will here remark that a great many
+good-hearted and excellent boys fall into the same difficulty from
+precisely the same cause; namely, that they have not adequate employment
+for their mental and physical powers, which are growing and
+strengthening every day, and are hungering and thirsting for the means
+and opportunities of expending their energies.</p>
+
+<p>Parents are seldom aware how fast their children are growing and
+increasing in strength, both of body and mind. The evidences of this
+growth, in respect to the limbs and muscles of the body, are, indeed,
+obvious to the eye; and as the growth advances, we have continual proof
+of the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[Pg 33]</a></span>pleasure which the exercise of these new powers gives to the
+possessor of them. The active and boisterous plays of boys derive their
+chief charm from the pleasure they feel in testing and exercising their
+muscular powers in every way. They are always running, and leaping, and
+wrestling, and pursuing each other, and pushing each other, and climbing
+up to high places, and standing on their heads, and walking on the tops
+of fences, and performing all other possible or conceivable feats, which
+may give them the pleasure of working, in new and untried ways, their
+muscular machinery, and feeling its increasing power, and in producing
+new effects by means of it. They get themselves into continual
+difficulties and dangers by these things, and cause themselves a great
+deal of suffering. Still they go on, for the intoxicating delight of
+using their powers, or, rather, the irresistible instinct which impels
+them to use them, has greater force with them than all other
+considerations.</p>
+
+<p>We see all this very plainly in respect to the action of the limbs and
+organs of the body; for it is palpably evident to our senses, and we
+feel the necessity of providing safe and proper modes of expending these
+energies. Since we find, for example, that boys must kick something, we
+give them a football to kick; which, being a mere<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[Pg 34]</a></span> ball of wind, may be
+kicked without doing any harm. And so with almost all the other
+playthings and sports which are devised for boys, or which they devise
+for themselves. They are the means, simply, of enabling them to employ
+their growing powers and expand their energies, without doing any body
+any harm. We know very well that it is not safe to leave these powers
+and energies unemployed.</p>
+
+<p>But we are very apt to forget that there are powers and faculties of the
+mind, equally vigorous, and equally eager to be exercised, that ought
+also to be provided for. The strength of the will, the power of
+exercising judgment and discretion, the spirit of enterprise, the love
+of command, and other such mental impulses, are growing and
+strengthening every day, in every healthy boy, and they are all
+clamorous for employment. The instinct that impels them is so strong
+that they will find employment in some way or other for themselves,
+unless an occupation is otherwise provided for them. A very large
+proportion of the acts of mischievousness and wrong which boys commit
+arise from this cause. Even boys who are bad enough to form a midnight
+scheme for robbing an orchard, are influenced mainly in perpetrating the
+deed, not by the pleasure of eating the apples which they expect to
+obtain by <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[Pg 35]</a></span>it, but by the pleasure of forming a scheme, of contriving
+ways and means of surmounting difficulties, of watching against
+surprises, of braving dangers, of successfully attaining to a desired
+end over and through a succession of obstacles interposing. This view of
+the case does not show that such deeds are right; it only shows the true
+nature of the wrong involved in them, and helps us in discovering and
+applying the remedy.</p>
+
+<p>At least this was Mr. George's view of the case in respect to Waldron,
+when he heard how often he was getting into difficulty by his
+adventurous and restless character. He thought that the remedy was, as
+he expressed it, to <i>load</i> him; that is, to give to the active and
+enterprising spirit of his mind something to expend his energies upon.
+It required great tact and discretion, and great knowledge of the habits
+and characteristics of boyhood, to enable him to do this; but Mr. George
+possessed these qualities in a high degree.</p>
+
+<p>But to return to the story.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George had decided on coming into Scotland from Liverpool by water,
+because that was the cheapest way of getting into the heart of the
+country. And here, in order that you may understand the course of
+Rollo's travels, I must pause to explain the leading geographical
+features <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[Pg 36]</a></span>of the country. If you read this explanation carefully, and
+follow it on the map, you will understand the subsequent narrative much
+better than you otherwise would do.</p>
+
+<p>You will see, then, by looking at any map, that Scotland is separated
+from England by two rivers which flow from the interior of the country
+into the sea&mdash;one towards the east, and the other towards the west. The
+one on the east side is the Tweed. The Tweed forms the frontier between
+England and Scotland for a considerable distance, and is, therefore,
+often spoken of as the boundary between the two countries. Indeed, the
+phrase "beyond the Tweed" is often used in England to denote Scotland.
+In former times, when England and Scotland were independent kingdoms,
+incessant wars were carried on across this border, and incursions were
+made by the chieftains from each realm into the territories of the
+other, and castles were built on many commanding points to defend the
+ground. The ruins of many of these old castles still remain.</p>
+
+<p>On the western side of the island the boundary between England and
+Scotland is formed by a very wide river, or rather river's mouth, called
+Solway Frith. Between this Solway Frith and the Tweed, the boundary
+which separates the two countries runs along the summit of a range <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[Pg 37]</a></span>of
+hills. This range of hills thus forms a sort of neck of high land, which
+prevents the Tweed and the Solway Frith from cutting Scotland off from
+England altogether, and making a separate island of it.</p>
+
+<p>About seventy or eighty miles to the northward of the boundary the land
+is almost cut in two again by two other rivers, with broad mouths, which
+rise pretty near together in the interior of the country, and flow&mdash;one
+to the east and the other to the west&mdash;into the two seas.</p>
+
+<p>These rivers are the Forth and the Clyde. The Forth flows to the east,
+and has a very wide estuary,<a name="FNanchor_B_2" id="FNanchor_B_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_B_2" class="fnanchor">[B]</a> as you will see by the map. The Clyde,
+on the other hand, flows to the west. Its estuary is long and crooked.</p>
+
+<p>The Forth and the Clyde, with their estuaries, almost cut Scotland in
+two; and by means of them ships and steamers from all parts of England
+and from foreign ports are enabled to come into the very heart of the
+country.</p>
+
+<p>The two largest and most celebrated cities in Scotland are situated in
+the valleys of these rivers, the Forth and the Clyde. They are
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[Pg 38]</a></span>Edinburgh and Glasgow. Edinburgh is on the Forth, though situated at
+some little distance from its banks. Glasgow is on the Clyde. There is a
+railway extending across from Edinburgh to Glasgow, and also a canal,
+connecting the waters of the Forth with the Clyde. The region of these
+cities, and of the canal and railroad which connects them, is altogether
+the busiest, the most densely peopled, and the most important portion of
+Scotland; and this is the reason why Mr. George wished to come directly
+into it by water from Liverpool.</p>
+
+<p>The cities of Glasgow and Edinburgh, though both greatly celebrated, are
+celebrated in very different ways. Edinburgh is the city of science, of
+literature, and of the arts. Here are many learned institutions, the
+fame and influence of which extend to every part of the world. Here are
+great book publishing establishments, which send forth millions of
+volumes every year&mdash;from ponderous encyclop&aelig;dias of science, and
+elegantly illustrated and costly works of art, down to tracts for
+Sabbath schools, and picture books for children. The situation of
+Edinburgh is very romantic and beautiful; the town being built among
+hills and ravines of the most picturesque and striking character. When
+Scotland was an independent kingdom Edinburgh was the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[Pg 39]</a></span>capital of it,
+and thus the old palace of the kings and the royal castle are there, and
+the town has been the scene of some of the most remarkable events in the
+Scottish history.</p>
+
+<p>Glasgow, on the other hand, which is on the Clyde, towards the western
+side of the island, together with all the country for many miles around
+it, forms the scene of the mechanical and manufacturing industry of
+Scotland. The whole district, in fact, is one vast workshop; being full
+of mines, mills, forges, furnaces, machine shops, ship yards and iron
+works, with pipes every where puffing out steam, and tall chimneys,
+higher, some of them, than the Bunker Hill Monument, or the steeple of
+Trinity Church, in New York. These tall chimneys are seen rising every
+where, all around the horizon, and sending up volumes of dense black
+smoke, which comes pouring incessantly from their summits, and thence
+floating majestically away, mingles itself with the clouds of the sky.</p>
+
+<p>The reason of this is, that the strata of rocks which lie beneath the
+ground in all this region consist, in a great measure, of beds of coal
+and of iron ore. The miners dig down in almost any spot, and find iron
+ore; and very near it, and sometimes in the same pit, they find plenty
+of coal. These pits are like monstrous wells; very <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[Pg 40]</a></span>wide at the mouth,
+and extending down four or five times as far as the height of the
+tallest steeples, into the bowels of the earth. Over the mouth of the
+pit the workmen build a machine, with ropes and a monstrous wheel, to
+hoist the coal and iron up by, and all around they set up furnaces to
+smelt the ore and turn it into iron. Then, at suitable places in various
+parts of the country, they construct great rolling mills and founderies.
+The rolling mills are to turn the pig iron into wrought iron, and to
+manufacture it into bars and sheets, and rails for the railroads; and
+the founderies are to cast it into the form of great wheels, and
+cylinders, and beams for machinery, or for any other purpose that may be
+required.</p>
+
+<p>The mines in the valley of the Clyde were worked first chiefly for the
+coal, and the coal was used to drive steam machinery for spinning and
+weaving, and for other manufacturing purposes. The river was in those
+days a small and insignificant stream. It was only about five feet deep,
+so that the vessels that came to take away the coal and the manufactured
+goods had to stop near the mouth of it, and the cargoes were brought
+down to them in boats and lighters. But in process of time they widened
+and deepened the river. They dug out the mud from the bottom of it, and
+built <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[Pg 41]</a></span>walls along the banks; and in the course of the last hundred
+years, they have improved it so much that now the largest ships can come
+quite up to Glasgow. The water is eighteen or twenty feet deep all the
+way.</p>
+
+<p>The Clyde is the river on which steamboats were first built in Great
+Britain. The man who was the first in England or Scotland that found a
+way of making a steam engine that could be put in a boat and made to
+turn paddle wheels so as to drive the boat along, was James Watt, who
+was born on the Clyde; and he is accordingly considered as the author
+and originator of English steam navigation, just as Fulton is regarded
+as the originator of the art in America. The Clyde, of course, very
+naturally became the centre of steamboat and steamship building. The
+iron for the engines was found close at hand, as well as abundant
+supplies of coal for the fires. The timber they brought from the Baltic.
+At length, however, they found that they could build ships of iron
+instead of wood, using iron beams for the framing, and covering them
+with plates of iron riveted together instead of planks. These ships were
+found very superior, in almost all respects, to those built of timber;
+and as iron in great abundance was found all along the banks of the
+Clyde, and as the workmen in the region <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[Pg 42]</a></span>were extremely skilful in
+working it, the business of building ships and steamers of this material
+increased wonderfully, until, at length, the banks of the river for
+miles below Glasgow became lined with ship yards, where countless
+steamers, of monstrous length and graceful forms, in all the stages of
+construction, lie; now sloping towards the water and down the stream,
+ready at the appointed time to glide majestically into the river, and
+thence to plough their way to every portion of the habitable globe.</p>
+
+<p>It was into this busy scene of mechanical industry and skill that our
+party of travellers were now coming. But before I resume the narrative
+of their adventures, I will say a word about those parts of Scotland
+which lie to the north and south of these central regions that are
+occupied by the valleys of the Forth and the Clyde. The region which
+extends to the southward&mdash;that is, which lies between the valleys of the
+Forth and the Clyde on the one hand, and the English frontier on the
+other&mdash;is called the southern part of the country. It consists,
+generally, of fertile and gently undulating land, which is employed
+almost entirely for tillage, and is but little visited by tourists or
+travellers.</p>
+
+<p>The northern part of Scotland is, however, of a very different
+character; being wild, mountainous<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[Pg 43]</a></span> and waste, and filled every where
+with the most grand and sublime scenery. The eastern portion of this
+part of the island is more level, and there are several large and
+flourishing towns on or near the shores of it, such as Inverness,
+Aberdeen, Dundee, Perth, and others. But the whole of the western side
+of it consists of one vast congeries of lakes and mountains, so wild and
+sombre in their character that they have become celebrated throughout
+the world for the gloomy grandeur of the scenery which they present to
+the view.</p>
+
+<p>These are the famous Scottish Highlands. Mr. George's plan was first to
+visit the valley of the Clyde, and its various mines and manufactories,
+and then to take a circuit round among the Highlands, on his way to
+Edinburgh.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 315px;">
+<img src="images/i041.jpg" class="ispace" width="315" height="250" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[Pg 44]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="Chapter_III" id="Chapter_III"></a><span class="smcap">Chapter III.</span></h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">Arrival at Glasgow.</span></h3>
+
+<p>One of the greatest drawbacks to the pleasure of travelling in Scotland,
+especially among the Highlands, is the rain. It usually rains more in
+mountainous countries than in those that are level, for the mountains,
+rising into the higher and colder regions of the atmosphere, chill and
+condense the vapors that are floating there, on the same principle by
+which a tumbler or a pitcher, made cold by iced water placed within it,
+condenses the moisture from the air, upon the outside of it, on a
+summer's day. It is also probable that the mountain summits produce
+certain effects in respect to the electrical condition of the
+atmosphere, on which it is well known that the formation of clouds and
+the falling of rain greatly depend&mdash;though this subject is yet very
+little understood. At all events, the western part of Scotland is one of
+the most rainy regions in the world, and travellers who visit it must
+expect to have their plans and arrangements very <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[Pg 45]</a></span>often and very
+seriously interfered with by the state of the weather.</p>
+
+<p>The changes are quite unexpected too; for sometimes you will see dark
+masses of watery vapor, coming suddenly into view, and driving swiftly
+across the sky, where a few moments before every thing had appeared
+settled and serene. These scuds are soon followed by others, more and
+more dense and threatening, until, at last, there come drenching showers
+of rain, which drive every body to the nearest shelter, if there is any
+shelter at hand.</p>
+
+<p>Such a change as this came on while Mr. George had been making
+arrangements with Mr. Kennedy for taking Waldron under his charge; and
+just as Waldron and Rollo had gone away to see what plan they could
+devise in respect to the hotel, it began to rain. The clouds and mists,
+too, concealed the shores almost entirely from view, and the passengers
+began to go below. Mr. George followed their example. On his way he
+passed a sheltered place where he saw Waldron and Rollo engaged in
+conversation, and he told them, as he passed them, that when they were
+ready to report they would find him below.</p>
+
+<p>In about fifteen minutes the boys came down to him.</p>
+
+<p>"Uncle George," said Rollo, "we have found <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[Pg 46]</a></span>out that there are a good
+many excellent hotels in Glasgow, but we think we had better go to the
+Queen's."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir," said Waldron. "It fronts on a handsome square, where they
+are going to have an exhibition of flowers to-morrow, with tents and
+music."</p>
+
+<p>"And shall you wish to go and see the flowers?" asked Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"No, sir," said Waldron. "I don't care much about the flowers, but I
+should like to see the tents, and to hear the music."</p>
+
+<p>"Then, besides, uncle George," said Rollo, "we are coming to the mouth
+of the river pretty soon, and as soon as we get in we shall come to
+Greenock; and there is a railroad from Greenock up to Glasgow, so that
+we can go ashore there, if you please, and go up to Glasgow quick by the
+railroad. A great many of the passengers are going to do that."</p>
+
+<p>"Do you think that would be a good plan?" asked Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, yes," said Rollo, "I <i>should</i> think it would be a good plan, if we
+had not paid our passage through by the steamer."</p>
+
+<p>"And what do <i>you</i> think about it, Waldron?" asked Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"I should like it," said Waldron. "The fare <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[Pg 47]</a></span>is only one and sixpence. I
+should have preferred to go up in the steamer if it had been pleasant,
+so that we could see the ships and steamers on the stocks; but it is so
+misty and rainy that we cannot see any thing at all. So, if you would go
+up by the railroad, and then, to-morrow, when it is pleasant, come down
+a little way again, on one of the steamboats, to see the river, I should
+like it very much."</p>
+
+<p>"But I shall have to stay at home to-morrow," said Mr. George, "and
+write letters to send to America. It is the last day."</p>
+
+<p>"Then let Rollo and me go down by ourselves," said Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, uncle George," said Rollo, "let us go by ourselves."</p>
+
+<p>"Ah," said Mr. George. "I am not sure that that would be safe. I am not
+much acquainted with Waldron yet, and I don't know what his character
+is, in respect to judgment and discretion."</p>
+
+<p>"O, I think he has got good judgment," said Rollo. "We will both be very
+careful."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir," said Waldron, "we certainly will."</p>
+
+<p>"O, boys' promises," said Mr. George, "in respect to such things as
+that, are good for nothing at all. I never place any reliance upon them
+whatever."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[Pg 48]</a></span>"O uncle George!" exclaimed Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, now, would you, if you were in my case?" said Mr. George. "I will
+leave it to you, Waldron. Suppose a strange boy, that you know no more
+about than I do of you, were to come to you with a promise that he would
+be <i>very careful</i> if you would let him go somewhere, and that he would
+not go into any dangerous places, or expose himself to any risks,&mdash;would
+you think it safe to trust him?"</p>
+
+<p>"Why, no, sir," said Waldron, reluctantly. "I don't think I should.
+Perhaps I might <i>try</i> him."</p>
+
+<p>"According to my experience," said Mr. George, "you can't trust to boys'
+promises in the least. It is not that they make promises with the
+intention of breaking them, but they don't know what breaking them is. A
+boy who is not careful does not know the difference between being
+careful and being careless; and so he breaks his promise, and then, if
+he gets into any trouble by his folly, he says, 'I did not think there
+was any harm in that.'</p>
+
+<p>"No," added Mr. George, in conclusion, shaking his head gravely as he
+spoke. "I never place any reliance on such promises."</p>
+
+<p>"Then how can you tell whether to trust a boy or not?" asked Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"I never can tell," said Mr. George, "until <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[Pg 49]</a></span>he is proved. When he is
+tried and proved, then I know him; but not before."</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said Rollo, "then let Waldron and me go down the river
+to-morrow, if it is pleasant, and let that be for our trial."</p>
+
+<p>"It might, possibly, be a good plan to let you go, on that ground," said
+Mr. George. He said this in a musing manner, as if considering the
+question.</p>
+
+<p>"I will think of it," said he. "I'll see if I can think of any
+conditions on which I can allow you to go, and I will tell you about it
+at the hotel. And now, in regard to going up to Glasgow. I'll leave it
+to you and Waldron to decide. You must go and ascertain all the
+facts&mdash;such as how soon the train leaves after we arrive, and how much
+sooner we shall get up there, if we go in it. Then you must take charge
+of all the baggage, too, and see that it goes across safe from the
+steamer to the station, and attend to the whole business."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir," said Waldron, "we will. We'll get a cab, and put the baggage
+right in."</p>
+
+<p>"Can't you get it across without a cab?" said Mr. George. "I don't see
+how I can afford to take a cab, very well; for you see we have to incur
+an extra expense as it is, to go in the cars at <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[Pg 50]</a></span>all, since we have
+already paid our passage up by the steamer."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, sir," said Waldron, eagerly, "we can carry the baggage across
+ourselves. Let us go and look at it, Rollo, and see how much there is."</p>
+
+<p>So the boys went off with great eagerness to look at the baggage. In a
+few minutes they returned again, wearing very bright and animated
+countenances.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir," said Waldron, "we can take it all just as well as not. I can
+take your valise, and Rollo can take my things, and I can carry your
+knapsack under my arm."</p>
+
+<p>"O, I am willing to help," said Mr. George. "I can help in carrying the
+things, provided I do not have any <i>care</i>. If you will count up all the
+things that are to go, and see that they all do go, and then count them
+again when we get into the railway carriage, so as to be sure that they
+are all there, and thus save me from responsibility, that is all I ask,
+and I will carry any thing you choose to give me."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, sir," said Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>Indeed, Waldron was very much pleased to find how completely Mr. George
+was putting the business under his and Rollo's charge.</p>
+
+<p>"And now," said Mr. George, "I think you had better tell your father and
+mother about this <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[Pg 51]</a></span>plan of our going ashore at Greenock. They may like
+to do so, too."</p>
+
+<p>"O, they know all about it," said Waldron, "and they are going. Mother
+says that she has had enough of the steamer."</p>
+
+<p>Not long after this the steamer arrived at Greenock, and made fast to
+the pier. A large number of the passengers went ashore. The rain had
+ceased, which was very fortunate for those who were to walk to the
+station; though, of course, the streets were still wet. As soon as the
+boat was made fast, Mr. George went to the plank, and there he found
+Waldron and Rollo ready, with the baggage in their hands. Mr. George
+took his valise, though at first Waldron was quite unwilling to give it
+up.</p>
+
+<p>"O, yes," said Mr. George; "I have no objection to hard work. What I
+don't like is care. If you and Rollo will take the care off my mind,
+that is all I ask."</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said Waldron, "we will. And now I wonder which way we must go,
+to get to the station."</p>
+
+<p>"I am sure I don't know," said Mr. George. As he said this his
+countenance assumed a vacant and indifferent expression, as if he
+considered that the finding of the way to the station was no concern of
+his.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[Pg 52]</a></span>"Ah!" exclaimed Waldron, "this is the way. See!" So saying, Waldron
+pointed to a sign put up near the end of the pier, with the words
+<span class="smcap">Railroad Station</span> painted upon it, and a hand indicating the way to go.</p>
+
+<p>As the sun had now come out, the party had quite a pleasant walk to the
+station. Mr. George had all his clothes in a light and small valise
+which he could carry very easily in his hand. Some of Rollo's clothes
+were in this valise, too, and the rest were in a small carpet bag.
+Waldron's were in a carpet bag, too. Besides these things there were
+some coats and umbrellas to be carried in the hand, and Mr. George and
+Rollo had each a knapsack, which they had bought in Switzerland. These
+knapsacks were hung at their sides. They were light, for at this time
+there was very little in them.</p>
+
+<p>Rollo and Waldron stopped once in the street to inquire if they were on
+the right way to the station; and finding that they were, they went on,
+and soon arrived at the gateway. They went in at a spacious entrance,
+and thence ascended a long and very wide flight of stairs, which led to
+the second story. There they found an area, covered with a glass roof,
+and surrounded with offices of various kinds pertaining to the station.
+In the centre was a train of cars, with a locomotive <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[Pg 53]</a></span>at the head of it,
+apparently all ready for a start. Passengers were walking to and fro on
+the platform, and getting into the carriages.</p>
+
+<p>On one side was a book stand, where a boy was selling books. There was a
+counter before, and shelves against the walls behind. The shelves were
+filled with books. These books were in fancy-colored paper bindings, and
+seemed to consist chiefly of guide books and tales, and other similar
+works suited to the wants of travellers.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George laid his valise down upon a bench near by, and began to look
+at the books. Waldron and Rollo put their baggage down in the same way,
+and followed his example.</p>
+
+<p>While they were standing there they saw Mr. and Mrs. Kennedy and the two
+girls coming up the stairs. They were accompanied by a porter.</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Kennedy stopped a moment to speak to Waldron as she went by.</p>
+
+<p>"Now, Waldron," said she, "you must be very careful, and not get into
+any difficulty. Keep close to Mr. George all the time, and don't get run
+over when you get in and out of the cars. You had better button up your
+jacket. It is very damp, and you will take cold, I am afraid."</p>
+
+<p>So saying, she began to button up Waldron's <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[Pg 54]</a></span>jacket in front, giving it
+a pull this way and that to make it set better.</p>
+
+<p>"Don't, mother!" said Waldron. "I'm so hot."</p>
+
+<p>So he shook his shoulders a little uneasily, and tried to turn away. But
+his mother insisted that his jacket should be buttoned up, at least part
+way.</p>
+
+<p>"Come, my dear," said Mr. Kennedy, speaking to his wife; "we have no
+time to lose. The train is going."</p>
+
+<p>So Mr. Kennedy bade Waldron good by, and hurried on, and Waldron
+immediately unbuttoned his jacket again, saying at the same time,&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Come, Mr. George, it is time for us to go aboard."</p>
+
+<p>"Have you got the tickets?" said Mr. George, quietly, still keeping his
+eyes upon a book that he was examining.</p>
+
+<p>"No," said Waldron. "Are <i>we</i> to get the tickets?"</p>
+
+<p>"Of course," said Mr. George. "I have nothing to do with it. You and
+Rollo have undertaken to get me to Glasgow without my having any thought
+or concern about it."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, come, Rollo, quick; let's go and get them. Where's the booking
+office?"</p>
+
+<p>At the English stations the place where the tickets are bought is called
+the booking office. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[Pg 55]</a></span>It is necessary to procure tickets, or you cannot
+commence the journey; for it is not customary, as in America, to allow
+the passengers the privilege, when they desire it, of paying in the
+cars.</p>
+
+<p>"Do you know where the booking office is, Mr. George?" said Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"No," said Mr. George, "but if you look about you will find it."</p>
+
+<p>So Waldron and Rollo ran off to find the office. It was down stairs.
+Before they came back with the tickets the train was gone.</p>
+
+<p>"It is no matter," said Mr. George. "Indeed, I think it is my fault
+rather than yours, for it was not distinctly understood that you were to
+get the tickets. There will be another train pretty soon, I presume. In
+the mean time I should like to look at these books, and you and Rollo
+can amuse yourselves about the station."</p>
+
+<p>So Waldron and Rollo went off to see if they could find a time table, in
+order to learn when the next train would go. They found that there would
+be another train in an hour. In the mean time it began to rain again,
+which prevented the party from taking a walk about the town; so they had
+to amuse themselves at the station as they best could.</p>
+
+<p>There was a refreshment room at the station, and the boys thought at
+first that it would be a <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[Pg 56]</a></span>good plan to have something to eat; but,
+finally, they concluded that they would wait, and have a regular dinner
+at the coffee room of the hotel. Mr. George left them to decide the
+question themselves as they thought best.</p>
+
+<p>The hour, however, soon glided away, and at the end of it the party took
+their seats in the train, and were trundled rapidly along the banks of
+the river to Glasgow. The road lay through beautiful parks a
+considerable portion of the way, with glimpses of the water here and
+there between the trees. The view of the scenery, however, was very much
+impeded by the falling rain.</p>
+
+<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[Pg 57]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="Chapter_IV" id="Chapter_IV"></a><span class="smcap">Chapter IV.</span></h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">The Expedition Planned.</span></h3>
+
+<p>The boys were very successful in their selection of a hotel, for the
+Queen's Hotel, in Glasgow, is one of the most comfortable and best
+managed inns in the kingdom.</p>
+
+<p>The party <i>rode</i> to the inn, in a cab which they took at the station in
+Glasgow, when the train arrived there, instead of walking, as they had
+done in going from the boat to the station at Greenock. The boys asked
+Mr. George's advice on this point, and he said that, though he was
+unwilling to take any responsibility, he had no objection whatever to
+giving his advice, whenever they wished for it. So he told them that he
+thought it was always best to go to a hotel in a carriage of some sort.</p>
+
+<p>"Because," said he, "in England and Scotland,&mdash;that is, in all the great
+towns,&mdash;if we come on foot, they think that we are poor, and of no
+consequence, and so give us the worst rooms, and pay us very little
+attention."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[Pg 58]</a></span>When the cab arrived at the hotel Waldron said,&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"There, Mr. George, we have brought you safe to the hotel. Now we have
+nothing more to do. We give up the command to you now."</p>
+
+<p>"Very well," said Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>Two or three nicely dressed porters and waiters came out from the door
+of the hotel, to receive the travellers and wait upon them in. The
+porters took the baggage, even to the coats and umbrellas, and the head
+waiter led the way into the house. Waldron paid the cabman as he stepped
+out of the cab. He knew what the fare was, and he had it all ready. Mr.
+George said to the waiter that he wanted two bedrooms, one with two beds
+in it. The waiter bowed, with an air of great deference and respect, and
+said that the chambermaid would show the rooms. The chambermaid, who was
+a very nice-looking and tidily-dressed young woman, stood at the foot of
+the stairs, ready to conduct the newly-arrived party up to the chambers.
+She accordingly led the way, and Mr. George and the boys followed&mdash;two
+neat-looking porters coming behind with the various articles of baggage.</p>
+
+<p>The rooms were very pleasant apartments, situated on the front side of
+the house, and looking out upon a beautiful square. The square <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[Pg 59]</a></span>was
+enclosed in a high iron railing. It was adorned with trees and
+shrubbery, and intersected here and there with smooth gravel walks. In
+the centre was a tall Doric column, with a statue on the summit. There
+were other statues in other parts of the square. One of them was in
+honor of Watt, who is the great celebrity of Glasgow&mdash;so large a share
+of the prosperity and wealth of the whole region being due so much to
+his discoveries.</p>
+
+<p>"Now, boys," said Mr. George, "you will find water and every thing in
+your room. Make yourselves look as nice as a pin, and then go down
+stairs and find the coffee room. When you have found it, choose a
+pleasant table, and order dinner. You may order just what you please."</p>
+
+<p>So Mr. George left the boys to themselves, and went into his own room.</p>
+
+<p>In about half an hour Rollo came up and told Mr. George that the dinner
+was ready. So Mr. George went down into the coffee room, Rollo showing
+him the way.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George found that the boys had chosen a very pleasant table indeed
+for their dinner. It was in a corner, between a window and the
+fireplace. There was a pleasant coal fire in the fireplace, with screens
+before it, to keep the glow <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[Pg 60]</a></span>of it from the faces of the guests. The
+room was quite large, and there was a long table extending up and down
+the middle of it, one of which is seen in the engraving. This table was
+set for dinner or supper. There were other smaller tables for separate
+parties in the different corners of the room.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George and the boys took their seats at the table.</p>
+
+<p>"We thought we would have some coffee," said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"That's right," said Mr. George. "I like coffee dinners. What else have
+you got?"</p>
+
+<p>"We have got some Loch Fine herring, and some mutton chops," said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir," said Waldron. "You see the Loch Fine herrings are very
+famous, and we thought you would like to know how they taste."</p>
+
+<p>By this time the waiter had removed the covers, and the party commenced
+their dinner. The fire, which was near them, was very pleasant, for
+although it was June the weather was damp and cold.</p>
+
+<p>In the course of the dinner the boys introduced again the subject of
+going down the Clyde the next day.</p>
+
+<p>"The boat goes from the Broomielaw," said Waldron.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[Pg 61-62]</a></span></p>
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 389px;">
+<img src="images/i059.jpg" class="ispace" width="389" height="500" alt="THE COFFEE ROOM." title="" />
+<span class="caption">THE COFFEE ROOM.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[Pg 63]</a></span>"The Broomielaw," repeated Mr. George; "what is the Broomielaw?"</p>
+
+<p>"Why, it is the harbor and pier," said Waldron. "It is below the lowest
+bridge. All the boats that go down the river go from the Broomielaw.
+They go almost every hour. We can go down by a boat and see the river,
+and then we can come up by the railroad. That will be just as cheap, if
+we take a second class car."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, now," said Mr. George, "I have concluded that I should not be
+willing to have you make this excursion except on two conditions; and
+they are such hard ones that I do not believe you would accept them. You
+would rather not go at all than go on such hard conditions."</p>
+
+<p>"What are the conditions?" asked Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't believe you will accept them," said Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"But let us hear what they are," said Waldron. "Perhaps we should accept
+them."</p>
+
+<p>"The first is," said Mr. George, "that when you get home you must go to
+your room, and write me an account of what you see on the excursion.
+Each of you must write a separate account."</p>
+
+<p>"That we will do," said Rollo. "I should <i>like</i> to do that. Wouldn't
+you, Waldron?"</p>
+
+<p>Waldron seemed to hesitate. Though he was a very active-minded and
+intelligent boy in <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[Pg 64]</a></span>respect to what he saw and heard, he was somewhat
+backward in respect to knowledge of books and skill in writing. Finally,
+he said that he should be willing to <i>tell</i> Mr. George what he saw, but
+he did not think that he could write it.</p>
+
+<p>"That is just as I supposed," said Mr. George. "I did not think you
+would accept my conditions."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, sir, I will," said Waldron. "I will write it as well as I can.
+And what is the other condition?"</p>
+
+<p>"That you shall write down, at the end of your account, the most
+careless thing that you see Rollo do, all the time that you are gone,"
+said Mr. George, "and that Rollo shall write down the most careless
+thing he sees you do."</p>
+
+<p>"But suppose we don't do any careless things at all," said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"Then," said Mr. George, "you must write down what comes the nearest to
+being a careless thing. And neither of you must know what the other
+writes until you have shown the papers to me."</p>
+
+<p>After some hesitation the boys agreed to both these terms, and so it was
+decided that they were to go down the river. The steamer which they were
+to take was to sail at nine o'clock, and so they ordered breakfast at
+eight. Mr. George said that he would go down with them in the morning to
+the Broomielaw, and see them sail.</p>
+
+<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[Pg 65]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="Chapter_V" id="Chapter_V"></a><span class="smcap">Chapter V.</span></h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">Down the Clyde.</span></h3>
+
+<p>The boys returned in safety from their excursion about three o'clock in
+the afternoon. In fulfilment of their promise they immediately went to
+their room, and wrote their several accounts of the expedition. They
+agreed together that, in order to avoid repetitions, Waldron should
+dwell most upon the first part of the trip, and Rollo upon the last
+part.</p>
+
+<p>The following is the account that Waldron wrote:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p class="center">"ACCOUNT OF OUR TRIP.</p>
+
+<p>"First, there was a man standing by the plank, that asked us if we had
+got our tickets. We told him no. Then he showed us where to go and get
+them. It was at a little office on the pier. The price of the tickets
+was a shilling.</p>
+
+<p>"The steamboat was not very large. There was no saloon on deck, and no
+awning, but only seats on deck, and many people sitting on them.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[Pg 66]</a></span>"There was a boy among them who had a kilt on. It was the first kilt I
+ever saw.<a name="FNanchor_C_3" id="FNanchor_C_3"></a><a href="#Footnote_C_3" class="fnanchor">[C]</a></p>
+
+<p>"We soon began to go down the river. The sides of the river were walled
+up, to form piers, all along, and there were a great many ships and
+steamers moored to them. I saw several American vessels among them.</p>
+
+<p>"By and by, when we got below the town, the river grew wider, and the
+banks were sloping, but they were paved all the way with large stones.
+This was to prevent their being washed away by the swell of the
+steamers. There were a great many steamers going up and down, which kept
+the water all the time a-swashing against the banks.</p>
+
+<p>"I went up on the bridge where the captain stood. There were good steps
+to go up, on the side of the paddle box. Rollo would not go. I had a
+fine lookout from the bridge. The captain was there. He told me a good
+many things about the river. He said that the river used to be only five
+feet deep, and now it was almost <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[Pg 67]</a></span>twenty, all the way from the sea. They
+dug it out with dredging machines.</p>
+
+<p>"I asked him what they did with the mud. He said they hauled it away,
+and spread it on the land in the country. They made a railroad, he said,
+on purpose to take the mud away to where it was wanted.</p>
+
+<p>"Presently we began to come to the ship yards. There was an immense
+number of iron ships on the stocks, building. The workmen made a great
+noise with their hammers, heading the rivets. There seemed to be
+thousands of hammers going at a time.</p>
+
+<p>"The steamers all sloped towards the water, and pointed down the stream.
+I suppose that this was so that when they were launched they might go
+down in the middle of the channel, and not strike the bank on the
+opposite side.</p>
+
+<p>"We met a great many steamers coming up. One I thought had just been
+launched. She was full of workmen. There were a great many women running
+along on the bank, where it was green, trying to keep up with her. They
+were almost all barefooted. I suppose they had been down to see her
+launched. I wish we had been a little sooner.</p>
+
+<p>"When I came down from the bridge I looked into the hold to see the
+engine. I wanted to go <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[Pg 68]</a></span>down, but I was afraid that Rollo would call it
+a careless thing. Besides, I could see pretty well where I was. There
+were three cylinders. Two acted alternately, and the other at the half
+stroke. I thought this was a very good plan; for now the engine never
+can get on a poise. All these cylinders were inclined. The boiler was
+perpendicular. I never saw one like it before.</p>
+
+<p>"After a while we got below the ship yards, and then there was nothing
+more to see, only some green grounds, and some mountains, and a castle
+on a rock. Then we landed at Greenock, and came home by the railroad.
+But Rollo is going to write about this.</p>
+
+<p>"The most careless thing that Rollo did was that he came very near
+leaving his umbrella on board the boat at Greenock."</p>
+
+<hr class="small" />
+
+<p>Rollo's account of the excursion was as follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p class="center">"EXCURSION ON THE CLYDE.</p>
+
+<p>"Waldron and I went down the Clyde. We went on board the boat at the
+Broomielaw, in Glasgow.</p>
+
+<p>"The first thing I observed was that a Scotchman and two boys came on
+board with violins and a flageolet, and began to play to amuse the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[Pg 69]</a></span>company. At first I could not hear very well, the steampipe made such a
+noise. Afterwards, when the pipe stopped blowing off the steam, I could
+hear better, and I liked the music very well.</p>
+
+<p>"By and by one of the boys came round to collect some money, and I put
+in a penny. I told Waldron that I thought he need not put in any thing,
+as he did not listen.</p>
+
+<p>"There was a boat came off from the shore, and a man got out of it, and
+came on board our steamer just as we used to go on board the steamers on
+the Rhine. I wish we could go and travel on the Rhine again.</p>
+
+<p>"When we got below the ships and ship yards we came to a part of the
+river where there were parks and pleasure grounds on the banks, and
+beautiful houses back among the trees.</p>
+
+<p>"When we got half way down we stopped at a pier where there was a train
+of cars to take people to Loch Lomond, on the way to the Highlands.
+Waldron said that we should come there, he supposed, when we go to the
+Highlands.</p>
+
+<p>"A little farther down we came to a great rocky hill, close by the
+water, with a castle upon it. The name of it is Dunbarton Castle. We
+shall go by it again, when we go to the Highlands.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[Pg 70]</a></span>"Then we came to a great widening of the river, and not long after that
+we arrived at Greenock and landed. We thought that the boat was going to
+stop here, but it did not. A great many of the passengers staid on
+board, and a great many more came on board, to go farther down the
+river.</p>
+
+<p>"We went first to the station, so as to see when the trains went back to
+Glasgow. Then we took a walk.</p>
+
+<p>"We found a street near the depot with a high hill behind it, and close
+to it. There were walls and terraces all the way up, and trees here and
+there. We looked up, and we could see the heads of some children over
+the topmost wall. They were looking down to where we were. Presently we
+came to an opening, and some flights of steps and steep walks, and so we
+thought we would go up.</p>
+
+<p>"When we got to the top we found a broad terrace, with a wall along the
+front edge of it, where we could look down upon the river and the town.
+The town lay very narrow between the river and the foot of the hill. We
+were up very high above the tops of the houses.</p>
+
+<p>"Behind us, on the terrace, were broad green fields and gravel walks,
+and beds of flowers, and great trees with seats under them. There were
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[Pg 71]</a></span>a good many nursery maids around there, with children. The nursery
+maids sat on the seats, and the children played before them with the
+pebbles and gravel.</p>
+
+<p>"I read in the guide book about some famous waterworks at Greenock, but
+we could not find them. We asked one man, who was at work on the gravel
+walks, if he could tell us where they were; but he only stared at us and
+said he did not 'knaw ony thing aboot it.'</p>
+
+<p>"After this we went down the hill again, and took a long walk along the
+bank of the river. There was an omnibus going by, and we wanted to get
+into it and see where it would carry us; but we did not know but that it
+might carry us to some place that we could not get back from very soon.
+The name of the place where the omnibus went was painted on the side of
+it but it was a place that we had never heard of before, and so we did
+not know where it was.</p>
+
+<p>"After this we went back to the station, and then came home. I thought
+from the map that we should go through Paisley; but we did not. We went
+<i>over</i> it. We went over it, higher than the tops of the chimneys.</p>
+
+<p>"This is the end of my account; and the most dangerous thing I saw
+Waldron do was to go up <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[Pg 72]</a></span>on the bridge, on board the steamer, and talk
+there with the captain."</p>
+
+<hr class="small" />
+
+<p>"Boys," said Mr. George, when he had finished reading these papers,
+"your accounts are excellent. The thing I chiefly like about them is,
+that you go right straight on and tell a plain story, without spoiling
+it all by making an attempt at fine writing. That is the way you ought
+always to write. One of these days I mean to get you both to write
+something for me in my journal."</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 243px;">
+<img src="images/i070.jpg" class="ispace" width="243" height="250" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[Pg 73]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="Chapter_VI" id="Chapter_VI"></a><span class="smcap">Chapter VI.</span></h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">Walks About Glasgow.</span></h3>
+
+<p>Our party remained two days more in Glasgow, and visited quite a number
+of objects of interest and curiosity in and around the city.</p>
+
+<p>At one end of the town there was a large open space, laid out for a
+pleasure ground; being somewhat similar in character to Boston Common,
+only it lay on the margin of the river, and commanded delightful views,
+both of the city itself and of the surrounding country. The grounds were
+adorned with trees and shrubbery, and paths were laid out over every
+portion of it, that were delightful to walk in. There were seats, too,
+at every point that commanded a pretty view. This place was called the
+Green.</p>
+
+<p>The Green was at the eastern extremity of the city. At the other end,
+that is, towards the west, there was a region more elevated than the
+rest of the town, where the wealthy people resided. The streets were
+arranged in crescents and terraces, and were very magnificent. The
+houses <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[Pg 74]</a></span>were almost all built of stone, and were of a very massive and
+substantial, as well as elegant character.</p>
+
+<p>Nearer the centre of the town was a very large and ancient church,
+called the cathedral. It was a solemn-looking pile of buildings,
+standing by itself in a green yard, back from the road, and thousands of
+swallows were twittering and chirping high up among the pinnacles and
+cornices of the roof. Although it was in the midst of a crowded city,
+the whole structure wore an expression of great seclusion and solitude.</p>
+
+<p>Behind the church, and separated from it by a narrow valley, there was a
+steep hill, that was covered, in every part, with tombs, and monuments,
+and sepulchral enclosures. The hill was two or three hundred feet high,
+and there was a very tall monument on the top of it. There was a bridge
+across the valley behind the cathedral leading to this cemetery.</p>
+
+<p>"Ah," said Mr. George, "that is the Necropolis."</p>
+
+<p>"The Necropolis?" repeated Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Mr. George. "I read about it in the guide book. Necropolis
+means 'City of the Dead,' and it is a city of the dead indeed."</p>
+
+<p>There were pathways leading up the side of the hill by many zigzags and
+windings. Across <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[Pg 75]</a></span>the bridge leading to it was a great iron gateway,
+with a small iron gate open in the middle of it. The boys wanted to go
+immediately to the cemetery, in order to have the pleasure of climbing
+up the zigzag paths to the top of the hill. But Mr. George said he
+wished first to go into the cathedral.</p>
+
+<p>There was a gate leading into the cathedral yard, and a porter's lodge
+just inside of it. There was a sign up at the lodge, saying that the
+price of admission to see the interior of the cathedral was sixpence for
+each person. Waldron said that he did not think it was worth sixpence to
+go, and Rollo said that he did not care much about going. He had seen
+cathedrals enough, he said, on the continent. So it was agreed that the
+boys should go to the cemetery, and wait there till Mr. George came.</p>
+
+<p>The boys accordingly went down the walk that led to the bridge. They
+stopped a moment at the open gate, not knowing whether it was right for
+them to go in or not. As, however, the gate was open, and there was
+nobody there to forbid the passage, they stepped over the iron
+threshold, and entered. There was a porter's lodge just inside, and a
+man standing at the door of it.</p>
+
+<p>"Can we go in and see the cemetery?" asked Waldron.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[Pg 76]</a></span>"Certainly," said the porter. "Are you strangers in Glasgow?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir," said Rollo, "we are Americans. My uncle is in the cathedral,
+and he is coming pretty soon."</p>
+
+<p>"Then please to come in," said the porter, "and enter your names in the
+visitors' book."</p>
+
+<p>So the boys went in. They found a very pleasant room, with a large book
+open on a desk, near a window. They wrote their names in this book, and
+also their residences, and they stopped a few minutes to look over the
+names that had been written there before, in order to see if any persons
+from America had recently visited the cemetery. They found several names
+of persons from New York on the list, and two or three from
+Philadelphia. While the boys were looking over the book the porter asked
+them a great many questions about America.</p>
+
+<p>In a few minutes they went on. They stopped on the middle of the bridge,
+and looked down over the balustrade into the ravine. The ravine was very
+deep, and there was a little brook at the bottom of it, and a sort of
+road or street along the side of it, far below them.</p>
+
+<p>The boys then went on into the cemetery. They walked about it for some
+time, ascending continually higher and higher, and stopping at every
+turn to read the inscriptions and monuments. At <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[Pg 77]</a></span>length they reached the
+summit of the hill, where the lofty column stood which had been erected
+to the memory of John Knox, the great Scottish reformer. The column
+stood upon a pedestal, which contained an inscription on each of the
+four sides of it. One of these inscriptions said that John Knox was a
+man who could never be made to swerve from his duty by any fear or any
+danger, and that, although his life was often threatened by "dag and
+dagger," he was still carried safely through every difficulty and
+danger, and died, at last, in peace and happiness; and that the people
+of Glasgow, mindful of the invaluable services he rendered to his
+country, had erected that monument in honor of his memory.</p>
+
+<p>The boys had just finished reading the inscription, when, looking down
+upon the bridge, they saw Mr. George coming. They went down to meet him,
+and then showed him the way up to the monument.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George first looked up to the summit of it, and then walked all
+around it, reading the inscriptions. He read them aloud, and the boys
+listened.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said he, "John Knox was a true hero. He stood up manfully and
+fearlessly for the right when almost all the world was against him; and
+to do that requires a great deal of courage, as <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[Pg 78]</a></span>well as great strength
+of character. Many people reviled and hated him while he lived, but now
+his memory is universally honored.</p>
+
+<p>"I hope you two boys, when you come to be men," continued Mr. George,
+"will follow his example. What you know is right, that always defend, no
+matter if all the world are against it. And what is wrong, that always
+oppose, no matter if all the world are in favor of it."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir," said Waldron, "I mean to."</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George and the boys rambled about the Necropolis some time longer,
+and then went on.</p>
+
+<p>While they were in Glasgow the party visited several of the great
+manufacturing establishments. They were all very much surprised at the
+loftiness of some of the chimneys. There was one at a great
+establishment, called the St. Rollox Chemical Works, which was over four
+hundred and thirty feet high, and Mr. George estimated that it must have
+been thirty or forty feet diameter at the base. If, now, you ask your
+father, or some friend, how high the steeple is of the nearest church to
+where you live, and multiply that height by the necessary number, you
+will get some idea of the magnitude of this prodigious column. The
+lightning rod, that came down the side of it in a spiral line, looked
+like a spider's web that had been, by chance, blown against the chimney
+by the wind.</p>
+
+<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[Pg 79]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="Chapter_VII" id="Chapter_VII"></a><span class="smcap">Chapter VII.</span></h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">Entering the Highlands.</span></h3>
+
+<p>The Highland district of Scotland occupies almost the whole of the
+western part of the island north of the valley of the Clyde. It consists
+of mountains, glens, and lakes, with roads winding in every direction
+through and among them. Of course the number of different Highland
+excursions which a tourist can plan is infinite. Most visitors to
+Scotland are, however, satisfied with a short tour among these
+mountains, on account of the great uncertainty of the weather. Indeed,
+as it rains here more than half the time, the chance is always in favor
+of bad weather; and the really pleasant days are very few.</p>
+
+<p>The valley by which tourists from Glasgow most frequently go into the
+Highlands is the valley of Loch Lomond. The lower end of this lake comes
+to within about ten miles of the Clyde. The upper end of it extends
+about twenty-five miles into the very heart of the Highlands. There is
+an inn at the lower end of the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[Pg 80]</a></span>lake, that is, the end nearest the
+Clyde, called Balloch Inn. At the upper end of the lake is another
+resting-place for travellers. A small steamboat passes every day through
+the lake, from one of these inns to the other, touching at various
+intermediate points on the way, at little villages or landing-places,
+where roads from the interior of the country come down to the lake.</p>
+
+<p>From Balloch there is a railroad leading to the Clyde, though it does
+not extend to Glasgow. Travellers from Glasgow come down the Clyde in a
+steamer about ten miles to the railroad landing. There they take the
+cars, and proceed down the river, along the bank, amidst scenery of the
+grandest and most beautiful character, to Dunbarton Castle, where the
+road leaves the river, and turns into the interior of the country,
+towards the valley of Loch Lomond.</p>
+
+<p>The road terminates at Balloch. Here the travellers are transferred to
+the steamer, and pursue their journey by water. It was this route Mr.
+George had determined to take on leaving Glasgow.</p>
+
+<p>He got ready to leave Glasgow on the afternoon of a certain Thursday.</p>
+
+<p>"Now, boys," said he, "we are ready to go to the Highlands. Find out for
+me when the boats and trains go, while I settle the bill."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[Pg 81]</a></span>So saying, Mr. George rose and rang the bell.</p>
+
+<p>In Europe we do not go down to the office or bar room, when we are ready
+to leave a hotel, to call for and settle our bill there, as we do in
+America, but we ring the bell in our room, and ask the waiter to bring
+the bill to us.</p>
+
+<p>"I have found out already," said Waldron. "There is a boat at four
+o'clock. It starts from the Broomielaw."</p>
+
+<p>"And is there a train that connects with that boat?" asked Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir," said Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"Then," said Mr. George, "we will go at four o'clock; we shall just have
+time."</p>
+
+<p>I am not certain that Waldron was entirely honest in giving this
+information to Mr. George, for he concealed one very important
+circumstance; or rather he omitted to mention it. This circumstance was,
+that there was no boat from Balloch to connect with the train, so that
+if they were to go to Balloch that night, he knew that they could not go
+any farther till the next morning. He liked this, for he and Rollo had
+both begun to be tired of Glasgow, and he thought that if they should
+get to Balloch two or three hours before dark, there might be some
+chance for him and Rollo to go out fishing on the lake.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[Pg 82]</a></span>Very soon, however, he reflected that he should enjoy his fishing less,
+if he resorted to any thing like artifice or concealment to obtain it;
+and so, after a little hesitation, he frankly told Mr. George that they
+could go no farther than to the foot of the lake that night. There was
+only one boat each day, he said, on the lake, and that left Balloch in
+the morning, and returned at night.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George said that that made no difference. He was tired of being in a
+great city, and would like to see the country and the mountains again;
+and he should, therefore, prefer going to spend the night at Balloch,
+rather than to remain in Glasgow.</p>
+
+<p>So the party set off. They embarked on board the steamer at the
+Broomielaw. They ran rapidly down the river to the railroad landing.
+They found the train waiting for them there, and were whirled rapidly up
+the valley. There were most charming views of the mountains on either
+hand, with hamlets and villages scattered along the slopes of them. At
+length they arrived at Balloch. There was no village here, but only a
+pretty inn, situated delightfully on the margin of the lake, very near
+the outlet. There was an elegant suspension bridge across the outlet,
+very near the railroad station. There were several thatch-covered
+cottages near, and two or three <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[Pg 83]</a></span>castles were seen through openings
+among the trees on the hill-sides around. As the party crossed the
+suspension bridge, Rollo and Waldron, to their great delight, saw
+several boats floating in the water near the inn, and there was a boy on
+the bridge fishing over the railing. They stopped to talk with this boy,
+while Mr. George went on to engage rooms at the inn, and to order a
+supper.</p>
+
+<p>When the boys came in they gave such fine accounts of the fishing on the
+lake, and of the facility with which they could obtain a boat, and a
+boatman to go out with them, that Mr. George was half persuaded to allow
+them to engage a boat, and to go out with them for an hour or two.</p>
+
+<p>"And we want you to go with us, too," said Waldron, "if you can; but if
+you have any thing else to do, we can go by ourselves, with the
+boatman."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Rollo, "and if you think it is not best for us to go at all,
+we can fish on the bridge."</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George was much pleased to hear the boys speak in this manner in
+respect to the excursion. He was particularly glad to hear Waldron say
+that he desired that <i>he</i> should go with them. It is always an excellent
+sign when a boy wishes <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[Pg 84]</a></span>his father, or his mother, or his uncle, or
+whoever has the charge of him, to go with him, and share his pleasures;
+and those parents and uncles who take an interest in the plans and
+enjoyments of their children, and sympathize with them in their
+feelings, in such a manner that the children like their company, place
+themselves in a position to exercise the highest possible influence over
+their conduct and character.</p>
+
+<p>"Shall we have time?" asked Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir," said Waldron. "It is not dark here till half past ten, and
+it is only half past six now, so that there are four hours."</p>
+
+<p>The farther you go north the longer the evenings are, in summer; and at
+the time when our party made this visit to the Highlands, the evenings
+there were so long that you could see to read very well till nearly ten
+o'clock. The dawn, and the sunrise, too, come on proportionately early
+in the morning. The boys forgot this one morning, and finding that it
+was very light in their room when they woke, they got up, and dressed
+themselves, and went down stairs, thinking that it was nearly breakfast
+time. But they found, on looking at a clock in the hall of the inn, that
+it was not quite three o'clock!</p>
+
+<p>But to return to the story.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George told the boys that if they would <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[Pg 85]</a></span>arrange the boat party,
+that is, if they would engage the boat and the boatman, and also some
+fishing lines, he would go with them. They would have supper first, and
+then set out immediately afterwards.</p>
+
+<p>This plan was carried into effect. Mr. George himself cared nothing
+about the fishing. His only object was to see the lake, and talk with
+the Highland boatmen. Still he took a line and fished a little, for
+company to the boys. The excursion proved a very pleasant one. The lake
+was beautiful. The surface of the water was studded with pretty islands,
+and the shores were formed of picturesque hills, which were every where
+adorned with cottages, castles, groves, fields, and all the other
+elements of rural beauty.</p>
+
+<p>The excursion itself was very much like any fishing excursion in
+America, only the peculiar dialect of the boatman continually reminded
+the travellers that they were in Scotland. For "I don't know," he said
+"I dinna ken;" for "trouble" the word was "fash," and for "not," "na."
+The boys had heard this phraseology before. The railway porter, when he
+put Mr. George's valise in the carriage, crowded it under the seat,
+where he said it would not "fash the other travellers;" and at the inn,
+where Mr. George asked the servant girl if she would let them know when
+their <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[Pg 86]</a></span>supper was ready, she said, "Yes, sir, I will coom and tak ye
+doon."</p>
+
+<p>Waldron enjoyed the fishing excursion very much indeed. He said that he
+should like to make the whole tour of Scotland in a boat, round among
+the islands on the western and northern shores. These islands are,
+indeed, very grand and picturesque. They are groups of dark mountains,
+rising out of the sea. To cruise among them in a yacht would be a very
+pleasant tour, were it not for the incessant storms of wind and rain to
+which the voyagers would be exposed.</p>
+
+<p>Waldron said he particularly desired to go to the Shetland Islands, on
+the north of Scotland, in order to buy himself a pony.</p>
+
+<p>"My father has promised me," said he, "that if ever he goes to the
+Shetlands he will buy me a pony."</p>
+
+<p>"I should like a Shetland pony," said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Waldron. "They are very hardy animals, and then they are
+very docile and gentle. Some of them are as gentle and sagacious as a
+dog. I read a story in a book once of one that saved the life of a
+child, by plunging into the water, and seizing the child by the clothes,
+between his teeth, and bringing it safe to land. The child fell into the
+water off of a steep bank, and the horse jumped after it."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[Pg 87]</a></span></p>
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 387px;">
+<img src="images/i085.jpg" class="ispace" width="387" height="350" alt="THE SHETLAND PONY." title="" />
+<span class="caption">THE SHETLAND PONY.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Here is a picture of the horse which Waldron read about, climbing up the
+bank of the stream, bringing the child.</p>
+
+<p>The party returned from the fishing excursion about eight o'clock; but
+as it was still half an hour before sunset, Mr. George proposed to take
+a walk to one of the castles. The waiter at the hotel had told them that
+he could give them a ticket, and then the porter at the castle would let
+them in at the gate, and allow them to walk <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[Pg 99]</a></span>about the grounds and
+around the castle, but they could not go into it, for the proprietor and
+his family were residing there.</p>
+
+<p>Accordingly, when the party reached the landing, at the end of their
+excursion, they left the boat, and walking across the bridge, they took
+their course towards the castle. The road was as smooth and hard as a
+floor, but it was bordered by close stone walls on either side, with
+trees overhanging them. At length, after one or two turnings, they came
+to the great gate which led to the castle. The gateway was bordered on
+each side with masses of trees and shrubbery, and just within it was a
+small but very pretty house, built of stone. This was the porter's
+lodge. When they came up to the gate, and looked through the bars of it,
+a little barefooted girl came out from the door of the lodge, and opened
+the gate to let them in.</p>
+
+<p>On entering they found themselves at the commencement of a smoothly
+gravelled avenue, which led in a winding direction among the trees
+through a beautiful park. They walked on along this avenue, supposing
+that it would lead them to the castle. They passed various paths which
+branched off here and there from the avenue, and seemed to lead in
+various directions about the grounds. The views which presented
+themselves <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[Pg 89]</a></span>on every side were varied and beautiful. They saw several
+hares leaping about upon the grass&mdash;a sight which attracted the
+attention of the boys very strongly.</p>
+
+<p>At length they came in sight of the castle. It stood on a swell of
+ground, at the foot of a high hill. The body of it consisted in part of
+a great round tower, with turrets and battlements above. The walls were
+covered with ivy.</p>
+
+<p>After viewing the edifice as much as they wished, the party followed
+some of the winding walks, which led in various directions over the
+grounds; and, though every thing had a finished and beautiful
+appearance, still the whole scene wore a very sombre expression.</p>
+
+<p>"It must be a very solitary sort of grandeur, in my opinion," said Mr.
+George, "which a man enjoys by living in such a place as this."</p>
+
+<p>"Why, I suppose he can have company if he wishes," said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Mr. George. "Perhaps he lives in Edinburgh, or in London, in
+the winter, and in the summer he has company here. But then when he has
+company at all he must have them all the time, and he must have all the
+care and responsibility of entertaining them; and that, I should think,
+would be a great burden."</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George and the boys rambled over these <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[Pg 90]</a></span>grounds about half an hour,
+and then they returned to the hotel. They were obliged to walk fast the
+last part of the way, for dark, driving clouds began to be seen in the
+sky, and just before they reached the hotel some drops of fine rain
+began to fall.</p>
+
+<p>"To-morrow is going to be a rainy day, I expect," said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"Very likely," said Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"And shall you go on over the lake if it is?" asked Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"I think we shall go as far as to the foot of Ben Lomond," said Mr.
+George.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 233px;">
+<img src="images/i088.jpg" class="ispace" width="233" height="250" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[Pg 91]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="Chapter_VIII" id="Chapter_VIII"></a><span class="smcap">Chapter VIII.</span></h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">Rowerdennan Inn.</span></h3>
+
+<p>Ben Lomond is one of the highest peaks in Scotland. There are one or two
+that are higher, but they are more remote, and consequently less known.
+Ben Lomond is the one most visited, and is, accordingly, the one that is
+most renowned.</p>
+
+<p>It lies on the east side of Loch Lomond, about half way between the head
+of the lake and the outlet. Our party were now at the outlet of the
+lake, and were going the next morning towards the head of it. The outlet
+of the lake is towards the south. In this southern part, as I believe I
+have already said, the lake is about ten miles wide, and its banks are
+formed of hills and valleys of fertile land, every where well
+cultivated, and presenting charming scenes of verdure and fruitfulness.
+The lake, too, in this portion of it, is studded with a great number of
+very picturesque and pretty islands.</p>
+
+<p>As you go north, however, the lake, or loch, as <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[Pg 92]</a></span>the Scotch call it,
+contracts in breadth, and the land rises higher and higher, until at
+length you see before you a narrow sheet of water, shut in on either
+hand with dark and gloomy mountains, the sides of which are covered
+every where with ferns and heather, and seem entirely uninhabited. They
+descend, moreover, so steep to the water that there seems to be not even
+room for a path between the foot of the mountains and the shore.</p>
+
+<p>The highest peak of these sombre-looking hills is Ben Lomond; which
+rises, as I have before said, on the eastern side of the loch, about
+midway between the head of the loch and the outlet. At the foot of the
+mountain there is a point of land projecting into the water, where there
+is an inn. Tourists stop at this inn when they wish to ascend the
+mountain. Other persons come to the inn for the purpose of fishing on
+the loch, or of making excursions by the footpaths which penetrate, here
+and there, among the neighboring highlands. There is a ferry here, too,
+across the loch. There is no village, nor, indeed, are there any
+buildings whatever to be seen; so that the place is as secluded and
+solitary as can well be imagined. It is known by the name of Rowerdennan
+Inn. It was at this point that Mr. George proposed to stop, in case the
+day should prove rainy.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[Pg 93]</a></span>When the boys rose the next morning, the first thing was to look out of
+the window, to see what the promise was in respect to the weather. It
+was not raining, but the sky was overcast and heavy.</p>
+
+<p>"Good," said Waldron. "It does not rain yet, but it will before we get
+to Rowerdennan Inn."</p>
+
+<p>Waldron was glad to see that there was a prospect of unfavorable
+weather, for he wished to stop at the inn. He had read in the guide book
+that they had boats and fishing apparatus there, and he thought that if
+they stopped perhaps another plan might be formed for going out on the
+loch a-fishing.</p>
+
+<p>The steamer was to leave at nine o'clock. The boys could see her lying
+at the pier, about half a mile distant from them. The air was misty, and
+there were some small trees in the way, but the boys could see the
+chimney distinctly. They dressed themselves as soon as they could, and
+went to Mr. George's room. They knocked gently at the door. Mr. George
+said, "Come in." They went in and found Mr. George seated at a table,
+writing in his journal. It was about seven o'clock.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George laid aside his writing, and after bidding the boys good
+morning, and talking with <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[Pg 94]</a></span>them a few minutes about the plans of the
+day, took a testament which he had upon a table before him, and read a
+few verses from one of the Gospels, explaining the verses as he read
+them. Then they all knelt down together, and Mr. George made a short and
+simple prayer, asking God to take care of them all during the day, to
+guard them from every danger, to make them kind and considerate towards
+each other, and towards all around them, and to keep them from every
+species of sin.</p>
+
+<p>This was the way in which Mr. George always commenced the duties of the
+day, when travelling with Rollo, whether there were any other persons in
+company or not; and a most excellent way it was, too. Besides the
+intrinsic propriety of coming in the morning to commit ourselves to the
+guardian care and protection of Almighty God, especially when we are
+exposed to the vicissitudes, temptations, and dangers that are always
+hovering about the path of the traveller in foreign lands, the influence
+of such a service of devotion, brief and simple as it was, always proved
+extremely salutary on Rollo's mind, as well as on the minds of those who
+were associated with him in it. It made them more gentle, and more
+docile and tractable; and it tended very greatly to soften those
+asperities which we <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[Pg 95]</a></span>often see manifesting themselves in the intercourse
+of boys with each other.</p>
+
+<p>When the devotional service was finished, Mr. George sent the boys down
+stairs, to make arrangements for breakfast. In about half an hour Rollo
+came up to say that breakfast was ready in the coffee room, and Mr.
+George went down.</p>
+
+<p>After breakfast Mr. George took the valise, and the boys took the other
+parcels of baggage, and they all went over the bridge to the railway
+station. They waited here a short time, until at length the train came.
+They would have walked on to the pier, where the boat in which they were
+going to embark was lying, but it was beginning to rain a little, and
+Mr. George thought it would be better to wait and go in the cars. The
+distance was not more than a quarter of a mile, and the boys were quite
+curious to know what the price of the tickets would be, for such a short
+ride. They found that they were threepence apiece.</p>
+
+<p>The train came very soon, bringing with it several little parties of
+tourists, that were going into the Highlands. They all seemed greatly
+chagrined and disappointed at finding that it was beginning to rain.</p>
+
+<p>When the train stopped opposite the pier, the passengers hurried across
+the pier, and over the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[Pg 96]</a></span>plank, on board the boat. The rain was falling
+fast, and every thing was dripping wet. The gentlemen went loaded with
+portmanteaus, carpet bags, valises, and other parcels of baggage, while
+the women hurried after them, holding their umbrellas in one hand, and
+endeavoring, as well as they could, to lift up their dresses with the
+other. The boat was very small, and there was no shelter whatever from
+the rain on the deck. Most of the company, therefore, hurried down into
+the cabin.</p>
+
+<p>"Are you going down into the cabin, too, uncle George?" said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"Not I," said Mr. George. "Rain or no rain, I am going to see the shores
+of Loch Lomond."</p>
+
+<p>There was a heap of baggage near the centre of the boat, covered with a
+tarpauling. Mr. George put his valise and the knapsacks under the
+covering, with the other travellers' effects, and then began to look
+about for seats. There was a range of wooden benches all along the sides
+of the deck, but they were very wet, and looked extremely uncomfortable.
+The water, however, did not stand upon them, for they were made of open
+work, on purpose to let the water through.</p>
+
+<p>"If we only had some camp stools," said Mr. George, "we could get
+sheltered seats under the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[Pg 97]</a></span>lee of the baggage; but as it is, we must
+make the best of these."</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 360px;">
+<img src="images/i095.jpg" class="ispace" width="360" height="350" alt="VIEWING THE SCENERY OF LOCH LOMOND." title="" />
+<span class="caption">VIEWING THE SCENERY OF LOCH LOMOND.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>So he folded his shawl long enough to make a cushion for three persons,
+and laid it down on one of the benches. He sat down himself upon the
+centre of it, and the boys took their places on each side. Mr. George
+then spread his umbrella, and the boys, by sitting very close to him,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[Pg 98]</a></span>could both come under it. By the time they were thus established the
+boat had left the pier, and was gliding smoothly away over the waters of
+the lake, with green and beautifully wooded islands all around. In the
+distance up the lake, wherever the opening of the clouds afforded a
+view, it was seen that the horizon was bounded, and the waters of the
+lake were shut in, with dark and gloomy-looking mountains, the summits
+of which were entirely concealed from view.</p>
+
+<p>After a short time the rain increased, and all the scenery, except such
+islands and portions of the shore as came very near the track of the
+steamer, was soon entirely hidden. The wind blew harder, too, and drove
+the rain in under the umbrella, so that our travellers were beginning to
+get quite wet.</p>
+
+<p>"Suppose I go below," said Waldron, "and see what sort of a place the
+other passengers have found down there."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir," said Rollo; "it is so wet here, and besides, I am beginning
+to be cold."</p>
+
+<p>"We will all go," said Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>So they all went below. They descended one at a time, by a small spiral
+staircase, near the stern, which led them into the cabin of the boat.
+The cabin presented to view quite an extraordinary spectacle.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[Pg 99]</a></span>It was a small room, being not much more than fifteen feet wide. Along
+the sides of it were seats made of carved oak, and very comfortably
+cushioned. Above was a row of small windows, through which you could
+look out by kneeling on the seats. At the end of the cabin were a
+fireplace and a grate. There was a coal fire burning in the fireplace,
+and several of the passengers were hovering around it to warm and dry
+themselves. Others were looking out of the windows, vainly endeavoring
+to obtain some glimpses of the scenery. A great many of them were
+uttering exclamations of disappointment and vexation, at finding all the
+pleasure of their excursion spoiled thus by the cold and the rain.</p>
+
+<p>Some of the travellers, however, more philosophical than the rest,
+seemed to take their ill luck quite patiently. There was one group that
+opened their knapsacks at one of the side tables, and were taking
+breakfast together there in a very merry manner.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George and the two boys went to the fire, and stood there to warm
+themselves, listening, in the mean time, to the exclamations and remarks
+of the various groups of passengers, which they found quite amusing. In
+the mean time the steamer went on, bringing continually new points <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[Pg 100]</a></span>of
+land and new islands into view. She stopped, too, now and then, at
+landings along the margin of the lake; and on these occasions Rollo and
+Waldron always went up on deck, to witness the operation of bringing the
+steamer to, and to see who went on shore.</p>
+
+<p>They had a list of these landings on the tickets which they had bought
+of the captain of the boat, as soon as they came on board. When they
+found that the next landing was Rowerdennan, all the party went up on
+deck. The rain, they now found, had ceased. Indeed, the sky looked quite
+bright, and several of the passengers were standing on the wet deck,
+watching for glimpses of the mountains, which appeared here and there
+through the openings in the clouds. They saw repeatedly the dark and
+gloomy sides of Ben Lomond; but a canopy of dense and heavy clouds
+rested upon and concealed the summit.</p>
+
+<p>The boys obtained a glimpse of a stone house, nearly enveloped in trees,
+at a little distance from the shore, as they approached the land. This
+they supposed was the inn, as there was no other house in sight.</p>
+
+<p>The steamer drew up to the pier. The pier was very small. It was built
+of timbers, and extended a little way out over the water, from a
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[Pg 101]</a></span>solitary place on the shore. Every passenger that left the boat had to
+pay twopence for the privilege of landing upon it. The porter of the inn
+stood there, with a leather bag hung over his neck, to collect this
+toll. On this occasion, however, he got only sixpence, as Mr. George and
+the two boys were the only passengers that landed.</p>
+
+<p>The place was very wild and solitary. There was no house, or building of
+any kind, in sight. There was a narrow road, however, that led along the
+shore of the lake, from the pier towards the point of land which the
+steamer had passed in coming to the pier, and the porter told Mr. George
+that that was the road that led to the inn.</p>
+
+<p>"If you will walk on," said the porter, "I will bring your luggage."</p>
+
+<p>There were some boards and small timbers on the deck of the vessel,
+which were to be landed here, and the porter remained in order to
+receive them, while Mr. George and the boys went on. They soon came to
+the inn. They entered it from behind, through a very pleasant yard,
+surrounded with trees and gardens, and out-buildings of various kinds.
+Mr. George went in, followed by the boys, and was shown into the coffee
+room. From the windows of this room <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[Pg 102]</a></span>there was a very pretty view of the
+lake, through an opening among the trees of the garden.</p>
+
+<p>"And now what are we going to do?" said Waldron, after they had all
+looked at the view as much as they wished.</p>
+
+<p>"I am going to have a fire," said Mr. George, "and then sit down here
+and make myself comfortable until it clears away. You and Rollo can join
+me, or you can form any other plan that you like better."</p>
+
+<p>"We'll go a-fishing," said Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"Or else go up on Ben Lomond," said Rollo. "How high is Ben Lomond,
+uncle George?"</p>
+
+<p>"It is between three and four thousand feet," said Mr. George. "We will
+all go up to-morrow if it clears away."</p>
+
+<p>But Waldron did not wish to go up the mountain. He preferred to go
+a-fishing on the lake. He did not express his preference very strongly
+at this time, but in the course of the afternoon he persuaded Rollo that
+it would be a great deal better for them to go out a-fishing on the
+lake, and perhaps go across the lake to the opposite shore, rather than
+to go up the mountain; and he induced Rollo to join him in a request
+that Mr. George would let them go out on the lake, while he went up the
+mountain, if he wished to ascend it.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[Pg 103]</a></span>"We can have a boat and a boatman," said Waldron. "The boatman will row
+us, and take care of us, and that will be perfectly safe. And Rollo
+would like that plan best, too."</p>
+
+<p>In forming this scheme Waldron and Rollo made a mistake; and it was a
+mistake that boys are very apt to fall into when they are invited to go
+on excursions with their parents, or uncles, or older brothers. It is
+naturally to be supposed that the tastes and inclinations of boys, in
+such cases, should often be different from those of the grown persons
+they are with, and should lead them to wish frequently to deviate, more
+or less, from the plans formed. But it is a great source of
+inconvenience to those whom they are with to have them often propose
+such deviations. In this case, for example, Mr. George had come a long
+distance, and incurred very heavy expenses, for the purpose of seeing
+the Scottish Highlands. Unless he could now really see them, of course
+all his time and money would be lost. The pleasure of going a-fishing
+is, doubtless, often very great, but this was not the time nor the place
+for enjoying it. In acceding to the arrangement to come with Mr. George
+to the Highlands, the boys ought to have considered themselves joined
+with him in a tour for instruction and improvement, and as committed to
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[Pg 104]</a></span>the plans which he might form, from time to time, for accomplishing the
+objects of the tour. By proposing, as they did, to deviate on every
+occasion from these plans, and wishing to turn aside from the proper
+duty of tourists, in search of such boyish pleasures as might be enjoyed
+just as well at home, they failed signally in fulfilling the obligations
+which they incurred in undertaking the tour under Mr. George's charge.</p>
+
+<p>Let all the boys and girls, therefore, who read this book, remember that
+whenever, either by invitation or otherwise, they are joined to any
+party of which a grown person has charge, or when they accompany a grown
+person on any excursion whatever, they go to share <i>his</i> pleasures, not
+to substitute their own for his, and thus to interfere with and thwart
+the plans which he had formed. Boys often violate this rule from want of
+thought, and without intending to do any thing wrong. This was the case
+in this instance, in respect to Waldron and Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"They are good boys," said Mr. George to himself, in thinking of the
+subject. "They do not mean to do any thing wrong; but they do not
+understand the case. I will take an opportunity soon to explain it to
+them."</p>
+
+<p>It is no time, however, to explain to a boy why it is not best that he
+should do a particular <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[Pg 105]</a></span>thing, when he wishes to do it and you forbid
+him. His mind is then too much occupied with his disappointment, and
+perhaps with vexation, to listen to the reasons. Forbid him, if it is
+necessary to do so, but reserve the explanation till some future time.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George got over the difficulty in this case in a very pleasant
+manner to all concerned. The rain ceased entirely about noon, but the
+paths on the mountain he knew would be too wet to make it agreeable to
+ascend that day; so he told the boys that if they would find the boat
+and the man, and make all the arrangements, he would go out with them on
+the lake; and that, if they would agree to write a chapter for his
+journal, and write it as well as they had written their accounts of
+their excursion to Greenock, he would stop an hour on the way, to let
+them fish.</p>
+
+<p>"And then," said he, "we'll all ascend the mountain together to-morrow."</p>
+
+<p>This proposal was readily agreed to on the part of the boys, and the
+compact was accordingly made. They engaged the boat and the man, and
+after dinner they all three embarked. The rain had ceased, but the sky
+was covered with clouds, and heavy masses of mist were driving along the
+sides and over the summits of the mountains. The weather, however,
+remained <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[Pg 106]</a></span>tolerably favorable until the boat had nearly reached the
+opposite shore of the lake; but then a dense mass of clouds came down
+from the mountains on the eastern side, and the whole shore was soon
+concealed from view by the driving scuds and the falling rain. The
+boatman pulled hard to reach the shore before the shower should come on.
+The gust overtook them, however, when they were about a quarter of a
+mile from the landing. Fortunately the wind, though very violent, was
+fair, and it drove them on towards the shore. Mr. George and the boys
+sat down in the bottom of the boat, at the stern, and spreading a large
+umbrella behind them, they sheltered themselves as well as they could
+from the wind and the rain. The poor boatman got very wet.</p>
+
+<p>They found shelter when they reached the land, and soon the shower
+passed away. Then, after rambling about a short time among the huts and
+cottages of the village where they landed, they set out again on their
+return. They stopped to fish at a short distance from the shore on the
+eastern side, and were quite successful. The boys caught several trout,
+which they resolved to have fried for their breakfast the next morning.
+While they were fishing Mr. George sat in the stern of the boat,
+studying his guide <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[Pg 107]</a></span>books, and learning all he could about the
+remarkable events in the life of Rob Roy, the great Highland chieftain,
+who formerly lived on the shores of Loch Lomond, and performed many
+daring exploits there, which have given him a great name in Scottish
+history.</p>
+
+<p>It was a little after nine o'clock when they returned to the inn.</p>
+
+<p>The next morning the plan of ascending the mountain was carried into
+effect. Mr. George hired two horses, intending to take turns with the
+boys in riding them. By having two horses for three riders, each one
+could, of course, ride two thirds of the way. This is better than for
+each one to ride all the way, as that is very tiresome. Both in
+ascending and descending mountains it relieves and rests the traveller
+to walk a part of the way.</p>
+
+<p>The top of the mountain was distinctly in sight from the inn, and almost
+the whole course of the path which led up to it, for there were no woods
+to intercept the view. The distance was five or six miles. The path was
+a constant and gradual ascent nearly all the way, and lay through a
+region entirely open in every direction. There was a perfect sea of
+hills on every side, all covered with moss, ferns, and heather, with
+scarcely a tree of any kind to be seen, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[Pg 108]</a></span>except those that fringed the
+shores of the lake down in the valley. The view from the summit was very
+extended, but the wind blew there so bleak and cold that the whole party
+were very glad to leave it and come down, after a very brief survey of
+the prospect.</p>
+
+<p>In coming down the mountain the party stopped at a spring, to rest
+themselves and to drink; and here, as they were sitting together on the
+flat stones that lay about the spring, Mr. George explained to the two
+boys what I have already explained in this chapter to the reader, in
+respect to the duty of boys, when travelling under the charge of a grown
+person, to fall in with their leader's plans, instead of forming
+independent plans of their own.</p>
+
+<p>"When you are at home," said he, "and playing among yourselves, and with
+other persons of your own age, then you can form your own plans, and
+arrange parties and excursions for just such purposes and objects as you
+think will amuse you most. But we are now travelling for improvement,
+not for play. We are making a tour in Scotland for the purpose of
+learning all we can about Scotland, with a view to obtain more full and
+correct ideas respecting it than we could obtain by books alone. So we
+must attend to our duty, and be content with such enjoyments and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[Pg 109]</a></span>such
+pleasures as come in our way, and not turn aside from our duty to seek
+them."</p>
+
+<p>The boys both saw that this was reasonable and right, and they promised
+that thenceforth they would act on that principle.</p>
+
+<p>"We won't ask to go a-fishing again all the time we are in Scotland,"
+said Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"That's right," said Mr. George. "And now as soon as we get to the hotel
+it will be time for the boat to come along; and all the rest of our
+adventures to-day you and Rollo must write an account of, to put into my
+journal. You will not write the account till you get to Stirling; but
+you had better take notice of what we do, and what we see, so as to be
+ready to write it when we arrive."</p>
+
+<p>"May we take notes?" asked Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"Certainly," said Mr. George. "That will be an excellent plan. Have a
+small piece of paper and a pencil at hand, and when you see any thing
+remarkable, make a memorandum of it. That will help you very much when
+you come to write."</p>
+
+<p>This plan was carried into effect. The boys wrote their account, and
+after it was duly corrected it was carefully transcribed into Mr.
+George's journal. It was as follows. Rollo wrote one half of it, and
+Waldron the other.</p>
+
+<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[Pg 110]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="Chapter_IX" id="Chapter_IX"></a><span class="smcap">Chapter IX.</span></h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">The Tour of the Trossachs.</span></h3>
+
+<p>"The Trossachs is the name of a narrow gorge among the mountains. It
+begins at the end of a lake, and extends about two or three miles. The
+sides are covered with forests, and there are high, sharp rocks seen
+every where, peeping out among the trees.</p>
+
+<p>"The pass of the Trossachs is not in the same valley that Loch Lomond
+lies in, but in another valley almost parallel to it, about five miles
+off. There is high land between. We had to cross this high land on foot,
+or in a carriage. The plan was to go up the lake a few miles farther, to
+a landing called Inversnaid, and there leave the boat, and go across the
+mountains.</p>
+
+<p>"When it was nearly time for the boat to come, we took our valise and
+other things, and walked along the shore path till we came to the pier.
+We overtook some other people who were going in the boat, too. A soldier
+came along, also. He was one of the sappers and miners, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[Pg 111]</a></span>that we saw on
+the top of Ben Lomond. He told me that he came down to get some things
+that were coming in the boat.<a name="FNanchor_D_4" id="FNanchor_D_4"></a><a href="#Footnote_D_4" class="fnanchor">[D]</a></p>
+
+<p>"We waited on the pier a few minutes, and then we saw the boat coming
+around a point of land. As soon as she came up to the pier we all got
+in, and a gentleman and two ladies came on shore.</p>
+
+<p>"The weather was very pleasant, and so we did not go down into the
+cabin. All the passengers were on the deck, looking at the mountains. I
+talked with some of them. One party came from New York, and the
+gentleman asked me what there was to see at Rowerdennan Inn; and so I
+told him about our going across the lake, and about our ascending the
+mountain. He said he wished that he had landed, too, so that he might go
+up the mountain, since it proved to be such a pleasant day.</p>
+
+<p>"Uncle George gave Waldron and me leave to go up on the bridge to see
+the mountains before us, up the lake. They looked very dark and gloomy.
+The captain was there. He told <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[Pg 112]</a></span>us the names of the mountains that were
+in sight. He said that when we landed at Inversnaid we should go across
+the high land, and then should come to another lake, where there was
+another steamboat, only she had not commenced her trips yet, and so we
+should have to go down the other lake in a row boat. Waldron and I were
+both glad of that.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 318px;">
+<img src="images/i110.jpg" class="ispace" width="318" height="350" alt="THE BOYS ON THE BRIDGE." title="" />
+<span class="caption">THE BOYS ON THE BRIDGE.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[Pg 113]</a></span>"At last we came to Inversnaid. We thought it would be a town, but it
+was not. It was only an inn on the slope of the mountain, near the
+shore, and by the side of a waterfall. We walked up a steep path to the
+inn, from the pier. We had to pay twopence apiece for the privilege of
+landing on the pier. Uncle George asked us whether we would rather walk
+or ride across the high land to the other valley. We said we did not
+care. He said that he would rather ride. So he engaged one of the
+<i>machines</i>. They call the carriages machines. There were two standing in
+the inn yard. There were two seats to these carriages, but no top, and
+very little room for any baggage. So it was lucky for us that we had so
+little.</p>
+
+<p>"While the hostler was harnessing the horse we went to see the
+waterfall. There was a path leading to it through the bushes. There was
+a small foot bridge over the stream, just below the waterfall, where we
+could stand and see the water tumbling down over the rocks.</p>
+
+<p>"While we were there they called us to tell us that the machine was
+ready. So we went back to the inn. There were two machines ready at the
+door. One was for another party. There was a lady in that machine, and
+it was just starting. Ours was just starting, too. They told us <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[Pg 114]</a></span>that
+there was a steep hill at the beginning, and that it was customary for
+the gentlemen to walk up.</p>
+
+<p>"So we walked up. The road lay along the brink of a deep ravine, with
+the brook that made the waterfall tumbling along over the rocks at the
+bottom of it.</p>
+
+<p>"When we got to the top of the hill the machine stopped, and we all got
+in. Waldron rode on the front seat with the driver, and uncle George and
+I rode behind.</p>
+
+<p>"The country was very wild and dreary. There was nothing to be seen all
+around but hills and mountains, all covered with brakes and ferns, and
+moss and heather. There were no woods, no pastures, no fields, and no
+farm houses. It was the dreariest-looking country I ever saw. In the
+middle of the way we came to some old stone hovels, with thatched
+roofs&mdash;very dismal-looking dwellings indeed. There was usually one door
+and one little window by the side of it. The window was about as big as
+you would make for a horse, in the side of a stable. I looked into one
+of these hovels. There was no floor, only flat stones laid in the
+ground, and scarcely any furniture. The Irish shanties, where they are
+making railroads in America, are very pretty houses compared to them.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[Pg 115]</a></span>"The driver told us that the whole country belonged to a duke. He keeps
+it to shoot grouse in, in the fall of the year. The grouse is a bird
+like a partridge. They live on the heather. I saw some of them flying
+about.</p>
+
+<p>"The road was very good. The duke made it, the driver said. We could see
+the road a great way before us, along the valley. By and by we saw some
+people coming. They were a great way off, but we could see that they
+were travellers, by the umbrellas, and shawls, and knapsacks they had in
+their hands. Presently we could see a man coming up a hill just before
+them with a wheelbarrow load of trunks that he was wheeling along. So we
+knew that it was a party of travellers, coming across from Loch Katrine
+to Loch Lomond; but we wondered why they did not take a machine, and
+ride.</p>
+
+<p>"When we came up to them we stopped a moment to talk to them. There were
+two gentlemen and two ladies. One of the ladies looked pretty tired.
+They said that there were no machines on the side of the mountain where
+they came from, and that there was a party there, that arrived before
+them, who had engaged the first machines that should come; and so they
+were obliged to walk, and to have their trunks wheeled over on a
+wheelbarrow.</p>
+
+<p>"Afterwards we met another party walking <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[Pg 116]</a></span>in the same way, with their
+trunks on a wheelbarrow. We thought that five miles was a great way to
+wheel trunks on a wheelbarrow.</p>
+
+<p>"At last we came to what they called Loch Katrine; but it seemed to me
+nothing but a pond among the mountains. It was only about ten miles
+long. There was an inn on the shore, but no village.</p>
+
+<p>"There was a pier there, too, and some boats drawn up on the beach. At a
+little distance they were putting together an iron steamboat on the
+stocks. The parts were all made in Glasgow, and brought here by the same
+way that we had come. The old steamboat of last year was floating in the
+water near by. The steampipe was rusty, and she looked as if she had
+been abandoned. The name of her was the Rob Roy.</p>
+
+<p>"We were glad that the new one was not ready, for we liked better to go
+in a row boat.</p>
+
+<p>"So we engaged one of the boats, and went down to it on the beach, and
+put our baggage in. And this is the end of my part of the account.
+Waldron is to write the rest.</p>
+
+<p class="right">"<span class="smcap">Rollo.</span>"</p>
+
+<hr class="small" />
+
+<p>"We all got into the boat; that is, we three, and some other ladies and
+gentlemen that came over the mountain about the same time with us. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[Pg 117]</a></span>The
+wind was blowing pretty fresh, and the middle of the lake was very
+rough, and some of the ladies were afraid to go; but we told them there
+was no danger.</p>
+
+<p>"The boatman said that we would go right across the loch, and then we
+should get under the lee of the land on the eastern shore, and there we
+should be sheltered from the wind, and the water would be smooth.</p>
+
+<p>"I told him that I could row, and asked him to let me take one of the
+oars; and he said I might. But one of the ladies was afraid to have me
+do it. She said she was afraid that I should upset the boat.</p>
+
+<p>"This was nonsense; for it is not possible to upset a boat by any kind
+of rowing, if it is ever so bad.</p>
+
+<p>"The boatman told her that there was no danger, and that, if I could
+really row, I could help him so much that we should get across the part
+of the lake where the wind blew and the waves run high so much the
+sooner. So she consented at last, and I took one of the oars, and we
+rowed across the loch in fine style. We pitched about a good deal in the
+middle passage, and the lady was dreadfully frightened; but when we got
+across the water became smooth, and we sailed very pleasantly along the
+shore.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[Pg 118]</a></span>"The shores were winding and very pretty, and the farther we went the
+narrower the lake became, and the mountains became higher and higher. At
+last we came to a narrow place between two mountains, where the pass of
+the Trossachs began. The mountain on one side was Ben Venue. The one on
+the other side was Benan. The shores at the foot of these mountains were
+covered with woods, and the place was very wild. There was an island in
+the middle of the lake here, called Ellen's Isle. This island was high
+and rocky, and covered with woods, like the shores adjacent to it.</p>
+
+<p>"This island is very famous, on account of a poem that Walter Scott
+wrote about it, called the Lady of the Lake. The lake was this Loch
+Katrine, and the lady was Ellen. She went back and forth to the island
+in a boat, in some way or other, but I do not know the story exactly.
+Mr. George is going to buy the Lady of the Lake when we get to
+Edinburgh, and read it to us, and then we shall know.</p>
+
+<p>"The island is small and rocky, but it is so covered with trees and
+bushes that we hardly see the rocks. They peep out here and there. The
+banks rise very steep, and the water looks very deep close to the shore.
+We sailed by the island, and then the water grew narrower and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[Pg 119]</a></span>narrower,
+until at last we were closely shut in, and then soon we came to the
+landing.</p>
+
+<p>"There was nothing but a hut at the landing, and a narrow road, which
+began then and led down the valley. The valley was very narrow, and
+there were steep rocks and mountains on both sides. They told us that it
+was a mile and a quarter to the inn, and that there was no other way to
+go but to walk. The boatman said that he would bring the baggage; so we
+left it under his care, all except our knapsacks, and walked along.</p>
+
+<p>"We walked about a mile down the valley, by a very winding road, with
+rocks, and trees, and very high mountains on both sides. At last we came
+in sight of a tall spire. I thought it was a church. In a minute another
+spire came into view, and two great towers. Rollo thought it was a
+castle. I said that a castle would not have a spire on it. Rollo said
+that a church would not have two spires on it. It turned out that both
+of us were mistaken; for the building was the inn.</p>
+
+<p>"It was a very extraordinary looking inn. It was built of stone, with
+towers and battlements, like an old castle. The inside was very
+extraordinary, too. The public room looked, as Mr. George said, like an
+old Gothic hall of the middle <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[Pg 120]</a></span>ages. There were tables set out here for
+people to have breakfasts and dinners, and Mr. George ordered a dinner
+for us. There were other parties of tourists there, some coming, and
+some going.</p>
+
+<p>"While the dinner was getting ready, Rollo and I walked about the inn,
+and in the yards. It was a very curious place indeed. Close behind it
+were lofty mountains, which, Rollo said, looked like the mountains of
+Switzerland; only there were no snow peaks on the top of them. There was
+no village, and there were no houses near, except two or three stone
+hovels in the woods behind the inn. Before the inn, in a little valley
+just below it, was a pond, such as they call here a loch.</p>
+
+<p>"Mr. George decided to go directly on to Stirling, because it was
+Saturday night, and he did not wish, he said, to spend Sunday at such a
+lonesome inn. So we hired a carriage and set off. Immediately we began
+to come out from the mountains, and to get into the level country. The
+country soon grew very beautiful. The sun was behind our backs, and it
+shone right upon every thing that we wished to see, and made the whole
+country look very green and very brilliant. There were parks, and
+gardens, and pleasure grounds, and queer villages, and ruins <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[Pg 121]</a></span>of old
+castles on the hills, and little lochs in the valleys, and every thing
+beautiful.</p>
+
+<p>"At last we came in sight of Stirling Castle. It stood on the top of a
+high, rocky hill. The hill was very high and steep on all sides but one,
+where it sloped down towards the town. The country all around was very
+level, so that we could see the castle a great many miles away.</p>
+
+<p>"We rode around the foot of the castle hill, under the rocks, and at
+last came into the town, and drove to the hotel.</p>
+
+<p class="right">"<span class="smcap">Waldron.</span>"</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 240px;">
+<img src="images/i119.jpg" class="ispace" width="240" height="250" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[Pg 122]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="Chapter_X" id="Chapter_X"></a><span class="smcap">Chapter X.</span></h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">Stirling.</span></h3>
+
+<p>Stirling Castle crowns the summit of a rocky hill, which rises on the
+banks of the Forth, in the midst of a vast extent of level and
+richly-cultivated country. It is, of course, a very conspicuous object
+from all the region around.</p>
+
+<p>The hill is long and narrow. The length of it extends from north to
+south. The northern end is the high end. The land slopes gently towards
+the south, but the other sides are steep, and in many places they form
+perpendicular precipices of rock, with the castle walls built on the
+very brink of them.</p>
+
+<p>The town lies chiefly at the foot of the hill, towards the south, though
+there are one or two streets, bordered by quaint and queer old
+buildings, that lead all the way up to the castle.</p>
+
+<p>In front of the castle, at the place where these streets terminate, is a
+broad space, smoothly gravelled, called the esplanade. This is used as a
+parade ground, for drilling and training the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[Pg 123]</a></span>new soldiers, and teaching
+them the man&oelig;uvres and exercises necessary to be practised in the
+war.</p>
+
+<p>On Sunday morning, after breakfast, Mr. George and the boys went out, to
+go to church. Bells were ringing in various parts of the town. They were
+drawn, by some invisible attraction, up the hill, in the direction of
+the castle. They soon found other people going the same way; and
+following them, they came, at length, to a very ancient-looking mass of
+buildings, which, Mr. George said, he should have thought was an old
+abbey, gone to ruin, if it were not that the people were all going into
+it, under a great arched doorway. So he supposed it was a church, and he
+and the boys went in with the rest.</p>
+
+<p>There was a man at the door holding a large silver plate, to receive the
+contributions of the people that came in. Mr. George stopped to get some
+money out of his pocket. The man then seemed to perceive that he was a
+stranger; so he said to him, speaking with a broad Scotch accent and
+intonation,&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Ye wull gae into the magistrates' seat. Or stay&mdash;I wull send a mon wi'
+ye, to show ye the wa'."</p>
+
+<p>So he called a door keeper, and the door keeper led the way up stairs,
+into a gallery. The gallery <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[Pg 124]</a></span>was very wide, and was supported by
+enormous pillars. The whole interior of the church had a very quaint and
+antique air. The magistrate's seat was the front seat of the gallery. It
+was a very nice seat, and was well cushioned. Before it, all around, was
+a sort of desk, for the Bibles and Hymn Books to rest upon.</p>
+
+<p>There were three pulpits&mdash;or what seemed to the boys to be pulpits&mdash;one
+behind and above the other. The highest was for the minister; the next
+below was for what in America would be called the leader of the choir;
+though in Scotland, Mr. George said he believed he was called the
+precentor. There was no choir of singers, as with us, but when the
+minister gave out a hymn the precentor rose and commenced the singing,
+and when he had got near the end of the first line all the congregation
+joined in, and sang the hymn with him to the end. The third pulpit was
+only a sort of chair, enclosed at the sides and above. What the man did
+who sat in it the boys could not find out.</p>
+
+<p>All the people in the church had Bibles on a sloping board before them,
+in their pews, and when the minister named the text or read a chapter,
+they all turned to the place, and looked over. Waldron said he thought
+that this was an excellent plan.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[Pg 125]</a></span>Mr. George and the boys all liked the sermon very much indeed, and when
+the service was ended, they walked a little way around the esplanade
+before the castle, and then went home to dinner.</p>
+
+<p>In the course of their excursion, however, they had observed that a
+great many walks had been made at different elevations on the west side
+of the hill, and that seats were placed there at different points, for
+resting-places. These seats, and indeed the walks themselves, commanded
+charming views of all the surrounding country. The boys wanted to run up
+and down these paths, and explore the sides of the hill by means of them
+in every part; but Mr. George recommended to them to wait till the next
+day.</p>
+
+<p>"We shall come up to-morrow," said he, "to visit the castle, and then we
+will come out here, and have a picnic, on one of these stone seats.
+After that I will find a place among the rocks to read or write, for an
+hour, and while I am there you may climb about among the rocks and
+precipices as much as you please."</p>
+
+<p>The next morning the boys set out with Mr. George, soon after breakfast,
+to go up to the castle. When they reached the esplanade they found
+several small parties of soldiers there, under instruction. They all
+wore red coats&mdash;<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[Pg 126]</a></span>that being the ordinary uniform of British soldiers.
+Officers were marching them about, and teaching them how to handle their
+muskets, and to keep step, and to wheel this way and that, and to
+perform other such evolutions. A great many of the soldiers looked very
+young. They were lads that had been recently enlisted, and were now
+being trained to go to the war in the Crimea.</p>
+
+<p>After looking at these soldiers a short time the party went on. At the
+upper end of the esplanade there was a gateway leading into the castle
+yard. There was a sentinel, in a Highland costume, keeping guard there.
+Mr. George asked him if the public were allowed to go into the castle.
+He said, "O, yes, certainly;" and so Mr. George and the boys went in.</p>
+
+<p>As they went in they looked up, and saw a great many cannons pointed
+down at them from the embrasures in the surrounding ramparts and
+bastions.</p>
+
+<p>"Those guns must be to keep the enemy from coming in," said Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>Presently the party passed through another arched gateway, and came into
+a large inner court, which was surrounded with various buildings, all
+built of stone, and of a very massive and solid character. The palace
+was on one side. It was adorned with a great many quaint <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[Pg 127]</a></span>and curious
+sculptures and images. The palace itself, and all the other buildings,
+were used as barracks for soldiers. A great many soldiers were standing
+about the doors, and some were playing together about the court. Some of
+them were dressed in the common British uniform, and some were in the
+Highland costume.</p>
+
+<p>While the boys were looking at the palace front, a soldier advanced
+towards them in a very respectful manner, and said to Mr. George,&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"If you and the young gentlemen are strangers in Stirling, I will walk
+about the castle with you, and point out the objects of interest to you,
+if you desire it."</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George accepted this offer, and the young soldier accordingly walked
+with them all about. He pointed out all the different buildings, and
+mentioned the dates of the erection of them, and referred to the most
+important historical events that had transpired in them. Finally he led
+the party through a gate into a small garden, and thence out upon the
+rampart wall, from which there was a very extended and extraordinarily
+beautiful view of the surrounding country.<a name="FNanchor_E_5" id="FNanchor_E_5"></a><a href="#Footnote_E_5" class="fnanchor">[E]</a> To the north-west were
+seen the Highlands, with the peaks of Ben Lomond, Ben Venue, and Benan,
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[Pg 128]</a></span>rising conspicuously among them. On the east were other hills, rising
+abruptly out of the smooth and smiling plain, and covered with dark
+plantations of evergreen. All around the foot of the castle, and
+extending to the distance, in some directions, of many miles, the
+country was level and fertile, and it presented every where the most
+enchanting pictures of rural beauty. Some of the fields were of the
+richest green, others were brown from fresh tillage, with men ploughing
+or harrowing in them, or plants just springing up in long green rows,
+which, partly on account of the distance, and partly through the
+exquisite neatness and nicety of farmers' work, looked so smooth, and
+soft, and fine, that the scene appeared more like enchantment than
+reality.</p>
+
+<p>On one side of the mountain was seen the River Forth, winding about
+through meadows and green fields with the most extraordinary turnings
+and involutions. The boys had seen winding rivers before, but never any
+thing like this. The whole plain was filled with the windings of the
+river, which looked like the links of a silver chain, lying half
+embedded in a carpet of the richest green. Indeed, these windings of the
+river, and the vast circular fields of fertile land which they enclose,
+are called the Links of Forth. The view was diversified by villages,
+hamlets, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[Pg 129]</a></span>bridges, railway embankments, and other constructions, which
+concealed the river here and there entirely from view, and made it
+impossible to trace its course. The richness and beauty of these Links
+of Forth appeared the more surprising to the boys from the contrast
+which the scene presented to the dreary wastes of moss and heather which
+they had seen in the Highlands. There is an old Scotch proverb that
+refers to this contrast. It is this:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="poem"><div class="stanza">
+<span class="i0">"The lairdship of the bonnie Links of Forth<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Is better than an <i>earldom</i> in the north."<br /></span>
+</div></div>
+
+<p>The course of the Forth could be traced for a long distance towards
+Edinburgh; and Arthur's Seat, a high hill near Edinburgh, could be
+distinctly seen in the south-eastern horizon.</p>
+
+<p>At one place, in an angle in the wall of the rampart, was a stone step,
+so placed that a lady, by standing upon it, might get a better view. The
+soldier said that Queen Victoria stood upon that stone, when she visited
+Stirling Castle, a few years ago, on her way to Balmoral. Balmoral is a
+country seat she has among the Highlands, far to the north, in the midst
+of the wildest solitudes. The queen goes there almost every summer, in
+order to escape, for a time, from the thraldom of state ceremony, and
+the pomp and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[Pg 130]</a></span>parade of royal life, and live in peace among the mountain
+solitudes.</p>
+
+<p>The soldier pointed to the coping of the wall, where the figure of a
+crown was cut in the stone, and the letters "V. R." by the side of it.
+This inscription was a memorial of the queen's having stood at this spot
+to view and admire the beauty of the scenery.</p>
+
+<p>After Mr. George and the boys had seen all that they wished of the
+castle, Mr. George gave the soldier a shilling, and they went out as
+they had gone in, under the great archway. They passed across the
+esplanade, and then came to a small, level piece of ground, with a high
+rock beyond it, overlooking it. The level place was an ancient tilting
+ground; that is, a ground where, in ancient times, they used to have
+tilts and tournaments, for the amusement of the people of the palace,
+and of the guests who came to visit them. The ladies used to stand on
+the top of the rock to witness the tournaments. There was a large, flat
+area there, with room enough upon it for twenty or thirty ladies to
+stand and see. The rock was called the Lady's Rock. The tournaments and
+tiltings have long since ceased, but it retains the name of the Lady's
+Rock to the present day.</p>
+
+<p>"Let us go up on it," said Rollo, "and see where the ladies stood."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[Pg 131]</a></span>There were a number of children playing about these grounds, and several
+of them were upon the top of the Lady's Rock. They looked ragged and
+poor. Rollo and Waldron climbed up to the place. The path was steep and
+rugged. When they reached the top they looked down to the level area
+where the tournaments were held.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't think the place is big enough for a tournament," said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"What is a tournament?" asked Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"A sort of sham fight of horsemen," said Rollo, "that they used to have
+in old times, when they wore steel armor, and fought with spears and
+lances. They used to ride against each other with blunt spears, and see
+who could knock the other one off his horse. What are you laughing at,
+uncle George?"</p>
+
+<p>Rollo perceived that Mr. George was smiling at his very unromantic mode
+of describing a tournament. "Is not that what they used to do at the
+tournaments?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Mr. George, "that is a pretty fair account of it, on the
+whole. And now, boys," he continued, "I have got a plan of having a
+picnic to-day, out under the castle walls here, instead of going to the
+hotel for dinner; and we will go and find a good place for it."</p>
+
+<p>The boys said that they would like this plan <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[Pg 132]</a></span>very much. "But then,"
+said they, "we have not got any thing to eat."</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George then explained to them that the plan which he had formed, was
+for them to go down into the town, and buy something at the shops for a
+picnic dinner, while he remained on the rocks, or on some seat on the
+side of the Castle Hill, writing in his journal.</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said Waldron, "we will do that. But what shall we buy?"</p>
+
+<p>"Whatever you please," said Mr. George. "Walk along through the street,
+and look in at the shop windows, and whenever you see any thing that you
+think we shall like, buy it."</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said Rollo, "we will. But how much shall we spend?"</p>
+
+<p>"As much as you think it best," said Mr. George. "I leave every thing to
+you. You see, our dinner at the hotel would not be less than seven
+shillings, and that we shall save; so that if you don't spend more than
+seven shillings you will be safe."</p>
+
+<p>The boys were sure that they could procure very abundant supplies for
+less money than that; and they very readily undertook the commission.
+They accordingly left Mr. George at a seat near one of the walks on the
+side of Castle Hill, where, as he said, he could look right down on the
+famous <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[Pg 133]</a></span>field of Bannockburn, and they then began to run down the walk,
+on the way towards the hotel.</p>
+
+<p>They first went to the hotel to get a knapsack. They told the waiter
+there that they should not be at home to dinner. They then walked along
+the street, looking out for eatables. They soon found various shop
+windows where such things were displayed, and in the course of a quarter
+of an hour they had laid in an abundant supply. They bought some small,
+flat cakes of bread at one place, and a veal and ham pie at another, and
+two oranges apiece at another, and a bottle of milk at another, and
+finally, for dessert, they got a pound of raisins and almonds mixed
+together, which they chanced to see in a fruiterer's window. The cost of
+the whole, the boys found, when they came to foot up the account, was
+only two shillings and fourpence.</p>
+
+<p>With these supplies the boys went up the hill again; not through the
+street, but by the walk under the trees, outside the town wall. They
+found Mr. George in the seat where they had left him. He had just
+finished his writing. He was very much pleased with the purchases that
+the boys had made, and they all sat down together on the stone seat, and
+ate their dinner with excellent appetites.<a name="FNanchor_F_6" id="FNanchor_F_6"></a><a href="#Footnote_F_6" class="fnanchor">[F]</a></p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[Pg 134]</a></span>While they were eating the raisins and almonds Mr. George pointed down
+to a beautiful field, yellow with buttercups, and said,&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"There, boys, do you see that field?"</p>
+
+<p>The boys said they did.</p>
+
+<p>"It is the field of Bannockburn. Look at it, and remember it well. When
+you are five years older, and read the history of Scotland, you will
+take great pleasure in thinking of the day when you looked down from
+Stirling Castle on the field of Bannockburn."</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 320px;">
+<img src="images/i132.jpg" class="ispace" width="320" height="250" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[Pg 135]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="Chapter_XI" id="Chapter_XI"></a><span class="smcap">Chapter XI.</span></h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">Loch Leven.</span></h3>
+
+<p>"And where are we going next, uncle George?" said Rollo, as they were
+all coming home to the hotel, from their last walk up to the castle.</p>
+
+<p>"I am going to Kinross," said Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"What is there at Kinross?" asked Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"There is a lake," said Mr. George, "and in the lake is an island, and
+on the island are the ruins of an old castle, and in the castle Mary,
+Queen of Scots, was imprisoned."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Waldron, "I have heard of Mary, Queen of Scots, but I do not
+know much about her."</p>
+
+<p>Waldron, it must be confessed, was not much of a scholar. He had read
+very little, either of history or of any thing else.</p>
+
+<p>"What was she remarkable for?" he asked.</p>
+
+<p>"In the first place," said Mr. George, "she was very beautiful, and she
+was also very lovely."</p>
+
+<p>"That is the same thing; is it not?" said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"No, not by any means," said Mr. George. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[Pg 136]</a></span>"There are many beautiful
+girls that are not lovely, and there are many lovely girls that are not
+particularly beautiful."</p>
+
+<p>"You mean lovely in character, I suppose," said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"No," said Mr. George, "I mean lovely in looks. There is a great
+difference, I think, between loveliness and beauty, in <i>looks</i>."</p>
+
+<p>"I think so, too," said Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"Now, Mary, Queen of Scots," continued Mr. George, "was beautiful, and
+she was also very lovely; and while she lived she charmed and fascinated
+almost every body who knew her.</p>
+
+<p>"Then, besides," continued Mr. George, "her life was an exceedingly
+romantic one. She met with an extraordinary number of most remarkable
+adventures. She was sent to France, when she was a little child, to be
+educated. There were four little girls of her own age sent with her, to
+be her playmates there, and they were all named Mary. She called them
+her four Marys.</p>
+
+<p>"She grew up to be a young lady in France, and married the king's son,
+and she lived there for a time in great prosperity and splendor. At last
+her husband died, and her enemies came into power in France, and she
+became unhappy. Besides, there were some difficulties and troubles in
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[Pg 137]</a></span>Scotland, and she was obliged to return to her native land. She was,
+however, very unhappy about it. She loved France very much, and the
+friends that she had made there, and when she came away she said that
+she had left half her heart behind.</p>
+
+<p>"When we go to Edinburgh," continued Mr. George, "we shall go to
+Holyrood, and see the palace where she lived. While she was there a
+great many extraordinary and curious events and incidents befell her."</p>
+
+<p>"Tell us about them," said Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"No," said Mr. George. "It would take me too long. You must read her
+history yourself. It is an exceedingly interesting story. She was
+accused of some great crimes, but mankind have never been able to decide
+whether she was guilty of them or not. Some are very sure that she was
+innocent, and some are equally positive that she was guilty."</p>
+
+<p>"What crimes were they?" asked Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, one was," said Mr. George, "that of murdering her husband. It was
+her second husband, one that she married after she came to Scotland.
+They did not live happily together. He killed one of Mary's friends,
+named Rizzio, and afterwards he was killed himself. The house that he
+was in was blown up in the night with gunpowder."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[Pg 138]</a></span>"My!" exclaimed Waldron; "I should like to read about it."</p>
+
+<p>"It is a very interesting and curious story," said Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"And could not they find out who did it?" asked Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Mr. George, "they found out who did it; but what they could
+not find out was, whether Mary herself took any part in the crime or
+not. There was no direct proof. They could only judge from the
+circumstances."</p>
+
+<p>"What were the circumstances?" asked Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"O, I could not tell you very well," said Mr. George. "It would take me
+half a day to tell the whole story. You must get some life of Mary,
+Queen of Scots, and read it for yourself. You will have to begin at the
+beginning, and read it all carefully through, and remember all the
+persons that are mentioned, and consider their characters and motives,
+and then you will be able to judge for yourself about it. There have
+been a great many histories of her life written."</p>
+
+<p>"And what about her being imprisoned in the castle that we are going to
+see?" asked Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"O, you must read and find out for yourself <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[Pg 139]</a></span>about that, too," said Mr.
+George. "The country got into great difficulty, and two parties were
+formed, one of which was in favor of Mary, and one was against her. Her
+enemies proved to be the strongest, and so they shut her up in this
+castle. But she got away."</p>
+
+<p>"How?" asked Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"You will learn all about it," replied Mr. George, "when you come to
+read the history of her life. When we go to the castle you will see the
+window where she climbed down into the boat."</p>
+
+<p>"Did she escape in a boat?" asked Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"I am positively not going to tell you any more about it," said Mr.
+George. "You must find out for yourself. Your father has paid ever so
+much money to send you to school, to have you educated, so that you
+could read history for yourself, and not be dependent upon any body; and
+now for me to tell it to you would be ridiculous. You must go to a
+bookstore, and buy a history of Mary, Queen of Scots, and begin at the
+beginning, and read the whole story."</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George said this in a somewhat jocose sort of manner, and Waldron
+understood that his refusing to give him more full information about
+Mary, Queen of Scots, arose, not from any unwillingness to oblige him,
+but only to induce <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[Pg 140]</a></span>him to read the story himself, in full, which he
+knew very well would be far better for him than to receive a meagre
+statement of the principal points of the narrative from another person.</p>
+
+<p>"I mean to get the book," said Waldron, "as soon as we arrive at
+Edinburgh. But there is one thing I can do," he added; "I can ask the
+guide. The guide that shows us the castle will tell me how she got
+away."</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said Mr. George, "you can ask the guide; but I don't believe you
+will get much satisfaction in <i>that</i> way."</p>
+
+<p>The next morning after this conversation took place, Mr. George and the
+boys bade Stirling farewell, and set off in the cars, on the way to Loch
+Leven. After riding about an hour they left the train at the station
+called Dunfermline, where there was a ruin of an abbey, and of an
+ancient royal palace of Scotland. They left their baggage at the
+station, and walked through the village till they came to the ruin. It
+was a very beautiful ruin, and the party spent more than an hour in
+rambling about it, and looking at the old monuments, and the carved and
+sculptured windows, and arches, and cornices, all wasted and blackened
+by time and decay. A part of the ruin was still in good repair, and was
+used as a church, though it was full of old sepulchral <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[Pg 141]</a></span>monuments and
+relics. There was a woman in attendance at the door, to show the church
+to those who wished to see the interior of it.</p>
+
+<p>After looking at these ruins as long as they wished, Mr. George and the
+boys went back to the station, in order to take the next train that came
+by, and continue their journey. They went on about an hour longer, and
+then they got out again at a station called Cowdenbeath, which was the
+place on the road that was nearest to Loch Leven, and where they had
+understood that there was a coach, which went to Loch Leven twice a day.
+The place was very quiet and still, and was in the midst of a green and
+pretty country, with small groups of stone cottages here and there.
+There were also several pretty tall chimneys scattered about the fields,
+with a sort of platform, and some wheels and machinery near each of
+them. These were the mouths of coal pits. The wheels and machinery were
+for hoisting up the coal.</p>
+
+<p>In the yard of the station they found the Loch Leven coach. It was in
+the form of a very short omnibus. The coachman said that he had just
+come in from Loch Leven, and that he was going to set out on his return
+at eight. It was now about seven, so that Mr. George and the boys had an
+hour to walk about, and see what was to be seen.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[Pg 142]</a></span>It was a pleasant summer evening, and they enjoyed the rambles that they
+took very much indeed. They walked through several of the little
+hamlets, and saw the women sitting at the doors of their cottages, with
+their young children in their arms, while the older ones were running
+about, here and there, at play. They went to some of the coal pits, and
+saw the immense iron levers, driven by steam, that were slowly moving to
+and fro, hard at work pumping up water from the bottom of the mine. They
+took quite a walk, too, along the turnpike road, and saw a post-chaise
+drive swiftly by, with a footman behind, and a postilion in livery on
+one of the horses.</p>
+
+<p>At last, when the hour of eight began to draw nigh, they all went back
+to a little inn near the station, where the coachman had said that he
+would call for them. When the coach came Mr. George got in, and the two
+boys mounted on the top, and took their places on a high seat behind
+that of the driver. They had a very pleasant ride. The country was
+beautiful, and the horses trotted so fast over the smooth, hard road,
+that a continued succession of most enchanting pictures of rural scenery
+was presented to the eyes of the boys, as they rode along. The distance
+was not far from ten miles, but both the boys wished that it had been
+twenty.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[Pg 143]</a></span>At length they came in sight of a large village bordered by groves of
+trees, lying in the midst of a gentle depression of the ground, and in a
+few minutes more they began to get glimpses of the water. The village
+was Kinross, and the water was Loch Leven. Presently, in going over a
+gentle elevation of land, a large portion of the surface of the water
+came into view. Far out towards the centre of it was a small, low
+island, covered with trees. In the midst of the trees the boys could see
+the top of the ruin of a large, square tower. They asked the coachman if
+that was Loch Leven Castle, and he said it was.</p>
+
+<p>"Uncle George," said Rollo, leaning over and calling out to his uncle
+inside, "there's the castle."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Mr. George, "I see it."</p>
+
+<p>"It seems to me," said Rollo to Waldron, "that that is a very small
+island to build a castle upon."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said the coachman; "but it was a great deal smaller in the days
+when the castle was inhabited. It was only just large enough then for
+the castle itself, and for the castle garden. It is a great deal larger
+now. The way it came to be larger was this. Some years ago the
+proprietor cut down the outlet of the loch four feet deeper than it was
+before; and that drew <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[Pg 144]</a></span>off four feet of water from the whole loch, and
+of course all the places where the water was less than four feet deep
+were laid bare. This enlarged the castle island a great deal, for before
+the water was very shallow all around it. When the land became dry they
+planted trees there, and now the ruins are in the midst of quite a
+grove."</p>
+
+<p>By this time the coach began to enter the village, and very soon it
+stopped at the door of a very neat and tidy-looking inn. Mr. George
+engaged lodgings for the night, and called for supper. The supper was
+served in a pleasant little coffee room, which was fitted up in a very
+snug and comfortable manner, like a back parlor in a gentleman's house.</p>
+
+<p>After supper Mr. George proposed to the boys that they should take a
+walk about the village, as it was only nine o'clock, and it would not be
+dark for another hour. So they went out and walked through the street,
+back and forth. The houses were built of a sort of gray stone, and they
+stood all close together in rows, one on each side of the street, with
+nothing green around them or near them. The street thus presented a very
+gray, sombre, and monotonous appearance; very different from the
+animated and cheerful aspect of American villages, with their white
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[Pg 145]</a></span>houses and green blinds, and pretty yards and gardens, enclosed with
+ornamental palings. The boys wished to go down to the shore of the loch;
+but as they did not see the water any where, Mr. George said he thought
+it would be too far. So they went back to the inn.</p>
+
+<p>The next morning, after breakfast, they set out to go and visit the
+castle. A boy went with them from the inn to show them the way. He led
+them down the street of the village, to a house where he said the man
+lived who "had the fishing" of the loch. It seems that the loch,
+including the right to fish in it, is private property, and that the
+owner of it lets the fishing to a man in the village, and that he keeps
+a boat to take visitors out to see the castle. So they went to the house
+where this man lived. They explained what they wanted at the door, and
+pretty soon a boatman came out, and went with them to the shore of the
+pond. The way was through a wide green field, that had been formed out
+of the bottom of the loch, by drawing off the water. When they came to
+the shore they found a small pier there, with a boat fastened to it.
+There was a small boat house near the pier. The boatman brought some
+oars out of the boat house, and put them in the boat, and then they all
+got in.</p>
+
+<p>The morning was calm, and the loch was very <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[Pg 146]</a></span>smooth, and the boat glided
+along very gently over the water. There was a great curve in the shore
+near the pier, so that for some time the boat, though headed directly
+for the island, which was in the middle of the loch, moved parallel to
+the shore, and very near it. There was a smooth and beautiful green
+field all the way along the shore, which sloped down gently to the
+margin of the water. Beyond this field, which was not wide, there was a
+road, and beyond the road there was a wall. Over the wall were to be
+seen the trees of a great park; and presently the boat came opposite to
+the gateway, through which the boys could see, as they sailed by, a
+large and handsome stone house, or castle. The boatman said it was not
+inhabited, because the owner of it was not yet of age.</p>
+
+<p>After passing the house they came, before long, to the end of these
+grounds, which formed a point projecting into the lake. There was a
+small and very ancient-looking burying ground on the point. This burying
+ground will be referred to hereafter; so do not forget it.</p>
+
+<p>After passing this point of land, the boat, in her course towards the
+castle, came out into the open loch&mdash;the little island on which the
+ruins of the castle stand being in full view.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[Pg 147]</a></span>There was, however, yet a pretty broad sheet of open water to pass
+before reaching the island.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 477px;">
+<img src="images/i145.jpg" class="ispace" width="477" height="350" alt="LOCH LEVEN." title="" />
+<span class="caption">LOCH LEVEN.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>"Now we have passed Cape Race," said Waldron, "and are striking out into
+the open sea."</p>
+
+<p>Cape Race is the southern cape of Newfoundland, and is the last land to
+be seen on the American coast, in crossing the Atlantic.</p>
+
+<p>After about a quarter of an hour, the boat began to approach the shores
+of the little island. And now the great square tower, and the rampart
+wall connected with it, came plainly in sight. There were a few very
+large and old trees overhanging the ruins, and all the rest of <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[Pg 148]</a></span>the
+island was covered with a dense grove of young trees. The boat came up
+to the land, and Mr. George and the boys stepped out of it upon a sort
+of jetty, formed of stones loosely thrown together. There was a path
+leading through the grass, and among the trees, towards the ruins of the
+castle.</p>
+
+<p>The castle consisted, when it was entire, of a square area enclosed in a
+high wall, with various buildings along the inner side of it. The
+principal of these buildings was the square tower. This was in one
+corner of the enclosure. At the opposite corner of the enclosure were
+the ruins of a smaller tower, hexagonal in its form. The square tower
+contained the principal apartments occupied by the family that resided
+in the castle. The hexagonal one contained the rooms where Queen Mary
+was imprisoned.</p>
+
+<p>Then, besides these structures, there were several other buildings
+within the area, though they are now gone almost entirely to ruin. There
+was a chapel, for religious services and worship; there were ovens for
+baking, and a brewery for brewing beer. The guide showed Mr. George and
+the boys the places where these buildings stood; though nothing was left
+of them now but the rude ranges of stone which marked the foundations of
+them. Indeed, throughout the whole <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[Pg 149]</a></span>interior of the area enclosed by the
+castle wall there was nothing to be seen but stones and heaps of
+rubbish, all overgrown with rank grass, and tall wild-flowers, and
+overshadowed by the wide-spreading limbs and dense foliage of several
+enormous trees, that had by chance sprung up since the castle went to
+ruin. It was a very mournful spectacle.</p>
+
+<p>The boys walked directly across the area, towards the hexagonal tower,
+in order to see the place where Queen Mary escaped by climbing out of
+the window.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George had thought that Waldron would not succeed in obtaining any
+satisfactory information from the guide in respect to the circumstances
+of Queen Mary's escape; for, generally, the guides who show these old
+places in England and Scotland know little more than a certain lesson,
+which they have learned by rote. But the guides who show the Castle of
+Loch Leven seem to me exceptions to this rule. I have visited the place
+two or three times, at intervals of many years, and the guides who have
+conducted me to the spot have always been very intelligent and
+well-informed young men, and have seemed to possess a very clear and
+comprehensive understanding of the events of Queen Mary's life. At any
+rate, the guide in this instance gave Waldron <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[Pg 150]</a></span>and Rollo a very good
+account of the escape; separating in his narrative, in a very
+discriminating manner, those things which are known, on good historical
+evidence, to be true, from those which rest only on the authority of
+traditionary legends. He gave his account, too, in a very gentle tone of
+voice, and with a Scotch accent, which seemed so appropriate to the
+place and to the occasion that it imparted to his conversation a
+peculiar charm.</p>
+
+<p>"The country was divided in those days," said he, "and some of the
+nobles were for the poor queen, and some were against her. The owner of
+this castle was Lady Douglass, and she was against her; and so they sent
+Mary here, for Lady Douglass to keep her safely, while they arranged a
+new government.</p>
+
+<p>"But she made her escape by this window, which I will show ye."</p>
+
+<p>So saying, the guide led the way up two or three old, time-worn, and
+dilapidated steps, into the hexagonal tower. The tower was small&mdash;being,
+apparently, not more than twelve feet diameter within. The floors,
+except the lower one, and also the roof, were entirely gone, so that as
+soon as you entered you could look up to the sky.</p>
+
+<p>The walls were very thick, so that there was room, not only for deep
+fireplaces, but also for <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[Pg 151]</a></span>closets and for a staircase, in them. You
+could see the openings for these closets, and also various loopholes and
+windows, at different heights. The top of the wall was all broken away,
+and so were the sills of the windows; and little tufts of grass and of
+wall flowers were to be seen, here and there, growing out of clefts and
+crevices. There were also rows of small square holes to be seen, at
+different heights, where the ends of the timbers had been inserted, to
+form the floors of the several stories.</p>
+
+<p>"This was the window where she is supposed to have got out," said the
+guide.</p>
+
+<p>So saying, he pointed to a large opening in the wall, on the outer side,
+where there had once, evidently, been a window.</p>
+
+<p>The boys went to the place, and looked out. They saw beneath the window
+a smooth, green lawn, with the young trees which had been planted
+growing luxuriantly upon it.</p>
+
+<p>"I suppose," said Mr. George, "that before the lake was lowered the
+water came up close under the window."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir," said the guide; "and if you stand upon the sill, and look
+down, you will see a course of projecting stone at the foot of the wall
+which was laid to meet the wash of the water."</p>
+
+<p>"Let me see," said Waldron, eagerly.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">[Pg 152]</a></span>So saying, Waldron advanced by the side of Mr. George, and looked down.
+By leaning over pretty far he could see the course of stone very
+distinctly that the guide had referred to.</p>
+
+<p>"Who brought the boat here for Mary to go away in?" asked Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"Young Douglass," said the guide, "Lady Douglass's son. He was a young
+lad, only eighteen years old. His mother was Queen Mary's enemy; but
+<i>he</i> pitied her, and became her friend, and he devised this way to
+assist her to escape. There was a plan devised before this, by his
+brother. His name was George Douglass. The one who came in the boat was
+William. George's plan was for Mary to go on shore in the disguise of a
+laundress. The laundress came over to the island from the shore in a
+boat, to bring the linen; and while she was in Mary's room Mary
+exchanged clothes with her, and attempted to go on shore in the boat
+with the empty basket. But the boatmen happened to notice her hand,
+which was very delicate and white, and they knew that such a hand as
+that could never belong to a real laundress. So they made her lift up
+her veil, and thus she was discovered."</p>
+
+<p>"That was very curious," said Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"It is supposed," said the guide, "that this <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[Pg 153]</a></span>floor, where we stand, was
+Mary's drawing room, and the floor above was her bed chamber. The
+staircase where she went up is <i>there</i>, in the wall."</p>
+
+<p>"Let's go up," said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>So Rollo and Waldron went up the stairway. It was very narrow, and
+rather steep, and the steps were much worn away. When the boys reached
+the top they came to an opening, through which they could look down to
+where Mr. George and the guide were standing below; though, of course,
+they could not go out; for the floor in the second story was entirely
+gone.</p>
+
+<p>"There was a room above the bed chamber," said the guide, "as we see by
+the windows and the fireplace, but there was no stairway to it from
+Queen Mary's apartments. The only access to it was through that door,
+which leads in from the top of the rampart wall. And there is another
+room below, and partly under ground. That is the room where Walter Scott
+represents the false keys to have been forged."</p>
+
+<p>"What false keys?" asked Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, the story is," said the guide, "that young Douglass had false keys
+made, to resemble the true ones as nearly as possible, so as to deceive
+his mother. He then contrived to get the true ones away from his mother,
+and put the false ones in their place. I will show you where <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[Pg 154]</a></span>he did
+this, and explain how he did it, when we go into the square tower."</p>
+
+<p>"Let us go now," said Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>So they all went across the court yard, and approached the square tower.
+The guide explained to the boys that formerly the entrance was in the
+second story, through an opening in the wall, which he showed them. The
+way to get up to this opening was by a step ladder, which could be let
+down or drawn up by the people within, by means of chains coming down
+from a window above. The step ladder was, of course, entirely gone; but
+deep grooves were to be seen in the sill of the upper window, which had
+been worn by the chains in letting down and drawing up the ladder.</p>
+
+<p>To accommodate modern visitors a flight of loose stone steps had been
+laid outside the square tower, leading to a window in the lower story of
+it. Mr. George and the boys ascended these steps and went in. The lower
+room was the kitchen, and they were all much interested and amused in
+looking at the very strange and curious fixtures and contrivances which
+remained there&mdash;the memorials of the domestic usages of those ancient
+times.</p>
+
+<p>In a corner of the room was a flight of steps, built in the thickness of
+the wall, leading to the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[Pg 155]</a></span>story above. This was the dining room and
+parlor of the castle.</p>
+
+<p>"It was here," said the guide, "according to the story of Walter Scott,
+that Douglass contrived to get possession of the castle keys. There was
+a window on one side of the room, from which there was a view, across
+the water of the lake, of the burying ground already mentioned. Lady
+Douglass, like almost every body else in those times, was somewhat
+superstitious, and William arranged it with a page that he was to
+pretend to see what was called a corpse light, moving about in the
+burying ground; and while his mother went to see, he shifted the keys
+which she had left upon the table, taking the true ones himself, and
+leaving the false ones in their place.</p>
+
+<p>"That is the story which Sir Walter Scott relates," said the guide; "but
+I am not sure that there is any historical authority for it."</p>
+
+<p>"And what became of Queen Mary, after she escaped in the boat?" asked
+Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"O, there were several of her friends," said the guide, "waiting for her
+on the shore of the loch where she was to land, and they hurried her
+away on horseback to a castle in the south of Scotland, and there they
+gathered an army for her, to defend her rights."</p>
+
+<p>After this the boys looked down through a <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[Pg 156]</a></span>trap door, which led to a
+dark dungeon, where it is supposed that prisoners were sometimes
+confined. They rambled about the ruins for some time longer, and then
+they returned to the boat, and came back to the shore. When they arrived
+at the pier they paid the boatman his customary fee, which was about a
+dollar and a quarter, and then began to walk up towards the inn.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, boys," said Mr. George, "how did you like it?"</p>
+
+<p>"Very much indeed," said Waldron. "It is the best old castle I ever
+saw."</p>
+
+<p>"You will like the Palace of Holyrood better, I think," said Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"Where is that?" asked Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"At Edinburgh," said Mr. George. "It is the place where Mary lived. We
+shall see the little room there where they murdered her poor secretary,
+David Rizzio."</p>
+
+<p>"What did they murder him for?" asked Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"O, you will see when you come to read the history," said Mr. George.
+"It is a very curious story."</p>
+
+<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[Pg 157]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="Chapter_XII" id="Chapter_XII"></a><span class="smcap">Chapter XII.</span></h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">Edinburgh.</span></h3>
+
+<p>From Loch Leven Castle our party returned in the coach to the railway
+station, and thence proceeded to Edinburgh. They crossed the Frith of
+Forth by a ferry, at a place where it was about five miles wide.</p>
+
+<p>Edinburgh is considered one of the most remarkable cities in the world,
+in respect to the picturesqueness of its situation. It stands upon and
+among a very extraordinary group of steep hills and deep valleys. A part
+of it is very ancient, and another part is quite modern, so that in
+describing it, it is often said that it consists of the old town and the
+new town. But it seems to me that a more obvious distinction would be,
+to divide it into the upper town and the lower town; for there are
+almost literally two towns, one upon the top of the other. The upper
+town is built on the hills. The lower one lies in the valleys. The
+streets of the upper town are connected by bridges; and when you stand
+upon one <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[Pg 158]</a></span>of these bridges, and look down, you see a street instead of a
+river below, with ranges of strange and antique-looking buildings on
+each side, for banks, and a current of men, women, and children flowing
+along, instead of water.</p>
+
+<p>The different portions of the lower town, on the other hand, are
+connected by tunnels and arched passage ways under the bridges above
+described; and then there are flights of steps, and steep winding or
+zigzag paths, leading up and down between the lower streets and the
+upper, in the most surprising manner.</p>
+
+<p>There are twenty places, more or less, in the town, where you have two
+streets crossing each other at right angles, one fifty feet below the
+other, with an immense traffic of horses, carriages, carts, and foot
+passengers, going to and fro in both of them. You come upon these places
+sometimes very unexpectedly. You are walking along on the pavement of a
+crowded street, when you come suddenly upon the break, or interruption
+in the line of building on each side. The space is occupied by a
+parapet, or by a high iron balustrade. You stop to look over, expecting
+to see a river or a canal; instead of which, you find yourself looking
+down into the chimneys of four-story houses bordering another street
+below you, which is so far down that the people walking in <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[Pg 159]</a></span>it, and the
+children playing on the sidewalk, look like pygmies.</p>
+
+<p>At one place, in looking over the parapet of such a bridge, you see a
+vast market, with carts filled with vegetables standing all around it.
+At another, you behold a great railway station, with crowds of
+passengers on the platforms, and trains of cars coming and going; at
+another, a range of beautiful gardens and pleasure grounds, with ladies
+and gentlemen walking in them, or sitting on seats under the trees, and
+children trundling their hoops, or rolling their balls, over the smooth
+gravel walks.</p>
+
+<p>Sometimes a street of the upper town, running along on the crest or side
+of a hill, lies <i>parallel</i> with one in the lower town, that extends
+below it in the valley. In this case the block of houses that comes
+between will be very high indeed on the side towards the lower street;
+so that you see buildings sometimes eight or ten stories high at one
+front, and only four or five on the other. These structures consist, in
+fact, of two houses, one on top of the other; the entrances to the lower
+house being from one of the streets of the lower town, and those leading
+to the one on the top being from a street in the upper town.</p>
+
+<p>The reason why Edinburgh was built in this extraordinary position was,
+because it had its <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">[Pg 160]</a></span>origin in a castle on a rock. This rock, with the
+castle that crowns the summit of it, rears its lofty head now in the
+very centre of the town, with deep valleys all around it. This rock, or
+rather rocky hill,&mdash;for it is nearly a mile in circumference,&mdash;is very
+steep on all sides but one. On that side there is a gradual slope, a
+mile or more in length, leading down to the level country. A great many
+centuries ago the military chieftains of those days built the castle on
+the hill. About the same time the monks built a monastery on the level
+ground at the foot of the long slope leading down from the castle. The
+rocky hill was an excellent place for the castle, for there was a
+hundred feet of almost perpendicular precipice on all sides but one, and
+on that side there was a convenient slope for the people who lived in
+the castle to go up and down; and thus, by fortifying this side, and
+making slight walls on all the other sides, the whole place would be
+very secure. The level ground below, too, was a very good place for the
+monastery or abbey; for it was easily accessible from all the country
+around, and was, moreover, in the midst of a region of fertile land,
+easy for the lay brethren to till. There was no necessity that the abbey
+should be in a fortified place, for such establishments were <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">[Pg 161]</a></span>considered
+sacred in those days, and even in the most furious wars they were seldom
+molested.</p>
+
+<p>In process of time a palace was built by the side of the abbey. This
+palace and a part of the ruins of the abbey still remain. Of course,
+when the palace was built, a town would gradually grow up near it. Many
+noblemen of the realm came and built houses along the street which led
+from the palace up to the castle&mdash;now called High Street. The fronts of
+these houses were on the street, and the gardens behind them extended
+down the slopes of the ridge on both sides, into the deep valleys that
+bordered them. Little lanes were left between these houses, leading down
+the slopes; but they were closed at the bottom by a wall, which was
+built along at the foot of the descent on each side, and formed the
+enclosure of the town.</p>
+
+<p>In process of time the town extended down into these valleys, and then
+to the other hills beyond them. Then bridges were built here and there
+across the valleys, to lead from one hill to another, and tunnels and
+other subterranean passages were made, to connect one valley with
+another, until, finally, the town assumed the very extraordinary
+appearance which it now presents to view. Besides the hills within the
+town, there are some very large and high ones just beyond <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162">[Pg 162]</a></span>the limits of
+it. One of these is called Arthur's Seat, and is quite a little
+mountain. The path leading to the top of it runs along upon the crest of
+a remarkable range of precipices, called Salisbury Crags. These
+precipices face towards the town, and together with the lofty summit of
+Arthur's Seat, which rises immediately behind them, form a very
+conspicuous object from a great many points of view in and around the
+town.</p>
+
+<p>Unfortunately, however, none of this exceedingly picturesque scenery
+could be seen to advantage by our party, on the day that they arrived in
+Edinburgh, on account of the rain. All that they knew was, that they
+came into the town by a tunnel, and when they left the train at the
+station they were at the bottom of so deep a valley that they had to
+ascend to the third story before they could get out, and then they had
+to go up a hill to get to the street in which the hotel was situated.</p>
+
+<p>The name of this street was Prince's Street. It lay along the margin of
+one of the Edinburgh hills, overlooking a long valley, which extended
+between it and Castle Hill, on which the town was first built. There
+were no houses in this street on the side towards the valley, but there
+were several bridges leading across the valley, as if it had been a
+river. Beyond the valley were <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">[Pg 163]</a></span>to be seen the backs of the houses in
+High Street, which looked like a range of cliffs, divided by vertical
+chasms and seams, and blackened by time. At one end of the hill was the
+castle rock, crowned with the towers, and bastions, and battlemented
+walls of the ancient fortress.</p>
+
+<p>The boys went directly to their rooms when they arrived at the hotel,
+and while Mr. George was unstrapping and opening his valise, Waldron and
+Rollo went to look out at the window, to see what they could see.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, boys," said Mr. George, "how does it look?"</p>
+
+<p>"It looks rainy," said Rollo. "But we can see something."</p>
+
+<p>"What can you see?" asked Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"We can see the castle on the hill," said Rollo. "At least, I suppose it
+is the castle. It is right before us, across the valley, with a
+precipice of rocks all around it, on every side but one. There is a
+zigzag wall running round on the top of the precipices, close to the
+brink of them. If a man could climb up the rocks he could not get in,
+after all."</p>
+
+<p>"And what is there inside the wall?" asked Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"O, there are ever so many buildings," said <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">[Pg 164]</a></span>Rollo&mdash;"great stone forts,
+and barracks, and bastions, rising up one above another, and watch
+towers on the angles of the walls. I can see one, two, three watch
+towers. I should like to be in one of them. I could look over the whole
+city, and all the country around.</p>
+
+<p>"I can see some portholes, with guns pointing out,&mdash;and&mdash;O, and now I
+see a monstrous great gun, looking over this way, from one of the
+highest platforms. I believe it is a gun."</p>
+
+<p>"I suppose it must be Mons Meg," said Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"Mons Meg?" repeated Rollo. "I'll get a glass and see."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Mr. George. "There is a very famous old gun in Edinburgh
+Castle, named Mons Meg. I think it may be that."</p>
+
+<p>"I can't see very plain," said Rollo, "the air is so thick with the
+rain; but it is a monstrous gun."</p>
+
+<p>Just at this time the waiter came into the room to ask the party if they
+would have any thing to eat.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Mr. George, "we will. Go down with the waiter, boys, and see
+what there is, and order a good supper. I will come down in fifteen
+minutes."</p>
+
+<p>So the boys went down, and in fifteen minutes <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165">[Pg 165]</a></span>Mr. George followed. He
+found the supper table ready in a corner of the coffee room, and Rollo
+sitting by it alone.</p>
+
+<p>"Where is Waldron?" asked Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"He's gone to the circulating library," said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"The circulating library?" repeated Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"He has gone to get a book about the history of Scotland," said Rollo.
+"We have been reading in the guide book about the castle, and Waldron
+says he wants to know something more about the kings, and the battles
+they fought."</p>
+
+<p>"How does he know there is any circulating library?" asked Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"He asked the waiter," said Rollo, "and the waiter told him where there
+was one. He said he would try to be back before the supper was ready,
+and that we must not wait for him if he did not come."</p>
+
+<p>"He ought to have asked me if I was willing that he should go," said Mr.
+George.</p>
+
+<p>In a few minutes Waldron came in with two pretty big books under his
+arm. They were covered with paper, in the manner usual with the books of
+circulating libraries. Waldron advanced to the supper table, and laid
+the books down upon it with an air of great satisfaction.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">[Pg 166]</a></span>"Then you found a circulating library," said Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir," said Waldron, "and I have got two volumes of the history of
+the great men of Scotland."</p>
+
+<p>"What did you get two volumes for?" asked Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"One for Rollo and one for me," said Waldron. "They are for us to read
+this evening, because it rains."</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said Mr. George, after a moment's pause. "I am very glad to find
+that you take an interest in reading about Scotland; but you ought to
+have asked me, before you went away to get books from a circulating
+library."</p>
+
+<p>Waldron paused a moment on hearing this remark, and his countenance
+assumed a very serious expression.</p>
+
+<p>"So I ought," said he. "I did not think of that. And now, if you think I
+had better, I will go and carry them right back."</p>
+
+<p>"No," said Mr. George, "I don't wish you to carry them back. But I
+should not have thought they would have intrusted such books to you&mdash;a
+perfect stranger&mdash;and a boy besides."</p>
+
+<p>"I made a deposit," said Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>Just at this time the waiter brought the supper <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167">[Pg 167]</a></span>to the table, and the
+party, being all hungry, set themselves to the work of eating it.</p>
+
+<p>"You see," said Waldron, when they had nearly finished their supper, "I
+thought we should want something to do this evening; it rains, and we
+can't go out."</p>
+
+<p>"What time in the evening do you suppose it is?" asked Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, it is not near dark yet," said Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"True," said Mr. George; "but it is almost ten o'clock."</p>
+
+<p>"O Mr. George!" exclaimed Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"It is half past nine, at any rate," said Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>The boys were greatly surprised at hearing this. They were very slow in
+learning to keep in mind how late the sun goes down in the middle of
+June in these extreme northern latitudes.</p>
+
+<p>However, on this occasion it was dark earlier than usual, on account of
+the clouds and the rain; and the waiter came to light the gas over the
+table where our party were at supper, before they finished their meal,
+although it was only a little more than half past nine. This made it
+very bright and cheerful in the corner, and Mr. George proposed that
+they should all stay there one hour. "I will write," said he, "and you
+may read in your books. We will stay here till half past ten, and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_168" id="Page_168">[Pg 168]</a></span>then,
+after you have gone to bed, you can talk yourselves to sleep by telling
+each other what you have read about in your books."</p>
+
+<p>This plan was carried into effect. Mr. George wrote, and the boys read,
+by the light of the gas for an hour. Then Mr. George put away his
+papers, and said it was time to go to bed. When the boys went to their
+bedroom they found two narrow beds in it, one in each corner of the
+room. Waldron took one of them, and Rollo the other. When both the boys
+were in bed they commenced conversation in respect to what they had been
+reading.</p>
+
+<p>"Come, Waldron," said Rollo, "tell me what you have been reading about."</p>
+
+<p>"No," said Waldron, "you must begin."</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said Rollo, "I read about King James the First. There have been
+a good many King Jameses in Scotland."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Waldron, "six."</p>
+
+<p>"This was King James the First. He was a bad king. He oppressed his
+people, and they determined to kill him. So they banded together and
+made a plot. They were going to kill him in a monastery where he stopped
+on a journey.</p>
+
+<p>"He was going over a river just before he came to the monastery, and a
+woman, who pretended to be a prophetess, called out to him as <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">[Pg 169]</a></span>he went
+by towards the bank of the river, and told him to beware, for if he
+crossed that river he would certainly be killed. The king was very
+superstitious; so he sent one of his men back to ask the woman what she
+meant. The man came to him again very soon, and said that it was nothing
+but an old drunken woman raving, and that he must not mind her. So the
+king went on.</p>
+
+<p>"He crossed the water, and went to the monastery. The conspirators were
+there before him. The leader of them was a man named Graham. He had
+three hundred Highlanders with him. They were all concealed in the
+neighborhood of the monastery. They were going to break into the king's
+room in the monastery, at night, and kill him. They found out the room
+where he was going to sleep, and they took off the bolts from the doors,
+so as to keep them from fastening them.</p>
+
+<p>"The woman that had met the king on the way followed him to the
+monastery, and wanted to see the king. They told her she could not see
+him. She said she <i>must</i> see him. They told her that at any rate she
+could not see him then&mdash;he was tired with his journey. She must go away,
+they said, and come the next day. So she went away; but she told them
+they would all be sorry for not letting her in."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170">[Pg 170]</a></span>"Do you suppose she really knew," asked Waldron, "that they were going
+to kill the king?"</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know," said Rollo. "At any rate, she seemed very much in
+earnest about warning him."</p>
+
+<p>"Well; go on with the story," said Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, the conspirators broke into the room that night just as the king
+was going to bed. He was sitting near the fire, in his gown and
+slippers, talking with the queen and the other ladies that were there,
+when, all at once, he heard a terrible noise at the doors of the
+monastery. It was the conspirators trying to get in."</p>
+
+<p>"Why did not they come right in," asked Waldron, "if the doors were not
+fastened?"</p>
+
+<p>"Why, I suppose there were guards, or something, outside, that tried to
+prevent them. At any rate, the king heard a frightful noise, like
+clattering and jingling of armor, and of men trying to get in. He and
+the women who were there ran to the door and tried to fasten it; but the
+bolts and bars were gone. So the king told them to hold the door with
+all their strength, till he could find something to fasten it with. The
+king went to the window, and tried to tear off an iron stanchion there
+was there, but he could not. Then he saw a trap door in the floor, which
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171">[Pg 171]</a></span>led down to a kind of dark dungeon. So he took the tongs and pried up
+the door, and jumped down.</p>
+
+<p>"By the time that he got down, and the door was shut over him, the
+conspirators came in, and began to look all about for him; but they
+could not find him. I suppose they did not see the trap door. Or,
+perhaps, the women had covered it over with something."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, and what did they do?" asked Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, they were dreadfully angry because they could not find the king,
+and some of them were going to kill the queen; but the rest would not
+let them. But there was one of the women that got her arm broken."</p>
+
+<p>"How?" asked Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"She did it somehow or other holding the door. I suppose she got it
+wedged in some way. She was a countess.</p>
+
+<p>"After a while," continued Rollo, "the men went away to look in some of
+the other rooms of the monastery, and see if they could not find the
+king there. As soon as they were gone the king wanted to get out of the
+dungeon. The women opened the trap door, but he could not reach up high
+enough to get out. So he told them to go <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172">[Pg 172]</a></span>and get some sheets and let
+them down, for ropes to pull him up by.</p>
+
+<p>"They brought the sheets, and while they were letting them down, and
+trying to get the king out, one of the ladies fell down herself into the
+hole. So there were two to get up; and while the others were trying to
+get them up, the conspirators came in again."</p>
+
+<p>"Hoh!" said Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"One of them had a torch," said Rollo, continuing his narrative. "He
+brought the torch and held it down the trap door, and presently he
+caught sight of the king. So he called out to the other conspirators
+that he had found him, and they all came round the place, with their
+swords, and daggers, and knives in their hands.</p>
+
+<p>"One of them let himself down into the dungeon. He had a great knife in
+his hand for a dagger. But the king seized him the instant he came down,
+got his knife away from him, and pinned him to the ground. The king was
+a very strong man. Immediately another man came down, and the king
+seized him, and held him down in the same way. Next Graham himself came
+with a sword. He stabbed the king with his sword, and so disabled him.
+The king then began to beg for his life, and Graham did not seem to like
+to strike him again. But the other <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173">[Pg 173]</a></span>conspirators, who were looking down
+through the trap door, said if he did not do it they would kill <i>him</i>.
+So at last he stabbed the king again, and killed him."</p>
+
+<p>When Rollo had finished the story he paused, expecting that Waldron
+would say something in relation to it.</p>
+
+<p>"Is that all?" said Waldron, after waiting a moment. He spoke, however,
+in a very sleepy tone of voice.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Rollo, "that is all. Now tell me your story."</p>
+
+<p>Waldron began; but he seemed very sleepy, and he had advanced only a
+very little way before his words began to grow incoherent and faltering,
+and very soon Rollo perceived that he was going to sleep. Indeed, Rollo
+himself was beginning to feel sleepy, too; so he said,&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"No matter, Waldron. You can tell me your story to-morrow."</p>
+
+<p>In five minutes from that time both the boys were fast asleep.</p>
+
+<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174">[Pg 174]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="Chapter_XIII" id="Chapter_XIII"></a><span class="smcap">Chapter XIII.</span></h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">The Palace of Holyrood.</span></h3>
+
+<p>While Mr. George and the boys were in Edinburgh, they went one day to
+visit the Palace of Holyrood, and they were extremely interested in what
+they saw there. This palace stands, as has already been stated, on a
+plain, not far from the foot of a long slope which leads up to the
+castle.</p>
+
+<p>As long as Scotland remained an independent kingdom, the Palace of
+Holyrood was the principal residence of the royal family. Queen Mary was
+the last of the Scottish sovereigns&mdash;that is, she was the last that
+reigned over Scotland alone&mdash;for her son, James VI., succeeded to the
+throne of England, as well as to that of Scotland. The reason of this
+was, that the English branch of the royal line failed, and he was the
+next heir. So he became James the First of England, while he still
+remained James the Sixth of Scotland. And from this time forward the
+kings of England and Scotland were one.</p>
+
+<p>Mary, therefore, was the last of the exclusively <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175">[Pg 175]</a></span>Scottish line. She
+lived at Holyrood as long as she was allowed to live any where in peace;
+and on account of certain very peculiar circumstances which occurred
+just before the time that she left the palace, her rooms were never
+occupied after she left them, but have remained to this day in the same
+state, and with almost the same furniture in them as at the hour when
+she went away. These rooms are called Queen Mary's rooms, and almost
+every body who visits Scotland goes to see them.</p>
+
+<p>The reason why the rooms which Mary occupied in the Palace of Holyrood
+were left as they were, and never occupied by any other person after
+Mary went away, was principally that a dreadful murder was committed
+there just before Mary quitted them. This, of course, connected very
+gloomy associations with the palace; and while great numbers of persons
+were eager to go and see the place where the man was killed, few would
+be willing to live there. The consequence has been, that the apartments
+have been vacant of occupants ever since, though they are filled all the
+time with a perpetually flowing stream of visitors. The circumstances of
+the murder were very extraordinary. Mr. George explained the case
+briefly to the boys during their visit to the palace, as we shall
+presently see.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176">[Pg 176]</a></span>On leaving the hotel they went for a little way along Prince's Street.
+On one side of the street there was a row of stores, hotels, and other
+such buildings, as in Broadway, in New York. On the other side extended
+the long and deep valley which lies between Prince's Street and Castle
+Hill. The valley was crossed by various bridges, and beyond it were to
+be seen the backs of the lofty houses of High Street, rising tier above
+tier to a great height, looking, as has already been said, like a range
+of stupendous cliffs, lifting their crests to the sky.</p>
+
+<p>There were scarcely any buildings on the valley side of the street,
+except one or two edifices of an ornamental or public character. One of
+these was the celebrated monument to Sir Walter Scott.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177">[Pg 177-78]</a></span></p>
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 283px;">
+<img src="images/i175.jpg" class="ispace" width="283" height="500" alt="SCOTT&#39;S MONUMENT." title="" />
+<span class="caption">SCOTT&#39;S MONUMENT.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The party paused a short time before this monument, and then went on.
+They passed by one or two bridges that led across the valley, and also,
+at one place, a broad flight of steps, that went down, with many
+turnings, from landing to landing, to the railway station in the valley.
+At last they came to the bridge where they were to cross the valley.
+They stopped on the middle of the bridge, to look down. They saw streets
+far below them, and a market, and trains of railway carriages coming and
+going, and beyond <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179">[Pg 179]</a></span>at some distance, an extensive range of pleasure
+grounds, with ladies and gentlemen rambling about them, and groups of
+children playing. These pleasure grounds extended some way up the slope
+of the Castle Hill. Indeed, the upper walks lay close along under the
+foot of the precipices on which the castle walls were built above.</p>
+
+<p>After passing the bridge, Mr. George and the boys went on, until, at
+length, they came to High Street; which is the great central street of
+ancient Edinburgh, leading from the palace and abbey on the plain up to
+the castle on the hill. There, if they had turned to the right, they
+would have gone up to the castle; but they turned to the left, and so
+descended towards the palace, on the plain.</p>
+
+<p>At length they reached the foot of the descent, and then, at a turn in
+the street, the palace came suddenly into view.</p>
+
+<p>There was a broad paved area in front of it. In the centre of the
+building was a large arched doorway, with a sentry box on each side. At
+each of these sentry boxes stood a soldier on guard. All the royal
+palaces of England are guarded thus. There was a cab, that had brought a
+company of visitors to see the castle, standing near the centre of the
+square, by a great statue <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180">[Pg 180]</a></span>that was there. Another cab drove up just at
+the time that Mr. George arrived, and a party of visitors got out of it.
+All the new comers went in under the archway together. The soldiers paid
+no attention to them whatever.</p>
+
+<p>The arched passage way led into a square court, with a piazza extending
+all around it. The visitors turned to the left, and walked along under
+the piazza till they came to the corner, where there was a little
+office, and a man at the window of it to give them tickets. They paid
+sixpence apiece for their tickets.</p>
+
+<p>After getting their tickets they walked on under the piazza a little way
+farther, till at length they came to a door, and a broad stone
+staircase, leading up into the palace, and they all went in and began to
+ascend the stairs.</p>
+
+<p>At the head of the stairs they passed through a wide door, which led
+into a room where they saw visitors, that had gone in before them,
+walking about. They were met at the door by a well-dressed man, who
+received them politely, and asked them to walk in.</p>
+
+<p>"This, gentlemen," said he, "was Lord Darnley's audience chamber. That,"
+he continued, pointing through an open door at the side, "was his
+bedroom; and there," pointing to another <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181">[Pg 181]</a></span>small door on the other side,
+"was the passage way leading up to Queen Mary's apartments."</p>
+
+<p>Having said this, the attendant turned away to answer some questions
+asked him by the other visitors, leaving Mr. George and the boys, for
+the moment, to look about the rooms by themselves.</p>
+
+<p>The rooms were large, but the interior finishing of them was very plain.
+The walls were hung with antique-looking pictures. The furniture, too,
+looked very ancient and venerable.</p>
+
+<p>"Who was Lord Darnley?" asked Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"He was Queen Mary's husband," replied Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"Then he was the king, I suppose," said Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"No," replied Mr. George, "not at all. A king is one who inherits the
+throne in his own right. When the throne descends to a woman, she is the
+queen; but if she marries, her husband does not become king."</p>
+
+<p>"What is he then?" said Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"Nothing but the queen's husband," said Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"Hoh!" exclaimed Waldron, in a tone of contempt.</p>
+
+<p>"He does not acquire any share of the queen's power," continued Mr.
+George, "because he marries <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182">[Pg 182]</a></span>her. She is the sovereign alone afterwards
+just as much as before."</p>
+
+<p>"And so I suppose," said Rollo, "that when a king marries, the lady that
+he marries does not become a queen."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Mr. George, "the rule does not seem to work both ways. A
+lady who marries a king is always called a queen; though, after all, she
+acquires no share of the royal power. She is a queen in name only. But
+let us hear what this man is explaining to the visitors about the
+paintings and the furniture."</p>
+
+<p>So they advanced to the part of the room where the attendant was
+standing, with two or three ladies and gentlemen, who were looking at
+one of the old pictures that were hanging on the wall. It was a picture
+of Queen Mary when she was fifteen years old. The dress was very quaint
+and queer, and the picture seemed a good deal faded; but the face wore a
+very sweet and charming expression.</p>
+
+<p>"I think she was a very pretty girl," whispered Waldron in Rollo's ear.</p>
+
+<p>"She was in France at that time," said the attendant, "and the picture,
+if it is an original, must have been painted there, and she must have
+brought it with her to Scotland, on her return from that country. She
+brought a great deal <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183">[Pg 183]</a></span>with her on her return. There were several vessel
+loads of furniture, paintings, &amp;c. The tapestry in the bedroom was
+brought. It was wrought at the Gobelins."</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George went into the bedroom, to look at the tapestry. Two sides of
+the room were hung with it.</p>
+
+<p>"It looks like a carpet hung on the walls," said Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Mr. George; "a richly embroidered carpet."</p>
+
+<p>The figures on the tapestry consisted of groups of horsemen, elegantly
+equipped and caparisoned. The horses were prancing about in a very
+spirited manner. The whole work looked very dingy, and the colors were
+very much faded; but it was evident that it must have been very splendid
+in its day.</p>
+
+<p>After looking at the tapestry, and at the various articles of quaint and
+queer old furniture in this room, the company followed the attendant
+into another apartment.</p>
+
+<p>"This," said he, "is the room where Lord Darnley, Ruthven, and the rest,
+held their consultation and formed their plans for the murder of Rizzio;
+and <i>there</i> is the door leading to the private stairway where they went
+up. You cannot go up that way now, but you will see where <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184">[Pg 184]</a></span>they came out
+above when you go up into Queen Mary's apartments."</p>
+
+<p>"Let us go now," said Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said Mr. George, "and then we can come into these rooms again
+when we come down."</p>
+
+<p>So Mr. George and the boys walked back, through Lord Darnley's rooms, to
+the place where they came in. Here they saw that the same broad flight
+of stone stairs, by which they had come up from the court below,
+continued to ascend to the upper stories. There was a painted
+inscription on a board there, too, saying, "To Queen Mary's apartments,"
+with a hand pointing up the staircase. So they knew that that was the
+way they must go.</p>
+
+<p>As they went up, both Rollo and Waldron asked Mr. George to explain to
+them something about the murder, so that they might know a little what
+they were going to see.</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said Mr. George, "I will. Let us sit down here, and I will tell
+you as much as I can tell in five minutes. Really to understand the
+whole affair, you would have to read as much as you could read in a
+week. And I assure you it is an exceedingly interesting and entertaining
+story.</p>
+
+<p>"Darnley, you know, was the queen's husband. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185">[Pg 185]</a></span>Her first husband was the
+young Prince of France; but he died before Queen Mary came home. So that
+when she came home she was a widow; very young, and exceedingly
+beautiful. There is a very beautiful painting of her, I am told, in the
+castle."</p>
+
+<p>"Let us go and see it," said Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"To-morrow," said Mr. George.</p>
+
+<p>"After Queen Mary had been in Scotland some little time," continued Mr.
+George, "she was married again to this Lord Darnley. He was an English
+prince. The whole story of her first becoming acquainted with Darnley,
+and how the marriage was brought about, is extremely interesting; but I
+have not time now to tell it to you.</p>
+
+<p>"After they were married they lived together for a time very happily;
+but at length some causes of difficulty and dissension occurred between
+them. Darnley was not contented to be merely the queen's husband. He
+wanted, also, to be king."</p>
+
+<p>"I don't blame him," said Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"I should have thought," said Rollo, "that Mary would have been willing
+that he should be king."</p>
+
+<p>"Very likely she might have been willing herself," said Mr. George, "but
+her people were not willing. There were a great many powerful nobles and
+chieftains in the kingdom, and about her <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186">[Pg 186]</a></span>court, and they took sides,
+one way and the other, and there was a great deal of trouble. It is a
+long story, and I can't tell you half of it, now. What made the matter
+worse was, that Darnley, finding he could not have every thing his own
+way, began to be very harsh and cruel in his treatment of Mary. This
+made Mary very unhappy, and caused her to live a great deal in
+retirement, with a few near and intimate friends, who treated her with
+kindness and sympathy.</p>
+
+<p>"One of these was David Rizzio, the man who was murdered. He was one of
+the officers of the court. His office was private secretary. He was a
+great deal older than Mary, and it seems he was an excellent man for his
+office. He used to write for the queen when it was necessary, and
+perform other such duties; and as he was very gentle and kind in his
+disposition, and took a great interest in every thing that concerned the
+queen, Mary became, at last, quite attached to him, and considered him
+as one of her best friends. At last Lord Darnley and his party became
+very jealous of him. They thought that he had a great deal too much
+influence over the queen. It was as if he were the prime minister, they
+said, while they, the old nobles of the realm, were all set aside, as if
+they were of no consequence at all. So they determined to kill him.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187">[Pg 187]</a></span>"They formed their plot in the room below, where we have just been. It
+was in the evening. Mary was at supper that night in a little room in
+the tower up above, where we are now going. There were two or three
+friends with her. The men went up the private stairway, and burst into
+the little supper room, and killed Rizzio on the spot."</p>
+
+<p>"Let us go up and see the place," said Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>So Mr. George rose, and followed by the boys, he led the way into Queen
+Mary's apartments.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 314px;">
+<img src="images/i185.jpg" class="ispace" width="314" height="250" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188">[Pg 188]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="Chapter_XIV" id="Chapter_XIV"></a><span class="smcap">Chapter XIV.</span></h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">Queen Mary's Apartments.</span></h3>
+
+<p>Before we follow Mr. George and the boys into Queen Mary's apartments, I
+have one or two other explanations to make, in addition to the
+information which Mr. George communicated to the boys on the stairs.
+These explanations relate to the situation of Mary's apartments in the
+palace. They were in a sort of wing, which forms the extreme left of the
+front of the palace. The wing is square. It projects to the front. At
+the two corners of it, in front, are two round towers, which are
+surmounted above by short spires. As there is a similar wing at the
+right hand end of the front, with similar towers at the corners, the
+fa&ccedil;ade of the building is marked with four towers and four spires. The
+left hand portion is represented in the engraving opposite.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189">[Pg 189-90]</a></span></p>
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 390px;">
+<img src="images/i187.jpg" class="ispace" width="390" height="500" alt="THE CORNER TOWER OF THE PALACE OF HOLYROOD." title="" />
+<span class="caption">THE CORNER TOWER OF THE PALACE OF HOLYROOD.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Queen Mary's rooms are in the third story, as seen in the engraving. The
+principal room is in the square part of the wing, between the two round
+towers. This was the bedroom. In the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191">[Pg 191]</a></span>right hand tower, as seen in the
+engraving, is a small room, as large as the tower can contain, which was
+used by Mary as an oratory; that is, a little chapel for her private
+devotions. In the left hand tower was another small room, similar to the
+oratory, which Mary used as a private sitting room or boudoir. It is
+just large enough for a window and a fireplace, and for a very few
+persons to sit. It was in this little room that Mary was having supper,
+with two or three of her friends, when Darnley and his gang came up to
+murder Rizzio, who was one among them.</p>
+
+<p>Besides Mary's bedroom, which was in the front part of the wing, between
+the two towers, there was another large room behind it, which also
+belonged to her. Darnley's apartments were very similar to the queen's,
+only they were in the story below. It was the custom in those days, as
+it is now, indeed, in high life, for the husband and wife to have
+separate ranges of apartments, with a private passage connecting them.
+In this case the private passage leading from Darnley's apartments to
+Mary's was in the wall. It was a narrow stairway, leading up to Mary's
+bedroom, and the door where it came out was very near to the door
+leading to the little room in the tower where Mary and her friends <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192">[Pg 192]</a></span>were
+taking supper on the night of Rizzio's murder.</p>
+
+<p>When Mr. George and the boys reached the top of the stairs, they entered
+a large room, which, they were told by an attendant who was there to
+receive them, was Mary's audience chamber. This was the room situated
+back of the bedroom. The room itself, and every thing which it
+contained, wore a very antique and venerable appearance. The furniture
+was dilapidated, and the coverings of it were worn and moth-eaten. Very
+ancient-looking pictures were hanging on the walls. There was a large
+fireplace, with an immense movable iron grate in it. The grate was
+almost entirely worn out. The attendant who showed these rooms said that
+it was the oldest grate in Scotland. Still, it was not so old as the
+time of Mary, for it was brought into Scotland, the attendant said, by
+Charles II., who was Mary's great grandson.</p>
+
+<p>There was a window in a very deep recess in this room. It looked out
+upon a green park, on the side of the palace. A very ancient-looking
+table stood in this recess, which, the attendant said, was brought by
+Mary from France. The ceiling was carved and ornamented in a very
+curious manner.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_193" id="Page_193">[Pg 193-94]</a></span></p>
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;">
+<img src="images/i191.jpg" class="ispace" width="500" height="346" alt="QUEEN MARY&#39;S BEDROOM." title="" />
+<span class="caption">QUEEN MARY&#39;S BEDROOM.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>"And which is the door," said Waldron to the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_195" id="Page_195">[Pg 195]</a></span>attendant, "where Darnley and his men came in, to murder Rizzio?"</p>
+
+<p>"That is in the next room," said the attendant. So saying, he pointed to
+a door, and Mr. George and the boys, and also two or three other
+visitors whom they had found in the room when they came in, went forward
+and entered the room.</p>
+
+<p>"This, gentlemen and ladies," said the attendant, as they went in, "was
+Queen Mary's bed chamber. The door where we are coming in was the main
+or principal entrance to it. This is the bed and bedstead, just as they
+were left when Queen Mary vacated the apartment. That door,"&mdash;pointing
+to a corner of the room diagonally opposite to where the company had
+entered,&mdash;"leads to the little boudoir<a name="FNanchor_G_7" id="FNanchor_G_7"></a><a href="#Footnote_G_7" class="fnanchor">[G]</a> where Rizzio was killed, and
+that opening in the wall by the side of it, under the tapestry, is the
+place where Darnley and the other assassins came up by the private
+stair."</p>
+
+<p>A view of the room, and of the various objects which the attendant
+showing them thus pointed out to the company, may be seen in the
+engraving on the opposite page.</p>
+
+<p>The bedstead is seen on the right. It is surmounted by a heavy cornice,
+richly carved and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_196" id="Page_196">[Pg 196]</a></span>gilded. This cornice, and the embroidered curtains
+that hang from it, must have been very magnificent in their day, though
+now they are faded and tattered by age. The coverings of the bed are
+also greatly decayed. Only a little shred of the blanket now remains,
+and that is laid upon the bolster. The rest of it has been gradually
+carried away by visitors, who for a long time were accustomed to pull
+off little shreds of it to take with them, as souvenirs of their visit.
+These depredations are, however, now no longer allowed. That part of the
+room is now enclosed by a cord, fastened to iron rods fixed in the
+floor, so that visitors cannot approach the bed. They are watched, too,
+very closely, wherever they go, to prevent their taking any thing away.
+They are not allowed to sit down in any of the chairs.</p>
+
+<p>The door in the corner of the room to the left leads into the little
+boudoir, or cabinet, where Rizzio was murdered. You can see a little way
+into this room, in the picture. Mr. George and the boys went into it.
+There was a table on the back side of it, with the armor, and also the
+gloves, and one of the boots which Darnley wore, lying upon it. The
+attendant took up a breast-plate, which formed a part of the armor, and
+let the boys lift it. It was very heavy. There was an indentation in the
+front of it, where it had <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197">[Pg 197]</a></span>been struck by a bullet. The boot, too, was
+prodigiously thick and heavy. The heel was not less than three inches
+high.</p>
+
+<p>There was a fireplace in this room, and over it was an altar-piece; a
+sort of picture in stone, which Mary used in her oratory, according to
+the custom of the Catholics. It had been broken to pieces and put
+together again. It was said that John Knox broke it, to show his
+abhorrence of Popery, but that the pieces were saved, and it was
+afterwards mended.</p>
+
+<p>There was also in this room a square stone, shaped like a block, about
+two feet long, sawed off from the end of a beam of timber. This was the
+stone that Mary knelt upon when she was crowned Queen of Scotland.</p>
+
+<p>To the right of the door which leads to the boudoir, under the tapestry,
+we see in the engraving the opening in the wall which leads to the
+staircase where the conspirators came up. The boys went in here and
+looked down. The stairs were very narrow, and very dark. The passage was
+closed below, so that they could not go down. In Mary's time these
+stairs not only led down to Darnley's rooms, but there was a
+continuation of them down the lower story, and thence along by a private
+way to Mary's place in the chapel of the monastery, where she used to go
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_198" id="Page_198">[Pg 198]</a></span>to attend divine service. She always went by this private way, so that
+nobody ever saw her go or come. They only knew that she was there by
+seeing the curtains drawn before the little compartment in the walls of
+the chapel where she was accustomed to sit.</p>
+
+<p>In the deep recess of the window, seen at the left in the engraving, you
+will see a tall stand, with a sort of basket on the top of it. This
+basket contained baby linen, and was sent to Mary as a present by Queen
+Elizabeth of England, at the time when Mary's child was born. This was
+the child that afterwards became King James. He was not born here,
+however. He was born in the castle. His birth took place only about
+three months after the murder of Rizzio. The basket was a very pretty
+one, and it was lined with the most costly lace, only a few remnants of
+which are, however, remaining.</p>
+
+<p>The attendant showed all these things to the visitors, and many more,
+which I have not time now to describe. Among the rest was a piece of
+embroidery set in the top of a workbox, which Mary herself worked. The
+top of the box was formed of a plate of glass; the embroidery was placed
+underneath it, so that it could be seen through the glass. It was old
+and faded, and the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_199" id="Page_199">[Pg 199]</a></span>boys did not think that it was very pretty. It was,
+however, curious to see it, since Mary had worked it with her own hands;
+especially as she did it when she was a child; for the guide said she
+embroidered it when she was only about twelve years old.</p>
+
+<p>"She was very skilful with her needle," said the attendant. "She learned
+the art in France, at the convent where she was educated. This tapestry
+which hangs upon the wall was worked by the nuns at that convent, and it
+is said that Mary assisted them."</p>
+
+<p>The tapestry to which the guide referred is the same that you see in the
+engraving on the wall of the room, opposite to the observer. It hung
+down over the door leading to the private staircase.</p>
+
+<p>Besides the bedroom and the boudoir, there was the oratory, too; that
+is, the small room corresponding to the boudoir, in the other round
+tower. This room is not shown in the engraving, as the opening leading
+into it is on the side of the bed chamber where the spectator is
+supposed to stand. It was a very small room, like a round closet, with a
+window in it. It contained very little furniture. There were two tall,
+carved stands, to hold the candlesticks, on each side of the altar, and
+several very ancient-looking chairs. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_200" id="Page_200">[Pg 200]</a></span>There was also a small and very
+peculiar-shaped old mirror hanging upon the wall. It had no frame, but
+the glass itself was cut into an ornamental form. This mirror was a
+great curiosity, it must be confessed; but it was past performing any
+useful function, for the silver was worn off to such an extent that it
+was very difficult to see one's face in it.</p>
+
+<p>After looking some time longer at Queen Mary's rooms, Mr. George and the
+boys went back again to Lord Darnley's apartments below. There they saw
+a picture of Queen Mary which they had not observed before. It
+represented her, the man said, in the dress she wore the day that she
+was beheaded. The dress was of dark silk or velvet, plain, but very
+rich. It fitted close to the form, and came up high in the neck. The
+countenance evinced the changes produced by time and grief, but it wore
+the same sweet expression that was seen in the portrait painted in her
+earlier years.</p>
+
+<p>"What was she beheaded for?" asked Rollo, while they were looking at
+this portrait.</p>
+
+<p>"She was beheaded by the government of Queen Elizabeth of England,"
+replied Mr. George. "They charged her with forming plots to dethrone
+Elizabeth, and make herself Queen of England in her place."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_201" id="Page_201">[Pg 201]</a></span>"And did she really form the plots?" asked Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"Why&mdash;yes," said Mr. George, speaking, however, in a somewhat doubtful
+tone, "yes&mdash;I suppose she did; or, at least, her friends and party did;
+she herself consenting. You see she was herself descended from an
+English king, just as Elizabeth was, and it was extremely doubtful which
+was the rightful heir. Mary, and all her friends and party, claimed that
+she was; and Elizabeth, on the other hand, insisted that <i>her</i> claim was
+clear and unquestionable."</p>
+
+<p>"Which was right?" asked Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"It is impossible to say," replied Mr. George. "It was such a
+complicated case that you could not decide it either way. The question
+was like a piece of changeable silk. You could make it look green or
+brown, just according to the way you looked at it. When you come to read
+the history you will see just how it was."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Waldron, "I mean to read all about it."</p>
+
+<p>"After the difficulties in Scotland," continued Mr. George, "Mary's
+armies were driven across the line into England, and there Mary was
+seized and made prisoner. Elizabeth would have given her her liberty if
+she would have renounced her <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_202" id="Page_202">[Pg 202]</a></span>claims to the English crown&mdash;but this Mary
+would not do. She was kept in prison a number of years. At last some of
+her friends began to form plots to get her out, and make her Queen of
+England. She was accused of joining in these plots, and so she was
+tried, convicted, and beheaded."</p>
+
+<p>"And did she really join in the plots?" asked Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"I presume so," said Mr. George. "I would have joined in them if I had
+been in her place."</p>
+
+<p>"So would I," said Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"Did Queen Elizabeth order her to be beheaded?" asked Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"No," said Mr. George, "not directly&mdash;or, at least, she pretended that
+she did not. She appointed some judges to go and try her, on the charge
+of treason, and the judges condemned her to death. Elizabeth might have
+saved her if she chose, but she did not; though afterwards, when she
+heard that Mary had been executed, she pretended to be in a great rage
+with those who had carried the sentence into effect, and to be deeply
+grieved at her cousin's death."</p>
+
+<p>"The old hag!" said Waldron.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_203" id="Page_203">[Pg 203-4]</a></span></p>
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 296px;">
+<img src="images/i201.jpg" class="ispace" width="296" height="500" alt="QUEEN ELIZABETH ON PARADE." title="" />
+<span class="caption">QUEEN ELIZABETH ON PARADE.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>"Why, no," said Mr. George, "I don't know that we ought to consider her
+an old hag for this. It was human nature, that is all. She may have
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_205" id="Page_205">[Pg 205]</a></span>been sincere in her grief at Mary's death, while yet she consented to
+it, and even desired it, beforehand. We often wish to have a thing done,
+and yet are very sorry for it after it is done.</p>
+
+<p>"You see," continued Mr. George, "Queen Elizabeth was a very proud and
+ambitious woman. She was very fond of the power, and also of the pomp
+and parade of royalty; and she could not endure that any one should ever
+question her claim to the crown."</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said Waldron, "at any rate I am sorry for poor Mary."</p>
+
+<p>After this, Mr. George and the boys went down the staircase where they
+had come up, to the court, and then proceeding along the piazza to the
+back corner of it, they passed through an open door that led them to the
+ruins of the old abbey, which stood on this spot some centuries before
+the palace was built. There was nothing left of this ancient edifice but
+the walls, and some of the pillars of the chapel. The roof was gone, and
+every thing was in a state of dilapidation and ruin.</p>
+
+<p>There was a guide there who pointed out the place where Mary stood at
+the time of her marriage with Lord Darnley. The grass was growing on
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_206" id="Page_206">[Pg 206]</a></span>the spot, and above, all was open to the sky. Multitudes of birds were
+flying about, and chirping mournfully around the naked and crumbling
+walls.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 236px;">
+<img src="images/i204.jpg" class="ispace" width="236" height="250" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_207" id="Page_207">[Pg 207]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="Chapter_XV" id="Chapter_XV"></a><span class="smcap">Chapter XV.</span></h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">Edinburgh Castle.</span></h3>
+
+<p>The day after the visit which the party made to the palace, they set out
+from their hotel to go to the castle. As they were walking along
+together on the sidewalk of Prince's Street, on a sudden Waldron darted
+off from Rollo's side, and ran into the street, in pursuit of a cab
+which had just gone by. He soon overtook the cab and climbed up behind
+it; and then, to Mr. George's utter amazement, he reached forward along
+the side of the vehicle, so as to look into the window of it, and
+knocked on the glass. In a moment the cab stopped, the door opened, and
+the mystery of the case was explained to Mr. George and Rollo by seeing
+Waldron's father looking out of it.</p>
+
+<p>"It is his father!" said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Mr. George. "But that is not the proper way for a boy to
+stop his father, riding by in a cab, in the streets of Edinburgh."</p>
+
+<p>The cab drove up to the sidewalk, and then <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_208" id="Page_208">[Pg 208]</a></span>Mr. Kennedy got out to speak
+to Mr. George. He said that he had received letters from America, making
+it necessary for him to set sail immediately for home. He had intended,
+he added, to have remained two or three weeks longer in Scotland; and in
+that case he should have liked very much to have continued Waldron under
+Mr. George's care.</p>
+
+<p>"And now," he added, turning to Waldron, "which would you rather do&mdash;go
+home to America with me, or stay here, and travel with Mr. George?"</p>
+
+<p>Waldron looked quite perplexed at this proposal. He said that he liked
+very much to travel with Mr. George and Rollo, and yet he wanted very
+much indeed to go home.</p>
+
+<p>In the course of the day various debates and consultations were held,
+and it was finally decided that Waldron should go home. So the accounts
+were settled with Mr. George, and Waldron was transferred to the hotel
+where his father and mother were lodging. They were to set out the next
+morning, in the express train for Liverpool. The preparations for the
+journey and the voyage kept Waldron busy all that day, so that Mr.
+George and Rollo went to the castle alone. But Waldron made Rollo
+promise that in the evening <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_209" id="Page_209">[Pg 209]</a></span>he would come to the hotel and see him, and
+tell him what he saw there.</p>
+
+<p>In the evening, accordingly, Rollo went to the hotel where Mr. Kennedy
+was staying. Mr. George went with him. They went first into Mr.
+Kennedy's parlor. A door was open between the parlor and one of the
+bedrooms, and both rooms were full of trunks and parcels. Every body was
+busy packing and arranging. The ladies were showing each other their
+different purchases, as they came in from the shops; and as soon as Mr.
+George entered, they began to ask him whether he thought they would be
+obliged to pay duty on this, or on that, when they arrived in America.</p>
+
+<p>Rollo asked where Waldron was, and they said he was in his room, packing
+his trunk. So Rollo went to find him.</p>
+
+<p>"Ah, Rollo," said Waldron, "I am glad you have come. I want you to sit
+on the top of my trunk with me, and make it shut down."</p>
+
+<p>Rollo gave Waldron the assistance he required, and by the conjoined
+gravity of both the boys the trunk was made to shut. Waldron turned the
+key in an instant, and then said,&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"There! Get open again if you can. And now, Rollo," he continued, "tell
+me about the castle."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_210" id="Page_210">[Pg 210]</a></span>"Well, we had a very good time visiting it," said Rollo. "We went over
+the bridge where you and I stopped to look down to the market, and came
+to High Street. But instead of turning down, as we did when we were
+going to Holyrood, we turned <i>up</i>; because, you know, the castle is on
+the top of the hill."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Waldron, "I knew that was the way."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, we went up High Street," continued Rollo. "The upper part of it
+is quite a handsome street. There were a great many large public
+buildings. We passed by a great cathedral, where, they said, a woman
+threw a stool at the minister, while he was preaching."</p>
+
+<p>"What did she do that for?" asked Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know," said Rollo. "I suppose she did not like his preaching.
+It was in the reformation times. I believe he was preaching Popery, and
+she was a Protestant. Her name was Jenny Geddes. They have got the stool
+now."</p>
+
+<p>"They have?" exclaimed Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Rollo, "so uncle George said. They keep it in the
+Antiquarian Museum, for a curiosity."</p>
+
+<p>"When we got to the upper end of the High Street," continued Rollo,
+"there was the castle all before us. Only first there was a parade
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_211" id="Page_211">[Pg 211]</a></span>ground for the troops; it was all gravelled over."</p>
+
+<p>"Were there any soldiers there?" asked Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Rollo, "there were two or three companies drilling and
+parading."</p>
+
+<p>"I should like to have seen them," said Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Rollo, "and besides, the parade ground was a splendid place.
+The lower end of it was towards the street; the upper end was towards
+the gates and walls of the castle, and the two sides of it were shut in
+by a low wall, built on the very brink of the precipice. You could look
+down over this wall into the streets of the lower part of the town; and
+then we could see off a great way, over all the country.</p>
+
+<p>"We stopped a little while to look at the view, and then we turned round
+and looked at the soldiers a little while longer, and then we went on.
+Presently we came to the castle gates. There was a sentinel on guard,
+and some soldiers walking to and fro on the ramparts above; but they did
+not say any thing to us, and so we went in. There were other parties of
+ladies and gentlemen going in too."</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said Waldron, "what did you see when you got in?"</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_212" id="Page_212">[Pg 212]</a></span>"Why, we were yet only inside the walls," said Rollo, "and so we kept
+going on up a steep road paved with stones. There were walls, and
+towers, and battlements, and bastions, and soldiers walking sentry, and
+cannons pointed at us, all around. Presently we came to a sort of
+bridge. Here we heard some music. It seemed down below; so we went to
+the side of the bridge and looked over. There was a little square field
+below, and three men, with Scotch bagpipes, playing together. The men
+were dressed in uniform, and the bagpipes were splendid-looking
+instruments."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Waldron. "They were the musicians of some Highland regiment,
+practising."</p>
+
+<p>"Well; we went on, higher and higher," said Rollo, "and continued going
+round and round, till, at last, we came to the upper part of the castle,
+where there were platforms, and cannons upon them, pointing out over all
+the country round about."</p>
+
+<p>"Did you see Mons Meg?" asked Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Rollo, "and we went up close to it. But we did not touch it,
+for there was a notice put up that visitors must not touch the guns.</p>
+
+<p>"By and by we came into a large square court, with buildings, that
+looked like barracks, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_213" id="Page_213">[Pg 213]</a></span>all about it. There was a sign up, with a hand on
+it pointing, and the words, 'To the crown room.' So we knew that that
+was the place where we were to go. Besides, all the other ladies and
+gentlemen were going there, too.</p>
+
+<p>"We gave up our tickets at the door, and went up a short flight of
+steps, into a little sort of cellar."</p>
+
+<p>"A little sort of cellar!" exclaimed Waldron. He was surprised at the
+idea of going up stairs into a cellar.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Rollo. "It was just like a cellar. It had stone walls all
+around it, and was arched overhead."</p>
+
+<p>"Was it dark?" asked Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"O, no," said Rollo; "it was lighted up splendidly with gas. The gas
+shone very bright in between the bars of the cage, and brightened up the
+crown and the jewels wonderfully."</p>
+
+<p>"In the cage?" repeated Waldron; "was there a cage?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," replied Rollo. "In the middle of the room there was a great iron
+cage, as high as my head, and big in proportion. The crown and the
+jewels were in the cage, on cushions. They were so far in that people
+could not reach them by putting their hands through the bars. There were
+a great many persons standing all around <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_214" id="Page_214">[Pg 214]</a></span>the cage, and looking in to
+see the crown and the jewels."</p>
+
+<p>"Were they pretty?" asked Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"Not very," said Rollo. "I suppose the things were made of gold; but I
+could not tell, from the looks of them, whether they were made of gold
+or brass."</p>
+
+<p>"Was there any thing else?" asked Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," said Rollo, "there was a monstrous oak chest,&mdash;iron bound, or
+brass bound,&mdash;where the crown and jewels were hid away for a great many
+years. At the time when Scotland was united to England, they put these
+things in this chest; and they were left there so long that at last
+there was nobody that knew where they were. Finally the government began
+to look for them, and they looked in this old chest, and there they
+found them.</p>
+
+<p>"While we were looking at the chest," continued Rollo, "I heard some
+music out in the court, and I asked uncle George to let me go out; and
+he did. I was very glad I did, for the Highland regiment was paraded in
+the court. I stood there some time to see them exercised."</p>
+
+<p>"Did they look well?" asked Waldron.</p>
+
+<p>"Beautifully," said Rollo.</p>
+
+<p>After this, Rollo gave Waldron some further accounts of what he saw at
+the castle; but before <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_215" id="Page_215">[Pg 215]</a></span>he got quite through with his descriptions Mr.
+George came, and said it was time for them to go home. So they both bade
+Waldron good by. Rollo said, however, that it was not his final good by.</p>
+
+<p>"I shall come down to the station to-morrow morning," said he, "and see
+you go."</p>
+
+<p>Waldron was very much pleased to hear this, and then Mr. George and
+Rollo went away.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 549px;">
+<img src="images/i213.jpg" class="ispace" width="549" height="250" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<hr class="large" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_216" id="Page_216">[Pg 216]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="Chapter_XVI" id="Chapter_XVI"></a><span class="smcap">Chapter XVI.</span></h2>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">Conclusion.</span></h3>
+
+<p>Mr. George and Rollo made some excursions together after this, but I
+have not time to give a full account of them. Among others, they went to
+see Linlithgow, where stands the ruin of an ancient palace, which was
+the one in which Queen Mary was born. Linlithgow itself is a town. Near
+it is a pretty little loch. The ruins stand on a smooth and beautiful
+lawn, between the town and the shore of the loch. The people who lived
+in the palace had delightful views from their windows, both of the water
+of the loch itself and of the opposite shores.</p>
+
+<p>At this ruin people can go up by the old staircases to various rooms in
+the upper stories, and even to the top of the walls. The floors,
+wherever the floors remain, are covered with grass and weeds.</p>
+
+<p>There was a very curious story about the castle. It was taken at one
+time by means of a load of hay. The enemy engaged a farmer who lived
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_217" id="Page_217">[Pg 217]</a></span>near, and who was accustomed to supply the people of the castle with
+hay, to join them in their plot. So they put some armed men on his cart,
+and covered them all over with hay. They also concealed some more armed
+men near the gateway. The gateway had what is called a portcullis; that
+is, a heavy iron gate suspended by chains, so as to rise and fall. Of
+course, when the portcullis was down, nobody could get in or out.</p>
+
+<p>The people of the castle hoisted the portcullis, to let the load of hay
+come in, and the farmer, as soon as he had got the wagon in the middle
+of the gateway, stopped it there, and cut the traces, so that it could
+not be drawn any farther. At the same instant the men who were hid under
+the hay jumped out, killed the guard at the gates, called out to the
+other men who were in ambush, and they all poured into the castle
+together, crowding by at the sides of the wagon. The wagon, being
+directly in the way, prevented the portcullis from being shut down. Thus
+the castle was taken.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. George and Rollo also went to visit Melrose Abbey, which is a very
+beautiful ruin in the south part of Scotland. While they were there they
+visited Abbotsford, too, which is the house that Walter Scott lived in.
+Walter Scott amused <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_218" id="Page_218">[Pg 218]</a></span>himself, during his lifetime, in collecting a great
+many objects of interest connected with Scottish history, and putting
+them up in his house; and now the place is a perfect museum of Scottish
+antiquities and curiosities.</p>
+
+<p>Melrose and Abbotsford are in the southern part of Scotland, not very
+far from the English frontier. After visiting them, Mr. George and Rollo
+proceeded by the railway to Berwick, which stands on the boundary line;
+and there they bade Scotland farewell.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 183px;">
+<img src="images/i216.jpg" class="ispace" width="183" height="250" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+<hr class="large" />
+
+<h2 style="font-size: 170%;">TAGGARD &amp; THOMPSON</h2>
+
+<h4 style="font-size: 80%;">PUBLISH THE FOLLOWING</h4>
+
+<h3 style="font-size: 115%">POPULAR JUVENILE BOOKS.</h3>
+
+<p style="font-size: 110%"><b><span class="smcap">Rollo's Tour in Europe.</span></b></p>
+
+<p>Ten volumes, 16mo, cloth. Being a new series of Rollo Books. By <span class="smcap">Rev.
+Jacob Abbott</span>. Beautifully illustrated. Rollo on the Atlantic&mdash;Rollo in
+Paris&mdash;Rollo in Switzerland&mdash;Rollo on the Rhine&mdash;Rollo in London&mdash;Rollo
+in Scotland&mdash;Rollo in Geneva&mdash;Rollo in Holland&mdash;Rollo in Naples&mdash;Rollo
+in Rome. Price per vol. 50 cts.</p>
+
+<p style="font-size: 110%"><b><span class="smcap">My Uncle Toby's Library.</span></b></p>
+
+<p>By <span class="smcap">Francis Forrester, Esq.</span>, consisting of twelve volumes, elegantly
+bound, and illustrated with upwards of <span class="smcap">SIXTY</span> beautiful engravings. Each
+book is printed in large and splendid type, upon superior paper. Price
+per vol. 25 cts.</p>
+
+<p style="font-size: 110%"><b><span class="smcap">The Summer House Stories.</span></b></p>
+
+<p>By the author of "Daisy," "Violet," &amp;c. Elegantly illustrated by
+Billings. Six volumes. Price per vol. 63 cts.</p>
+
+<p>This series is designed to sketch attractively and simply the wonders of
+reptile and insect existences, the changes of trees, rocks, rivers,
+clouds, and winds. This is done by a family of children writing letters,
+both playful and serious, which are addressed to all children whom the
+books may reach.</p>
+
+<p style="font-size: 110%"><b><span class="smcap">The Martin and Nellie Stories.</span></b></p>
+
+<p>By <span class="smcap">Josephine Franklin</span>. Twelve volumes, 16mo, cloth. Illustrated by
+Billings and others. Price per vol. 50 cts.</p>
+
+<p>The object of these stories is the inculcation, in a quiet, simple way,
+of the principles of good nature, kindness, and integrity among
+children. They consist of the usual pathetic and mirthful incidents that
+constitute boy and girl life.</p>
+
+<p style="font-size: 110%"><b><span class="smcap">The Glen Morris Stories.</span></b></p>
+
+<p>By <span class="smcap">Francis Forrester</span>, author of "My Uncle Toby's Library." Five vols.
+16mo, cloth. Beautifully illustrated. Price per vol. 63 cts.</p>
+
+<p>The purpose of the "Glen Morris Stories" is to sow the seed of pure,
+noble, manly character in the mind of our great nation's childhood. They
+exhibit the virtues and vices of childhood, not in prosy, unreadable
+precepts, but in a series of characters which move before the
+imagination, as living beings do before the senses.</p>
+
+<p style="font-size: 110%"><b><span class="smcap">Pictures From the History of the Swiss.</span></b></p>
+
+<p>One volume, 16mo. Price 67 cts.</p>
+
+<p>A very instructive and entertaining Juvenile, designed for children from
+ten to fifteen years of age.</p>
+
+<p style="font-size: 110%"><b><span class="smcap">Pictures From the History of Spain.</span></b></p>
+
+<p>By the author of "Pictures from the History of the Swiss." A new volume
+just published. Price 67 cts.</p>
+
+<p style="font-size: 110%"><b><span class="smcap">Life and Adventures of Whitenose Woodchuck.</span></b></p>
+
+<p>One volume, 16mo. Price 38 cts.</p>
+
+<p>Intended especially for younger children, and illustrated with numerous
+engravings, by Billings.</p>
+
+<p>In addition to the above, T. &amp; T. publish a great variety of Toy and
+Juvenile Books suited to the wants of children of all ages.</p>
+
+<hr class="small" />
+
+<h3>AN INTERESTING BOOK FOR SCHOLARS.</h3>
+
+<h3>The Boys have long desired such a Book.</h3>
+
+<h2 style="font-size: 150%">THE UNIVERSAL SPEAKER:</h2>
+
+<p style="font-size: 80%" class="center">CONTAINING A COLLECTION OF</p>
+<h3>SPEECHES, DIALOGUES, AND RECITATIONS,</h3>
+
+<p class="center">ADAPTED TO THE USE OF SCHOOLS, ACADEMIES, AND<br />
+SOCIAL CIRCLES.</p>
+
+<p class="center"><b>Edited by N. A. Calkins and W. T. Adams.</b></p>
+
+<p>The excellences of this work consist, in part, of its entire
+originality, of its more than usual adaptation to the wants of our High
+Schools and Academies, and of the systematic arrangement of its
+selections for declamation and for elocutionary practice. Those in Part
+Second were prepared by Prof. <span class="smcap">Wm. Russell</span>, the eminent elocutionist,
+expressly for this work. The publishers feel assured that in presenting
+this work to Teachers and Scholars, they are offering them no revision
+of old matter with which they have long been familiar, but an original
+work, full of new, interesting, and instructive pieces, for the varied
+purposes for which it is designed.</p>
+
+<p class="center">In 1 vol. 12mo. Price $1.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>The instructions in declamation are so complete and accompanied by
+such ample illustrations relative to position and gestures of the
+student, that the "Universal Speaker" needs only to be seen to
+become what its name indicates&mdash;universal.&mdash;Rochester Repository.</p>
+
+<p>The pieces are judiciously selected, and the book is very
+attractive in its appearance.&mdash;Connecticut School Journal.</p>
+
+<p>We find, upon close inspection, that the work contains much fresh
+matter, which will be acceptable to schools and students,
+particularly in the department of dialogues of which there is a
+great dearth of really good and FIT matter in most
+speakers.&mdash;United States Journal.</p>
+
+<p>They are all school-like, the dialogues being illustrative of
+scenes in common life, including some first-rate conversations
+pertinent to school-room duties and trials. The speeches are brief
+and energetic. It will meet with favor.&mdash;R. I. Schoolmaster.</p>
+
+<p>The selection has been made with a great deal of foresight and
+taste, by men who are highly esteemed as elocutionists, writers, or
+teachers. The notation, the directions and cuts appended to the
+pieces, will be found useful to those who use them.&mdash;Mass. Teacher.</p>
+
+<p>Looking it over hastily, we notice many admirable selections from
+the best authors, and as the book is entirely fresh, the matter
+never having appeared in previous readers or speakers, it cannot
+fail be a welcome addition to the books of its class.&mdash;Springfield
+Republican.</p>
+
+<p>In this they have succeeded, and have also been fortunate in the
+selection. The book contains a larger number of dialogues than any
+we have seen, and they are mostly relative to school children and
+school affairs.&mdash;Penn. School Journal.</p></div>
+
+<hr class="small" />
+
+<h3>INSTRUCTION AND AMUSEMENT.</h3>
+
+<hr class="tiny" />
+
+<h3>PICTURES</h3>
+
+<p class="center" style="font-size: 80%">FROM THE</p>
+
+<h2>HISTORY OF THE SWISS</h2>
+
+<p class="center">In 1 vol. 16mo. 262 pages. Price 75 cents.</p>
+
+<p class="center">WITH CHARACTERISTIC ILLUSTRATIONS,</p>
+
+<p class="center">DESIGNED BY HAMMETT BILLINGS.</p>
+
+<p>It is not generally known that the early history of the Swiss abounds in
+the most thrilling and interesting stories, of which that of Wm. Tell
+shooting the apple from the head of his son, by order of the tyrant
+Gessler, so familiar to every child, is but a specimen. The present
+volume, while it introduces the youthful reader to many of the scenes
+through which the brave Swiss passed in recovering their liberty, also
+narrates many stories of peculiar interest and romance, every way equal
+to that of Tell. Among these we may name,</p>
+
+<div class="poem"><div class="stanza">
+<span class="i0">The Thievish Raven, and the Mischief he caused.<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">How the Wives and Daughters of Zurich saved the City.<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">How the City of Lucerne was saved by a Boy.<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">The Baker's Apprentice.<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">How a Wooden Figure raised Troops in the Valois.<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Little Roza's Offering.<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">A Little Theft, and what happened in consequence.<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">The Angel of the Camp.<br /></span>
+</div></div>
+
+<p>With twenty-one other similar stories.</p>
+
+<hr class="small" />
+
+<p class="center">A NEW SERIES OF JUVENILES.</p>
+
+<hr class="tiny" />
+
+<h2>THE SUMMER-HOUSE SERIES.</h2>
+
+<p class="center">BY THE AUTHOR OF "VIOLET," "DAISY," ETC.</p>
+
+<p>The first volume of what the publishers sincerely believe will be the
+most popular series of Juvenile Books yet issued, is now ready, entitled</p>
+
+<h3>OUR SUMMER-HOUSE, AND WHAT WAS SAID AND DONE IN IT.</h3>
+
+<p class="center">In 1 vol. 16mo. Price 62 cents.</p>
+
+<p class="center">Handsomely Illustrated by HAMMETT BILLINGS.</p>
+
+<p>From the author's Preface:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"The Summer-House Series of children's books, of which the present
+volume is the first, is an attempt to sketch attractively and simply the
+wonders of reptile and insect existence, the changes of trees, rocks,
+rivers, clouds and winds.</p>
+
+<p>"To this end a family of intelligent children, of various ages,
+collected in a garden summer-house, are supposed to write letters and
+stories, sometimes playful, sometimes serious, addressing them to all
+children whom the books may reach.</p>
+
+<p>"The author has hoped, by thus awakening the quick imagination and ready
+sympathies of the young, to lead them to use their own eyes, and hearts,
+and hands, in that plentiful harvest-field of life, where 'the reapers
+indeed are few.'"</p>
+
+<p>Among the stories in the present volume are the following:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p class="center" style="font-size: 110%">Bessie's Garden.</p>
+
+<p>One of the most touching and affecting stories we have read for many a
+day.</p>
+
+<p class="center" style="font-size: 110%">The Lancers.</p>
+
+<p>A most humorous story, with a never-to-be-forgotten moral, inculcating
+contentment.</p>
+
+<p class="center" style="font-size: 110%">The Working Fairies.</p>
+
+<p>In this story Industry is held up for attainment, and Idleness receives
+a severe rebuke. The style and language, though perfectly intelligible
+to children, are worthy of a Beecher.</p>
+
+<p class="center" style="font-size: 110%">The Princess.</p>
+
+<p>A story of wrong and suffering.</p>
+
+<p class="center" style="font-size: 110%">Little Red-Head.</p>
+
+<p>A true story of a bird.</p>
+
+<p class="center" style="font-size: 110%">The Little Preacher.</p>
+
+<p>A sweet story, introducing bird and insect life, and conveying more
+truth and instruction to children, than can be found in a dozen ordinary
+sermons.</p>
+
+<p style="font-size: 115%" class="center"><b><span class="smcap">Taggard &amp; Thompson</span>, Publishers,</b></p>
+
+<p class="right">29 CORNHILL, BOSTON.</p>
+
+<hr class="large" />
+
+<h3>FOOTNOTES</h3>
+
+<div class="footnote"><a name="Footnote_A_1" id="Footnote_A_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_A_1"><span class="label">[A]</span></a>
+The conversation was a discussion, and not a dispute, for it was
+calm, quiet, and good-tempered throughout. A dispute is an <i>angry</i>
+discussion.</div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><a name="Footnote_B_2" id="Footnote_B_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_B_2"><span class="label">[B]</span></a>An estuary is a sort of bay, produced by the widening of a river at
+its mouth. Scotland is remarkable for the estuaries which are formed at
+the mouths of its rivers. They are called there <i>friths</i>.</div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><a name="Footnote_C_3" id="Footnote_C_3"></a><a href="#FNanchor_C_3"><span class="label">[C]</span></a>It would have been better if Waldron had described the kilt; but I
+suppose he thought he could not describe it very well. It is a garment
+peculiar to the Scotch. It consists of a sort of sack or jacket, with a
+skirt attached to it below, which comes down just below the knees. The
+skirt is plaited upon the lower edge of the jacket, and hangs pretty
+full.</div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><a name="Footnote_D_4" id="Footnote_D_4"></a><a href="#FNanchor_D_4"><span class="label">[D]</span></a>The boys had seen a party of sappers and miners, as they are called,
+that is, military engineers, who were established on the top of Ben
+Lomond, in a hut which they had built there. They were employed there,
+in connection with other sappers and miners on the other mountains
+around, in making a survey of Scotland.</div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><a name="Footnote_E_5" id="Footnote_E_5"></a><a href="#FNanchor_E_5"><span class="label">[E]</span></a>
+For engraving of Stirling Castle see <a href="#Page_10">page 10.</a></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><a name="Footnote_F_6" id="Footnote_F_6"></a><a href="#FNanchor_F_6"><span class="label">[F]</span></a>See <a href="#Frontispiece">Frontispiece.</a></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><a name="Footnote_G_7" id="Footnote_G_7"></a><a href="#FNanchor_G_7"><span class="label">[G]</span></a>A boudoir is a small private apartment, fitted up for a lady, where
+she receives her intimate and confidential friends.</div>
+
+<hr class="large" />
+
+<h3>TRANSCRIBER'S NOTES</h3>
+
+<p>Minor changes have been made to correct typesetters errors and
+omissions, and to ensure consistent use of punctuation and spelling;
+otherwise, every effort has been made to remain true to the original
+book.</p>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Rollo in Scotland, by Jacob Abbott
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ROLLO IN SCOTLAND ***
+
+***** This file should be named 25174-h.htm or 25174-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/2/5/1/7/25174/
+
+Produced by D Alexander and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/25174-h/images/i003.jpg b/25174-h/images/i003.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..edca31d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-h/images/i003.jpg
diff --git a/25174-h/images/i004.jpg b/25174-h/images/i004.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b361894
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-h/images/i004.jpg
diff --git a/25174-h/images/i008.jpg b/25174-h/images/i008.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..113a0da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-h/images/i008.jpg
diff --git a/25174-h/images/i019.jpg b/25174-h/images/i019.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a0f7aeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-h/images/i019.jpg
diff --git a/25174-h/images/i041.jpg b/25174-h/images/i041.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc8cd1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-h/images/i041.jpg
diff --git a/25174-h/images/i059.jpg b/25174-h/images/i059.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ac6a12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-h/images/i059.jpg
diff --git a/25174-h/images/i070.jpg b/25174-h/images/i070.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f1983d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-h/images/i070.jpg
diff --git a/25174-h/images/i085.jpg b/25174-h/images/i085.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02ef262
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-h/images/i085.jpg
diff --git a/25174-h/images/i088.jpg b/25174-h/images/i088.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..24cb726
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-h/images/i088.jpg
diff --git a/25174-h/images/i095.jpg b/25174-h/images/i095.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d52921
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-h/images/i095.jpg
diff --git a/25174-h/images/i110.jpg b/25174-h/images/i110.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..19c655a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-h/images/i110.jpg
diff --git a/25174-h/images/i119.jpg b/25174-h/images/i119.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60ee14c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-h/images/i119.jpg
diff --git a/25174-h/images/i132.jpg b/25174-h/images/i132.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..796aff1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-h/images/i132.jpg
diff --git a/25174-h/images/i145.jpg b/25174-h/images/i145.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a6ea53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-h/images/i145.jpg
diff --git a/25174-h/images/i175.jpg b/25174-h/images/i175.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eee0905
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-h/images/i175.jpg
diff --git a/25174-h/images/i185.jpg b/25174-h/images/i185.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..78cb685
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-h/images/i185.jpg
diff --git a/25174-h/images/i187.jpg b/25174-h/images/i187.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e1488fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-h/images/i187.jpg
diff --git a/25174-h/images/i191.jpg b/25174-h/images/i191.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed5f79f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-h/images/i191.jpg
diff --git a/25174-h/images/i201.jpg b/25174-h/images/i201.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..37a06cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-h/images/i201.jpg
diff --git a/25174-h/images/i204.jpg b/25174-h/images/i204.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c50d2d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-h/images/i204.jpg
diff --git a/25174-h/images/i213.jpg b/25174-h/images/i213.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5b354f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-h/images/i213.jpg
diff --git a/25174-h/images/i216.jpg b/25174-h/images/i216.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5d3f835
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-h/images/i216.jpg
diff --git a/25174-page-images/f0001.png b/25174-page-images/f0001.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..728b402
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/f0001.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/f0002.png b/25174-page-images/f0002.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b0972c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/f0002.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/f0003-image1.jpg b/25174-page-images/f0003-image1.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e1801fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/f0003-image1.jpg
diff --git a/25174-page-images/f0005-image1.jpg b/25174-page-images/f0005-image1.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..18ccb99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/f0005-image1.jpg
diff --git a/25174-page-images/f0007.png b/25174-page-images/f0007.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..365c794
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/f0007.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/f0008.png b/25174-page-images/f0008.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d0fd077
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/f0008.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/f0009-image1.jpg b/25174-page-images/f0009-image1.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22e615a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/f0009-image1.jpg
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0011.png b/25174-page-images/p0011.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..687dda6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0011.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0012.png b/25174-page-images/p0012.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..491f80a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0012.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0013.png b/25174-page-images/p0013.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67305f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0013.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0014.png b/25174-page-images/p0014.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9fa7842
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0014.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0015.png b/25174-page-images/p0015.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..98c7f57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0015.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0016.png b/25174-page-images/p0016.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73411bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0016.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0017.png b/25174-page-images/p0017.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..226bf5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0017.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0018.png b/25174-page-images/p0018.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..847e349
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0018.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0019.png b/25174-page-images/p0019.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..de67433
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0019.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0020.png b/25174-page-images/p0020.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..340e334
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0020.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0021-image1.jpg b/25174-page-images/p0021-image1.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d611820
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0021-image1.jpg
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0023.png b/25174-page-images/p0023.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1890036
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0023.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0024.png b/25174-page-images/p0024.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a2dc6ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0024.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0025.png b/25174-page-images/p0025.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e826ecb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0025.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0026.png b/25174-page-images/p0026.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b1f1f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0026.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0027.png b/25174-page-images/p0027.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dfb42a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0027.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0028.png b/25174-page-images/p0028.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..385ac1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0028.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0029.png b/25174-page-images/p0029.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..05986ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0029.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0030.png b/25174-page-images/p0030.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66cc350
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0030.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0031.png b/25174-page-images/p0031.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1391094
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0031.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0032.png b/25174-page-images/p0032.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eccd5df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0032.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0033.png b/25174-page-images/p0033.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..35114d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0033.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0034.png b/25174-page-images/p0034.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f1cb09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0034.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0035.png b/25174-page-images/p0035.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e3c4836
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0035.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0036.png b/25174-page-images/p0036.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2fcd331
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0036.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0037.png b/25174-page-images/p0037.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c5a740e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0037.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0038.png b/25174-page-images/p0038.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1464f4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0038.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0039.png b/25174-page-images/p0039.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0a7a3b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0039.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0040.png b/25174-page-images/p0040.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f97c142
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0040.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0041.png b/25174-page-images/p0041.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..acf7a3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0041.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0042.png b/25174-page-images/p0042.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..578b996
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0042.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0043-image1.jpg b/25174-page-images/p0043-image1.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab08434
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0043-image1.jpg
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0043.png b/25174-page-images/p0043.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba054d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0043.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0044.png b/25174-page-images/p0044.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f69c50d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0044.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0045.png b/25174-page-images/p0045.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8539fb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0045.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0046.png b/25174-page-images/p0046.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6272fe0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0046.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0047.png b/25174-page-images/p0047.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bedbdd4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0047.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0048.png b/25174-page-images/p0048.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..84aceab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0048.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0049.png b/25174-page-images/p0049.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..83a94cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0049.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0050.png b/25174-page-images/p0050.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a5c85a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0050.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0051.png b/25174-page-images/p0051.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..053796b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0051.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0052.png b/25174-page-images/p0052.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7045d17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0052.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0053.png b/25174-page-images/p0053.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c8ea3b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0053.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0054.png b/25174-page-images/p0054.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..77a1bea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0054.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0055.png b/25174-page-images/p0055.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6bc84af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0055.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0056.png b/25174-page-images/p0056.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f1fa87d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0056.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0057.png b/25174-page-images/p0057.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..312b6a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0057.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0058.png b/25174-page-images/p0058.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..abe1061
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0058.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0059.png b/25174-page-images/p0059.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..20c44cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0059.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0060.png b/25174-page-images/p0060.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da6d375
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0060.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0061-image1.jpg b/25174-page-images/p0061-image1.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..563b436
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0061-image1.jpg
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0063.png b/25174-page-images/p0063.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8afb2f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0063.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0064.png b/25174-page-images/p0064.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da4a1c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0064.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0065.png b/25174-page-images/p0065.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ba22a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0065.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0066.png b/25174-page-images/p0066.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef41900
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0066.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0067.png b/25174-page-images/p0067.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d99ced2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0067.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0068.png b/25174-page-images/p0068.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3759d27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0068.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0069.png b/25174-page-images/p0069.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f58dad6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0069.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0070.png b/25174-page-images/p0070.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b1a5b26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0070.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0071.png b/25174-page-images/p0071.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..97fdc1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0071.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0072-image1.jpg b/25174-page-images/p0072-image1.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b01300e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0072-image1.jpg
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0072.png b/25174-page-images/p0072.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..37e5da1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0072.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0073.png b/25174-page-images/p0073.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed3b585
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0073.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0074.png b/25174-page-images/p0074.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e4a04ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0074.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0075.png b/25174-page-images/p0075.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6b08a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0075.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0076.png b/25174-page-images/p0076.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e198318
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0076.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0077.png b/25174-page-images/p0077.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce00a2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0077.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0078.png b/25174-page-images/p0078.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d02a095
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0078.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0079.png b/25174-page-images/p0079.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e39eaec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0079.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0080.png b/25174-page-images/p0080.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ce52f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0080.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0081.png b/25174-page-images/p0081.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..74a9fdd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0081.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0082.png b/25174-page-images/p0082.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6c7f103
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0082.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0083.png b/25174-page-images/p0083.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b07dfcd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0083.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0084.png b/25174-page-images/p0084.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed45f79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0084.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0085.png b/25174-page-images/p0085.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2d1cb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0085.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0086.png b/25174-page-images/p0086.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4794e42
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0086.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0087-image1.jpg b/25174-page-images/p0087-image1.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..75056f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0087-image1.jpg
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0087.png b/25174-page-images/p0087.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8561b18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0087.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0088.png b/25174-page-images/p0088.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3657d17
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0088.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0089.png b/25174-page-images/p0089.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bbb6fca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0089.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0090-image1.jpg b/25174-page-images/p0090-image1.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..86c8688
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0090-image1.jpg
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0090.png b/25174-page-images/p0090.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7655082
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0090.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0091.png b/25174-page-images/p0091.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f85af5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0091.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0092.png b/25174-page-images/p0092.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..295636b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0092.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0093.png b/25174-page-images/p0093.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa23f64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0093.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0094.png b/25174-page-images/p0094.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b67f4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0094.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0095.png b/25174-page-images/p0095.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..512c342
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0095.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0096.png b/25174-page-images/p0096.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0ae18f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0096.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0097-image1.jpg b/25174-page-images/p0097-image1.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..62b9c63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0097-image1.jpg
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0097.png b/25174-page-images/p0097.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53aa42b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0097.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0098.png b/25174-page-images/p0098.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3edb098
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0098.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0099.png b/25174-page-images/p0099.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..653c4b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0099.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0100.png b/25174-page-images/p0100.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7dce65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0100.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0101.png b/25174-page-images/p0101.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e9cd1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0101.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0102.png b/25174-page-images/p0102.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..05d9d92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0102.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0103.png b/25174-page-images/p0103.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4119153
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0103.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0104.png b/25174-page-images/p0104.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d00265a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0104.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0105.png b/25174-page-images/p0105.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..df808ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0105.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0106.png b/25174-page-images/p0106.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..888601e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0106.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0107.png b/25174-page-images/p0107.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..07a8100
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0107.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0108.png b/25174-page-images/p0108.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25fbf59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0108.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0109.png b/25174-page-images/p0109.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..12d1a12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0109.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0110.png b/25174-page-images/p0110.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb87f19
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0110.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0111.png b/25174-page-images/p0111.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eaad1c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0111.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0112-image1.jpg b/25174-page-images/p0112-image1.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e6b140
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0112-image1.jpg
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0112.png b/25174-page-images/p0112.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..48c7f65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0112.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0113.png b/25174-page-images/p0113.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7875b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0113.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0114.png b/25174-page-images/p0114.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e8aaf9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0114.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0115.png b/25174-page-images/p0115.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab1eb64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0115.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0116.png b/25174-page-images/p0116.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a1872d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0116.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0117.png b/25174-page-images/p0117.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c728c89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0117.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0118.png b/25174-page-images/p0118.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ced25b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0118.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0119.png b/25174-page-images/p0119.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..571631f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0119.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0120.png b/25174-page-images/p0120.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4b62fc8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0120.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0121-image1.jpg b/25174-page-images/p0121-image1.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0325c46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0121-image1.jpg
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0121.png b/25174-page-images/p0121.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..283c634
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0121.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0122.png b/25174-page-images/p0122.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c16cb72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0122.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0123.png b/25174-page-images/p0123.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9649287
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0123.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0124.png b/25174-page-images/p0124.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1e461c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0124.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0125.png b/25174-page-images/p0125.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a2997bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0125.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0126.png b/25174-page-images/p0126.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5df095
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0126.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0127.png b/25174-page-images/p0127.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4bf682
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0127.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0128.png b/25174-page-images/p0128.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1f35510
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0128.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0129.png b/25174-page-images/p0129.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b6dae9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0129.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0130.png b/25174-page-images/p0130.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e6f53f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0130.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0131.png b/25174-page-images/p0131.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d51cdd5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0131.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0132.png b/25174-page-images/p0132.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..029579f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0132.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0133.png b/25174-page-images/p0133.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0412bb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0133.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0134-image1.jpg b/25174-page-images/p0134-image1.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9a54d0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0134-image1.jpg
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0134.png b/25174-page-images/p0134.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..97e7c72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0134.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0135.png b/25174-page-images/p0135.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..344e8ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0135.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0136.png b/25174-page-images/p0136.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe3e0b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0136.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0137.png b/25174-page-images/p0137.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e481693
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0137.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0138.png b/25174-page-images/p0138.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..44eb830
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0138.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0139.png b/25174-page-images/p0139.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d1c10d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0139.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0140.png b/25174-page-images/p0140.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ac0927
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0140.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0141.png b/25174-page-images/p0141.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1310727
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0141.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0142.png b/25174-page-images/p0142.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8249a92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0142.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0143.png b/25174-page-images/p0143.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..45fd339
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0143.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0144.png b/25174-page-images/p0144.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9192714
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0144.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0145.png b/25174-page-images/p0145.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f450041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0145.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0146.png b/25174-page-images/p0146.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..09f8659
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0146.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0147-image1.jpg b/25174-page-images/p0147-image1.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9c0ef8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0147-image1.jpg
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0147.png b/25174-page-images/p0147.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..94c5371
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0147.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0148.png b/25174-page-images/p0148.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec482d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0148.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0149.png b/25174-page-images/p0149.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..df77a11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0149.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0150.png b/25174-page-images/p0150.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87d9c59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0150.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0151.png b/25174-page-images/p0151.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..27d2a67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0151.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0152.png b/25174-page-images/p0152.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ffd7cf2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0152.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0153.png b/25174-page-images/p0153.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0f3b1bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0153.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0154.png b/25174-page-images/p0154.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c86095b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0154.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0155.png b/25174-page-images/p0155.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f0ae83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0155.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0156.png b/25174-page-images/p0156.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e6de519
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0156.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0157.png b/25174-page-images/p0157.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0bb30a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0157.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0158.png b/25174-page-images/p0158.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a8e719e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0158.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0159.png b/25174-page-images/p0159.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae5e498
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0159.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0160.png b/25174-page-images/p0160.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..14bf9e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0160.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0161.png b/25174-page-images/p0161.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e74377e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0161.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0162.png b/25174-page-images/p0162.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..569d6d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0162.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0163.png b/25174-page-images/p0163.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..823f1f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0163.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0164.png b/25174-page-images/p0164.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d748728
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0164.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0165.png b/25174-page-images/p0165.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9273d2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0165.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0166.png b/25174-page-images/p0166.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6625405
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0166.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0167.png b/25174-page-images/p0167.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ade6810
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0167.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0168.png b/25174-page-images/p0168.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..10a156f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0168.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0169.png b/25174-page-images/p0169.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b3c4f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0169.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0170.png b/25174-page-images/p0170.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f24fc44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0170.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0171.png b/25174-page-images/p0171.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8cc4a1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0171.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0172.png b/25174-page-images/p0172.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..83f2fa5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0172.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0173.png b/25174-page-images/p0173.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6c50e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0173.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0174.png b/25174-page-images/p0174.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a8b42b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0174.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0175.png b/25174-page-images/p0175.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..75caa1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0175.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0176.png b/25174-page-images/p0176.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a1a20d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0176.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0177-image1.jpg b/25174-page-images/p0177-image1.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..76ca07c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0177-image1.jpg
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0179.png b/25174-page-images/p0179.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6109334
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0179.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0180.png b/25174-page-images/p0180.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..efc2bfa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0180.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0181.png b/25174-page-images/p0181.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ee4bb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0181.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0182.png b/25174-page-images/p0182.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7df16e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0182.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0183.png b/25174-page-images/p0183.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..001de09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0183.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0184.png b/25174-page-images/p0184.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9fbbe99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0184.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0185.png b/25174-page-images/p0185.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..418b4af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0185.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0186.png b/25174-page-images/p0186.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..88db156
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0186.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0187-image1.jpg b/25174-page-images/p0187-image1.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2fa990
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0187-image1.jpg
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0187.png b/25174-page-images/p0187.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb32d46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0187.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0188.png b/25174-page-images/p0188.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eeb26a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0188.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0189-image1.jpg b/25174-page-images/p0189-image1.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70deb33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0189-image1.jpg
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0191.png b/25174-page-images/p0191.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a94cac4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0191.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0192.png b/25174-page-images/p0192.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ffe8c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0192.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0193-image1.jpg b/25174-page-images/p0193-image1.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb25d5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0193-image1.jpg
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0195.png b/25174-page-images/p0195.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a754bac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0195.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0196.png b/25174-page-images/p0196.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1afa387
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0196.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0197.png b/25174-page-images/p0197.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..17fac93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0197.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0198.png b/25174-page-images/p0198.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc6bb83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0198.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0199.png b/25174-page-images/p0199.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..576a318
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0199.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0200.png b/25174-page-images/p0200.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..35cd660
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0200.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0201.png b/25174-page-images/p0201.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ccdb5ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0201.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0202.png b/25174-page-images/p0202.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a66acc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0202.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0203-image1.jpg b/25174-page-images/p0203-image1.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5016a6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0203-image1.jpg
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0205.png b/25174-page-images/p0205.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08fe5ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0205.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0206-image1.jpg b/25174-page-images/p0206-image1.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5ac0c81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0206-image1.jpg
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0206.png b/25174-page-images/p0206.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1803a9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0206.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0207.png b/25174-page-images/p0207.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..72596d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0207.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0208.png b/25174-page-images/p0208.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b14fbe6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0208.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0209.png b/25174-page-images/p0209.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..828c3cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0209.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0210.png b/25174-page-images/p0210.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b9ecc13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0210.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0211.png b/25174-page-images/p0211.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c3ecb12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0211.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0212.png b/25174-page-images/p0212.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cad4ea6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0212.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0213.png b/25174-page-images/p0213.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..32a42fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0213.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0214.png b/25174-page-images/p0214.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f242187
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0214.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0215-image1.jpg b/25174-page-images/p0215-image1.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da9a040
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0215-image1.jpg
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0215.png b/25174-page-images/p0215.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..704db2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0215.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0216.png b/25174-page-images/p0216.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b5a1bec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0216.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0217.png b/25174-page-images/p0217.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f336bd9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0217.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0218-image1.jpg b/25174-page-images/p0218-image1.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..30c11f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0218-image1.jpg
diff --git a/25174-page-images/p0218.png b/25174-page-images/p0218.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e0ef4a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/p0218.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/q0001.png b/25174-page-images/q0001.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..96e9e72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/q0001.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/q0002.png b/25174-page-images/q0002.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..617c04a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/q0002.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/q0003.png b/25174-page-images/q0003.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22e3f64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/q0003.png
diff --git a/25174-page-images/q0004.png b/25174-page-images/q0004.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0652f94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174-page-images/q0004.png
diff --git a/25174.txt b/25174.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2157ffc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,5289 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Rollo in Scotland, by Jacob Abbott
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Rollo in Scotland
+
+Author: Jacob Abbott
+
+Release Date: April 25, 2008 [EBook #25174]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ROLLO IN SCOTLAND ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by D Alexander and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ ROLLO IN SCOTLAND,
+
+ BY
+
+ JACOB ABBOTT.
+
+ BOSTON:
+ PUBLISHED BY TAGGARD AND THOMPSON.
+ M DCCC LXIV.
+
+
+
+
+ Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1855, by
+
+ JACOB ABBOTT,
+
+ In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the District of
+ Massachusetts.
+
+ STEREOTYPED AT THE
+ BOSTON STEREOTYPE FOUNDRY
+
+ RIVERSIDE, CAMBRIDGE:
+ PRINTED BY H. O. HOUGHTON.
+
+
+ [Illustration: THE PICNIC. See page 133.]
+
+ [Illustration; ROLLO'S TOUR IN EUROPE
+ TAGGARD & THOMPSON.
+ Publishers Boston.]
+
+
+
+
+ CONTENTS.
+
+
+ CHAPTER                                                       PAGE
+
+   I.--THE BOY THAT WAS NOT LOADED,                             11
+
+  II.--DISTRICTS OF SCOTLAND,                                   32
+
+ III.--ARRIVAL AT GLASGOW,                                      44
+
+  IV.--THE EXPEDITION PLANNED,                                  57
+
+   V.--DOWN THE CLYDE,                                          65
+
+   VI.--WALKS ABOUT GLASGOW,                                    73
+
+  VII.--ENTERING THE HIGHLANDS,                                 79
+
+ VIII.--ROWERDENNAN INN,                                        91
+
+   IX.--THE TOUR OF THE TROSSACHS,                             110
+
+    X.--STIRLING,                                              122
+
+   XI.--LOCH LEVEN,                                            135
+
+  XII.--EDINBURGH,                                             157
+
+ XIII.--THE PALACE OF HOLYROOD,                                174
+
+  XIV.--QUEEN MARY'S APARTMENTS,                               188
+
+   XV.--EDINBURGH CASTLE,                                      207
+
+  XVI.--CONCLUSION,                                            216
+
+
+
+
+ ENGRAVINGS.
+
+
+                                                               PAGE
+
+ THE PICNIC                                          FRONTISPIECE.
+
+ STIRLING CASTLE,                                               10
+
+ ODD OR EVEN,                                                   21
+
+ THE COFFEE ROOM,                                               61
+
+ THE SHETLAND PONY,                                             87
+
+ VIEWING THE SCENERY OF LOCH LOMOND,                            97
+
+ THE BOYS ON THE BRIDGE,                                       112
+
+ LOCH LEVEN,                                                   147
+
+ SCOTT'S MONUMENT,                                             177
+
+ THE CORNER TOWER OF THE PALACE OF HOLYROOD,                   189
+
+ QUEEN MARY'S BEDROOM,                                         193
+
+ QUEEN ELIZABETH ON PARADE,                                    204
+
+
+
+
+ ROLLO'S TOUR IN EUROPE.
+
+
+ ORDER OF THE VOLUMES
+
+ ROLLO ON THE ATLANTIC.
+ ROLLO IN PARIS.
+ ROLLO IN SWITZERLAND.
+ ROLLO IN LONDON.
+ ROLLO ON THE RHINE.
+ ROLLO IN SCOTLAND.
+ ROLLO IN GENEVA.
+ ROLLO IN HOLLAND.
+ ROLLO IN NAPLES.
+ ROLLO IN ROME.
+
+
+ PRINCIPAL PERSONS OF THE STORY.
+
+ ROLLO; twelve years of age.
+ MR. and MRS. HOLIDAY; Rollo's father and mother, travelling in Europe.
+ THANNY; Rollo's younger brother.
+ JANE; Rollo's cousin, adopted by Mr. and Mrs. Holiday.
+ MR. GEORGE; a young gentleman, Rollo's uncle.
+
+
+ [Illustration: STIRLING CASTLE.]
+
+
+
+
+ROLLO IN SCOTLAND.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+THE BOY THAT WAS NOT LOADED.
+
+
+In the course of his travels in Europe, Rollo went with his uncle George
+one summer to spend a fortnight in Scotland.
+
+There are several ways of going into Scotland from England. One way is
+to take a steamer from Liverpool, and go up the Clyde to Glasgow. This
+was the route that Mr. George and Rollo took.
+
+On the way from Liverpool to Glasgow, Rollo became acquainted with a boy
+named Waldron Kennedy. Waldron was travelling with his father and mother
+and two sisters. His sisters were mild and gentle girls, and always kept
+near their mother; but Waldron seemed to be always getting into
+difficulty, or mischief. He was just about Rollo's age, but was a little
+taller. He was a very strong boy, and full of life and spirits. He was
+very venturesome, too, and he was continually frightening his mother by
+getting himself into what seemed to her dangerous situations. One
+morning, when she came up on deck, just after the steamer entered the
+mouth of the Clyde, she almost fainted away at seeing Waldron half way
+up the shrouds. He was poising himself there on one of the ratlines,
+resting upon one foot, and holding on with only one hand.
+
+To prevent his doing such things, Waldron's mother kept him under the
+closest possible restraint, and would hardly let him go away from her
+side. She watched him, too, very closely all the time, and worried him
+with perpetual cautions. It was always, "Waldron, don't do this," or,
+"Waldron, you must not do that," or, "Waldron, don't go there." This
+confinement made Waldron very restless and uneasy; so that, on the
+whole, both he himself and his mother, too, had a very uncomfortable
+time of it.
+
+"He worries my life out of me," she used to say, "and spoils all the
+pleasure of my tour. O, if he were only a girl!"
+
+Mr. George had been acquainted with Mr. Kennedy and his family in New
+York, and they were all very glad to meet him on board the steamer.
+
+On the morning after the steamer entered the mouth of the Clyde, Mrs.
+Kennedy and her daughters were sitting on a settee upon the deck, with
+books in their hands. From time to time they read in these books, and in
+the intervals they looked at the scenery. Waldron stood near them,
+leaning in a listless manner on the railing. Rollo came up to the place,
+and accosted Waldron, saying,--
+
+"Come, Waldron, come with me."
+
+"Hush!" said Waldron, in a whisper. "You go out there by the paddle box
+and wait a moment, till my mother begins to look on her book again, and
+then I'll steal away and come."
+
+But Rollo never liked to obtain any thing by tricks and treachery, and
+so he turned to Mrs. Kennedy, and, in a frank and manly manner, said,--
+
+"Mrs. Kennedy, may Waldron go away with me a little while?"
+
+"Why, I am afraid, Rollo," said Mrs. Kennedy. "He always gets into some
+mischief or other the moment he is out of my sight."
+
+"O, we shall be under my uncle George's care," said Rollo. "I am going
+out there where he is sitting."
+
+"Well," said Mrs. Kennedy, hesitating, and looking very timid,--"well,
+Waldron may go a little while. But, Waldron, you must be sure and stay
+by Mr. George, or, at least, not go any where without his leave."
+
+"Yes," said Waldron, "I will."
+
+So he and Rollo went away, and walked leisurely towards the place where
+Mr. George was sitting.
+
+"I am glad we are coming up this river, to Greenock and Glasgow," said
+Waldron.
+
+"Why?" asked Rollo.
+
+"Because of the steamboats," said Waldron.
+
+"Do they build a great many steamboats in Greenock and Glasgow?" asked
+Rollo.
+
+"Yes," said Waldron; "this is the greatest place for building steamboats
+in the world."
+
+"Except New York," said Rollo.
+
+"O, of course, except New York," replied Waldron. "But they build all
+the big English steamers in this river. All the Cunarders were built
+here, and they have got some of the best machine shops and founderies
+here that there are in the world. I should like to go all about and see
+them, if I could only get away from my mother."
+
+"Why, won't she let you go?" said Rollo.
+
+"No," replied Waldron, "not if she knows it. She thinks I am a little
+boy, and is so afraid that I shall get _hurt_!"
+
+Waldron pronounced the word _hurt_ in a drawling and contemptuous tone,
+which was so comical that Rollo could not help laughing outright.
+
+"I go to all the ship yards and founderies in New York whenever I
+please," continued Waldron. "I go when she does not know it. Sometimes
+the men let me help them carry out the melted iron, and pour it into the
+moulds."
+
+By this time the two boys had reached the place where Mr. George was. He
+was sitting on what is called a camp stool, and was engaged in reading
+his guide book, and studying the map, with a view of finding out what
+route it would be best to take in the tour they were about making in
+Scotland. Mr. George drew the boys into conversation with him on the
+subject. His object was to become acquainted with Waldron, and find out
+what sort of a boy he was.
+
+"Where do you wish to go, Waldron?" said Mr. George.
+
+"Why, I want to stay here a good many days," said Waldron, "to see the
+steamers and the dockyards. They are building a monstrous iron ship,
+somewhere here. She is going to be five hundred tons bigger than the
+Baltic."
+
+"I should like to see her," said Mr. George.
+
+As he said this he kept his eye upon his map, following his finger, as
+he moved it about from place to place, as if he was studying out a good
+way to go.
+
+"There is Edinburgh," said Mr. George; "we must certainly go to
+Edinburgh."
+
+"Yes," said Waldron, "I suppose that is a pretty great place. Besides, I
+want to see the houses twelve stories high."
+
+"And there is Linlithgow," continued Mr. George, still looking upon his
+map. "That is the place where Mary, Queen of Scots, was born. Waldron,
+would you like to go there?"
+
+"Why, no," said Waldron, doubtfully, "not much. I don't care much about
+that."
+
+"It is a famous old ruin," said Mr. George.
+
+"But I don't care much about the old ruins," said Waldron. "If the lords
+and noblemen are as rich as people say they are, I should think they
+would mend them up."
+
+"And here, off in the western part of Scotland," continued Mr. George,
+"are a great many mountains. Would you like to go and see the
+mountains?"
+
+"No, sir," said Waldron, "not particularly." Then in a moment he added,
+"Can we go up to the top of them, Mr. George?"
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "we can go to the top of some of them."
+
+"The highest?" asked Waldron.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George. "Ben Nevis, I believe, is the highest. We can go
+to the top of that."
+
+"Then I should like to go," said Waldron, eagerly.
+
+"Unless," continued Mr. George, "it should rain _too_ hard."
+
+"O, I should not care for the rain," said Waldron. "It's good fun to go
+in the rain."
+
+While this conversation had been going on, Waldron had been looking this
+way and that, at the various ships and steamers that were gliding about
+on the water, examining carefully the building of each one, and watching
+her motions. He now proposed that Rollo should go forward to the bridge
+with him, where they could have a better lookout.
+
+"Well," said Rollo. So the two boys went together to the bridge.
+
+The bridge was a sort of narrow platform, extending across the steamer,
+from one paddle wheel to the other, for the captain or pilot to walk
+upon, in order to see how the steamer was going, and to direct the
+steering. When they are in the open sea any of the passengers are
+allowed to walk here; but in coming into port, or into a river crowded
+with shipping, then a notice is put up requesting passengers not to go
+upon the bridge, inasmuch as at such times it is required for the
+exclusive use of the captain and pilot.
+
+This notice was up when Waldron and Rollo reached the bridge.
+
+"See," said Rollo, pointing at the notice. "We cannot go there."
+
+"O, never mind that," said Waldron. "They'll let us go. They only mean
+that they don't want too many there--that's all."
+
+But Rollo would not go. Mr. George had accustomed him, in travelling
+about the world, always to obey all lawful rules and orders, and
+particularly every direction of this kind which he might find in public
+places. Some people are very much inclined to crowd upon the line of
+such rules, and even to encroach upon them till they actually encounter
+some resistance to drive them back. They do this partly to show their
+independence and importance. But Mr. George was not one of this sort.
+
+So Rollo would not go upon the bridge.
+
+"Then let us go out on the forecastle," said Waldron. He pointed, as he
+spoke, to the forecastle, which is a small raised deck at the bows of a
+steamer, where there is an excellent place to see.
+
+"No," said Rollo, "I will not go on the forecastle either. Uncle
+George's rule for me on board ship is, that I may go where I see other
+gentlemanly passengers go, and nowhere else. The passengers do not go on
+the forecastle."
+
+"Yes," said Waldron, "there are some there now."
+
+"There is only one," said Rollo, "and he has no business there."
+
+During the progress of this conversation the boys had sat down upon the
+upper step of a steep flight of stairs which led down from the promenade
+deck to the main deck. They could see pretty well where they were, but
+not so well, Waldron thought, as they could have seen from the
+forecastle.
+
+"_I_ think we might go on the forecastle as well as not," said Waldron,
+"even according to your own rule. For there is a passenger there."
+
+"I think it is doubtful," said Rollo.
+
+"Well," said Waldron, "we'll call it doubtful. We will draw lots for
+it."
+
+So saying, Waldron put his hand in his pocket, and, after fumbling about
+there a minute or two, took it out, and held it before Rollo with the
+fingers shut, so that Rollo could not see what was in it.
+
+"Odd or even?" said Waldron.
+
+Rollo looked at the closed hand, with a smile of curiosity on his face,
+but he did not answer.
+
+"Say odd or even," continued Waldron. "If you hit, that will prove that
+you are right, and we will not go to the forecastle; but if you miss,
+then we _will_ go."
+
+Rollo hesitated a moment, not being quite sure that this was a proper
+way of deciding a question of right and wrong. In a moment, however, he
+answered, "Even."
+
+Waldron opened his hand, and Rollo saw that there was _nothing_ in it.
+
+"There," said Waldron, "it is odd, and you said even."
+
+"No," said Rollo, "it is not either even _or_ odd. There is nothing at
+all in your hand."
+
+"Well," said Waldron, "nothing is a number, and it is odd."
+
+"O Waldron!" said Rollo, "it is not any number at all. Besides, if it is
+a number, it is not odd--it is even."
+
+"Yes," said Waldron, "it is a number, for you can add it, and subtract
+it, and multiply it, and divide it, just as you can any other number."
+
+"O Waldron!" exclaimed Rollo again. "You can't do any such thing."
+
+[Illustration: ODD OR EVEN.]
+
+"Yes," said Waldron, "I can add nothing to one, and it makes one. So,
+I can take nothing away from one, and it leaves one.
+
+"I can multiply nothing, too. I can multiply it by ten. Ten times
+nothing are nothing. So I can divide it. Five in nothing no times, and
+nothing over."
+
+Rollo was somewhat perplexed by this argument, and he did not know what
+to reply. Still he would not admit that nothing was a number--still less
+that it was an odd number. He did not believe, he said, that it was any
+number at all. The boys continued the discussion[A] for some time, and
+then they concluded to go and refer it to Mr. George.
+
+[A] The conversation was a discussion, and not a dispute, for it was
+calm, quiet, and good-tempered throughout. A dispute is an _angry_
+discussion.
+
+And here I ought to say that Waldron had an artful design in taking
+nothing in his hand, when he called upon Rollo to say, odd or even. He
+did it in order that whatever answer Rollo might give, he might attempt
+to prove it wrong. He was a very ingenious boy, and could as easily
+maintain that nothing was even as that it was odd. Whichever Rollo had
+said, his plan was to maintain the contrary, and so persuade him to go
+to the forecastle.
+
+Mr. George was very much pleased when the boys brought the question to
+him. Indeed, almost all people are pleased when boys come to them in an
+amicable manner, to have their controversies settled. Then, besides, he
+inferred from the nature of the question that had arisen in this case,
+that Waldron was a boy of considerable thinking powers, or else he would
+not have taken any interest in a purely intellectual question like this.
+
+"Well," said Mr. George, "that is quite a curious question. But before I
+decide it you must first both of you give me your reasons. What makes
+you think nothing is an odd number, Waldron?"
+
+"I don't know," said Waldron, hesitating. "I think it looks kind of
+odd."
+
+Mr. George smiled at this reason, and then asked Rollo what made him
+think it was an even number.
+
+"I don't think it is an even number," said Rollo. "I don't think it is
+any number at all.
+
+"However," continued Rollo, "that is not the real question, after all.
+The real question is, whether we shall go on the forecastle or not, to
+have a lookout."
+
+"No," said Mr. George, "it is not according to etiquette at sea for the
+passengers to go on the forecastle."
+
+"But they do," said Waldron.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "they sometimes do, I know; and sometimes, under
+peculiar circumstances, it is right for them to go; but as a general
+rule, it is not. That is the place for the sailors to occupy in working
+the ship. It is something like the kitchen in a hotel. What should you
+think of the guests at a hotel, if they went down into the kitchen to
+see what was going on there?"
+
+Rollo laughed aloud.
+
+"But we don't go to the forecastle to see what is going on there," said
+Waldron; "we go for a lookout--to see what is going on away ahead, on
+the water."
+
+"True," said Mr. George, "and that is a very important difference, I
+acknowledge. I don't think my comparison holds good."
+
+Mr. George was always very candid in all his arguing. It is of very
+great importance that all persons should be so, especially when
+reasoning with boys. It teaches _them_ to be candid.
+
+Just at this time Waldron's attention was attracted by the appearance of
+a very large steamer, which now came suddenly into view, with its great
+red funnel pouring out immense volumes of black smoke. Waldron ran over
+to the other side of the deck to see it. Rollo followed, and thus the
+explanation which Mr. George might have given, in respect to the
+arithmetical nature and relations of nothing were necessarily postponed
+to some future time.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+About half an hour after this, while Rollo was sitting by the side of
+his uncle, looking at the map, and trying to find out how soon they
+should come in sight of the famous old Castle of Dunbarton, which stands
+on a rocky hill upon the banks of the Clyde, Mr. Kennedy came up to him
+to inquire if he knew where Waldron was.
+
+Rollo said that he did not know. He had not seen him for some time.
+
+"We can't find him any where," said Mr. Kennedy. "We have looked all
+over the ship. His mother is half crazy. She thinks he has fallen
+overboard."
+
+So Rollo and Mr. George both rose immediately and went off to see if
+they could find Waldron. They went in various directions, inquiring of
+every body they met if they had seen such a boy. Several people had seen
+him half an hour before, when he was with Rollo; but no one knew where
+he had been since. At last, in about ten minutes, Rollo came running to
+Mrs. Kennedy, who was walking about through the cabins in great
+distress, and said, hurriedly, "I've found him; he is safe," and then
+ran off to tell Mr. Kennedy.
+
+Mrs. Kennedy followed him, calling out eagerly, "Where is he? Where is
+he?" Rollo met Mr. Kennedy at the head of the cabin stairs, and he
+seemed very much rejoiced to learn that Waldron was found. Rollo led the
+way, and Mr. and Mrs. Kennedy followed him, until they came to a place
+on the deck, pretty well forward, where there was an opening surrounded
+by an iron railing, through which you could look down into the hold
+below. It was very far down that you could look, and at different
+distances on the way were to be seen iron ladders going from deck to
+deck, and ponderous shafts, moving continually, with great clangor and
+din, while at the bottom were seen the mouths of several great glowing
+furnaces, with men at work shovelling coal into them.
+
+"There he is," said Rollo, pointing down.
+
+Mr. and Mrs. Kennedy leaned over the railing and looked down, and there
+they beheld Waldron, hard at work shovelling coal into the mouth of a
+furnace, with a shovel which he had borrowed of one of the men. In a
+word, Waldron had turned stoker.
+
+Mr. Kennedy hurried down the ladders to bring Waldron up, while Mr.
+George and Rollo went back to the deck.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+About an hour after this Mr. Kennedy came and took a seat on a settee
+where Mr. George was sitting, and began to talk about Waldron.
+
+"He is the greatest plague of my life," said Mr. Kennedy. "I don't know
+what I shall do with him. He is continually getting into some mischief.
+I have shut him up a close prisoner in the state room, and I am going to
+keep him there till we land. But it will do no good. It will not be an
+hour after he gets out before he will be in some new scrape. You know a
+great deal about boys; I wish you would tell me what to do with him."
+
+"I think, if he was under my charge," said Mr. George, very quietly, "I
+should _load_ him."
+
+"Load him?" repeated Mr. Kennedy, inquiringly.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "I mean I should give him a load to carry."
+
+"I don't understand, exactly," said Mr. Kennedy. "What is your idea?"
+
+"My idea is," said Mr. George, "that a growing boy, especially if he is
+a boy of unusual capacity, is like a steam engine in this respect. A
+steam engine must always have a load to carry,--that is, something to
+_employ_ and _absorb_ the force it is capable of exerting,--or else it
+will break itself to pieces with it. The force _will_ expend itself on
+something, and if you don't load it with something good, it will employ
+itself in mischief.
+
+"Here now is the engine of this ship," continued Mr. George. "Its force
+is conducted to the paddle wheels, where it has full employment for
+itself in turning the wheels against the immense resistance of the
+water, and in carrying the ship along. This work is its _load_. If this
+load were to be taken off,--for example, if the steamer were to be
+lifted up out of the water so that the wheels could spin round in the
+air,--the engine would immediately stave itself to pieces, for want of
+having any thing else to expend its energies upon."
+
+"Yes," said Mr. Kennedy. "I have no doubt of it."
+
+"Now, I think," continued Mr. George, "that it is in some sense the same
+with a boy whose mental and physical powers are in good condition. These
+powers must be employed. They hunger and thirst for employment, and if
+they don't get it in doing good they will be sure to find it in some
+kind of mischief."
+
+"Well," said Mr. Kennedy, with a sigh, "there is a great deal in that;
+but what is to be done? You can't _employ_ such a boy as that. There is
+nothing he can do. I wish you would take him, and see if you can load
+him, as you call it. Take him with you on this tour you are going to
+make in Scotland. I will put money in your hands to cover his expenses,
+and you may charge any thing you please beyond, for your care of him."
+
+"Perhaps his mother would not like such an arrangement," said Mr.
+George.
+
+"O, yes," replied Mr. Kennedy; "nothing would please her more."
+
+"And would Waldron like it himself?" asked Mr. George.
+
+"I presume so," said Mr. Kennedy; "he likes any thing that is a change."
+
+Mr. Kennedy went down to the state room to see Waldron, and ask him what
+he thought of this plan. Waldron said he should like it very much. So he
+was at once liberated from his confinement, and transferred to Mr.
+George's charge.
+
+"Now, Waldron," said Mr. George, when Waldron came to him, "I shall want
+some help from you about getting ashore from the boat. Do you think you
+could go ashore with Rollo as soon as we land, and take a cab and go
+directly up to the hotel, and engage rooms for us, while I am looking
+out for the baggage, and getting it ready?"
+
+"Yes, sir; yes, sir," said Waldron, eagerly. "I can do that. What hotel
+shall I go to?"
+
+"I don't know," said Mr. George. "I don't know any thing about the
+hotels in Glasgow. You must find out."
+
+"Well," said Waldron, "only how shall I find out?"
+
+"I am sure _I_ don't know," said Mr. George. "I leave it all to you and
+Rollo. I am busy forming my plans for a tour. You and Rollo can go and
+talk about it, and see if you can discover any way of finding out the
+name of one of the best hotels. If you can't, after trying fifteen
+minutes, come to me, and I will help you."
+
+So saying, Mr. George began to study his map again, and Waldron,
+apparently much pleased with his commission, said, "Come, Rollo," and
+walked away.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+DISTRICTS OF SCOTLAND.
+
+
+I think that Mr. George was quite right in his idea, that the true
+remedy for the spirit of restlessness and mischief that Waldron
+manifested was to employ him, or, as he metaphorically termed it, to
+_load_ him. And as this volume will, perhaps, fall into the hands of
+many parents as well as children, I will here remark that a great many
+good-hearted and excellent boys fall into the same difficulty from
+precisely the same cause; namely, that they have not adequate employment
+for their mental and physical powers, which are growing and
+strengthening every day, and are hungering and thirsting for the means
+and opportunities of expending their energies.
+
+Parents are seldom aware how fast their children are growing and
+increasing in strength, both of body and mind. The evidences of this
+growth, in respect to the limbs and muscles of the body, are, indeed,
+obvious to the eye; and as the growth advances, we have continual proof
+of the pleasure which the exercise of these new powers gives to the
+possessor of them. The active and boisterous plays of boys derive their
+chief charm from the pleasure they feel in testing and exercising their
+muscular powers in every way. They are always running, and leaping, and
+wrestling, and pursuing each other, and pushing each other, and climbing
+up to high places, and standing on their heads, and walking on the tops
+of fences, and performing all other possible or conceivable feats, which
+may give them the pleasure of working, in new and untried ways, their
+muscular machinery, and feeling its increasing power, and in producing
+new effects by means of it. They get themselves into continual
+difficulties and dangers by these things, and cause themselves a great
+deal of suffering. Still they go on, for the intoxicating delight of
+using their powers, or, rather, the irresistible instinct which impels
+them to use them, has greater force with them than all other
+considerations.
+
+We see all this very plainly in respect to the action of the limbs and
+organs of the body; for it is palpably evident to our senses, and we
+feel the necessity of providing safe and proper modes of expending these
+energies. Since we find, for example, that boys must kick something, we
+give them a football to kick; which, being a mere ball of wind, may be
+kicked without doing any harm. And so with almost all the other
+playthings and sports which are devised for boys, or which they devise
+for themselves. They are the means, simply, of enabling them to employ
+their growing powers and expand their energies, without doing any body
+any harm. We know very well that it is not safe to leave these powers
+and energies unemployed.
+
+But we are very apt to forget that there are powers and faculties of the
+mind, equally vigorous, and equally eager to be exercised, that ought
+also to be provided for. The strength of the will, the power of
+exercising judgment and discretion, the spirit of enterprise, the love
+of command, and other such mental impulses, are growing and
+strengthening every day, in every healthy boy, and they are all
+clamorous for employment. The instinct that impels them is so strong
+that they will find employment in some way or other for themselves,
+unless an occupation is otherwise provided for them. A very large
+proportion of the acts of mischievousness and wrong which boys commit
+arise from this cause. Even boys who are bad enough to form a midnight
+scheme for robbing an orchard, are influenced mainly in perpetrating the
+deed, not by the pleasure of eating the apples which they expect to
+obtain by it, but by the pleasure of forming a scheme, of contriving
+ways and means of surmounting difficulties, of watching against
+surprises, of braving dangers, of successfully attaining to a desired
+end over and through a succession of obstacles interposing. This view of
+the case does not show that such deeds are right; it only shows the true
+nature of the wrong involved in them, and helps us in discovering and
+applying the remedy.
+
+At least this was Mr. George's view of the case in respect to Waldron,
+when he heard how often he was getting into difficulty by his
+adventurous and restless character. He thought that the remedy was, as
+he expressed it, to _load_ him; that is, to give to the active and
+enterprising spirit of his mind something to expend his energies upon.
+It required great tact and discretion, and great knowledge of the habits
+and characteristics of boyhood, to enable him to do this; but Mr. George
+possessed these qualities in a high degree.
+
+But to return to the story.
+
+Mr. George had decided on coming into Scotland from Liverpool by water,
+because that was the cheapest way of getting into the heart of the
+country. And here, in order that you may understand the course of
+Rollo's travels, I must pause to explain the leading geographical
+features of the country. If you read this explanation carefully, and
+follow it on the map, you will understand the subsequent narrative much
+better than you otherwise would do.
+
+You will see, then, by looking at any map, that Scotland is separated
+from England by two rivers which flow from the interior of the country
+into the sea--one towards the east, and the other towards the west. The
+one on the east side is the Tweed. The Tweed forms the frontier between
+England and Scotland for a considerable distance, and is, therefore,
+often spoken of as the boundary between the two countries. Indeed, the
+phrase "beyond the Tweed" is often used in England to denote Scotland.
+In former times, when England and Scotland were independent kingdoms,
+incessant wars were carried on across this border, and incursions were
+made by the chieftains from each realm into the territories of the
+other, and castles were built on many commanding points to defend the
+ground. The ruins of many of these old castles still remain.
+
+On the western side of the island the boundary between England and
+Scotland is formed by a very wide river, or rather river's mouth, called
+Solway Frith. Between this Solway Frith and the Tweed, the boundary
+which separates the two countries runs along the summit of a range of
+hills. This range of hills thus forms a sort of neck of high land, which
+prevents the Tweed and the Solway Frith from cutting Scotland off from
+England altogether, and making a separate island of it.
+
+About seventy or eighty miles to the northward of the boundary the land
+is almost cut in two again by two other rivers, with broad mouths, which
+rise pretty near together in the interior of the country, and flow--one
+to the east and the other to the west--into the two seas.
+
+These rivers are the Forth and the Clyde. The Forth flows to the east,
+and has a very wide estuary,[B] as you will see by the map. The Clyde,
+on the other hand, flows to the west. Its estuary is long and crooked.
+
+[B] An estuary is a sort of bay, produced by the widening of a river at
+its mouth. Scotland is remarkable for the estuaries which are formed at
+the mouths of its rivers. They are called there _friths_.
+
+The Forth and the Clyde, with their estuaries, almost cut Scotland in
+two; and by means of them ships and steamers from all parts of England
+and from foreign ports are enabled to come into the very heart of the
+country.
+
+The two largest and most celebrated cities in Scotland are situated in
+the valleys of these rivers, the Forth and the Clyde. They are
+Edinburgh and Glasgow. Edinburgh is on the Forth, though situated at
+some little distance from its banks. Glasgow is on the Clyde. There is a
+railway extending across from Edinburgh to Glasgow, and also a canal,
+connecting the waters of the Forth with the Clyde. The region of these
+cities, and of the canal and railroad which connects them, is altogether
+the busiest, the most densely peopled, and the most important portion of
+Scotland; and this is the reason why Mr. George wished to come directly
+into it by water from Liverpool.
+
+The cities of Glasgow and Edinburgh, though both greatly celebrated, are
+celebrated in very different ways. Edinburgh is the city of science, of
+literature, and of the arts. Here are many learned institutions, the
+fame and influence of which extend to every part of the world. Here are
+great book publishing establishments, which send forth millions of
+volumes every year--from ponderous encyclopaedias of science, and
+elegantly illustrated and costly works of art, down to tracts for
+Sabbath schools, and picture books for children. The situation of
+Edinburgh is very romantic and beautiful; the town being built among
+hills and ravines of the most picturesque and striking character. When
+Scotland was an independent kingdom Edinburgh was the capital of it,
+and thus the old palace of the kings and the royal castle are there, and
+the town has been the scene of some of the most remarkable events in the
+Scottish history.
+
+Glasgow, on the other hand, which is on the Clyde, towards the western
+side of the island, together with all the country for many miles around
+it, forms the scene of the mechanical and manufacturing industry of
+Scotland. The whole district, in fact, is one vast workshop; being full
+of mines, mills, forges, furnaces, machine shops, ship yards and iron
+works, with pipes every where puffing out steam, and tall chimneys,
+higher, some of them, than the Bunker Hill Monument, or the steeple of
+Trinity Church, in New York. These tall chimneys are seen rising every
+where, all around the horizon, and sending up volumes of dense black
+smoke, which comes pouring incessantly from their summits, and thence
+floating majestically away, mingles itself with the clouds of the sky.
+
+The reason of this is, that the strata of rocks which lie beneath the
+ground in all this region consist, in a great measure, of beds of coal
+and of iron ore. The miners dig down in almost any spot, and find iron
+ore; and very near it, and sometimes in the same pit, they find plenty
+of coal. These pits are like monstrous wells; very wide at the mouth,
+and extending down four or five times as far as the height of the
+tallest steeples, into the bowels of the earth. Over the mouth of the
+pit the workmen build a machine, with ropes and a monstrous wheel, to
+hoist the coal and iron up by, and all around they set up furnaces to
+smelt the ore and turn it into iron. Then, at suitable places in various
+parts of the country, they construct great rolling mills and founderies.
+The rolling mills are to turn the pig iron into wrought iron, and to
+manufacture it into bars and sheets, and rails for the railroads; and
+the founderies are to cast it into the form of great wheels, and
+cylinders, and beams for machinery, or for any other purpose that may be
+required.
+
+The mines in the valley of the Clyde were worked first chiefly for the
+coal, and the coal was used to drive steam machinery for spinning and
+weaving, and for other manufacturing purposes. The river was in those
+days a small and insignificant stream. It was only about five feet deep,
+so that the vessels that came to take away the coal and the manufactured
+goods had to stop near the mouth of it, and the cargoes were brought
+down to them in boats and lighters. But in process of time they widened
+and deepened the river. They dug out the mud from the bottom of it, and
+built walls along the banks; and in the course of the last hundred
+years, they have improved it so much that now the largest ships can come
+quite up to Glasgow. The water is eighteen or twenty feet deep all the
+way.
+
+The Clyde is the river on which steamboats were first built in Great
+Britain. The man who was the first in England or Scotland that found a
+way of making a steam engine that could be put in a boat and made to
+turn paddle wheels so as to drive the boat along, was James Watt, who
+was born on the Clyde; and he is accordingly considered as the author
+and originator of English steam navigation, just as Fulton is regarded
+as the originator of the art in America. The Clyde, of course, very
+naturally became the centre of steamboat and steamship building. The
+iron for the engines was found close at hand, as well as abundant
+supplies of coal for the fires. The timber they brought from the Baltic.
+At length, however, they found that they could build ships of iron
+instead of wood, using iron beams for the framing, and covering them
+with plates of iron riveted together instead of planks. These ships were
+found very superior, in almost all respects, to those built of timber;
+and as iron in great abundance was found all along the banks of the
+Clyde, and as the workmen in the region were extremely skilful in
+working it, the business of building ships and steamers of this material
+increased wonderfully, until, at length, the banks of the river for
+miles below Glasgow became lined with ship yards, where countless
+steamers, of monstrous length and graceful forms, in all the stages of
+construction, lie; now sloping towards the water and down the stream,
+ready at the appointed time to glide majestically into the river, and
+thence to plough their way to every portion of the habitable globe.
+
+It was into this busy scene of mechanical industry and skill that our
+party of travellers were now coming. But before I resume the narrative
+of their adventures, I will say a word about those parts of Scotland
+which lie to the north and south of these central regions that are
+occupied by the valleys of the Forth and the Clyde. The region which
+extends to the southward--that is, which lies between the valleys of the
+Forth and the Clyde on the one hand, and the English frontier on the
+other--is called the southern part of the country. It consists,
+generally, of fertile and gently undulating land, which is employed
+almost entirely for tillage, and is but little visited by tourists or
+travellers.
+
+The northern part of Scotland is, however, of a very different
+character; being wild, mountainous and waste, and filled every where
+with the most grand and sublime scenery. The eastern portion of this
+part of the island is more level, and there are several large and
+flourishing towns on or near the shores of it, such as Inverness,
+Aberdeen, Dundee, Perth, and others. But the whole of the western side
+of it consists of one vast congeries of lakes and mountains, so wild and
+sombre in their character that they have become celebrated throughout
+the world for the gloomy grandeur of the scenery which they present to
+the view.
+
+These are the famous Scottish Highlands. Mr. George's plan was first to
+visit the valley of the Clyde, and its various mines and manufactories,
+and then to take a circuit round among the Highlands, on his way to
+Edinburgh.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+ARRIVAL AT GLASGOW.
+
+
+One of the greatest drawbacks to the pleasure of travelling in Scotland,
+especially among the Highlands, is the rain. It usually rains more in
+mountainous countries than in those that are level, for the mountains,
+rising into the higher and colder regions of the atmosphere, chill and
+condense the vapors that are floating there, on the same principle by
+which a tumbler or a pitcher, made cold by iced water placed within it,
+condenses the moisture from the air, upon the outside of it, on a
+summer's day. It is also probable that the mountain summits produce
+certain effects in respect to the electrical condition of the
+atmosphere, on which it is well known that the formation of clouds and
+the falling of rain greatly depend--though this subject is yet very
+little understood. At all events, the western part of Scotland is one of
+the most rainy regions in the world, and travellers who visit it must
+expect to have their plans and arrangements very often and very
+seriously interfered with by the state of the weather.
+
+The changes are quite unexpected too; for sometimes you will see dark
+masses of watery vapor, coming suddenly into view, and driving swiftly
+across the sky, where a few moments before every thing had appeared
+settled and serene. These scuds are soon followed by others, more and
+more dense and threatening, until, at last, there come drenching showers
+of rain, which drive every body to the nearest shelter, if there is any
+shelter at hand.
+
+Such a change as this came on while Mr. George had been making
+arrangements with Mr. Kennedy for taking Waldron under his charge; and
+just as Waldron and Rollo had gone away to see what plan they could
+devise in respect to the hotel, it began to rain. The clouds and mists,
+too, concealed the shores almost entirely from view, and the passengers
+began to go below. Mr. George followed their example. On his way he
+passed a sheltered place where he saw Waldron and Rollo engaged in
+conversation, and he told them, as he passed them, that when they were
+ready to report they would find him below.
+
+In about fifteen minutes the boys came down to him.
+
+"Uncle George," said Rollo, "we have found out that there are a good
+many excellent hotels in Glasgow, but we think we had better go to the
+Queen's."
+
+"Yes, sir," said Waldron. "It fronts on a handsome square, where they
+are going to have an exhibition of flowers to-morrow, with tents and
+music."
+
+"And shall you wish to go and see the flowers?" asked Mr. George.
+
+"No, sir," said Waldron. "I don't care much about the flowers, but I
+should like to see the tents, and to hear the music."
+
+"Then, besides, uncle George," said Rollo, "we are coming to the mouth
+of the river pretty soon, and as soon as we get in we shall come to
+Greenock; and there is a railroad from Greenock up to Glasgow, so that
+we can go ashore there, if you please, and go up to Glasgow quick by the
+railroad. A great many of the passengers are going to do that."
+
+"Do you think that would be a good plan?" asked Mr. George.
+
+"Why, yes," said Rollo, "I _should_ think it would be a good plan, if we
+had not paid our passage through by the steamer."
+
+"And what do _you_ think about it, Waldron?" asked Mr. George.
+
+"I should like it," said Waldron. "The fare is only one and sixpence. I
+should have preferred to go up in the steamer if it had been pleasant,
+so that we could see the ships and steamers on the stocks; but it is so
+misty and rainy that we cannot see any thing at all. So, if you would go
+up by the railroad, and then, to-morrow, when it is pleasant, come down
+a little way again, on one of the steamboats, to see the river, I should
+like it very much."
+
+"But I shall have to stay at home to-morrow," said Mr. George, "and
+write letters to send to America. It is the last day."
+
+"Then let Rollo and me go down by ourselves," said Waldron.
+
+"Yes, uncle George," said Rollo, "let us go by ourselves."
+
+"Ah," said Mr. George. "I am not sure that that would be safe. I am not
+much acquainted with Waldron yet, and I don't know what his character
+is, in respect to judgment and discretion."
+
+"O, I think he has got good judgment," said Rollo. "We will both be very
+careful."
+
+"Yes, sir," said Waldron, "we certainly will."
+
+"O, boys' promises," said Mr. George, "in respect to such things as
+that, are good for nothing at all. I never place any reliance upon them
+whatever."
+
+"O uncle George!" exclaimed Rollo.
+
+"Well, now, would you, if you were in my case?" said Mr. George. "I will
+leave it to you, Waldron. Suppose a strange boy, that you know no more
+about than I do of you, were to come to you with a promise that he would
+be _very careful_ if you would let him go somewhere, and that he would
+not go into any dangerous places, or expose himself to any risks,--would
+you think it safe to trust him?"
+
+"Why, no, sir," said Waldron, reluctantly. "I don't think I should.
+Perhaps I might _try_ him."
+
+"According to my experience," said Mr. George, "you can't trust to boys'
+promises in the least. It is not that they make promises with the
+intention of breaking them, but they don't know what breaking them is. A
+boy who is not careful does not know the difference between being
+careful and being careless; and so he breaks his promise, and then, if
+he gets into any trouble by his folly, he says, 'I did not think there
+was any harm in that.'
+
+"No," added Mr. George, in conclusion, shaking his head gravely as he
+spoke. "I never place any reliance on such promises."
+
+"Then how can you tell whether to trust a boy or not?" asked Rollo.
+
+"I never can tell," said Mr. George, "until he is proved. When he is
+tried and proved, then I know him; but not before."
+
+"Well," said Rollo, "then let Waldron and me go down the river
+to-morrow, if it is pleasant, and let that be for our trial."
+
+"It might, possibly, be a good plan to let you go, on that ground," said
+Mr. George. He said this in a musing manner, as if considering the
+question.
+
+"I will think of it," said he. "I'll see if I can think of any
+conditions on which I can allow you to go, and I will tell you about it
+at the hotel. And now, in regard to going up to Glasgow. I'll leave it
+to you and Waldron to decide. You must go and ascertain all the
+facts--such as how soon the train leaves after we arrive, and how much
+sooner we shall get up there, if we go in it. Then you must take charge
+of all the baggage, too, and see that it goes across safe from the
+steamer to the station, and attend to the whole business."
+
+"Yes, sir," said Waldron, "we will. We'll get a cab, and put the baggage
+right in."
+
+"Can't you get it across without a cab?" said Mr. George. "I don't see
+how I can afford to take a cab, very well; for you see we have to incur
+an extra expense as it is, to go in the cars at all, since we have
+already paid our passage up by the steamer."
+
+"Well, sir," said Waldron, eagerly, "we can carry the baggage across
+ourselves. Let us go and look at it, Rollo, and see how much there is."
+
+So the boys went off with great eagerness to look at the baggage. In a
+few minutes they returned again, wearing very bright and animated
+countenances.
+
+"Yes, sir," said Waldron, "we can take it all just as well as not. I can
+take your valise, and Rollo can take my things, and I can carry your
+knapsack under my arm."
+
+"O, I am willing to help," said Mr. George. "I can help in carrying the
+things, provided I do not have any _care_. If you will count up all the
+things that are to go, and see that they all do go, and then count them
+again when we get into the railway carriage, so as to be sure that they
+are all there, and thus save me from responsibility, that is all I ask,
+and I will carry any thing you choose to give me."
+
+"Well, sir," said Waldron.
+
+Indeed, Waldron was very much pleased to find how completely Mr. George
+was putting the business under his and Rollo's charge.
+
+"And now," said Mr. George, "I think you had better tell your father and
+mother about this plan of our going ashore at Greenock. They may like
+to do so, too."
+
+"O, they know all about it," said Waldron, "and they are going. Mother
+says that she has had enough of the steamer."
+
+Not long after this the steamer arrived at Greenock, and made fast to
+the pier. A large number of the passengers went ashore. The rain had
+ceased, which was very fortunate for those who were to walk to the
+station; though, of course, the streets were still wet. As soon as the
+boat was made fast, Mr. George went to the plank, and there he found
+Waldron and Rollo ready, with the baggage in their hands. Mr. George
+took his valise, though at first Waldron was quite unwilling to give it
+up.
+
+"O, yes," said Mr. George; "I have no objection to hard work. What I
+don't like is care. If you and Rollo will take the care off my mind,
+that is all I ask."
+
+"Well," said Waldron, "we will. And now I wonder which way we must go,
+to get to the station."
+
+"I am sure I don't know," said Mr. George. As he said this his
+countenance assumed a vacant and indifferent expression, as if he
+considered that the finding of the way to the station was no concern of
+his.
+
+"Ah!" exclaimed Waldron, "this is the way. See!" So saying, Waldron
+pointed to a sign put up near the end of the pier, with the words
+RAILROAD STATION painted upon it, and a hand indicating the way to go.
+
+As the sun had now come out, the party had quite a pleasant walk to the
+station. Mr. George had all his clothes in a light and small valise
+which he could carry very easily in his hand. Some of Rollo's clothes
+were in this valise, too, and the rest were in a small carpet bag.
+Waldron's were in a carpet bag, too. Besides these things there were
+some coats and umbrellas to be carried in the hand, and Mr. George and
+Rollo had each a knapsack, which they had bought in Switzerland. These
+knapsacks were hung at their sides. They were light, for at this time
+there was very little in them.
+
+Rollo and Waldron stopped once in the street to inquire if they were on
+the right way to the station; and finding that they were, they went on,
+and soon arrived at the gateway. They went in at a spacious entrance,
+and thence ascended a long and very wide flight of stairs, which led to
+the second story. There they found an area, covered with a glass roof,
+and surrounded with offices of various kinds pertaining to the station.
+In the centre was a train of cars, with a locomotive at the head of it,
+apparently all ready for a start. Passengers were walking to and fro on
+the platform, and getting into the carriages.
+
+On one side was a book stand, where a boy was selling books. There was a
+counter before, and shelves against the walls behind. The shelves were
+filled with books. These books were in fancy-colored paper bindings, and
+seemed to consist chiefly of guide books and tales, and other similar
+works suited to the wants of travellers.
+
+Mr. George laid his valise down upon a bench near by, and began to look
+at the books. Waldron and Rollo put their baggage down in the same way,
+and followed his example.
+
+While they were standing there they saw Mr. and Mrs. Kennedy and the two
+girls coming up the stairs. They were accompanied by a porter.
+
+Mrs. Kennedy stopped a moment to speak to Waldron as she went by.
+
+"Now, Waldron," said she, "you must be very careful, and not get into
+any difficulty. Keep close to Mr. George all the time, and don't get run
+over when you get in and out of the cars. You had better button up your
+jacket. It is very damp, and you will take cold, I am afraid."
+
+So saying, she began to button up Waldron's jacket in front, giving it
+a pull this way and that to make it set better.
+
+"Don't, mother!" said Waldron. "I'm so hot."
+
+So he shook his shoulders a little uneasily, and tried to turn away. But
+his mother insisted that his jacket should be buttoned up, at least part
+way.
+
+"Come, my dear," said Mr. Kennedy, speaking to his wife; "we have no
+time to lose. The train is going."
+
+So Mr. Kennedy bade Waldron good by, and hurried on, and Waldron
+immediately unbuttoned his jacket again, saying at the same time,--
+
+"Come, Mr. George, it is time for us to go aboard."
+
+"Have you got the tickets?" said Mr. George, quietly, still keeping his
+eyes upon a book that he was examining.
+
+"No," said Waldron. "Are _we_ to get the tickets?"
+
+"Of course," said Mr. George. "I have nothing to do with it. You and
+Rollo have undertaken to get me to Glasgow without my having any thought
+or concern about it."
+
+"Well, come, Rollo, quick; let's go and get them. Where's the booking
+office?"
+
+At the English stations the place where the tickets are bought is called
+the booking office. It is necessary to procure tickets, or you cannot
+commence the journey; for it is not customary, as in America, to allow
+the passengers the privilege, when they desire it, of paying in the
+cars.
+
+"Do you know where the booking office is, Mr. George?" said Waldron.
+
+"No," said Mr. George, "but if you look about you will find it."
+
+So Waldron and Rollo ran off to find the office. It was down stairs.
+Before they came back with the tickets the train was gone.
+
+"It is no matter," said Mr. George. "Indeed, I think it is my fault
+rather than yours, for it was not distinctly understood that you were to
+get the tickets. There will be another train pretty soon, I presume. In
+the mean time I should like to look at these books, and you and Rollo
+can amuse yourselves about the station."
+
+So Waldron and Rollo went off to see if they could find a time table, in
+order to learn when the next train would go. They found that there would
+be another train in an hour. In the mean time it began to rain again,
+which prevented the party from taking a walk about the town; so they had
+to amuse themselves at the station as they best could.
+
+There was a refreshment room at the station, and the boys thought at
+first that it would be a good plan to have something to eat; but,
+finally, they concluded that they would wait, and have a regular dinner
+at the coffee room of the hotel. Mr. George left them to decide the
+question themselves as they thought best.
+
+The hour, however, soon glided away, and at the end of it the party took
+their seats in the train, and were trundled rapidly along the banks of
+the river to Glasgow. The road lay through beautiful parks a
+considerable portion of the way, with glimpses of the water here and
+there between the trees. The view of the scenery, however, was very much
+impeded by the falling rain.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+THE EXPEDITION PLANNED.
+
+
+The boys were very successful in their selection of a hotel, for the
+Queen's Hotel, in Glasgow, is one of the most comfortable and best
+managed inns in the kingdom.
+
+The party _rode_ to the inn, in a cab which they took at the station in
+Glasgow, when the train arrived there, instead of walking, as they had
+done in going from the boat to the station at Greenock. The boys asked
+Mr. George's advice on this point, and he said that, though he was
+unwilling to take any responsibility, he had no objection whatever to
+giving his advice, whenever they wished for it. So he told them that he
+thought it was always best to go to a hotel in a carriage of some sort.
+
+"Because," said he, "in England and Scotland,--that is, in all the great
+towns,--if we come on foot, they think that we are poor, and of no
+consequence, and so give us the worst rooms, and pay us very little
+attention."
+
+When the cab arrived at the hotel Waldron said,--
+
+"There, Mr. George, we have brought you safe to the hotel. Now we have
+nothing more to do. We give up the command to you now."
+
+"Very well," said Mr. George.
+
+Two or three nicely dressed porters and waiters came out from the door
+of the hotel, to receive the travellers and wait upon them in. The
+porters took the baggage, even to the coats and umbrellas, and the head
+waiter led the way into the house. Waldron paid the cabman as he stepped
+out of the cab. He knew what the fare was, and he had it all ready. Mr.
+George said to the waiter that he wanted two bedrooms, one with two beds
+in it. The waiter bowed, with an air of great deference and respect, and
+said that the chambermaid would show the rooms. The chambermaid, who was
+a very nice-looking and tidily-dressed young woman, stood at the foot of
+the stairs, ready to conduct the newly-arrived party up to the chambers.
+She accordingly led the way, and Mr. George and the boys followed--two
+neat-looking porters coming behind with the various articles of baggage.
+
+The rooms were very pleasant apartments, situated on the front side of
+the house, and looking out upon a beautiful square. The square was
+enclosed in a high iron railing. It was adorned with trees and
+shrubbery, and intersected here and there with smooth gravel walks. In
+the centre was a tall Doric column, with a statue on the summit. There
+were other statues in other parts of the square. One of them was in
+honor of Watt, who is the great celebrity of Glasgow--so large a share
+of the prosperity and wealth of the whole region being due so much to
+his discoveries.
+
+"Now, boys," said Mr. George, "you will find water and every thing in
+your room. Make yourselves look as nice as a pin, and then go down
+stairs and find the coffee room. When you have found it, choose a
+pleasant table, and order dinner. You may order just what you please."
+
+So Mr. George left the boys to themselves, and went into his own room.
+
+In about half an hour Rollo came up and told Mr. George that the dinner
+was ready. So Mr. George went down into the coffee room, Rollo showing
+him the way.
+
+Mr. George found that the boys had chosen a very pleasant table indeed
+for their dinner. It was in a corner, between a window and the
+fireplace. There was a pleasant coal fire in the fireplace, with screens
+before it, to keep the glow of it from the faces of the guests. The
+room was quite large, and there was a long table extending up and down
+the middle of it, one of which is seen in the engraving. This table was
+set for dinner or supper. There were other smaller tables for separate
+parties in the different corners of the room.
+
+Mr. George and the boys took their seats at the table.
+
+"We thought we would have some coffee," said Rollo.
+
+"That's right," said Mr. George. "I like coffee dinners. What else have
+you got?"
+
+"We have got some Loch Fine herring, and some mutton chops," said Rollo.
+
+"Yes, sir," said Waldron. "You see the Loch Fine herrings are very
+famous, and we thought you would like to know how they taste."
+
+By this time the waiter had removed the covers, and the party commenced
+their dinner. The fire, which was near them, was very pleasant, for
+although it was June the weather was damp and cold.
+
+In the course of the dinner the boys introduced again the subject of
+going down the Clyde the next day.
+
+"The boat goes from the Broomielaw," said Waldron.
+
+[Illustration: THE COFFEE ROOM.]
+
+"The Broomielaw," repeated Mr. George; "what is the Broomielaw?"
+
+"Why, it is the harbor and pier," said Waldron. "It is below the lowest
+bridge. All the boats that go down the river go from the Broomielaw.
+They go almost every hour. We can go down by a boat and see the river,
+and then we can come up by the railroad. That will be just as cheap, if
+we take a second class car."
+
+"Well, now," said Mr. George, "I have concluded that I should not be
+willing to have you make this excursion except on two conditions; and
+they are such hard ones that I do not believe you would accept them. You
+would rather not go at all than go on such hard conditions."
+
+"What are the conditions?" asked Rollo.
+
+"I don't believe you will accept them," said Mr. George.
+
+"But let us hear what they are," said Waldron. "Perhaps we should accept
+them."
+
+"The first is," said Mr. George, "that when you get home you must go to
+your room, and write me an account of what you see on the excursion.
+Each of you must write a separate account."
+
+"That we will do," said Rollo. "I should _like_ to do that. Wouldn't
+you, Waldron?"
+
+Waldron seemed to hesitate. Though he was a very active-minded and
+intelligent boy in respect to what he saw and heard, he was somewhat
+backward in respect to knowledge of books and skill in writing. Finally,
+he said that he should be willing to _tell_ Mr. George what he saw, but
+he did not think that he could write it.
+
+"That is just as I supposed," said Mr. George. "I did not think you
+would accept my conditions."
+
+"Well, sir, I will," said Waldron. "I will write it as well as I can.
+And what is the other condition?"
+
+"That you shall write down, at the end of your account, the most
+careless thing that you see Rollo do, all the time that you are gone,"
+said Mr. George, "and that Rollo shall write down the most careless
+thing he sees you do."
+
+"But suppose we don't do any careless things at all," said Rollo.
+
+"Then," said Mr. George, "you must write down what comes the nearest to
+being a careless thing. And neither of you must know what the other
+writes until you have shown the papers to me."
+
+After some hesitation the boys agreed to both these terms, and so it was
+decided that they were to go down the river. The steamer which they were
+to take was to sail at nine o'clock, and so they ordered breakfast at
+eight. Mr. George said that he would go down with them in the morning to
+the Broomielaw, and see them sail.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+DOWN THE CLYDE.
+
+
+The boys returned in safety from their excursion about three o'clock in
+the afternoon. In fulfilment of their promise they immediately went to
+their room, and wrote their several accounts of the expedition. They
+agreed together that, in order to avoid repetitions, Waldron should
+dwell most upon the first part of the trip, and Rollo upon the last
+part.
+
+The following is the account that Waldron wrote:--
+
+          "ACCOUNT OF OUR TRIP.
+
+"First, there was a man standing by the plank, that asked us if we had
+got our tickets. We told him no. Then he showed us where to go and get
+them. It was at a little office on the pier. The price of the tickets
+was a shilling.
+
+"The steamboat was not very large. There was no saloon on deck, and no
+awning, but only seats on deck, and many people sitting on them.
+
+"There was a boy among them who had a kilt on. It was the first kilt I
+ever saw.[C]
+
+[C] It would have been better if Waldron had described the kilt; but I
+suppose he thought he could not describe it very well. It is a garment
+peculiar to the Scotch. It consists of a sort of sack or jacket, with a
+skirt attached to it below, which comes down just below the knees. The
+skirt is plaited upon the lower edge of the jacket, and hangs pretty
+full.
+
+"We soon began to go down the river. The sides of the river were walled
+up, to form piers, all along, and there were a great many ships and
+steamers moored to them. I saw several American vessels among them.
+
+"By and by, when we got below the town, the river grew wider, and the
+banks were sloping, but they were paved all the way with large stones.
+This was to prevent their being washed away by the swell of the
+steamers. There were a great many steamers going up and down, which kept
+the water all the time a-swashing against the banks.
+
+"I went up on the bridge where the captain stood. There were good steps
+to go up, on the side of the paddle box. Rollo would not go. I had a
+fine lookout from the bridge. The captain was there. He told me a good
+many things about the river. He said that the river used to be only five
+feet deep, and now it was almost twenty, all the way from the sea. They
+dug it out with dredging machines.
+
+"I asked him what they did with the mud. He said they hauled it away,
+and spread it on the land in the country. They made a railroad, he said,
+on purpose to take the mud away to where it was wanted.
+
+"Presently we began to come to the ship yards. There was an immense
+number of iron ships on the stocks, building. The workmen made a great
+noise with their hammers, heading the rivets. There seemed to be
+thousands of hammers going at a time.
+
+"The steamers all sloped towards the water, and pointed down the stream.
+I suppose that this was so that when they were launched they might go
+down in the middle of the channel, and not strike the bank on the
+opposite side.
+
+"We met a great many steamers coming up. One I thought had just been
+launched. She was full of workmen. There were a great many women running
+along on the bank, where it was green, trying to keep up with her. They
+were almost all barefooted. I suppose they had been down to see her
+launched. I wish we had been a little sooner.
+
+"When I came down from the bridge I looked into the hold to see the
+engine. I wanted to go down, but I was afraid that Rollo would call it
+a careless thing. Besides, I could see pretty well where I was. There
+were three cylinders. Two acted alternately, and the other at the half
+stroke. I thought this was a very good plan; for now the engine never
+can get on a poise. All these cylinders were inclined. The boiler was
+perpendicular. I never saw one like it before.
+
+"After a while we got below the ship yards, and then there was nothing
+more to see, only some green grounds, and some mountains, and a castle
+on a rock. Then we landed at Greenock, and came home by the railroad.
+But Rollo is going to write about this.
+
+"The most careless thing that Rollo did was that he came very near
+leaving his umbrella on board the boat at Greenock."
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Rollo's account of the excursion was as follows:--
+
+          "EXCURSION ON THE CLYDE.
+
+"Waldron and I went down the Clyde. We went on board the boat at the
+Broomielaw, in Glasgow.
+
+"The first thing I observed was that a Scotchman and two boys came on
+board with violins and a flageolet, and began to play to amuse the
+company. At first I could not hear very well, the steampipe made such a
+noise. Afterwards, when the pipe stopped blowing off the steam, I could
+hear better, and I liked the music very well.
+
+"By and by one of the boys came round to collect some money, and I put
+in a penny. I told Waldron that I thought he need not put in any thing,
+as he did not listen.
+
+"There was a boat came off from the shore, and a man got out of it, and
+came on board our steamer just as we used to go on board the steamers on
+the Rhine. I wish we could go and travel on the Rhine again.
+
+"When we got below the ships and ship yards we came to a part of the
+river where there were parks and pleasure grounds on the banks, and
+beautiful houses back among the trees.
+
+"When we got half way down we stopped at a pier where there was a train
+of cars to take people to Loch Lomond, on the way to the Highlands.
+Waldron said that we should come there, he supposed, when we go to the
+Highlands.
+
+"A little farther down we came to a great rocky hill, close by the
+water, with a castle upon it. The name of it is Dunbarton Castle. We
+shall go by it again, when we go to the Highlands.
+
+"Then we came to a great widening of the river, and not long after that
+we arrived at Greenock and landed. We thought that the boat was going to
+stop here, but it did not. A great many of the passengers staid on
+board, and a great many more came on board, to go farther down the
+river.
+
+"We went first to the station, so as to see when the trains went back to
+Glasgow. Then we took a walk.
+
+"We found a street near the depot with a high hill behind it, and close
+to it. There were walls and terraces all the way up, and trees here and
+there. We looked up, and we could see the heads of some children over
+the topmost wall. They were looking down to where we were. Presently we
+came to an opening, and some flights of steps and steep walks, and so we
+thought we would go up.
+
+"When we got to the top we found a broad terrace, with a wall along the
+front edge of it, where we could look down upon the river and the town.
+The town lay very narrow between the river and the foot of the hill. We
+were up very high above the tops of the houses.
+
+"Behind us, on the terrace, were broad green fields and gravel walks,
+and beds of flowers, and great trees with seats under them. There were
+a good many nursery maids around there, with children. The nursery
+maids sat on the seats, and the children played before them with the
+pebbles and gravel.
+
+"I read in the guide book about some famous waterworks at Greenock, but
+we could not find them. We asked one man, who was at work on the gravel
+walks, if he could tell us where they were; but he only stared at us and
+said he did not 'knaw ony thing aboot it.'
+
+"After this we went down the hill again, and took a long walk along the
+bank of the river. There was an omnibus going by, and we wanted to get
+into it and see where it would carry us; but we did not know but that it
+might carry us to some place that we could not get back from very soon.
+The name of the place where the omnibus went was painted on the side of
+it but it was a place that we had never heard of before, and so we did
+not know where it was.
+
+"After this we went back to the station, and then came home. I thought
+from the map that we should go through Paisley; but we did not. We went
+_over_ it. We went over it, higher than the tops of the chimneys.
+
+"This is the end of my account; and the most dangerous thing I saw
+Waldron do was to go up on the bridge, on board the steamer, and talk
+there with the captain."
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+"Boys," said Mr. George, when he had finished reading these papers,
+"your accounts are excellent. The thing I chiefly like about them is,
+that you go right straight on and tell a plain story, without spoiling
+it all by making an attempt at fine writing. That is the way you ought
+always to write. One of these days I mean to get you both to write
+something for me in my journal."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+WALKS ABOUT GLASGOW.
+
+
+Our party remained two days more in Glasgow, and visited quite a number
+of objects of interest and curiosity in and around the city.
+
+At one end of the town there was a large open space, laid out for a
+pleasure ground; being somewhat similar in character to Boston Common,
+only it lay on the margin of the river, and commanded delightful views,
+both of the city itself and of the surrounding country. The grounds were
+adorned with trees and shrubbery, and paths were laid out over every
+portion of it, that were delightful to walk in. There were seats, too,
+at every point that commanded a pretty view. This place was called the
+Green.
+
+The Green was at the eastern extremity of the city. At the other end,
+that is, towards the west, there was a region more elevated than the
+rest of the town, where the wealthy people resided. The streets were
+arranged in crescents and terraces, and were very magnificent. The
+houses were almost all built of stone, and were of a very massive and
+substantial, as well as elegant character.
+
+Nearer the centre of the town was a very large and ancient church,
+called the cathedral. It was a solemn-looking pile of buildings,
+standing by itself in a green yard, back from the road, and thousands of
+swallows were twittering and chirping high up among the pinnacles and
+cornices of the roof. Although it was in the midst of a crowded city,
+the whole structure wore an expression of great seclusion and solitude.
+
+Behind the church, and separated from it by a narrow valley, there was a
+steep hill, that was covered, in every part, with tombs, and monuments,
+and sepulchral enclosures. The hill was two or three hundred feet high,
+and there was a very tall monument on the top of it. There was a bridge
+across the valley behind the cathedral leading to this cemetery.
+
+"Ah," said Mr. George, "that is the Necropolis."
+
+"The Necropolis?" repeated Rollo.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George. "I read about it in the guide book. Necropolis
+means 'City of the Dead,' and it is a city of the dead indeed."
+
+There were pathways leading up the side of the hill by many zigzags and
+windings. Across the bridge leading to it was a great iron gateway,
+with a small iron gate open in the middle of it. The boys wanted to go
+immediately to the cemetery, in order to have the pleasure of climbing
+up the zigzag paths to the top of the hill. But Mr. George said he
+wished first to go into the cathedral.
+
+There was a gate leading into the cathedral yard, and a porter's lodge
+just inside of it. There was a sign up at the lodge, saying that the
+price of admission to see the interior of the cathedral was sixpence for
+each person. Waldron said that he did not think it was worth sixpence to
+go, and Rollo said that he did not care much about going. He had seen
+cathedrals enough, he said, on the continent. So it was agreed that the
+boys should go to the cemetery, and wait there till Mr. George came.
+
+The boys accordingly went down the walk that led to the bridge. They
+stopped a moment at the open gate, not knowing whether it was right for
+them to go in or not. As, however, the gate was open, and there was
+nobody there to forbid the passage, they stepped over the iron
+threshold, and entered. There was a porter's lodge just inside, and a
+man standing at the door of it.
+
+"Can we go in and see the cemetery?" asked Waldron.
+
+"Certainly," said the porter. "Are you strangers in Glasgow?"
+
+"Yes, sir," said Rollo, "we are Americans. My uncle is in the cathedral,
+and he is coming pretty soon."
+
+"Then please to come in," said the porter, "and enter your names in the
+visitors' book."
+
+So the boys went in. They found a very pleasant room, with a large book
+open on a desk, near a window. They wrote their names in this book, and
+also their residences, and they stopped a few minutes to look over the
+names that had been written there before, in order to see if any persons
+from America had recently visited the cemetery. They found several names
+of persons from New York on the list, and two or three from
+Philadelphia. While the boys were looking over the book the porter asked
+them a great many questions about America.
+
+In a few minutes they went on. They stopped on the middle of the bridge,
+and looked down over the balustrade into the ravine. The ravine was very
+deep, and there was a little brook at the bottom of it, and a sort of
+road or street along the side of it, far below them.
+
+The boys then went on into the cemetery. They walked about it for some
+time, ascending continually higher and higher, and stopping at every
+turn to read the inscriptions and monuments. At length they reached the
+summit of the hill, where the lofty column stood which had been erected
+to the memory of John Knox, the great Scottish reformer. The column
+stood upon a pedestal, which contained an inscription on each of the
+four sides of it. One of these inscriptions said that John Knox was a
+man who could never be made to swerve from his duty by any fear or any
+danger, and that, although his life was often threatened by "dag and
+dagger," he was still carried safely through every difficulty and
+danger, and died, at last, in peace and happiness; and that the people
+of Glasgow, mindful of the invaluable services he rendered to his
+country, had erected that monument in honor of his memory.
+
+The boys had just finished reading the inscription, when, looking down
+upon the bridge, they saw Mr. George coming. They went down to meet him,
+and then showed him the way up to the monument.
+
+Mr. George first looked up to the summit of it, and then walked all
+around it, reading the inscriptions. He read them aloud, and the boys
+listened.
+
+"Yes," said he, "John Knox was a true hero. He stood up manfully and
+fearlessly for the right when almost all the world was against him; and
+to do that requires a great deal of courage, as well as great strength
+of character. Many people reviled and hated him while he lived, but now
+his memory is universally honored.
+
+"I hope you two boys, when you come to be men," continued Mr. George,
+"will follow his example. What you know is right, that always defend, no
+matter if all the world are against it. And what is wrong, that always
+oppose, no matter if all the world are in favor of it."
+
+"Yes, sir," said Waldron, "I mean to."
+
+Mr. George and the boys rambled about the Necropolis some time longer,
+and then went on.
+
+While they were in Glasgow the party visited several of the great
+manufacturing establishments. They were all very much surprised at the
+loftiness of some of the chimneys. There was one at a great
+establishment, called the St. Rollox Chemical Works, which was over four
+hundred and thirty feet high, and Mr. George estimated that it must have
+been thirty or forty feet diameter at the base. If, now, you ask your
+father, or some friend, how high the steeple is of the nearest church to
+where you live, and multiply that height by the necessary number, you
+will get some idea of the magnitude of this prodigious column. The
+lightning rod, that came down the side of it in a spiral line, looked
+like a spider's web that had been, by chance, blown against the chimney
+by the wind.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+ENTERING THE HIGHLANDS.
+
+
+The Highland district of Scotland occupies almost the whole of the
+western part of the island north of the valley of the Clyde. It consists
+of mountains, glens, and lakes, with roads winding in every direction
+through and among them. Of course the number of different Highland
+excursions which a tourist can plan is infinite. Most visitors to
+Scotland are, however, satisfied with a short tour among these
+mountains, on account of the great uncertainty of the weather. Indeed,
+as it rains here more than half the time, the chance is always in favor
+of bad weather; and the really pleasant days are very few.
+
+The valley by which tourists from Glasgow most frequently go into the
+Highlands is the valley of Loch Lomond. The lower end of this lake comes
+to within about ten miles of the Clyde. The upper end of it extends
+about twenty-five miles into the very heart of the Highlands. There is
+an inn at the lower end of the lake, that is, the end nearest the
+Clyde, called Balloch Inn. At the upper end of the lake is another
+resting-place for travellers. A small steamboat passes every day through
+the lake, from one of these inns to the other, touching at various
+intermediate points on the way, at little villages or landing-places,
+where roads from the interior of the country come down to the lake.
+
+From Balloch there is a railroad leading to the Clyde, though it does
+not extend to Glasgow. Travellers from Glasgow come down the Clyde in a
+steamer about ten miles to the railroad landing. There they take the
+cars, and proceed down the river, along the bank, amidst scenery of the
+grandest and most beautiful character, to Dunbarton Castle, where the
+road leaves the river, and turns into the interior of the country,
+towards the valley of Loch Lomond.
+
+The road terminates at Balloch. Here the travellers are transferred to
+the steamer, and pursue their journey by water. It was this route Mr.
+George had determined to take on leaving Glasgow.
+
+He got ready to leave Glasgow on the afternoon of a certain Thursday.
+
+"Now, boys," said he, "we are ready to go to the Highlands. Find out for
+me when the boats and trains go, while I settle the bill."
+
+So saying, Mr. George rose and rang the bell.
+
+In Europe we do not go down to the office or bar room, when we are ready
+to leave a hotel, to call for and settle our bill there, as we do in
+America, but we ring the bell in our room, and ask the waiter to bring
+the bill to us.
+
+"I have found out already," said Waldron. "There is a boat at four
+o'clock. It starts from the Broomielaw."
+
+"And is there a train that connects with that boat?" asked Mr. George.
+
+"Yes, sir," said Waldron.
+
+"Then," said Mr. George, "we will go at four o'clock; we shall just have
+time."
+
+I am not certain that Waldron was entirely honest in giving this
+information to Mr. George, for he concealed one very important
+circumstance; or rather he omitted to mention it. This circumstance was,
+that there was no boat from Balloch to connect with the train, so that
+if they were to go to Balloch that night, he knew that they could not go
+any farther till the next morning. He liked this, for he and Rollo had
+both begun to be tired of Glasgow, and he thought that if they should
+get to Balloch two or three hours before dark, there might be some
+chance for him and Rollo to go out fishing on the lake.
+
+Very soon, however, he reflected that he should enjoy his fishing less,
+if he resorted to any thing like artifice or concealment to obtain it;
+and so, after a little hesitation, he frankly told Mr. George that they
+could go no farther than to the foot of the lake that night. There was
+only one boat each day, he said, on the lake, and that left Balloch in
+the morning, and returned at night.
+
+Mr. George said that that made no difference. He was tired of being in a
+great city, and would like to see the country and the mountains again;
+and he should, therefore, prefer going to spend the night at Balloch,
+rather than to remain in Glasgow.
+
+So the party set off. They embarked on board the steamer at the
+Broomielaw. They ran rapidly down the river to the railroad landing.
+They found the train waiting for them there, and were whirled rapidly up
+the valley. There were most charming views of the mountains on either
+hand, with hamlets and villages scattered along the slopes of them. At
+length they arrived at Balloch. There was no village here, but only a
+pretty inn, situated delightfully on the margin of the lake, very near
+the outlet. There was an elegant suspension bridge across the outlet,
+very near the railroad station. There were several thatch-covered
+cottages near, and two or three castles were seen through openings
+among the trees on the hill-sides around. As the party crossed the
+suspension bridge, Rollo and Waldron, to their great delight, saw
+several boats floating in the water near the inn, and there was a boy on
+the bridge fishing over the railing. They stopped to talk with this boy,
+while Mr. George went on to engage rooms at the inn, and to order a
+supper.
+
+When the boys came in they gave such fine accounts of the fishing on the
+lake, and of the facility with which they could obtain a boat, and a
+boatman to go out with them, that Mr. George was half persuaded to allow
+them to engage a boat, and to go out with them for an hour or two.
+
+"And we want you to go with us, too," said Waldron, "if you can; but if
+you have any thing else to do, we can go by ourselves, with the
+boatman."
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "and if you think it is not best for us to go at all,
+we can fish on the bridge."
+
+Mr. George was much pleased to hear the boys speak in this manner in
+respect to the excursion. He was particularly glad to hear Waldron say
+that he desired that _he_ should go with them. It is always an excellent
+sign when a boy wishes his father, or his mother, or his uncle, or
+whoever has the charge of him, to go with him, and share his pleasures;
+and those parents and uncles who take an interest in the plans and
+enjoyments of their children, and sympathize with them in their
+feelings, in such a manner that the children like their company, place
+themselves in a position to exercise the highest possible influence over
+their conduct and character.
+
+"Shall we have time?" asked Mr. George.
+
+"Yes, sir," said Waldron. "It is not dark here till half past ten, and
+it is only half past six now, so that there are four hours."
+
+The farther you go north the longer the evenings are, in summer; and at
+the time when our party made this visit to the Highlands, the evenings
+there were so long that you could see to read very well till nearly ten
+o'clock. The dawn, and the sunrise, too, come on proportionately early
+in the morning. The boys forgot this one morning, and finding that it
+was very light in their room when they woke, they got up, and dressed
+themselves, and went down stairs, thinking that it was nearly breakfast
+time. But they found, on looking at a clock in the hall of the inn, that
+it was not quite three o'clock!
+
+But to return to the story.
+
+Mr. George told the boys that if they would arrange the boat party,
+that is, if they would engage the boat and the boatman, and also some
+fishing lines, he would go with them. They would have supper first, and
+then set out immediately afterwards.
+
+This plan was carried into effect. Mr. George himself cared nothing
+about the fishing. His only object was to see the lake, and talk with
+the Highland boatmen. Still he took a line and fished a little, for
+company to the boys. The excursion proved a very pleasant one. The lake
+was beautiful. The surface of the water was studded with pretty islands,
+and the shores were formed of picturesque hills, which were every where
+adorned with cottages, castles, groves, fields, and all the other
+elements of rural beauty.
+
+The excursion itself was very much like any fishing excursion in
+America, only the peculiar dialect of the boatman continually reminded
+the travellers that they were in Scotland. For "I don't know," he said
+"I dinna ken;" for "trouble" the word was "fash," and for "not," "na."
+The boys had heard this phraseology before. The railway porter, when he
+put Mr. George's valise in the carriage, crowded it under the seat,
+where he said it would not "fash the other travellers;" and at the inn,
+where Mr. George asked the servant girl if she would let them know when
+their supper was ready, she said, "Yes, sir, I will coom and tak ye
+doon."
+
+Waldron enjoyed the fishing excursion very much indeed. He said that he
+should like to make the whole tour of Scotland in a boat, round among
+the islands on the western and northern shores. These islands are,
+indeed, very grand and picturesque. They are groups of dark mountains,
+rising out of the sea. To cruise among them in a yacht would be a very
+pleasant tour, were it not for the incessant storms of wind and rain to
+which the voyagers would be exposed.
+
+Waldron said he particularly desired to go to the Shetland Islands, on
+the north of Scotland, in order to buy himself a pony.
+
+"My father has promised me," said he, "that if ever he goes to the
+Shetlands he will buy me a pony."
+
+"I should like a Shetland pony," said Rollo.
+
+"Yes," said Waldron. "They are very hardy animals, and then they are
+very docile and gentle. Some of them are as gentle and sagacious as a
+dog. I read a story in a book once of one that saved the life of a
+child, by plunging into the water, and seizing the child by the clothes,
+between his teeth, and bringing it safe to land. The child fell into the
+water off of a steep bank, and the horse jumped after it."
+
+[Illustration: THE SHETLAND PONY.]
+
+Here is a picture of the horse which Waldron read about, climbing up the
+bank of the stream, bringing the child.
+
+The party returned from the fishing excursion about eight o'clock; but
+as it was still half an hour before sunset, Mr. George proposed to take
+a walk to one of the castles. The waiter at the hotel had told them that
+he could give them a ticket, and then the porter at the castle would let
+them in at the gate, and allow them to walk about the grounds and
+around the castle, but they could not go into it, for the proprietor and
+his family were residing there.
+
+Accordingly, when the party reached the landing, at the end of their
+excursion, they left the boat, and walking across the bridge, they took
+their course towards the castle. The road was as smooth and hard as a
+floor, but it was bordered by close stone walls on either side, with
+trees overhanging them. At length, after one or two turnings, they came
+to the great gate which led to the castle. The gateway was bordered on
+each side with masses of trees and shrubbery, and just within it was a
+small but very pretty house, built of stone. This was the porter's
+lodge. When they came up to the gate, and looked through the bars of it,
+a little barefooted girl came out from the door of the lodge, and opened
+the gate to let them in.
+
+On entering they found themselves at the commencement of a smoothly
+gravelled avenue, which led in a winding direction among the trees
+through a beautiful park. They walked on along this avenue, supposing
+that it would lead them to the castle. They passed various paths which
+branched off here and there from the avenue, and seemed to lead in
+various directions about the grounds. The views which presented
+themselves on every side were varied and beautiful. They saw several
+hares leaping about upon the grass--a sight which attracted the
+attention of the boys very strongly.
+
+At length they came in sight of the castle. It stood on a swell of
+ground, at the foot of a high hill. The body of it consisted in part of
+a great round tower, with turrets and battlements above. The walls were
+covered with ivy.
+
+After viewing the edifice as much as they wished, the party followed
+some of the winding walks, which led in various directions over the
+grounds; and, though every thing had a finished and beautiful
+appearance, still the whole scene wore a very sombre expression.
+
+"It must be a very solitary sort of grandeur, in my opinion," said Mr.
+George, "which a man enjoys by living in such a place as this."
+
+"Why, I suppose he can have company if he wishes," said Rollo.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George. "Perhaps he lives in Edinburgh, or in London, in
+the winter, and in the summer he has company here. But then when he has
+company at all he must have them all the time, and he must have all the
+care and responsibility of entertaining them; and that, I should think,
+would be a great burden."
+
+Mr. George and the boys rambled over these grounds about half an hour,
+and then they returned to the hotel. They were obliged to walk fast the
+last part of the way, for dark, driving clouds began to be seen in the
+sky, and just before they reached the hotel some drops of fine rain
+began to fall.
+
+"To-morrow is going to be a rainy day, I expect," said Rollo.
+
+"Very likely," said Mr. George.
+
+"And shall you go on over the lake if it is?" asked Rollo.
+
+"I think we shall go as far as to the foot of Ben Lomond," said Mr.
+George.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+ROWERDENNAN INN.
+
+
+Ben Lomond is one of the highest peaks in Scotland. There are one or two
+that are higher, but they are more remote, and consequently less known.
+Ben Lomond is the one most visited, and is, accordingly, the one that is
+most renowned.
+
+It lies on the east side of Loch Lomond, about half way between the head
+of the lake and the outlet. Our party were now at the outlet of the
+lake, and were going the next morning towards the head of it. The outlet
+of the lake is towards the south. In this southern part, as I believe I
+have already said, the lake is about ten miles wide, and its banks are
+formed of hills and valleys of fertile land, every where well
+cultivated, and presenting charming scenes of verdure and fruitfulness.
+The lake, too, in this portion of it, is studded with a great number of
+very picturesque and pretty islands.
+
+As you go north, however, the lake, or loch, as the Scotch call it,
+contracts in breadth, and the land rises higher and higher, until at
+length you see before you a narrow sheet of water, shut in on either
+hand with dark and gloomy mountains, the sides of which are covered
+every where with ferns and heather, and seem entirely uninhabited. They
+descend, moreover, so steep to the water that there seems to be not even
+room for a path between the foot of the mountains and the shore.
+
+The highest peak of these sombre-looking hills is Ben Lomond; which
+rises, as I have before said, on the eastern side of the loch, about
+midway between the head of the loch and the outlet. At the foot of the
+mountain there is a point of land projecting into the water, where there
+is an inn. Tourists stop at this inn when they wish to ascend the
+mountain. Other persons come to the inn for the purpose of fishing on
+the loch, or of making excursions by the footpaths which penetrate, here
+and there, among the neighboring highlands. There is a ferry here, too,
+across the loch. There is no village, nor, indeed, are there any
+buildings whatever to be seen; so that the place is as secluded and
+solitary as can well be imagined. It is known by the name of Rowerdennan
+Inn. It was at this point that Mr. George proposed to stop, in case the
+day should prove rainy.
+
+When the boys rose the next morning, the first thing was to look out of
+the window, to see what the promise was in respect to the weather. It
+was not raining, but the sky was overcast and heavy.
+
+"Good," said Waldron. "It does not rain yet, but it will before we get
+to Rowerdennan Inn."
+
+Waldron was glad to see that there was a prospect of unfavorable
+weather, for he wished to stop at the inn. He had read in the guide book
+that they had boats and fishing apparatus there, and he thought that if
+they stopped perhaps another plan might be formed for going out on the
+loch a-fishing.
+
+The steamer was to leave at nine o'clock. The boys could see her lying
+at the pier, about half a mile distant from them. The air was misty, and
+there were some small trees in the way, but the boys could see the
+chimney distinctly. They dressed themselves as soon as they could, and
+went to Mr. George's room. They knocked gently at the door. Mr. George
+said, "Come in." They went in and found Mr. George seated at a table,
+writing in his journal. It was about seven o'clock.
+
+Mr. George laid aside his writing, and after bidding the boys good
+morning, and talking with them a few minutes about the plans of the
+day, took a testament which he had upon a table before him, and read a
+few verses from one of the Gospels, explaining the verses as he read
+them. Then they all knelt down together, and Mr. George made a short and
+simple prayer, asking God to take care of them all during the day, to
+guard them from every danger, to make them kind and considerate towards
+each other, and towards all around them, and to keep them from every
+species of sin.
+
+This was the way in which Mr. George always commenced the duties of the
+day, when travelling with Rollo, whether there were any other persons in
+company or not; and a most excellent way it was, too. Besides the
+intrinsic propriety of coming in the morning to commit ourselves to the
+guardian care and protection of Almighty God, especially when we are
+exposed to the vicissitudes, temptations, and dangers that are always
+hovering about the path of the traveller in foreign lands, the influence
+of such a service of devotion, brief and simple as it was, always proved
+extremely salutary on Rollo's mind, as well as on the minds of those who
+were associated with him in it. It made them more gentle, and more
+docile and tractable; and it tended very greatly to soften those
+asperities which we often see manifesting themselves in the intercourse
+of boys with each other.
+
+When the devotional service was finished, Mr. George sent the boys down
+stairs, to make arrangements for breakfast. In about half an hour Rollo
+came up to say that breakfast was ready in the coffee room, and Mr.
+George went down.
+
+After breakfast Mr. George took the valise, and the boys took the other
+parcels of baggage, and they all went over the bridge to the railway
+station. They waited here a short time, until at length the train came.
+They would have walked on to the pier, where the boat in which they were
+going to embark was lying, but it was beginning to rain a little, and
+Mr. George thought it would be better to wait and go in the cars. The
+distance was not more than a quarter of a mile, and the boys were quite
+curious to know what the price of the tickets would be, for such a short
+ride. They found that they were threepence apiece.
+
+The train came very soon, bringing with it several little parties of
+tourists, that were going into the Highlands. They all seemed greatly
+chagrined and disappointed at finding that it was beginning to rain.
+
+When the train stopped opposite the pier, the passengers hurried across
+the pier, and over the plank, on board the boat. The rain was falling
+fast, and every thing was dripping wet. The gentlemen went loaded with
+portmanteaus, carpet bags, valises, and other parcels of baggage, while
+the women hurried after them, holding their umbrellas in one hand, and
+endeavoring, as well as they could, to lift up their dresses with the
+other. The boat was very small, and there was no shelter whatever from
+the rain on the deck. Most of the company, therefore, hurried down into
+the cabin.
+
+"Are you going down into the cabin, too, uncle George?" said Rollo.
+
+"Not I," said Mr. George. "Rain or no rain, I am going to see the shores
+of Loch Lomond."
+
+There was a heap of baggage near the centre of the boat, covered with a
+tarpauling. Mr. George put his valise and the knapsacks under the
+covering, with the other travellers' effects, and then began to look
+about for seats. There was a range of wooden benches all along the sides
+of the deck, but they were very wet, and looked extremely uncomfortable.
+The water, however, did not stand upon them, for they were made of open
+work, on purpose to let the water through.
+
+"If we only had some camp stools," said Mr. George, "we could get
+sheltered seats under the lee of the baggage; but as it is, we must
+make the best of these."
+
+[Illustration: VIEWING THE SCENERY OF LOCH LOMOND.]
+
+So he folded his shawl long enough to make a cushion for three persons,
+and laid it down on one of the benches. He sat down himself upon the
+centre of it, and the boys took their places on each side. Mr. George
+then spread his umbrella, and the boys, by sitting very close to him,
+could both come under it. By the time they were thus established the
+boat had left the pier, and was gliding smoothly away over the waters of
+the lake, with green and beautifully wooded islands all around. In the
+distance up the lake, wherever the opening of the clouds afforded a
+view, it was seen that the horizon was bounded, and the waters of the
+lake were shut in, with dark and gloomy-looking mountains, the summits
+of which were entirely concealed from view.
+
+After a short time the rain increased, and all the scenery, except such
+islands and portions of the shore as came very near the track of the
+steamer, was soon entirely hidden. The wind blew harder, too, and drove
+the rain in under the umbrella, so that our travellers were beginning to
+get quite wet.
+
+"Suppose I go below," said Waldron, "and see what sort of a place the
+other passengers have found down there."
+
+"Yes, sir," said Rollo; "it is so wet here, and besides, I am beginning
+to be cold."
+
+"We will all go," said Mr. George.
+
+So they all went below. They descended one at a time, by a small spiral
+staircase, near the stern, which led them into the cabin of the boat.
+The cabin presented to view quite an extraordinary spectacle.
+
+It was a small room, being not much more than fifteen feet wide. Along
+the sides of it were seats made of carved oak, and very comfortably
+cushioned. Above was a row of small windows, through which you could
+look out by kneeling on the seats. At the end of the cabin were a
+fireplace and a grate. There was a coal fire burning in the fireplace,
+and several of the passengers were hovering around it to warm and dry
+themselves. Others were looking out of the windows, vainly endeavoring
+to obtain some glimpses of the scenery. A great many of them were
+uttering exclamations of disappointment and vexation, at finding all the
+pleasure of their excursion spoiled thus by the cold and the rain.
+
+Some of the travellers, however, more philosophical than the rest,
+seemed to take their ill luck quite patiently. There was one group that
+opened their knapsacks at one of the side tables, and were taking
+breakfast together there in a very merry manner.
+
+Mr. George and the two boys went to the fire, and stood there to warm
+themselves, listening, in the mean time, to the exclamations and remarks
+of the various groups of passengers, which they found quite amusing. In
+the mean time the steamer went on, bringing continually new points of
+land and new islands into view. She stopped, too, now and then, at
+landings along the margin of the lake; and on these occasions Rollo and
+Waldron always went up on deck, to witness the operation of bringing the
+steamer to, and to see who went on shore.
+
+They had a list of these landings on the tickets which they had bought
+of the captain of the boat, as soon as they came on board. When they
+found that the next landing was Rowerdennan, all the party went up on
+deck. The rain, they now found, had ceased. Indeed, the sky looked quite
+bright, and several of the passengers were standing on the wet deck,
+watching for glimpses of the mountains, which appeared here and there
+through the openings in the clouds. They saw repeatedly the dark and
+gloomy sides of Ben Lomond; but a canopy of dense and heavy clouds
+rested upon and concealed the summit.
+
+The boys obtained a glimpse of a stone house, nearly enveloped in trees,
+at a little distance from the shore, as they approached the land. This
+they supposed was the inn, as there was no other house in sight.
+
+The steamer drew up to the pier. The pier was very small. It was built
+of timbers, and extended a little way out over the water, from a
+solitary place on the shore. Every passenger that left the boat had to
+pay twopence for the privilege of landing upon it. The porter of the inn
+stood there, with a leather bag hung over his neck, to collect this
+toll. On this occasion, however, he got only sixpence, as Mr. George and
+the two boys were the only passengers that landed.
+
+The place was very wild and solitary. There was no house, or building of
+any kind, in sight. There was a narrow road, however, that led along the
+shore of the lake, from the pier towards the point of land which the
+steamer had passed in coming to the pier, and the porter told Mr. George
+that that was the road that led to the inn.
+
+"If you will walk on," said the porter, "I will bring your luggage."
+
+There were some boards and small timbers on the deck of the vessel,
+which were to be landed here, and the porter remained in order to
+receive them, while Mr. George and the boys went on. They soon came to
+the inn. They entered it from behind, through a very pleasant yard,
+surrounded with trees and gardens, and out-buildings of various kinds.
+Mr. George went in, followed by the boys, and was shown into the coffee
+room. From the windows of this room there was a very pretty view of the
+lake, through an opening among the trees of the garden.
+
+"And now what are we going to do?" said Waldron, after they had all
+looked at the view as much as they wished.
+
+"I am going to have a fire," said Mr. George, "and then sit down here
+and make myself comfortable until it clears away. You and Rollo can join
+me, or you can form any other plan that you like better."
+
+"We'll go a-fishing," said Waldron.
+
+"Or else go up on Ben Lomond," said Rollo. "How high is Ben Lomond,
+uncle George?"
+
+"It is between three and four thousand feet," said Mr. George. "We will
+all go up to-morrow if it clears away."
+
+But Waldron did not wish to go up the mountain. He preferred to go
+a-fishing on the lake. He did not express his preference very strongly
+at this time, but in the course of the afternoon he persuaded Rollo that
+it would be a great deal better for them to go out a-fishing on the
+lake, and perhaps go across the lake to the opposite shore, rather than
+to go up the mountain; and he induced Rollo to join him in a request
+that Mr. George would let them go out on the lake, while he went up the
+mountain, if he wished to ascend it.
+
+"We can have a boat and a boatman," said Waldron. "The boatman will row
+us, and take care of us, and that will be perfectly safe. And Rollo
+would like that plan best, too."
+
+In forming this scheme Waldron and Rollo made a mistake; and it was a
+mistake that boys are very apt to fall into when they are invited to go
+on excursions with their parents, or uncles, or older brothers. It is
+naturally to be supposed that the tastes and inclinations of boys, in
+such cases, should often be different from those of the grown persons
+they are with, and should lead them to wish frequently to deviate, more
+or less, from the plans formed. But it is a great source of
+inconvenience to those whom they are with to have them often propose
+such deviations. In this case, for example, Mr. George had come a long
+distance, and incurred very heavy expenses, for the purpose of seeing
+the Scottish Highlands. Unless he could now really see them, of course
+all his time and money would be lost. The pleasure of going a-fishing
+is, doubtless, often very great, but this was not the time nor the place
+for enjoying it. In acceding to the arrangement to come with Mr. George
+to the Highlands, the boys ought to have considered themselves joined
+with him in a tour for instruction and improvement, and as committed to
+the plans which he might form, from time to time, for accomplishing the
+objects of the tour. By proposing, as they did, to deviate on every
+occasion from these plans, and wishing to turn aside from the proper
+duty of tourists, in search of such boyish pleasures as might be enjoyed
+just as well at home, they failed signally in fulfilling the obligations
+which they incurred in undertaking the tour under Mr. George's charge.
+
+Let all the boys and girls, therefore, who read this book, remember that
+whenever, either by invitation or otherwise, they are joined to any
+party of which a grown person has charge, or when they accompany a grown
+person on any excursion whatever, they go to share _his_ pleasures, not
+to substitute their own for his, and thus to interfere with and thwart
+the plans which he had formed. Boys often violate this rule from want of
+thought, and without intending to do any thing wrong. This was the case
+in this instance, in respect to Waldron and Rollo.
+
+"They are good boys," said Mr. George to himself, in thinking of the
+subject. "They do not mean to do any thing wrong; but they do not
+understand the case. I will take an opportunity soon to explain it to
+them."
+
+It is no time, however, to explain to a boy why it is not best that he
+should do a particular thing, when he wishes to do it and you forbid
+him. His mind is then too much occupied with his disappointment, and
+perhaps with vexation, to listen to the reasons. Forbid him, if it is
+necessary to do so, but reserve the explanation till some future time.
+
+Mr. George got over the difficulty in this case in a very pleasant
+manner to all concerned. The rain ceased entirely about noon, but the
+paths on the mountain he knew would be too wet to make it agreeable to
+ascend that day; so he told the boys that if they would find the boat
+and the man, and make all the arrangements, he would go out with them on
+the lake; and that, if they would agree to write a chapter for his
+journal, and write it as well as they had written their accounts of
+their excursion to Greenock, he would stop an hour on the way, to let
+them fish.
+
+"And then," said he, "we'll all ascend the mountain together to-morrow."
+
+This proposal was readily agreed to on the part of the boys, and the
+compact was accordingly made. They engaged the boat and the man, and
+after dinner they all three embarked. The rain had ceased, but the sky
+was covered with clouds, and heavy masses of mist were driving along the
+sides and over the summits of the mountains. The weather, however,
+remained tolerably favorable until the boat had nearly reached the
+opposite shore of the lake; but then a dense mass of clouds came down
+from the mountains on the eastern side, and the whole shore was soon
+concealed from view by the driving scuds and the falling rain. The
+boatman pulled hard to reach the shore before the shower should come on.
+The gust overtook them, however, when they were about a quarter of a
+mile from the landing. Fortunately the wind, though very violent, was
+fair, and it drove them on towards the shore. Mr. George and the boys
+sat down in the bottom of the boat, at the stern, and spreading a large
+umbrella behind them, they sheltered themselves as well as they could
+from the wind and the rain. The poor boatman got very wet.
+
+They found shelter when they reached the land, and soon the shower
+passed away. Then, after rambling about a short time among the huts and
+cottages of the village where they landed, they set out again on their
+return. They stopped to fish at a short distance from the shore on the
+eastern side, and were quite successful. The boys caught several trout,
+which they resolved to have fried for their breakfast the next morning.
+While they were fishing Mr. George sat in the stern of the boat,
+studying his guide books, and learning all he could about the
+remarkable events in the life of Rob Roy, the great Highland chieftain,
+who formerly lived on the shores of Loch Lomond, and performed many
+daring exploits there, which have given him a great name in Scottish
+history.
+
+It was a little after nine o'clock when they returned to the inn.
+
+The next morning the plan of ascending the mountain was carried into
+effect. Mr. George hired two horses, intending to take turns with the
+boys in riding them. By having two horses for three riders, each one
+could, of course, ride two thirds of the way. This is better than for
+each one to ride all the way, as that is very tiresome. Both in
+ascending and descending mountains it relieves and rests the traveller
+to walk a part of the way.
+
+The top of the mountain was distinctly in sight from the inn, and almost
+the whole course of the path which led up to it, for there were no woods
+to intercept the view. The distance was five or six miles. The path was
+a constant and gradual ascent nearly all the way, and lay through a
+region entirely open in every direction. There was a perfect sea of
+hills on every side, all covered with moss, ferns, and heather, with
+scarcely a tree of any kind to be seen, except those that fringed the
+shores of the lake down in the valley. The view from the summit was very
+extended, but the wind blew there so bleak and cold that the whole party
+were very glad to leave it and come down, after a very brief survey of
+the prospect.
+
+In coming down the mountain the party stopped at a spring, to rest
+themselves and to drink; and here, as they were sitting together on the
+flat stones that lay about the spring, Mr. George explained to the two
+boys what I have already explained in this chapter to the reader, in
+respect to the duty of boys, when travelling under the charge of a grown
+person, to fall in with their leader's plans, instead of forming
+independent plans of their own.
+
+"When you are at home," said he, "and playing among yourselves, and with
+other persons of your own age, then you can form your own plans, and
+arrange parties and excursions for just such purposes and objects as you
+think will amuse you most. But we are now travelling for improvement,
+not for play. We are making a tour in Scotland for the purpose of
+learning all we can about Scotland, with a view to obtain more full and
+correct ideas respecting it than we could obtain by books alone. So we
+must attend to our duty, and be content with such enjoyments and such
+pleasures as come in our way, and not turn aside from our duty to seek
+them."
+
+The boys both saw that this was reasonable and right, and they promised
+that thenceforth they would act on that principle.
+
+"We won't ask to go a-fishing again all the time we are in Scotland,"
+said Waldron.
+
+"That's right," said Mr. George. "And now as soon as we get to the hotel
+it will be time for the boat to come along; and all the rest of our
+adventures to-day you and Rollo must write an account of, to put into my
+journal. You will not write the account till you get to Stirling; but
+you had better take notice of what we do, and what we see, so as to be
+ready to write it when we arrive."
+
+"May we take notes?" asked Rollo.
+
+"Certainly," said Mr. George. "That will be an excellent plan. Have a
+small piece of paper and a pencil at hand, and when you see any thing
+remarkable, make a memorandum of it. That will help you very much when
+you come to write."
+
+This plan was carried into effect. The boys wrote their account, and
+after it was duly corrected it was carefully transcribed into Mr.
+George's journal. It was as follows. Rollo wrote one half of it, and
+Waldron the other.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+THE TOUR OF THE TROSSACHS.
+
+
+"The Trossachs is the name of a narrow gorge among the mountains. It
+begins at the end of a lake, and extends about two or three miles. The
+sides are covered with forests, and there are high, sharp rocks seen
+every where, peeping out among the trees.
+
+"The pass of the Trossachs is not in the same valley that Loch Lomond
+lies in, but in another valley almost parallel to it, about five miles
+off. There is high land between. We had to cross this high land on foot,
+or in a carriage. The plan was to go up the lake a few miles farther, to
+a landing called Inversnaid, and there leave the boat, and go across the
+mountains.
+
+"When it was nearly time for the boat to come, we took our valise and
+other things, and walked along the shore path till we came to the pier.
+We overtook some other people who were going in the boat, too. A soldier
+came along, also. He was one of the sappers and miners, that we saw on
+the top of Ben Lomond. He told me that he came down to get some things
+that were coming in the boat.[D]
+
+[D] The boys had seen a party of sappers and miners, as they are called,
+that is, military engineers, who were established on the top of Ben
+Lomond, in a hut which they had built there. They were employed there,
+in connection with other sappers and miners on the other mountains
+around, in making a survey of Scotland.
+
+"We waited on the pier a few minutes, and then we saw the boat coming
+around a point of land. As soon as she came up to the pier we all got
+in, and a gentleman and two ladies came on shore.
+
+"The weather was very pleasant, and so we did not go down into the
+cabin. All the passengers were on the deck, looking at the mountains. I
+talked with some of them. One party came from New York, and the
+gentleman asked me what there was to see at Rowerdennan Inn; and so I
+told him about our going across the lake, and about our ascending the
+mountain. He said he wished that he had landed, too, so that he might go
+up the mountain, since it proved to be such a pleasant day.
+
+"Uncle George gave Waldron and me leave to go up on the bridge to see
+the mountains before us, up the lake. They looked very dark and gloomy.
+The captain was there. He told us the names of the mountains that were
+in sight. He said that when we landed at Inversnaid we should go across
+the high land, and then should come to another lake, where there was
+another steamboat, only she had not commenced her trips yet, and so we
+should have to go down the other lake in a row boat. Waldron and I were
+both glad of that.
+
+[Illustration: THE BOYS ON THE BRIDGE.]
+
+"At last we came to Inversnaid. We thought it would be a town, but it
+was not. It was only an inn on the slope of the mountain, near the
+shore, and by the side of a waterfall. We walked up a steep path to the
+inn, from the pier. We had to pay twopence apiece for the privilege of
+landing on the pier. Uncle George asked us whether we would rather walk
+or ride across the high land to the other valley. We said we did not
+care. He said that he would rather ride. So he engaged one of the
+_machines_. They call the carriages machines. There were two standing in
+the inn yard. There were two seats to these carriages, but no top, and
+very little room for any baggage. So it was lucky for us that we had so
+little.
+
+"While the hostler was harnessing the horse we went to see the
+waterfall. There was a path leading to it through the bushes. There was
+a small foot bridge over the stream, just below the waterfall, where we
+could stand and see the water tumbling down over the rocks.
+
+"While we were there they called us to tell us that the machine was
+ready. So we went back to the inn. There were two machines ready at the
+door. One was for another party. There was a lady in that machine, and
+it was just starting. Ours was just starting, too. They told us that
+there was a steep hill at the beginning, and that it was customary for
+the gentlemen to walk up.
+
+"So we walked up. The road lay along the brink of a deep ravine, with
+the brook that made the waterfall tumbling along over the rocks at the
+bottom of it.
+
+"When we got to the top of the hill the machine stopped, and we all got
+in. Waldron rode on the front seat with the driver, and uncle George and
+I rode behind.
+
+"The country was very wild and dreary. There was nothing to be seen all
+around but hills and mountains, all covered with brakes and ferns, and
+moss and heather. There were no woods, no pastures, no fields, and no
+farm houses. It was the dreariest-looking country I ever saw. In the
+middle of the way we came to some old stone hovels, with thatched
+roofs--very dismal-looking dwellings indeed. There was usually one door
+and one little window by the side of it. The window was about as big as
+you would make for a horse, in the side of a stable. I looked into one
+of these hovels. There was no floor, only flat stones laid in the
+ground, and scarcely any furniture. The Irish shanties, where they are
+making railroads in America, are very pretty houses compared to them.
+
+"The driver told us that the whole country belonged to a duke. He keeps
+it to shoot grouse in, in the fall of the year. The grouse is a bird
+like a partridge. They live on the heather. I saw some of them flying
+about.
+
+"The road was very good. The duke made it, the driver said. We could see
+the road a great way before us, along the valley. By and by we saw some
+people coming. They were a great way off, but we could see that they
+were travellers, by the umbrellas, and shawls, and knapsacks they had in
+their hands. Presently we could see a man coming up a hill just before
+them with a wheelbarrow load of trunks that he was wheeling along. So we
+knew that it was a party of travellers, coming across from Loch Katrine
+to Loch Lomond; but we wondered why they did not take a machine, and
+ride.
+
+"When we came up to them we stopped a moment to talk to them. There were
+two gentlemen and two ladies. One of the ladies looked pretty tired.
+They said that there were no machines on the side of the mountain where
+they came from, and that there was a party there, that arrived before
+them, who had engaged the first machines that should come; and so they
+were obliged to walk, and to have their trunks wheeled over on a
+wheelbarrow.
+
+"Afterwards we met another party walking in the same way, with their
+trunks on a wheelbarrow. We thought that five miles was a great way to
+wheel trunks on a wheelbarrow.
+
+"At last we came to what they called Loch Katrine; but it seemed to me
+nothing but a pond among the mountains. It was only about ten miles
+long. There was an inn on the shore, but no village.
+
+"There was a pier there, too, and some boats drawn up on the beach. At a
+little distance they were putting together an iron steamboat on the
+stocks. The parts were all made in Glasgow, and brought here by the same
+way that we had come. The old steamboat of last year was floating in the
+water near by. The steampipe was rusty, and she looked as if she had
+been abandoned. The name of her was the Rob Roy.
+
+"We were glad that the new one was not ready, for we liked better to go
+in a row boat.
+
+"So we engaged one of the boats, and went down to it on the beach, and
+put our baggage in. And this is the end of my part of the account.
+Waldron is to write the rest.
+
+                              "ROLLO."
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+"We all got into the boat; that is, we three, and some other ladies and
+gentlemen that came over the mountain about the same time with us. The
+wind was blowing pretty fresh, and the middle of the lake was very
+rough, and some of the ladies were afraid to go; but we told them there
+was no danger.
+
+"The boatman said that we would go right across the loch, and then we
+should get under the lee of the land on the eastern shore, and there we
+should be sheltered from the wind, and the water would be smooth.
+
+"I told him that I could row, and asked him to let me take one of the
+oars; and he said I might. But one of the ladies was afraid to have me
+do it. She said she was afraid that I should upset the boat.
+
+"This was nonsense; for it is not possible to upset a boat by any kind
+of rowing, if it is ever so bad.
+
+"The boatman told her that there was no danger, and that, if I could
+really row, I could help him so much that we should get across the part
+of the lake where the wind blew and the waves run high so much the
+sooner. So she consented at last, and I took one of the oars, and we
+rowed across the loch in fine style. We pitched about a good deal in the
+middle passage, and the lady was dreadfully frightened; but when we got
+across the water became smooth, and we sailed very pleasantly along the
+shore.
+
+"The shores were winding and very pretty, and the farther we went the
+narrower the lake became, and the mountains became higher and higher. At
+last we came to a narrow place between two mountains, where the pass of
+the Trossachs began. The mountain on one side was Ben Venue. The one on
+the other side was Benan. The shores at the foot of these mountains were
+covered with woods, and the place was very wild. There was an island in
+the middle of the lake here, called Ellen's Isle. This island was high
+and rocky, and covered with woods, like the shores adjacent to it.
+
+"This island is very famous, on account of a poem that Walter Scott
+wrote about it, called the Lady of the Lake. The lake was this Loch
+Katrine, and the lady was Ellen. She went back and forth to the island
+in a boat, in some way or other, but I do not know the story exactly.
+Mr. George is going to buy the Lady of the Lake when we get to
+Edinburgh, and read it to us, and then we shall know.
+
+"The island is small and rocky, but it is so covered with trees and
+bushes that we hardly see the rocks. They peep out here and there. The
+banks rise very steep, and the water looks very deep close to the shore.
+We sailed by the island, and then the water grew narrower and narrower,
+until at last we were closely shut in, and then soon we came to the
+landing.
+
+"There was nothing but a hut at the landing, and a narrow road, which
+began then and led down the valley. The valley was very narrow, and
+there were steep rocks and mountains on both sides. They told us that it
+was a mile and a quarter to the inn, and that there was no other way to
+go but to walk. The boatman said that he would bring the baggage; so we
+left it under his care, all except our knapsacks, and walked along.
+
+"We walked about a mile down the valley, by a very winding road, with
+rocks, and trees, and very high mountains on both sides. At last we came
+in sight of a tall spire. I thought it was a church. In a minute another
+spire came into view, and two great towers. Rollo thought it was a
+castle. I said that a castle would not have a spire on it. Rollo said
+that a church would not have two spires on it. It turned out that both
+of us were mistaken; for the building was the inn.
+
+"It was a very extraordinary looking inn. It was built of stone, with
+towers and battlements, like an old castle. The inside was very
+extraordinary, too. The public room looked, as Mr. George said, like an
+old Gothic hall of the middle ages. There were tables set out here for
+people to have breakfasts and dinners, and Mr. George ordered a dinner
+for us. There were other parties of tourists there, some coming, and
+some going.
+
+"While the dinner was getting ready, Rollo and I walked about the inn,
+and in the yards. It was a very curious place indeed. Close behind it
+were lofty mountains, which, Rollo said, looked like the mountains of
+Switzerland; only there were no snow peaks on the top of them. There was
+no village, and there were no houses near, except two or three stone
+hovels in the woods behind the inn. Before the inn, in a little valley
+just below it, was a pond, such as they call here a loch.
+
+"Mr. George decided to go directly on to Stirling, because it was
+Saturday night, and he did not wish, he said, to spend Sunday at such a
+lonesome inn. So we hired a carriage and set off. Immediately we began
+to come out from the mountains, and to get into the level country. The
+country soon grew very beautiful. The sun was behind our backs, and it
+shone right upon every thing that we wished to see, and made the whole
+country look very green and very brilliant. There were parks, and
+gardens, and pleasure grounds, and queer villages, and ruins of old
+castles on the hills, and little lochs in the valleys, and every thing
+beautiful.
+
+"At last we came in sight of Stirling Castle. It stood on the top of a
+high, rocky hill. The hill was very high and steep on all sides but one,
+where it sloped down towards the town. The country all around was very
+level, so that we could see the castle a great many miles away.
+
+"We rode around the foot of the castle hill, under the rocks, and at
+last came into the town, and drove to the hotel.
+
+                              "WALDRON."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+STIRLING.
+
+
+Stirling Castle crowns the summit of a rocky hill, which rises on the
+banks of the Forth, in the midst of a vast extent of level and
+richly-cultivated country. It is, of course, a very conspicuous object
+from all the region around.
+
+The hill is long and narrow. The length of it extends from north to
+south. The northern end is the high end. The land slopes gently towards
+the south, but the other sides are steep, and in many places they form
+perpendicular precipices of rock, with the castle walls built on the
+very brink of them.
+
+The town lies chiefly at the foot of the hill, towards the south, though
+there are one or two streets, bordered by quaint and queer old
+buildings, that lead all the way up to the castle.
+
+In front of the castle, at the place where these streets terminate, is a
+broad space, smoothly gravelled, called the esplanade. This is used as a
+parade ground, for drilling and training the new soldiers, and teaching
+them the manoeuvres and exercises necessary to be practised in the
+war.
+
+On Sunday morning, after breakfast, Mr. George and the boys went out, to
+go to church. Bells were ringing in various parts of the town. They were
+drawn, by some invisible attraction, up the hill, in the direction of
+the castle. They soon found other people going the same way; and
+following them, they came, at length, to a very ancient-looking mass of
+buildings, which, Mr. George said, he should have thought was an old
+abbey, gone to ruin, if it were not that the people were all going into
+it, under a great arched doorway. So he supposed it was a church, and he
+and the boys went in with the rest.
+
+There was a man at the door holding a large silver plate, to receive the
+contributions of the people that came in. Mr. George stopped to get some
+money out of his pocket. The man then seemed to perceive that he was a
+stranger; so he said to him, speaking with a broad Scotch accent and
+intonation,--
+
+"Ye wull gae into the magistrates' seat. Or stay--I wull send a mon wi'
+ye, to show ye the wa'."
+
+So he called a door keeper, and the door keeper led the way up stairs,
+into a gallery. The gallery was very wide, and was supported by
+enormous pillars. The whole interior of the church had a very quaint and
+antique air. The magistrate's seat was the front seat of the gallery. It
+was a very nice seat, and was well cushioned. Before it, all around, was
+a sort of desk, for the Bibles and Hymn Books to rest upon.
+
+There were three pulpits--or what seemed to the boys to be pulpits--one
+behind and above the other. The highest was for the minister; the next
+below was for what in America would be called the leader of the choir;
+though in Scotland, Mr. George said he believed he was called the
+precentor. There was no choir of singers, as with us, but when the
+minister gave out a hymn the precentor rose and commenced the singing,
+and when he had got near the end of the first line all the congregation
+joined in, and sang the hymn with him to the end. The third pulpit was
+only a sort of chair, enclosed at the sides and above. What the man did
+who sat in it the boys could not find out.
+
+All the people in the church had Bibles on a sloping board before them,
+in their pews, and when the minister named the text or read a chapter,
+they all turned to the place, and looked over. Waldron said he thought
+that this was an excellent plan.
+
+Mr. George and the boys all liked the sermon very much indeed, and when
+the service was ended, they walked a little way around the esplanade
+before the castle, and then went home to dinner.
+
+In the course of their excursion, however, they had observed that a
+great many walks had been made at different elevations on the west side
+of the hill, and that seats were placed there at different points, for
+resting-places. These seats, and indeed the walks themselves, commanded
+charming views of all the surrounding country. The boys wanted to run up
+and down these paths, and explore the sides of the hill by means of them
+in every part; but Mr. George recommended to them to wait till the next
+day.
+
+"We shall come up to-morrow," said he, "to visit the castle, and then we
+will come out here, and have a picnic, on one of these stone seats.
+After that I will find a place among the rocks to read or write, for an
+hour, and while I am there you may climb about among the rocks and
+precipices as much as you please."
+
+The next morning the boys set out with Mr. George, soon after breakfast,
+to go up to the castle. When they reached the esplanade they found
+several small parties of soldiers there, under instruction. They all
+wore red coats--that being the ordinary uniform of British soldiers.
+Officers were marching them about, and teaching them how to handle their
+muskets, and to keep step, and to wheel this way and that, and to
+perform other such evolutions. A great many of the soldiers looked very
+young. They were lads that had been recently enlisted, and were now
+being trained to go to the war in the Crimea.
+
+After looking at these soldiers a short time the party went on. At the
+upper end of the esplanade there was a gateway leading into the castle
+yard. There was a sentinel, in a Highland costume, keeping guard there.
+Mr. George asked him if the public were allowed to go into the castle.
+He said, "O, yes, certainly;" and so Mr. George and the boys went in.
+
+As they went in they looked up, and saw a great many cannons pointed
+down at them from the embrasures in the surrounding ramparts and
+bastions.
+
+"Those guns must be to keep the enemy from coming in," said Waldron.
+
+Presently the party passed through another arched gateway, and came into
+a large inner court, which was surrounded with various buildings, all
+built of stone, and of a very massive and solid character. The palace
+was on one side. It was adorned with a great many quaint and curious
+sculptures and images. The palace itself, and all the other buildings,
+were used as barracks for soldiers. A great many soldiers were standing
+about the doors, and some were playing together about the court. Some of
+them were dressed in the common British uniform, and some were in the
+Highland costume.
+
+While the boys were looking at the palace front, a soldier advanced
+towards them in a very respectful manner, and said to Mr. George,--
+
+"If you and the young gentlemen are strangers in Stirling, I will walk
+about the castle with you, and point out the objects of interest to you,
+if you desire it."
+
+Mr. George accepted this offer, and the young soldier accordingly walked
+with them all about. He pointed out all the different buildings, and
+mentioned the dates of the erection of them, and referred to the most
+important historical events that had transpired in them. Finally he led
+the party through a gate into a small garden, and thence out upon the
+rampart wall, from which there was a very extended and extraordinarily
+beautiful view of the surrounding country.[E] To the north-west were
+seen the Highlands, with the peaks of Ben Lomond, Ben Venue, and Benan,
+rising conspicuously among them. On the east were other hills, rising
+abruptly out of the smooth and smiling plain, and covered with dark
+plantations of evergreen. All around the foot of the castle, and
+extending to the distance, in some directions, of many miles, the
+country was level and fertile, and it presented every where the most
+enchanting pictures of rural beauty. Some of the fields were of the
+richest green, others were brown from fresh tillage, with men ploughing
+or harrowing in them, or plants just springing up in long green rows,
+which, partly on account of the distance, and partly through the
+exquisite neatness and nicety of farmers' work, looked so smooth, and
+soft, and fine, that the scene appeared more like enchantment than
+reality.
+
+[E] For engraving of Stirling Castle see page 10.
+
+On one side of the mountain was seen the River Forth, winding about
+through meadows and green fields with the most extraordinary turnings
+and involutions. The boys had seen winding rivers before, but never any
+thing like this. The whole plain was filled with the windings of the
+river, which looked like the links of a silver chain, lying half
+embedded in a carpet of the richest green. Indeed, these windings of the
+river, and the vast circular fields of fertile land which they enclose,
+are called the Links of Forth. The view was diversified by villages,
+hamlets, bridges, railway embankments, and other constructions, which
+concealed the river here and there entirely from view, and made it
+impossible to trace its course. The richness and beauty of these Links
+of Forth appeared the more surprising to the boys from the contrast
+which the scene presented to the dreary wastes of moss and heather which
+they had seen in the Highlands. There is an old Scotch proverb that
+refers to this contrast. It is this:--
+
+     "The lairdship of the bonnie Links of Forth
+     Is better than an _earldom_ in the north."
+
+The course of the Forth could be traced for a long distance towards
+Edinburgh; and Arthur's Seat, a high hill near Edinburgh, could be
+distinctly seen in the south-eastern horizon.
+
+At one place, in an angle in the wall of the rampart, was a stone step,
+so placed that a lady, by standing upon it, might get a better view. The
+soldier said that Queen Victoria stood upon that stone, when she visited
+Stirling Castle, a few years ago, on her way to Balmoral. Balmoral is a
+country seat she has among the Highlands, far to the north, in the midst
+of the wildest solitudes. The queen goes there almost every summer, in
+order to escape, for a time, from the thraldom of state ceremony, and
+the pomp and parade of royal life, and live in peace among the mountain
+solitudes.
+
+The soldier pointed to the coping of the wall, where the figure of a
+crown was cut in the stone, and the letters "V. R." by the side of it.
+This inscription was a memorial of the queen's having stood at this spot
+to view and admire the beauty of the scenery.
+
+After Mr. George and the boys had seen all that they wished of the
+castle, Mr. George gave the soldier a shilling, and they went out as
+they had gone in, under the great archway. They passed across the
+esplanade, and then came to a small, level piece of ground, with a high
+rock beyond it, overlooking it. The level place was an ancient tilting
+ground; that is, a ground where, in ancient times, they used to have
+tilts and tournaments, for the amusement of the people of the palace,
+and of the guests who came to visit them. The ladies used to stand on
+the top of the rock to witness the tournaments. There was a large, flat
+area there, with room enough upon it for twenty or thirty ladies to
+stand and see. The rock was called the Lady's Rock. The tournaments and
+tiltings have long since ceased, but it retains the name of the Lady's
+Rock to the present day.
+
+"Let us go up on it," said Rollo, "and see where the ladies stood."
+
+There were a number of children playing about these grounds, and several
+of them were upon the top of the Lady's Rock. They looked ragged and
+poor. Rollo and Waldron climbed up to the place. The path was steep and
+rugged. When they reached the top they looked down to the level area
+where the tournaments were held.
+
+"I don't think the place is big enough for a tournament," said Rollo.
+
+"What is a tournament?" asked Waldron.
+
+"A sort of sham fight of horsemen," said Rollo, "that they used to have
+in old times, when they wore steel armor, and fought with spears and
+lances. They used to ride against each other with blunt spears, and see
+who could knock the other one off his horse. What are you laughing at,
+uncle George?"
+
+Rollo perceived that Mr. George was smiling at his very unromantic mode
+of describing a tournament. "Is not that what they used to do at the
+tournaments?"
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "that is a pretty fair account of it, on the
+whole. And now, boys," he continued, "I have got a plan of having a
+picnic to-day, out under the castle walls here, instead of going to the
+hotel for dinner; and we will go and find a good place for it."
+
+The boys said that they would like this plan very much. "But then,"
+said they, "we have not got any thing to eat."
+
+Mr. George then explained to them that the plan which he had formed, was
+for them to go down into the town, and buy something at the shops for a
+picnic dinner, while he remained on the rocks, or on some seat on the
+side of the Castle Hill, writing in his journal.
+
+"Well," said Waldron, "we will do that. But what shall we buy?"
+
+"Whatever you please," said Mr. George. "Walk along through the street,
+and look in at the shop windows, and whenever you see any thing that you
+think we shall like, buy it."
+
+"Well," said Rollo, "we will. But how much shall we spend?"
+
+"As much as you think it best," said Mr. George. "I leave every thing to
+you. You see, our dinner at the hotel would not be less than seven
+shillings, and that we shall save; so that if you don't spend more than
+seven shillings you will be safe."
+
+The boys were sure that they could procure very abundant supplies for
+less money than that; and they very readily undertook the commission.
+They accordingly left Mr. George at a seat near one of the walks on the
+side of Castle Hill, where, as he said, he could look right down on the
+famous field of Bannockburn, and they then began to run down the walk,
+on the way towards the hotel.
+
+They first went to the hotel to get a knapsack. They told the waiter
+there that they should not be at home to dinner. They then walked along
+the street, looking out for eatables. They soon found various shop
+windows where such things were displayed, and in the course of a quarter
+of an hour they had laid in an abundant supply. They bought some small,
+flat cakes of bread at one place, and a veal and ham pie at another, and
+two oranges apiece at another, and a bottle of milk at another, and
+finally, for dessert, they got a pound of raisins and almonds mixed
+together, which they chanced to see in a fruiterer's window. The cost of
+the whole, the boys found, when they came to foot up the account, was
+only two shillings and fourpence.
+
+With these supplies the boys went up the hill again; not through the
+street, but by the walk under the trees, outside the town wall. They
+found Mr. George in the seat where they had left him. He had just
+finished his writing. He was very much pleased with the purchases that
+the boys had made, and they all sat down together on the stone seat, and
+ate their dinner with excellent appetites.[F]
+
+[F] See Frontispiece.
+
+While they were eating the raisins and almonds Mr. George pointed down
+to a beautiful field, yellow with buttercups, and said,--
+
+"There, boys, do you see that field?"
+
+The boys said they did.
+
+"It is the field of Bannockburn. Look at it, and remember it well. When
+you are five years older, and read the history of Scotland, you will
+take great pleasure in thinking of the day when you looked down from
+Stirling Castle on the field of Bannockburn."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+LOCH LEVEN.
+
+
+"And where are we going next, uncle George?" said Rollo, as they were
+all coming home to the hotel, from their last walk up to the castle.
+
+"I am going to Kinross," said Mr. George.
+
+"What is there at Kinross?" asked Rollo.
+
+"There is a lake," said Mr. George, "and in the lake is an island, and
+on the island are the ruins of an old castle, and in the castle Mary,
+Queen of Scots, was imprisoned."
+
+"Yes," said Waldron, "I have heard of Mary, Queen of Scots, but I do not
+know much about her."
+
+Waldron, it must be confessed, was not much of a scholar. He had read
+very little, either of history or of any thing else.
+
+"What was she remarkable for?" he asked.
+
+"In the first place," said Mr. George, "she was very beautiful, and she
+was also very lovely."
+
+"That is the same thing; is it not?" said Rollo.
+
+"No, not by any means," said Mr. George. "There are many beautiful
+girls that are not lovely, and there are many lovely girls that are not
+particularly beautiful."
+
+"You mean lovely in character, I suppose," said Rollo.
+
+"No," said Mr. George, "I mean lovely in looks. There is a great
+difference, I think, between loveliness and beauty, in _looks_."
+
+"I think so, too," said Waldron.
+
+"Now, Mary, Queen of Scots," continued Mr. George, "was beautiful, and
+she was also very lovely; and while she lived she charmed and fascinated
+almost every body who knew her.
+
+"Then, besides," continued Mr. George, "her life was an exceedingly
+romantic one. She met with an extraordinary number of most remarkable
+adventures. She was sent to France, when she was a little child, to be
+educated. There were four little girls of her own age sent with her, to
+be her playmates there, and they were all named Mary. She called them
+her four Marys.
+
+"She grew up to be a young lady in France, and married the king's son,
+and she lived there for a time in great prosperity and splendor. At last
+her husband died, and her enemies came into power in France, and she
+became unhappy. Besides, there were some difficulties and troubles in
+Scotland, and she was obliged to return to her native land. She was,
+however, very unhappy about it. She loved France very much, and the
+friends that she had made there, and when she came away she said that
+she had left half her heart behind.
+
+"When we go to Edinburgh," continued Mr. George, "we shall go to
+Holyrood, and see the palace where she lived. While she was there a
+great many extraordinary and curious events and incidents befell her."
+
+"Tell us about them," said Waldron.
+
+"No," said Mr. George. "It would take me too long. You must read her
+history yourself. It is an exceedingly interesting story. She was
+accused of some great crimes, but mankind have never been able to decide
+whether she was guilty of them or not. Some are very sure that she was
+innocent, and some are equally positive that she was guilty."
+
+"What crimes were they?" asked Waldron.
+
+"Why, one was," said Mr. George, "that of murdering her husband. It was
+her second husband, one that she married after she came to Scotland.
+They did not live happily together. He killed one of Mary's friends,
+named Rizzio, and afterwards he was killed himself. The house that he
+was in was blown up in the night with gunpowder."
+
+"My!" exclaimed Waldron; "I should like to read about it."
+
+"It is a very interesting and curious story," said Mr. George.
+
+"And could not they find out who did it?" asked Waldron.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "they found out who did it; but what they could
+not find out was, whether Mary herself took any part in the crime or
+not. There was no direct proof. They could only judge from the
+circumstances."
+
+"What were the circumstances?" asked Waldron.
+
+"O, I could not tell you very well," said Mr. George. "It would take me
+half a day to tell the whole story. You must get some life of Mary,
+Queen of Scots, and read it for yourself. You will have to begin at the
+beginning, and read it all carefully through, and remember all the
+persons that are mentioned, and consider their characters and motives,
+and then you will be able to judge for yourself about it. There have
+been a great many histories of her life written."
+
+"And what about her being imprisoned in the castle that we are going to
+see?" asked Waldron.
+
+"O, you must read and find out for yourself about that, too," said Mr.
+George. "The country got into great difficulty, and two parties were
+formed, one of which was in favor of Mary, and one was against her. Her
+enemies proved to be the strongest, and so they shut her up in this
+castle. But she got away."
+
+"How?" asked Waldron.
+
+"You will learn all about it," replied Mr. George, "when you come to
+read the history of her life. When we go to the castle you will see the
+window where she climbed down into the boat."
+
+"Did she escape in a boat?" asked Waldron.
+
+"I am positively not going to tell you any more about it," said Mr.
+George. "You must find out for yourself. Your father has paid ever so
+much money to send you to school, to have you educated, so that you
+could read history for yourself, and not be dependent upon any body; and
+now for me to tell it to you would be ridiculous. You must go to a
+bookstore, and buy a history of Mary, Queen of Scots, and begin at the
+beginning, and read the whole story."
+
+Mr. George said this in a somewhat jocose sort of manner, and Waldron
+understood that his refusing to give him more full information about
+Mary, Queen of Scots, arose, not from any unwillingness to oblige him,
+but only to induce him to read the story himself, in full, which he
+knew very well would be far better for him than to receive a meagre
+statement of the principal points of the narrative from another person.
+
+"I mean to get the book," said Waldron, "as soon as we arrive at
+Edinburgh. But there is one thing I can do," he added; "I can ask the
+guide. The guide that shows us the castle will tell me how she got
+away."
+
+"Well," said Mr. George, "you can ask the guide; but I don't believe you
+will get much satisfaction in _that_ way."
+
+The next morning after this conversation took place, Mr. George and the
+boys bade Stirling farewell, and set off in the cars, on the way to Loch
+Leven. After riding about an hour they left the train at the station
+called Dunfermline, where there was a ruin of an abbey, and of an
+ancient royal palace of Scotland. They left their baggage at the
+station, and walked through the village till they came to the ruin. It
+was a very beautiful ruin, and the party spent more than an hour in
+rambling about it, and looking at the old monuments, and the carved and
+sculptured windows, and arches, and cornices, all wasted and blackened
+by time and decay. A part of the ruin was still in good repair, and was
+used as a church, though it was full of old sepulchral monuments and
+relics. There was a woman in attendance at the door, to show the church
+to those who wished to see the interior of it.
+
+After looking at these ruins as long as they wished, Mr. George and the
+boys went back to the station, in order to take the next train that came
+by, and continue their journey. They went on about an hour longer, and
+then they got out again at a station called Cowdenbeath, which was the
+place on the road that was nearest to Loch Leven, and where they had
+understood that there was a coach, which went to Loch Leven twice a day.
+The place was very quiet and still, and was in the midst of a green and
+pretty country, with small groups of stone cottages here and there.
+There were also several pretty tall chimneys scattered about the fields,
+with a sort of platform, and some wheels and machinery near each of
+them. These were the mouths of coal pits. The wheels and machinery were
+for hoisting up the coal.
+
+In the yard of the station they found the Loch Leven coach. It was in
+the form of a very short omnibus. The coachman said that he had just
+come in from Loch Leven, and that he was going to set out on his return
+at eight. It was now about seven, so that Mr. George and the boys had an
+hour to walk about, and see what was to be seen.
+
+It was a pleasant summer evening, and they enjoyed the rambles that they
+took very much indeed. They walked through several of the little
+hamlets, and saw the women sitting at the doors of their cottages, with
+their young children in their arms, while the older ones were running
+about, here and there, at play. They went to some of the coal pits, and
+saw the immense iron levers, driven by steam, that were slowly moving to
+and fro, hard at work pumping up water from the bottom of the mine. They
+took quite a walk, too, along the turnpike road, and saw a post-chaise
+drive swiftly by, with a footman behind, and a postilion in livery on
+one of the horses.
+
+At last, when the hour of eight began to draw nigh, they all went back
+to a little inn near the station, where the coachman had said that he
+would call for them. When the coach came Mr. George got in, and the two
+boys mounted on the top, and took their places on a high seat behind
+that of the driver. They had a very pleasant ride. The country was
+beautiful, and the horses trotted so fast over the smooth, hard road,
+that a continued succession of most enchanting pictures of rural scenery
+was presented to the eyes of the boys, as they rode along. The distance
+was not far from ten miles, but both the boys wished that it had been
+twenty.
+
+At length they came in sight of a large village bordered by groves of
+trees, lying in the midst of a gentle depression of the ground, and in a
+few minutes more they began to get glimpses of the water. The village
+was Kinross, and the water was Loch Leven. Presently, in going over a
+gentle elevation of land, a large portion of the surface of the water
+came into view. Far out towards the centre of it was a small, low
+island, covered with trees. In the midst of the trees the boys could see
+the top of the ruin of a large, square tower. They asked the coachman if
+that was Loch Leven Castle, and he said it was.
+
+"Uncle George," said Rollo, leaning over and calling out to his uncle
+inside, "there's the castle."
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "I see it."
+
+"It seems to me," said Rollo to Waldron, "that that is a very small
+island to build a castle upon."
+
+"Yes," said the coachman; "but it was a great deal smaller in the days
+when the castle was inhabited. It was only just large enough then for
+the castle itself, and for the castle garden. It is a great deal larger
+now. The way it came to be larger was this. Some years ago the
+proprietor cut down the outlet of the loch four feet deeper than it was
+before; and that drew off four feet of water from the whole loch, and
+of course all the places where the water was less than four feet deep
+were laid bare. This enlarged the castle island a great deal, for before
+the water was very shallow all around it. When the land became dry they
+planted trees there, and now the ruins are in the midst of quite a
+grove."
+
+By this time the coach began to enter the village, and very soon it
+stopped at the door of a very neat and tidy-looking inn. Mr. George
+engaged lodgings for the night, and called for supper. The supper was
+served in a pleasant little coffee room, which was fitted up in a very
+snug and comfortable manner, like a back parlor in a gentleman's house.
+
+After supper Mr. George proposed to the boys that they should take a
+walk about the village, as it was only nine o'clock, and it would not be
+dark for another hour. So they went out and walked through the street,
+back and forth. The houses were built of a sort of gray stone, and they
+stood all close together in rows, one on each side of the street, with
+nothing green around them or near them. The street thus presented a very
+gray, sombre, and monotonous appearance; very different from the
+animated and cheerful aspect of American villages, with their white
+houses and green blinds, and pretty yards and gardens, enclosed with
+ornamental palings. The boys wished to go down to the shore of the loch;
+but as they did not see the water any where, Mr. George said he thought
+it would be too far. So they went back to the inn.
+
+The next morning, after breakfast, they set out to go and visit the
+castle. A boy went with them from the inn to show them the way. He led
+them down the street of the village, to a house where he said the man
+lived who "had the fishing" of the loch. It seems that the loch,
+including the right to fish in it, is private property, and that the
+owner of it lets the fishing to a man in the village, and that he keeps
+a boat to take visitors out to see the castle. So they went to the house
+where this man lived. They explained what they wanted at the door, and
+pretty soon a boatman came out, and went with them to the shore of the
+pond. The way was through a wide green field, that had been formed out
+of the bottom of the loch, by drawing off the water. When they came to
+the shore they found a small pier there, with a boat fastened to it.
+There was a small boat house near the pier. The boatman brought some
+oars out of the boat house, and put them in the boat, and then they all
+got in.
+
+The morning was calm, and the loch was very smooth, and the boat glided
+along very gently over the water. There was a great curve in the shore
+near the pier, so that for some time the boat, though headed directly
+for the island, which was in the middle of the loch, moved parallel to
+the shore, and very near it. There was a smooth and beautiful green
+field all the way along the shore, which sloped down gently to the
+margin of the water. Beyond this field, which was not wide, there was a
+road, and beyond the road there was a wall. Over the wall were to be
+seen the trees of a great park; and presently the boat came opposite to
+the gateway, through which the boys could see, as they sailed by, a
+large and handsome stone house, or castle. The boatman said it was not
+inhabited, because the owner of it was not yet of age.
+
+After passing the house they came, before long, to the end of these
+grounds, which formed a point projecting into the lake. There was a
+small and very ancient-looking burying ground on the point. This burying
+ground will be referred to hereafter; so do not forget it.
+
+After passing this point of land, the boat, in her course towards the
+castle, came out into the open loch--the little island on which the
+ruins of the castle stand being in full view.
+
+There was, however, yet a pretty broad sheet of open water to pass
+before reaching the island.
+
+[Illustration: LOCH LEVEN.]
+
+"Now we have passed Cape Race," said Waldron, "and are striking out into
+the open sea."
+
+Cape Race is the southern cape of Newfoundland, and is the last land to
+be seen on the American coast, in crossing the Atlantic.
+
+After about a quarter of an hour, the boat began to approach the shores
+of the little island. And now the great square tower, and the rampart
+wall connected with it, came plainly in sight. There were a few very
+large and old trees overhanging the ruins, and all the rest of the
+island was covered with a dense grove of young trees. The boat came up
+to the land, and Mr. George and the boys stepped out of it upon a sort
+of jetty, formed of stones loosely thrown together. There was a path
+leading through the grass, and among the trees, towards the ruins of the
+castle.
+
+The castle consisted, when it was entire, of a square area enclosed in a
+high wall, with various buildings along the inner side of it. The
+principal of these buildings was the square tower. This was in one
+corner of the enclosure. At the opposite corner of the enclosure were
+the ruins of a smaller tower, hexagonal in its form. The square tower
+contained the principal apartments occupied by the family that resided
+in the castle. The hexagonal one contained the rooms where Queen Mary
+was imprisoned.
+
+Then, besides these structures, there were several other buildings
+within the area, though they are now gone almost entirely to ruin. There
+was a chapel, for religious services and worship; there were ovens for
+baking, and a brewery for brewing beer. The guide showed Mr. George and
+the boys the places where these buildings stood; though nothing was left
+of them now but the rude ranges of stone which marked the foundations of
+them. Indeed, throughout the whole interior of the area enclosed by the
+castle wall there was nothing to be seen but stones and heaps of
+rubbish, all overgrown with rank grass, and tall wild-flowers, and
+overshadowed by the wide-spreading limbs and dense foliage of several
+enormous trees, that had by chance sprung up since the castle went to
+ruin. It was a very mournful spectacle.
+
+The boys walked directly across the area, towards the hexagonal tower,
+in order to see the place where Queen Mary escaped by climbing out of
+the window.
+
+Mr. George had thought that Waldron would not succeed in obtaining any
+satisfactory information from the guide in respect to the circumstances
+of Queen Mary's escape; for, generally, the guides who show these old
+places in England and Scotland know little more than a certain lesson,
+which they have learned by rote. But the guides who show the Castle of
+Loch Leven seem to me exceptions to this rule. I have visited the place
+two or three times, at intervals of many years, and the guides who have
+conducted me to the spot have always been very intelligent and
+well-informed young men, and have seemed to possess a very clear and
+comprehensive understanding of the events of Queen Mary's life. At any
+rate, the guide in this instance gave Waldron and Rollo a very good
+account of the escape; separating in his narrative, in a very
+discriminating manner, those things which are known, on good historical
+evidence, to be true, from those which rest only on the authority of
+traditionary legends. He gave his account, too, in a very gentle tone of
+voice, and with a Scotch accent, which seemed so appropriate to the
+place and to the occasion that it imparted to his conversation a
+peculiar charm.
+
+"The country was divided in those days," said he, "and some of the
+nobles were for the poor queen, and some were against her. The owner of
+this castle was Lady Douglass, and she was against her; and so they sent
+Mary here, for Lady Douglass to keep her safely, while they arranged a
+new government.
+
+"But she made her escape by this window, which I will show ye."
+
+So saying, the guide led the way up two or three old, time-worn, and
+dilapidated steps, into the hexagonal tower. The tower was small--being,
+apparently, not more than twelve feet diameter within. The floors,
+except the lower one, and also the roof, were entirely gone, so that as
+soon as you entered you could look up to the sky.
+
+The walls were very thick, so that there was room, not only for deep
+fireplaces, but also for closets and for a staircase, in them. You
+could see the openings for these closets, and also various loopholes and
+windows, at different heights. The top of the wall was all broken away,
+and so were the sills of the windows; and little tufts of grass and of
+wall flowers were to be seen, here and there, growing out of clefts and
+crevices. There were also rows of small square holes to be seen, at
+different heights, where the ends of the timbers had been inserted, to
+form the floors of the several stories.
+
+"This was the window where she is supposed to have got out," said the
+guide.
+
+So saying, he pointed to a large opening in the wall, on the outer side,
+where there had once, evidently, been a window.
+
+The boys went to the place, and looked out. They saw beneath the window
+a smooth, green lawn, with the young trees which had been planted
+growing luxuriantly upon it.
+
+"I suppose," said Mr. George, "that before the lake was lowered the
+water came up close under the window."
+
+"Yes, sir," said the guide; "and if you stand upon the sill, and look
+down, you will see a course of projecting stone at the foot of the wall
+which was laid to meet the wash of the water."
+
+"Let me see," said Waldron, eagerly.
+
+So saying, Waldron advanced by the side of Mr. George, and looked down.
+By leaning over pretty far he could see the course of stone very
+distinctly that the guide had referred to.
+
+"Who brought the boat here for Mary to go away in?" asked Waldron.
+
+"Young Douglass," said the guide, "Lady Douglass's son. He was a young
+lad, only eighteen years old. His mother was Queen Mary's enemy; but
+_he_ pitied her, and became her friend, and he devised this way to
+assist her to escape. There was a plan devised before this, by his
+brother. His name was George Douglass. The one who came in the boat was
+William. George's plan was for Mary to go on shore in the disguise of a
+laundress. The laundress came over to the island from the shore in a
+boat, to bring the linen; and while she was in Mary's room Mary
+exchanged clothes with her, and attempted to go on shore in the boat
+with the empty basket. But the boatmen happened to notice her hand,
+which was very delicate and white, and they knew that such a hand as
+that could never belong to a real laundress. So they made her lift up
+her veil, and thus she was discovered."
+
+"That was very curious," said Waldron.
+
+"It is supposed," said the guide, "that this floor, where we stand, was
+Mary's drawing room, and the floor above was her bed chamber. The
+staircase where she went up is _there_, in the wall."
+
+"Let's go up," said Rollo.
+
+So Rollo and Waldron went up the stairway. It was very narrow, and
+rather steep, and the steps were much worn away. When the boys reached
+the top they came to an opening, through which they could look down to
+where Mr. George and the guide were standing below; though, of course,
+they could not go out; for the floor in the second story was entirely
+gone.
+
+"There was a room above the bed chamber," said the guide, "as we see by
+the windows and the fireplace, but there was no stairway to it from
+Queen Mary's apartments. The only access to it was through that door,
+which leads in from the top of the rampart wall. And there is another
+room below, and partly under ground. That is the room where Walter Scott
+represents the false keys to have been forged."
+
+"What false keys?" asked Waldron.
+
+"Why, the story is," said the guide, "that young Douglass had false keys
+made, to resemble the true ones as nearly as possible, so as to deceive
+his mother. He then contrived to get the true ones away from his mother,
+and put the false ones in their place. I will show you where he did
+this, and explain how he did it, when we go into the square tower."
+
+"Let us go now," said Waldron.
+
+So they all went across the court yard, and approached the square tower.
+The guide explained to the boys that formerly the entrance was in the
+second story, through an opening in the wall, which he showed them. The
+way to get up to this opening was by a step ladder, which could be let
+down or drawn up by the people within, by means of chains coming down
+from a window above. The step ladder was, of course, entirely gone; but
+deep grooves were to be seen in the sill of the upper window, which had
+been worn by the chains in letting down and drawing up the ladder.
+
+To accommodate modern visitors a flight of loose stone steps had been
+laid outside the square tower, leading to a window in the lower story of
+it. Mr. George and the boys ascended these steps and went in. The lower
+room was the kitchen, and they were all much interested and amused in
+looking at the very strange and curious fixtures and contrivances which
+remained there--the memorials of the domestic usages of those ancient
+times.
+
+In a corner of the room was a flight of steps, built in the thickness of
+the wall, leading to the story above. This was the dining room and
+parlor of the castle.
+
+"It was here," said the guide, "according to the story of Walter Scott,
+that Douglass contrived to get possession of the castle keys. There was
+a window on one side of the room, from which there was a view, across
+the water of the lake, of the burying ground already mentioned. Lady
+Douglass, like almost every body else in those times, was somewhat
+superstitious, and William arranged it with a page that he was to
+pretend to see what was called a corpse light, moving about in the
+burying ground; and while his mother went to see, he shifted the keys
+which she had left upon the table, taking the true ones himself, and
+leaving the false ones in their place.
+
+"That is the story which Sir Walter Scott relates," said the guide; "but
+I am not sure that there is any historical authority for it."
+
+"And what became of Queen Mary, after she escaped in the boat?" asked
+Waldron.
+
+"O, there were several of her friends," said the guide, "waiting for her
+on the shore of the loch where she was to land, and they hurried her
+away on horseback to a castle in the south of Scotland, and there they
+gathered an army for her, to defend her rights."
+
+After this the boys looked down through a trap door, which led to a
+dark dungeon, where it is supposed that prisoners were sometimes
+confined. They rambled about the ruins for some time longer, and then
+they returned to the boat, and came back to the shore. When they arrived
+at the pier they paid the boatman his customary fee, which was about a
+dollar and a quarter, and then began to walk up towards the inn.
+
+"Well, boys," said Mr. George, "how did you like it?"
+
+"Very much indeed," said Waldron. "It is the best old castle I ever
+saw."
+
+"You will like the Palace of Holyrood better, I think," said Mr. George.
+
+"Where is that?" asked Rollo.
+
+"At Edinburgh," said Mr. George. "It is the place where Mary lived. We
+shall see the little room there where they murdered her poor secretary,
+David Rizzio."
+
+"What did they murder him for?" asked Waldron.
+
+"O, you will see when you come to read the history," said Mr. George.
+"It is a very curious story."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+EDINBURGH.
+
+
+From Loch Leven Castle our party returned in the coach to the railway
+station, and thence proceeded to Edinburgh. They crossed the Frith of
+Forth by a ferry, at a place where it was about five miles wide.
+
+Edinburgh is considered one of the most remarkable cities in the world,
+in respect to the picturesqueness of its situation. It stands upon and
+among a very extraordinary group of steep hills and deep valleys. A part
+of it is very ancient, and another part is quite modern, so that in
+describing it, it is often said that it consists of the old town and the
+new town. But it seems to me that a more obvious distinction would be,
+to divide it into the upper town and the lower town; for there are
+almost literally two towns, one upon the top of the other. The upper
+town is built on the hills. The lower one lies in the valleys. The
+streets of the upper town are connected by bridges; and when you stand
+upon one of these bridges, and look down, you see a street instead of a
+river below, with ranges of strange and antique-looking buildings on
+each side, for banks, and a current of men, women, and children flowing
+along, instead of water.
+
+The different portions of the lower town, on the other hand, are
+connected by tunnels and arched passage ways under the bridges above
+described; and then there are flights of steps, and steep winding or
+zigzag paths, leading up and down between the lower streets and the
+upper, in the most surprising manner.
+
+There are twenty places, more or less, in the town, where you have two
+streets crossing each other at right angles, one fifty feet below the
+other, with an immense traffic of horses, carriages, carts, and foot
+passengers, going to and fro in both of them. You come upon these places
+sometimes very unexpectedly. You are walking along on the pavement of a
+crowded street, when you come suddenly upon the break, or interruption
+in the line of building on each side. The space is occupied by a
+parapet, or by a high iron balustrade. You stop to look over, expecting
+to see a river or a canal; instead of which, you find yourself looking
+down into the chimneys of four-story houses bordering another street
+below you, which is so far down that the people walking in it, and the
+children playing on the sidewalk, look like pygmies.
+
+At one place, in looking over the parapet of such a bridge, you see a
+vast market, with carts filled with vegetables standing all around it.
+At another, you behold a great railway station, with crowds of
+passengers on the platforms, and trains of cars coming and going; at
+another, a range of beautiful gardens and pleasure grounds, with ladies
+and gentlemen walking in them, or sitting on seats under the trees, and
+children trundling their hoops, or rolling their balls, over the smooth
+gravel walks.
+
+Sometimes a street of the upper town, running along on the crest or side
+of a hill, lies _parallel_ with one in the lower town, that extends
+below it in the valley. In this case the block of houses that comes
+between will be very high indeed on the side towards the lower street;
+so that you see buildings sometimes eight or ten stories high at one
+front, and only four or five on the other. These structures consist, in
+fact, of two houses, one on top of the other; the entrances to the lower
+house being from one of the streets of the lower town, and those leading
+to the one on the top being from a street in the upper town.
+
+The reason why Edinburgh was built in this extraordinary position was,
+because it had its origin in a castle on a rock. This rock, with the
+castle that crowns the summit of it, rears its lofty head now in the
+very centre of the town, with deep valleys all around it. This rock, or
+rather rocky hill,--for it is nearly a mile in circumference,--is very
+steep on all sides but one. On that side there is a gradual slope, a
+mile or more in length, leading down to the level country. A great many
+centuries ago the military chieftains of those days built the castle on
+the hill. About the same time the monks built a monastery on the level
+ground at the foot of the long slope leading down from the castle. The
+rocky hill was an excellent place for the castle, for there was a
+hundred feet of almost perpendicular precipice on all sides but one, and
+on that side there was a convenient slope for the people who lived in
+the castle to go up and down; and thus, by fortifying this side, and
+making slight walls on all the other sides, the whole place would be
+very secure. The level ground below, too, was a very good place for the
+monastery or abbey; for it was easily accessible from all the country
+around, and was, moreover, in the midst of a region of fertile land,
+easy for the lay brethren to till. There was no necessity that the abbey
+should be in a fortified place, for such establishments were considered
+sacred in those days, and even in the most furious wars they were seldom
+molested.
+
+In process of time a palace was built by the side of the abbey. This
+palace and a part of the ruins of the abbey still remain. Of course,
+when the palace was built, a town would gradually grow up near it. Many
+noblemen of the realm came and built houses along the street which led
+from the palace up to the castle--now called High Street. The fronts of
+these houses were on the street, and the gardens behind them extended
+down the slopes of the ridge on both sides, into the deep valleys that
+bordered them. Little lanes were left between these houses, leading down
+the slopes; but they were closed at the bottom by a wall, which was
+built along at the foot of the descent on each side, and formed the
+enclosure of the town.
+
+In process of time the town extended down into these valleys, and then
+to the other hills beyond them. Then bridges were built here and there
+across the valleys, to lead from one hill to another, and tunnels and
+other subterranean passages were made, to connect one valley with
+another, until, finally, the town assumed the very extraordinary
+appearance which it now presents to view. Besides the hills within the
+town, there are some very large and high ones just beyond the limits of
+it. One of these is called Arthur's Seat, and is quite a little
+mountain. The path leading to the top of it runs along upon the crest of
+a remarkable range of precipices, called Salisbury Crags. These
+precipices face towards the town, and together with the lofty summit of
+Arthur's Seat, which rises immediately behind them, form a very
+conspicuous object from a great many points of view in and around the
+town.
+
+Unfortunately, however, none of this exceedingly picturesque scenery
+could be seen to advantage by our party, on the day that they arrived in
+Edinburgh, on account of the rain. All that they knew was, that they
+came into the town by a tunnel, and when they left the train at the
+station they were at the bottom of so deep a valley that they had to
+ascend to the third story before they could get out, and then they had
+to go up a hill to get to the street in which the hotel was situated.
+
+The name of this street was Prince's Street. It lay along the margin of
+one of the Edinburgh hills, overlooking a long valley, which extended
+between it and Castle Hill, on which the town was first built. There
+were no houses in this street on the side towards the valley, but there
+were several bridges leading across the valley, as if it had been a
+river. Beyond the valley were to be seen the backs of the houses in
+High Street, which looked like a range of cliffs, divided by vertical
+chasms and seams, and blackened by time. At one end of the hill was the
+castle rock, crowned with the towers, and bastions, and battlemented
+walls of the ancient fortress.
+
+The boys went directly to their rooms when they arrived at the hotel,
+and while Mr. George was unstrapping and opening his valise, Waldron and
+Rollo went to look out at the window, to see what they could see.
+
+"Well, boys," said Mr. George, "how does it look?"
+
+"It looks rainy," said Rollo. "But we can see something."
+
+"What can you see?" asked Mr. George.
+
+"We can see the castle on the hill," said Rollo. "At least, I suppose it
+is the castle. It is right before us, across the valley, with a
+precipice of rocks all around it, on every side but one. There is a
+zigzag wall running round on the top of the precipices, close to the
+brink of them. If a man could climb up the rocks he could not get in,
+after all."
+
+"And what is there inside the wall?" asked Mr. George.
+
+"O, there are ever so many buildings," said Rollo--"great stone forts,
+and barracks, and bastions, rising up one above another, and watch
+towers on the angles of the walls. I can see one, two, three watch
+towers. I should like to be in one of them. I could look over the whole
+city, and all the country around.
+
+"I can see some portholes, with guns pointing out,--and--O, and now I
+see a monstrous great gun, looking over this way, from one of the
+highest platforms. I believe it is a gun."
+
+"I suppose it must be Mons Meg," said Mr. George.
+
+"Mons Meg?" repeated Rollo. "I'll get a glass and see."
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George. "There is a very famous old gun in Edinburgh
+Castle, named Mons Meg. I think it may be that."
+
+"I can't see very plain," said Rollo, "the air is so thick with the
+rain; but it is a monstrous gun."
+
+Just at this time the waiter came into the room to ask the party if they
+would have any thing to eat.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "we will. Go down with the waiter, boys, and see
+what there is, and order a good supper. I will come down in fifteen
+minutes."
+
+So the boys went down, and in fifteen minutes Mr. George followed. He
+found the supper table ready in a corner of the coffee room, and Rollo
+sitting by it alone.
+
+"Where is Waldron?" asked Mr. George.
+
+"He's gone to the circulating library," said Rollo.
+
+"The circulating library?" repeated Mr. George.
+
+"He has gone to get a book about the history of Scotland," said Rollo.
+"We have been reading in the guide book about the castle, and Waldron
+says he wants to know something more about the kings, and the battles
+they fought."
+
+"How does he know there is any circulating library?" asked Mr. George.
+
+"He asked the waiter," said Rollo, "and the waiter told him where there
+was one. He said he would try to be back before the supper was ready,
+and that we must not wait for him if he did not come."
+
+"He ought to have asked me if I was willing that he should go," said Mr.
+George.
+
+In a few minutes Waldron came in with two pretty big books under his
+arm. They were covered with paper, in the manner usual with the books of
+circulating libraries. Waldron advanced to the supper table, and laid
+the books down upon it with an air of great satisfaction.
+
+"Then you found a circulating library," said Mr. George.
+
+"Yes, sir," said Waldron, "and I have got two volumes of the history of
+the great men of Scotland."
+
+"What did you get two volumes for?" asked Mr. George.
+
+"One for Rollo and one for me," said Waldron. "They are for us to read
+this evening, because it rains."
+
+"Well," said Mr. George, after a moment's pause. "I am very glad to find
+that you take an interest in reading about Scotland; but you ought to
+have asked me, before you went away to get books from a circulating
+library."
+
+Waldron paused a moment on hearing this remark, and his countenance
+assumed a very serious expression.
+
+"So I ought," said he. "I did not think of that. And now, if you think I
+had better, I will go and carry them right back."
+
+"No," said Mr. George, "I don't wish you to carry them back. But I
+should not have thought they would have intrusted such books to you--a
+perfect stranger--and a boy besides."
+
+"I made a deposit," said Waldron.
+
+Just at this time the waiter brought the supper to the table, and the
+party, being all hungry, set themselves to the work of eating it.
+
+"You see," said Waldron, when they had nearly finished their supper, "I
+thought we should want something to do this evening; it rains, and we
+can't go out."
+
+"What time in the evening do you suppose it is?" asked Mr. George.
+
+"Why, it is not near dark yet," said Waldron.
+
+"True," said Mr. George; "but it is almost ten o'clock."
+
+"O Mr. George!" exclaimed Waldron.
+
+"It is half past nine, at any rate," said Mr. George.
+
+The boys were greatly surprised at hearing this. They were very slow in
+learning to keep in mind how late the sun goes down in the middle of
+June in these extreme northern latitudes.
+
+However, on this occasion it was dark earlier than usual, on account of
+the clouds and the rain; and the waiter came to light the gas over the
+table where our party were at supper, before they finished their meal,
+although it was only a little more than half past nine. This made it
+very bright and cheerful in the corner, and Mr. George proposed that
+they should all stay there one hour. "I will write," said he, "and you
+may read in your books. We will stay here till half past ten, and then,
+after you have gone to bed, you can talk yourselves to sleep by telling
+each other what you have read about in your books."
+
+This plan was carried into effect. Mr. George wrote, and the boys read,
+by the light of the gas for an hour. Then Mr. George put away his
+papers, and said it was time to go to bed. When the boys went to their
+bedroom they found two narrow beds in it, one in each corner of the
+room. Waldron took one of them, and Rollo the other. When both the boys
+were in bed they commenced conversation in respect to what they had been
+reading.
+
+"Come, Waldron," said Rollo, "tell me what you have been reading about."
+
+"No," said Waldron, "you must begin."
+
+"Well," said Rollo, "I read about King James the First. There have been
+a good many King Jameses in Scotland."
+
+"Yes," said Waldron, "six."
+
+"This was King James the First. He was a bad king. He oppressed his
+people, and they determined to kill him. So they banded together and
+made a plot. They were going to kill him in a monastery where he stopped
+on a journey.
+
+"He was going over a river just before he came to the monastery, and a
+woman, who pretended to be a prophetess, called out to him as he went
+by towards the bank of the river, and told him to beware, for if he
+crossed that river he would certainly be killed. The king was very
+superstitious; so he sent one of his men back to ask the woman what she
+meant. The man came to him again very soon, and said that it was nothing
+but an old drunken woman raving, and that he must not mind her. So the
+king went on.
+
+"He crossed the water, and went to the monastery. The conspirators were
+there before him. The leader of them was a man named Graham. He had
+three hundred Highlanders with him. They were all concealed in the
+neighborhood of the monastery. They were going to break into the king's
+room in the monastery, at night, and kill him. They found out the room
+where he was going to sleep, and they took off the bolts from the doors,
+so as to keep them from fastening them.
+
+"The woman that had met the king on the way followed him to the
+monastery, and wanted to see the king. They told her she could not see
+him. She said she _must_ see him. They told her that at any rate she
+could not see him then--he was tired with his journey. She must go away,
+they said, and come the next day. So she went away; but she told them
+they would all be sorry for not letting her in."
+
+"Do you suppose she really knew," asked Waldron, "that they were going
+to kill the king?"
+
+"I don't know," said Rollo. "At any rate, she seemed very much in
+earnest about warning him."
+
+"Well; go on with the story," said Waldron.
+
+"Why, the conspirators broke into the room that night just as the king
+was going to bed. He was sitting near the fire, in his gown and
+slippers, talking with the queen and the other ladies that were there,
+when, all at once, he heard a terrible noise at the doors of the
+monastery. It was the conspirators trying to get in."
+
+"Why did not they come right in," asked Waldron, "if the doors were not
+fastened?"
+
+"Why, I suppose there were guards, or something, outside, that tried to
+prevent them. At any rate, the king heard a frightful noise, like
+clattering and jingling of armor, and of men trying to get in. He and
+the women who were there ran to the door and tried to fasten it; but the
+bolts and bars were gone. So the king told them to hold the door with
+all their strength, till he could find something to fasten it with. The
+king went to the window, and tried to tear off an iron stanchion there
+was there, but he could not. Then he saw a trap door in the floor, which
+led down to a kind of dark dungeon. So he took the tongs and pried up
+the door, and jumped down.
+
+"By the time that he got down, and the door was shut over him, the
+conspirators came in, and began to look all about for him; but they
+could not find him. I suppose they did not see the trap door. Or,
+perhaps, the women had covered it over with something."
+
+"Well, and what did they do?" asked Waldron.
+
+"Why, they were dreadfully angry because they could not find the king,
+and some of them were going to kill the queen; but the rest would not
+let them. But there was one of the women that got her arm broken."
+
+"How?" asked Waldron.
+
+"She did it somehow or other holding the door. I suppose she got it
+wedged in some way. She was a countess.
+
+"After a while," continued Rollo, "the men went away to look in some of
+the other rooms of the monastery, and see if they could not find the
+king there. As soon as they were gone the king wanted to get out of the
+dungeon. The women opened the trap door, but he could not reach up high
+enough to get out. So he told them to go and get some sheets and let
+them down, for ropes to pull him up by.
+
+"They brought the sheets, and while they were letting them down, and
+trying to get the king out, one of the ladies fell down herself into the
+hole. So there were two to get up; and while the others were trying to
+get them up, the conspirators came in again."
+
+"Hoh!" said Waldron.
+
+"One of them had a torch," said Rollo, continuing his narrative. "He
+brought the torch and held it down the trap door, and presently he
+caught sight of the king. So he called out to the other conspirators
+that he had found him, and they all came round the place, with their
+swords, and daggers, and knives in their hands.
+
+"One of them let himself down into the dungeon. He had a great knife in
+his hand for a dagger. But the king seized him the instant he came down,
+got his knife away from him, and pinned him to the ground. The king was
+a very strong man. Immediately another man came down, and the king
+seized him, and held him down in the same way. Next Graham himself came
+with a sword. He stabbed the king with his sword, and so disabled him.
+The king then began to beg for his life, and Graham did not seem to like
+to strike him again. But the other conspirators, who were looking down
+through the trap door, said if he did not do it they would kill _him_.
+So at last he stabbed the king again, and killed him."
+
+When Rollo had finished the story he paused, expecting that Waldron
+would say something in relation to it.
+
+"Is that all?" said Waldron, after waiting a moment. He spoke, however,
+in a very sleepy tone of voice.
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "that is all. Now tell me your story."
+
+Waldron began; but he seemed very sleepy, and he had advanced only a
+very little way before his words began to grow incoherent and faltering,
+and very soon Rollo perceived that he was going to sleep. Indeed, Rollo
+himself was beginning to feel sleepy, too; so he said,--
+
+"No matter, Waldron. You can tell me your story to-morrow."
+
+In five minutes from that time both the boys were fast asleep.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII.
+
+THE PALACE OF HOLYROOD.
+
+
+While Mr. George and the boys were in Edinburgh, they went one day to
+visit the Palace of Holyrood, and they were extremely interested in what
+they saw there. This palace stands, as has already been stated, on a
+plain, not far from the foot of a long slope which leads up to the
+castle.
+
+As long as Scotland remained an independent kingdom, the Palace of
+Holyrood was the principal residence of the royal family. Queen Mary was
+the last of the Scottish sovereigns--that is, she was the last that
+reigned over Scotland alone--for her son, James VI., succeeded to the
+throne of England, as well as to that of Scotland. The reason of this
+was, that the English branch of the royal line failed, and he was the
+next heir. So he became James the First of England, while he still
+remained James the Sixth of Scotland. And from this time forward the
+kings of England and Scotland were one.
+
+Mary, therefore, was the last of the exclusively Scottish line. She
+lived at Holyrood as long as she was allowed to live any where in peace;
+and on account of certain very peculiar circumstances which occurred
+just before the time that she left the palace, her rooms were never
+occupied after she left them, but have remained to this day in the same
+state, and with almost the same furniture in them as at the hour when
+she went away. These rooms are called Queen Mary's rooms, and almost
+every body who visits Scotland goes to see them.
+
+The reason why the rooms which Mary occupied in the Palace of Holyrood
+were left as they were, and never occupied by any other person after
+Mary went away, was principally that a dreadful murder was committed
+there just before Mary quitted them. This, of course, connected very
+gloomy associations with the palace; and while great numbers of persons
+were eager to go and see the place where the man was killed, few would
+be willing to live there. The consequence has been, that the apartments
+have been vacant of occupants ever since, though they are filled all the
+time with a perpetually flowing stream of visitors. The circumstances of
+the murder were very extraordinary. Mr. George explained the case
+briefly to the boys during their visit to the palace, as we shall
+presently see.
+
+On leaving the hotel they went for a little way along Prince's Street.
+On one side of the street there was a row of stores, hotels, and other
+such buildings, as in Broadway, in New York. On the other side extended
+the long and deep valley which lies between Prince's Street and Castle
+Hill. The valley was crossed by various bridges, and beyond it were to
+be seen the backs of the lofty houses of High Street, rising tier above
+tier to a great height, looking, as has already been said, like a range
+of stupendous cliffs, lifting their crests to the sky.
+
+There were scarcely any buildings on the valley side of the street,
+except one or two edifices of an ornamental or public character. One of
+these was the celebrated monument to Sir Walter Scott.
+
+[Illustration: SCOTT'S MONUMENT.]
+
+The party paused a short time before this monument, and then went on.
+They passed by one or two bridges that led across the valley, and also,
+at one place, a broad flight of steps, that went down, with many
+turnings, from landing to landing, to the railway station in the valley.
+At last they came to the bridge where they were to cross the valley.
+They stopped on the middle of the bridge, to look down. They saw streets
+far below them, and a market, and trains of railway carriages coming and
+going, and beyond, at some distance, an extensive range of pleasure
+grounds, with ladies and gentlemen rambling about them, and groups of
+children playing. These pleasure grounds extended some way up the slope
+of the Castle Hill. Indeed, the upper walks lay close along under the
+foot of the precipices on which the castle walls were built above.
+
+After passing the bridge, Mr. George and the boys went on, until, at
+length, they came to High Street; which is the great central street of
+ancient Edinburgh, leading from the palace and abbey on the plain up to
+the castle on the hill. There, if they had turned to the right, they
+would have gone up to the castle; but they turned to the left, and so
+descended towards the palace, on the plain.
+
+At length they reached the foot of the descent, and then, at a turn in
+the street, the palace came suddenly into view.
+
+There was a broad paved area in front of it. In the centre of the
+building was a large arched doorway, with a sentry box on each side. At
+each of these sentry boxes stood a soldier on guard. All the royal
+palaces of England are guarded thus. There was a cab, that had brought a
+company of visitors to see the castle, standing near the centre of the
+square, by a great statue that was there. Another cab drove up just at
+the time that Mr. George arrived, and a party of visitors got out of it.
+All the new comers went in under the archway together. The soldiers paid
+no attention to them whatever.
+
+The arched passage way led into a square court, with a piazza extending
+all around it. The visitors turned to the left, and walked along under
+the piazza till they came to the corner, where there was a little
+office, and a man at the window of it to give them tickets. They paid
+sixpence apiece for their tickets.
+
+After getting their tickets they walked on under the piazza a little way
+farther, till at length they came to a door, and a broad stone
+staircase, leading up into the palace, and they all went in and began to
+ascend the stairs.
+
+At the head of the stairs they passed through a wide door, which led
+into a room where they saw visitors, that had gone in before them,
+walking about. They were met at the door by a well-dressed man, who
+received them politely, and asked them to walk in.
+
+"This, gentlemen," said he, "was Lord Darnley's audience chamber. That,"
+he continued, pointing through an open door at the side, "was his
+bedroom; and there," pointing to another small door on the other side,
+"was the passage way leading up to Queen Mary's apartments."
+
+Having said this, the attendant turned away to answer some questions
+asked him by the other visitors, leaving Mr. George and the boys, for
+the moment, to look about the rooms by themselves.
+
+The rooms were large, but the interior finishing of them was very plain.
+The walls were hung with antique-looking pictures. The furniture, too,
+looked very ancient and venerable.
+
+"Who was Lord Darnley?" asked Waldron.
+
+"He was Queen Mary's husband," replied Mr. George.
+
+"Then he was the king, I suppose," said Waldron.
+
+"No," replied Mr. George, "not at all. A king is one who inherits the
+throne in his own right. When the throne descends to a woman, she is the
+queen; but if she marries, her husband does not become king."
+
+"What is he then?" said Waldron.
+
+"Nothing but the queen's husband," said Mr. George.
+
+"Hoh!" exclaimed Waldron, in a tone of contempt.
+
+"He does not acquire any share of the queen's power," continued Mr.
+George, "because he marries her. She is the sovereign alone afterwards
+just as much as before."
+
+"And so I suppose," said Rollo, "that when a king marries, the lady that
+he marries does not become a queen."
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George, "the rule does not seem to work both ways. A
+lady who marries a king is always called a queen; though, after all, she
+acquires no share of the royal power. She is a queen in name only. But
+let us hear what this man is explaining to the visitors about the
+paintings and the furniture."
+
+So they advanced to the part of the room where the attendant was
+standing, with two or three ladies and gentlemen, who were looking at
+one of the old pictures that were hanging on the wall. It was a picture
+of Queen Mary when she was fifteen years old. The dress was very quaint
+and queer, and the picture seemed a good deal faded; but the face wore a
+very sweet and charming expression.
+
+"I think she was a very pretty girl," whispered Waldron in Rollo's ear.
+
+"She was in France at that time," said the attendant, "and the picture,
+if it is an original, must have been painted there, and she must have
+brought it with her to Scotland, on her return from that country. She
+brought a great deal with her on her return. There were several vessel
+loads of furniture, paintings, &c. The tapestry in the bedroom was
+brought. It was wrought at the Gobelins."
+
+Mr. George went into the bedroom, to look at the tapestry. Two sides of
+the room were hung with it.
+
+"It looks like a carpet hung on the walls," said Waldron.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George; "a richly embroidered carpet."
+
+The figures on the tapestry consisted of groups of horsemen, elegantly
+equipped and caparisoned. The horses were prancing about in a very
+spirited manner. The whole work looked very dingy, and the colors were
+very much faded; but it was evident that it must have been very splendid
+in its day.
+
+After looking at the tapestry, and at the various articles of quaint and
+queer old furniture in this room, the company followed the attendant
+into another apartment.
+
+"This," said he, "is the room where Lord Darnley, Ruthven, and the rest,
+held their consultation and formed their plans for the murder of Rizzio;
+and _there_ is the door leading to the private stairway where they went
+up. You cannot go up that way now, but you will see where they came out
+above when you go up into Queen Mary's apartments."
+
+"Let us go now," said Waldron.
+
+"Well," said Mr. George, "and then we can come into these rooms again
+when we come down."
+
+So Mr. George and the boys walked back, through Lord Darnley's rooms, to
+the place where they came in. Here they saw that the same broad flight
+of stone stairs, by which they had come up from the court below,
+continued to ascend to the upper stories. There was a painted
+inscription on a board there, too, saying, "To Queen Mary's apartments,"
+with a hand pointing up the staircase. So they knew that that was the
+way they must go.
+
+As they went up, both Rollo and Waldron asked Mr. George to explain to
+them something about the murder, so that they might know a little what
+they were going to see.
+
+"Well," said Mr. George, "I will. Let us sit down here, and I will tell
+you as much as I can tell in five minutes. Really to understand the
+whole affair, you would have to read as much as you could read in a
+week. And I assure you it is an exceedingly interesting and entertaining
+story.
+
+"Darnley, you know, was the queen's husband. Her first husband was the
+young Prince of France; but he died before Queen Mary came home. So that
+when she came home she was a widow; very young, and exceedingly
+beautiful. There is a very beautiful painting of her, I am told, in the
+castle."
+
+"Let us go and see it," said Waldron.
+
+"To-morrow," said Mr. George.
+
+"After Queen Mary had been in Scotland some little time," continued Mr.
+George, "she was married again to this Lord Darnley. He was an English
+prince. The whole story of her first becoming acquainted with Darnley,
+and how the marriage was brought about, is extremely interesting; but I
+have not time now to tell it to you.
+
+"After they were married they lived together for a time very happily;
+but at length some causes of difficulty and dissension occurred between
+them. Darnley was not contented to be merely the queen's husband. He
+wanted, also, to be king."
+
+"I don't blame him," said Waldron.
+
+"I should have thought," said Rollo, "that Mary would have been willing
+that he should be king."
+
+"Very likely she might have been willing herself," said Mr. George, "but
+her people were not willing. There were a great many powerful nobles and
+chieftains in the kingdom, and about her court, and they took sides,
+one way and the other, and there was a great deal of trouble. It is a
+long story, and I can't tell you half of it, now. What made the matter
+worse was, that Darnley, finding he could not have every thing his own
+way, began to be very harsh and cruel in his treatment of Mary. This
+made Mary very unhappy, and caused her to live a great deal in
+retirement, with a few near and intimate friends, who treated her with
+kindness and sympathy.
+
+"One of these was David Rizzio, the man who was murdered. He was one of
+the officers of the court. His office was private secretary. He was a
+great deal older than Mary, and it seems he was an excellent man for his
+office. He used to write for the queen when it was necessary, and
+perform other such duties; and as he was very gentle and kind in his
+disposition, and took a great interest in every thing that concerned the
+queen, Mary became, at last, quite attached to him, and considered him
+as one of her best friends. At last Lord Darnley and his party became
+very jealous of him. They thought that he had a great deal too much
+influence over the queen. It was as if he were the prime minister, they
+said, while they, the old nobles of the realm, were all set aside, as if
+they were of no consequence at all. So they determined to kill him.
+
+"They formed their plot in the room below, where we have just been. It
+was in the evening. Mary was at supper that night in a little room in
+the tower up above, where we are now going. There were two or three
+friends with her. The men went up the private stairway, and burst into
+the little supper room, and killed Rizzio on the spot."
+
+"Let us go up and see the place," said Waldron.
+
+So Mr. George rose, and followed by the boys, he led the way into Queen
+Mary's apartments.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV.
+
+QUEEN MARY'S APARTMENTS.
+
+
+Before we follow Mr. George and the boys into Queen Mary's apartments, I
+have one or two other explanations to make, in addition to the
+information which Mr. George communicated to the boys on the stairs.
+These explanations relate to the situation of Mary's apartments in the
+palace. They were in a sort of wing, which forms the extreme left of the
+front of the palace. The wing is square. It projects to the front. At
+the two corners of it, in front, are two round towers, which are
+surmounted above by short spires. As there is a similar wing at the
+right hand end of the front, with similar towers at the corners, the
+facade of the building is marked with four towers and four spires. The
+left hand portion is represented in the engraving opposite.
+
+[Illustration: THE CORNER TOWER OF THE PALACE OF HOLYROOD.]
+
+Queen Mary's rooms are in the third story, as seen in the engraving. The
+principal room is in the square part of the wing, between the two round
+towers. This was the bedroom. In the right hand tower, as seen in the
+engraving, is a small room, as large as the tower can contain, which was
+used by Mary as an oratory; that is, a little chapel for her private
+devotions. In the left hand tower was another small room, similar to the
+oratory, which Mary used as a private sitting room or boudoir. It is
+just large enough for a window and a fireplace, and for a very few
+persons to sit. It was in this little room that Mary was having supper,
+with two or three of her friends, when Darnley and his gang came up to
+murder Rizzio, who was one among them.
+
+Besides Mary's bedroom, which was in the front part of the wing, between
+the two towers, there was another large room behind it, which also
+belonged to her. Darnley's apartments were very similar to the queen's,
+only they were in the story below. It was the custom in those days, as
+it is now, indeed, in high life, for the husband and wife to have
+separate ranges of apartments, with a private passage connecting them.
+In this case the private passage leading from Darnley's apartments to
+Mary's was in the wall. It was a narrow stairway, leading up to Mary's
+bedroom, and the door where it came out was very near to the door
+leading to the little room in the tower where Mary and her friends were
+taking supper on the night of Rizzio's murder.
+
+When Mr. George and the boys reached the top of the stairs, they entered
+a large room, which, they were told by an attendant who was there to
+receive them, was Mary's audience chamber. This was the room situated
+back of the bedroom. The room itself, and every thing which it
+contained, wore a very antique and venerable appearance. The furniture
+was dilapidated, and the coverings of it were worn and moth-eaten. Very
+ancient-looking pictures were hanging on the walls. There was a large
+fireplace, with an immense movable iron grate in it. The grate was
+almost entirely worn out. The attendant who showed these rooms said that
+it was the oldest grate in Scotland. Still, it was not so old as the
+time of Mary, for it was brought into Scotland, the attendant said, by
+Charles II., who was Mary's great grandson.
+
+There was a window in a very deep recess in this room. It looked out
+upon a green park, on the side of the palace. A very ancient-looking
+table stood in this recess, which, the attendant said, was brought by
+Mary from France. The ceiling was carved and ornamented in a very
+curious manner.
+
+[Illustration: QUEEN MARY'S BEDROOM.]
+
+"And which is the door," said Waldron to the attendant, "where
+Darnley and his men came in, to murder Rizzio?"
+
+"That is in the next room," said the attendant. So saying, he pointed to
+a door, and Mr. George and the boys, and also two or three other
+visitors whom they had found in the room when they came in, went forward
+and entered the room.
+
+"This, gentlemen and ladies," said the attendant, as they went in, "was
+Queen Mary's bed chamber. The door where we are coming in was the main
+or principal entrance to it. This is the bed and bedstead, just as they
+were left when Queen Mary vacated the apartment. That door,"--pointing
+to a corner of the room diagonally opposite to where the company had
+entered,--"leads to the little boudoir[G] where Rizzio was killed, and
+that opening in the wall by the side of it, under the tapestry, is the
+place where Darnley and the other assassins came up by the private
+stair."
+
+[G] A boudoir is a small private apartment, fitted up for a lady, where
+she receives her intimate and confidential friends.
+
+A view of the room, and of the various objects which the attendant
+showing them thus pointed out to the company, may be seen in the
+engraving on the opposite page.
+
+The bedstead is seen on the right. It is surmounted by a heavy cornice,
+richly carved and gilded. This cornice, and the embroidered curtains
+that hang from it, must have been very magnificent in their day, though
+now they are faded and tattered by age. The coverings of the bed are
+also greatly decayed. Only a little shred of the blanket now remains,
+and that is laid upon the bolster. The rest of it has been gradually
+carried away by visitors, who for a long time were accustomed to pull
+off little shreds of it to take with them, as souvenirs of their visit.
+These depredations are, however, now no longer allowed. That part of the
+room is now enclosed by a cord, fastened to iron rods fixed in the
+floor, so that visitors cannot approach the bed. They are watched, too,
+very closely, wherever they go, to prevent their taking any thing away.
+They are not allowed to sit down in any of the chairs.
+
+The door in the corner of the room to the left leads into the little
+boudoir, or cabinet, where Rizzio was murdered. You can see a little way
+into this room, in the picture. Mr. George and the boys went into it.
+There was a table on the back side of it, with the armor, and also the
+gloves, and one of the boots which Darnley wore, lying upon it. The
+attendant took up a breast-plate, which formed a part of the armor, and
+let the boys lift it. It was very heavy. There was an indentation in the
+front of it, where it had been struck by a bullet. The boot, too, was
+prodigiously thick and heavy. The heel was not less than three inches
+high.
+
+There was a fireplace in this room, and over it was an altar-piece; a
+sort of picture in stone, which Mary used in her oratory, according to
+the custom of the Catholics. It had been broken to pieces and put
+together again. It was said that John Knox broke it, to show his
+abhorrence of Popery, but that the pieces were saved, and it was
+afterwards mended.
+
+There was also in this room a square stone, shaped like a block, about
+two feet long, sawed off from the end of a beam of timber. This was the
+stone that Mary knelt upon when she was crowned Queen of Scotland.
+
+To the right of the door which leads to the boudoir, under the tapestry,
+we see in the engraving the opening in the wall which leads to the
+staircase where the conspirators came up. The boys went in here and
+looked down. The stairs were very narrow, and very dark. The passage was
+closed below, so that they could not go down. In Mary's time these
+stairs not only led down to Darnley's rooms, but there was a
+continuation of them down the lower story, and thence along by a private
+way to Mary's place in the chapel of the monastery, where she used to go
+to attend divine service. She always went by this private way, so that
+nobody ever saw her go or come. They only knew that she was there by
+seeing the curtains drawn before the little compartment in the walls of
+the chapel where she was accustomed to sit.
+
+In the deep recess of the window, seen at the left in the engraving, you
+will see a tall stand, with a sort of basket on the top of it. This
+basket contained baby linen, and was sent to Mary as a present by Queen
+Elizabeth of England, at the time when Mary's child was born. This was
+the child that afterwards became King James. He was not born here,
+however. He was born in the castle. His birth took place only about
+three months after the murder of Rizzio. The basket was a very pretty
+one, and it was lined with the most costly lace, only a few remnants of
+which are, however, remaining.
+
+The attendant showed all these things to the visitors, and many more,
+which I have not time now to describe. Among the rest was a piece of
+embroidery set in the top of a workbox, which Mary herself worked. The
+top of the box was formed of a plate of glass; the embroidery was placed
+underneath it, so that it could be seen through the glass. It was old
+and faded, and the boys did not think that it was very pretty. It was,
+however, curious to see it, since Mary had worked it with her own hands;
+especially as she did it when she was a child; for the guide said she
+embroidered it when she was only about twelve years old.
+
+"She was very skilful with her needle," said the attendant. "She learned
+the art in France, at the convent where she was educated. This tapestry
+which hangs upon the wall was worked by the nuns at that convent, and it
+is said that Mary assisted them."
+
+The tapestry to which the guide referred is the same that you see in the
+engraving on the wall of the room, opposite to the observer. It hung
+down over the door leading to the private staircase.
+
+Besides the bedroom and the boudoir, there was the oratory, too; that
+is, the small room corresponding to the boudoir, in the other round
+tower. This room is not shown in the engraving, as the opening leading
+into it is on the side of the bed chamber where the spectator is
+supposed to stand. It was a very small room, like a round closet, with a
+window in it. It contained very little furniture. There were two tall,
+carved stands, to hold the candlesticks, on each side of the altar, and
+several very ancient-looking chairs. There was also a small and very
+peculiar-shaped old mirror hanging upon the wall. It had no frame, but
+the glass itself was cut into an ornamental form. This mirror was a
+great curiosity, it must be confessed; but it was past performing any
+useful function, for the silver was worn off to such an extent that it
+was very difficult to see one's face in it.
+
+After looking some time longer at Queen Mary's rooms, Mr. George and the
+boys went back again to Lord Darnley's apartments below. There they saw
+a picture of Queen Mary which they had not observed before. It
+represented her, the man said, in the dress she wore the day that she
+was beheaded. The dress was of dark silk or velvet, plain, but very
+rich. It fitted close to the form, and came up high in the neck. The
+countenance evinced the changes produced by time and grief, but it wore
+the same sweet expression that was seen in the portrait painted in her
+earlier years.
+
+"What was she beheaded for?" asked Rollo, while they were looking at
+this portrait.
+
+"She was beheaded by the government of Queen Elizabeth of England,"
+replied Mr. George. "They charged her with forming plots to dethrone
+Elizabeth, and make herself Queen of England in her place."
+
+"And did she really form the plots?" asked Waldron.
+
+"Why--yes," said Mr. George, speaking, however, in a somewhat doubtful
+tone, "yes--I suppose she did; or, at least, her friends and party did;
+she herself consenting. You see she was herself descended from an
+English king, just as Elizabeth was, and it was extremely doubtful which
+was the rightful heir. Mary, and all her friends and party, claimed that
+she was; and Elizabeth, on the other hand, insisted that _her_ claim was
+clear and unquestionable."
+
+"Which was right?" asked Waldron.
+
+"It is impossible to say," replied Mr. George. "It was such a
+complicated case that you could not decide it either way. The question
+was like a piece of changeable silk. You could make it look green or
+brown, just according to the way you looked at it. When you come to read
+the history you will see just how it was."
+
+"Yes," said Waldron, "I mean to read all about it."
+
+"After the difficulties in Scotland," continued Mr. George, "Mary's
+armies were driven across the line into England, and there Mary was
+seized and made prisoner. Elizabeth would have given her her liberty if
+she would have renounced her claims to the English crown--but this Mary
+would not do. She was kept in prison a number of years. At last some of
+her friends began to form plots to get her out, and make her Queen of
+England. She was accused of joining in these plots, and so she was
+tried, convicted, and beheaded."
+
+"And did she really join in the plots?" asked Waldron.
+
+"I presume so," said Mr. George. "I would have joined in them if I had
+been in her place."
+
+"So would I," said Waldron.
+
+"Did Queen Elizabeth order her to be beheaded?" asked Rollo.
+
+"No," said Mr. George, "not directly--or, at least, she pretended that
+she did not. She appointed some judges to go and try her, on the charge
+of treason, and the judges condemned her to death. Elizabeth might have
+saved her if she chose, but she did not; though afterwards, when she
+heard that Mary had been executed, she pretended to be in a great rage
+with those who had carried the sentence into effect, and to be deeply
+grieved at her cousin's death."
+
+"The old hag!" said Waldron.
+
+[Illustration: QUEEN ELIZABETH ON PARADE.]
+
+"Why, no," said Mr. George, "I don't know that we ought to consider her
+an old hag for this. It was human nature, that is all. She may have
+been sincere in her grief at Mary's death, while yet she consented to
+it, and even desired it, beforehand. We often wish to have a thing done,
+and yet are very sorry for it after it is done.
+
+"You see," continued Mr. George, "Queen Elizabeth was a very proud and
+ambitious woman. She was very fond of the power, and also of the pomp
+and parade of royalty; and she could not endure that any one should ever
+question her claim to the crown."
+
+"Well," said Waldron, "at any rate I am sorry for poor Mary."
+
+After this, Mr. George and the boys went down the staircase where they
+had come up, to the court, and then proceeding along the piazza to the
+back corner of it, they passed through an open door that led them to the
+ruins of the old abbey, which stood on this spot some centuries before
+the palace was built. There was nothing left of this ancient edifice but
+the walls, and some of the pillars of the chapel. The roof was gone, and
+every thing was in a state of dilapidation and ruin.
+
+There was a guide there who pointed out the place where Mary stood at
+the time of her marriage with Lord Darnley. The grass was growing on
+the spot, and above, all was open to the sky. Multitudes of birds were
+flying about, and chirping mournfully around the naked and crumbling
+walls.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV.
+
+EDINBURGH CASTLE.
+
+
+The day after the visit which the party made to the palace, they set out
+from their hotel to go to the castle. As they were walking along
+together on the sidewalk of Prince's Street, on a sudden Waldron darted
+off from Rollo's side, and ran into the street, in pursuit of a cab
+which had just gone by. He soon overtook the cab and climbed up behind
+it; and then, to Mr. George's utter amazement, he reached forward along
+the side of the vehicle, so as to look into the window of it, and
+knocked on the glass. In a moment the cab stopped, the door opened, and
+the mystery of the case was explained to Mr. George and Rollo by seeing
+Waldron's father looking out of it.
+
+"It is his father!" said Rollo.
+
+"Yes," said Mr. George. "But that is not the proper way for a boy to
+stop his father, riding by in a cab, in the streets of Edinburgh."
+
+The cab drove up to the sidewalk, and then Mr. Kennedy got out to speak
+to Mr. George. He said that he had received letters from America, making
+it necessary for him to set sail immediately for home. He had intended,
+he added, to have remained two or three weeks longer in Scotland; and in
+that case he should have liked very much to have continued Waldron under
+Mr. George's care.
+
+"And now," he added, turning to Waldron, "which would you rather do--go
+home to America with me, or stay here, and travel with Mr. George?"
+
+Waldron looked quite perplexed at this proposal. He said that he liked
+very much to travel with Mr. George and Rollo, and yet he wanted very
+much indeed to go home.
+
+In the course of the day various debates and consultations were held,
+and it was finally decided that Waldron should go home. So the accounts
+were settled with Mr. George, and Waldron was transferred to the hotel
+where his father and mother were lodging. They were to set out the next
+morning, in the express train for Liverpool. The preparations for the
+journey and the voyage kept Waldron busy all that day, so that Mr.
+George and Rollo went to the castle alone. But Waldron made Rollo
+promise that in the evening he would come to the hotel and see him, and
+tell him what he saw there.
+
+In the evening, accordingly, Rollo went to the hotel where Mr. Kennedy
+was staying. Mr. George went with him. They went first into Mr.
+Kennedy's parlor. A door was open between the parlor and one of the
+bedrooms, and both rooms were full of trunks and parcels. Every body was
+busy packing and arranging. The ladies were showing each other their
+different purchases, as they came in from the shops; and as soon as Mr.
+George entered, they began to ask him whether he thought they would be
+obliged to pay duty on this, or on that, when they arrived in America.
+
+Rollo asked where Waldron was, and they said he was in his room, packing
+his trunk. So Rollo went to find him.
+
+"Ah, Rollo," said Waldron, "I am glad you have come. I want you to sit
+on the top of my trunk with me, and make it shut down."
+
+Rollo gave Waldron the assistance he required, and by the conjoined
+gravity of both the boys the trunk was made to shut. Waldron turned the
+key in an instant, and then said,--
+
+"There! Get open again if you can. And now, Rollo," he continued, "tell
+me about the castle."
+
+"Well, we had a very good time visiting it," said Rollo. "We went over
+the bridge where you and I stopped to look down to the market, and came
+to High Street. But instead of turning down, as we did when we were
+going to Holyrood, we turned _up_; because, you know, the castle is on
+the top of the hill."
+
+"Yes," said Waldron, "I knew that was the way."
+
+"Well, we went up High Street," continued Rollo. "The upper part of it
+is quite a handsome street. There were a great many large public
+buildings. We passed by a great cathedral, where, they said, a woman
+threw a stool at the minister, while he was preaching."
+
+"What did she do that for?" asked Waldron.
+
+"I don't know," said Rollo. "I suppose she did not like his preaching.
+It was in the reformation times. I believe he was preaching Popery, and
+she was a Protestant. Her name was Jenny Geddes. They have got the stool
+now."
+
+"They have?" exclaimed Waldron.
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "so uncle George said. They keep it in the
+Antiquarian Museum, for a curiosity."
+
+"When we got to the upper end of the High Street," continued Rollo,
+"there was the castle all before us. Only first there was a parade
+ground for the troops; it was all gravelled over."
+
+"Were there any soldiers there?" asked Waldron.
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "there were two or three companies drilling and
+parading."
+
+"I should like to have seen them," said Waldron.
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "and besides, the parade ground was a splendid place.
+The lower end of it was towards the street; the upper end was towards
+the gates and walls of the castle, and the two sides of it were shut in
+by a low wall, built on the very brink of the precipice. You could look
+down over this wall into the streets of the lower part of the town; and
+then we could see off a great way, over all the country.
+
+"We stopped a little while to look at the view, and then we turned round
+and looked at the soldiers a little while longer, and then we went on.
+Presently we came to the castle gates. There was a sentinel on guard,
+and some soldiers walking to and fro on the ramparts above; but they did
+not say any thing to us, and so we went in. There were other parties of
+ladies and gentlemen going in too."
+
+"Well," said Waldron, "what did you see when you got in?"
+
+"Why, we were yet only inside the walls," said Rollo, "and so we kept
+going on up a steep road paved with stones. There were walls, and
+towers, and battlements, and bastions, and soldiers walking sentry, and
+cannons pointed at us, all around. Presently we came to a sort of
+bridge. Here we heard some music. It seemed down below; so we went to
+the side of the bridge and looked over. There was a little square field
+below, and three men, with Scotch bagpipes, playing together. The men
+were dressed in uniform, and the bagpipes were splendid-looking
+instruments."
+
+"Yes," said Waldron. "They were the musicians of some Highland regiment,
+practising."
+
+"Well; we went on, higher and higher," said Rollo, "and continued going
+round and round, till, at last, we came to the upper part of the castle,
+where there were platforms, and cannons upon them, pointing out over all
+the country round about."
+
+"Did you see Mons Meg?" asked Waldron.
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "and we went up close to it. But we did not touch it,
+for there was a notice put up that visitors must not touch the guns.
+
+"By and by we came into a large square court, with buildings, that
+looked like barracks, all about it. There was a sign up, with a hand on
+it pointing, and the words, 'To the crown room.' So we knew that that
+was the place where we were to go. Besides, all the other ladies and
+gentlemen were going there, too.
+
+"We gave up our tickets at the door, and went up a short flight of
+steps, into a little sort of cellar."
+
+"A little sort of cellar!" exclaimed Waldron. He was surprised at the
+idea of going up stairs into a cellar.
+
+"Yes," said Rollo. "It was just like a cellar. It had stone walls all
+around it, and was arched overhead."
+
+"Was it dark?" asked Waldron.
+
+"O, no," said Rollo; "it was lighted up splendidly with gas. The gas
+shone very bright in between the bars of the cage, and brightened up the
+crown and the jewels wonderfully."
+
+"In the cage?" repeated Waldron; "was there a cage?"
+
+"Yes," replied Rollo. "In the middle of the room there was a great iron
+cage, as high as my head, and big in proportion. The crown and the
+jewels were in the cage, on cushions. They were so far in that people
+could not reach them by putting their hands through the bars. There were
+a great many persons standing all around the cage, and looking in to
+see the crown and the jewels."
+
+"Were they pretty?" asked Waldron.
+
+"Not very," said Rollo. "I suppose the things were made of gold; but I
+could not tell, from the looks of them, whether they were made of gold
+or brass."
+
+"Was there any thing else?" asked Waldron.
+
+"Yes," said Rollo, "there was a monstrous oak chest,--iron bound, or
+brass bound,--where the crown and jewels were hid away for a great many
+years. At the time when Scotland was united to England, they put these
+things in this chest; and they were left there so long that at last
+there was nobody that knew where they were. Finally the government began
+to look for them, and they looked in this old chest, and there they
+found them.
+
+"While we were looking at the chest," continued Rollo, "I heard some
+music out in the court, and I asked uncle George to let me go out; and
+he did. I was very glad I did, for the Highland regiment was paraded in
+the court. I stood there some time to see them exercised."
+
+"Did they look well?" asked Waldron.
+
+"Beautifully," said Rollo.
+
+After this, Rollo gave Waldron some further accounts of what he saw at
+the castle; but before he got quite through with his descriptions Mr.
+George came, and said it was time for them to go home. So they both bade
+Waldron good by. Rollo said, however, that it was not his final good by.
+
+"I shall come down to the station to-morrow morning," said he, "and see
+you go."
+
+Waldron was very much pleased to hear this, and then Mr. George and
+Rollo went away.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI.
+
+CONCLUSION.
+
+
+Mr. George and Rollo made some excursions together after this, but I
+have not time to give a full account of them. Among others, they went to
+see Linlithgow, where stands the ruin of an ancient palace, which was
+the one in which Queen Mary was born. Linlithgow itself is a town. Near
+it is a pretty little loch. The ruins stand on a smooth and beautiful
+lawn, between the town and the shore of the loch. The people who lived
+in the palace had delightful views from their windows, both of the water
+of the loch itself and of the opposite shores.
+
+At this ruin people can go up by the old staircases to various rooms in
+the upper stories, and even to the top of the walls. The floors,
+wherever the floors remain, are covered with grass and weeds.
+
+There was a very curious story about the castle. It was taken at one
+time by means of a load of hay. The enemy engaged a farmer who lived
+near, and who was accustomed to supply the people of the castle with
+hay, to join them in their plot. So they put some armed men on his cart,
+and covered them all over with hay. They also concealed some more armed
+men near the gateway. The gateway had what is called a portcullis; that
+is, a heavy iron gate suspended by chains, so as to rise and fall. Of
+course, when the portcullis was down, nobody could get in or out.
+
+The people of the castle hoisted the portcullis, to let the load of hay
+come in, and the farmer, as soon as he had got the wagon in the middle
+of the gateway, stopped it there, and cut the traces, so that it could
+not be drawn any farther. At the same instant the men who were hid under
+the hay jumped out, killed the guard at the gates, called out to the
+other men who were in ambush, and they all poured into the castle
+together, crowding by at the sides of the wagon. The wagon, being
+directly in the way, prevented the portcullis from being shut down. Thus
+the castle was taken.
+
+Mr. George and Rollo also went to visit Melrose Abbey, which is a very
+beautiful ruin in the south part of Scotland. While they were there they
+visited Abbotsford, too, which is the house that Walter Scott lived in.
+Walter Scott amused himself, during his lifetime, in collecting a great
+many objects of interest connected with Scottish history, and putting
+them up in his house; and now the place is a perfect museum of Scottish
+antiquities and curiosities.
+
+Melrose and Abbotsford are in the southern part of Scotland, not very
+far from the English frontier. After visiting them, Mr. George and Rollo
+proceeded by the railway to Berwick, which stands on the boundary line;
+and there they bade Scotland farewell.
+
+
+
+
+ TAGGARD & THOMPSON
+ PUBLISH THE FOLLOWING
+ POPULAR JUVENILE BOOKS.
+
+
+ROLLO'S TOUR IN EUROPE.
+
+Ten volumes, 16mo, cloth. Being a new series of Rollo Books. By REV.
+JACOB ABBOTT. Beautifully illustrated. Rollo on the Atlantic--Rollo in
+Paris--Rollo in Switzerland--Rollo on the Rhine--Rollo in London--Rollo
+in Scotland--Rollo in Geneva--Rollo in Holland--Rollo in Naples--Rollo
+in Rome. Price per vol. 50 cts.
+
+
+MY UNCLE TOBY'S LIBRARY.
+
+By FRANCIS FORRESTER, ESQ., consisting of twelve volumes, elegantly
+bound, and illustrated with upwards of SIXTY beautiful engravings. Each
+book is printed in large and splendid type, upon superior paper. Price
+per vol. 25 cts.
+
+
+THE SUMMER HOUSE STORIES.
+
+By the author of "Daisy," "Violet," &c. Elegantly illustrated by
+Billings. Six volumes. Price per vol. 63 cts.
+
+This series is designed to sketch attractively and simply the wonders of
+reptile and insect existences, the changes of trees, rocks, rivers,
+clouds, and winds. This is done by a family of children writing letters,
+both playful and serious, which are addressed to all children whom the
+books may reach.
+
+
+THE MARTIN AND NELLIE STORIES.
+
+By JOSEPHINE FRANKLIN. Twelve volumes, 16mo, cloth. Illustrated by
+Billings and others. Price per vol. 50 cts.
+
+The object of these stories is the inculcation, in a quiet, simple way,
+of the principles of good nature, kindness, and integrity among
+children. They consist of the usual pathetic and mirthful incidents that
+constitute boy and girl life.
+
+
+THE GLEN MORRIS STORIES.
+
+By FRANCIS FORRESTER, author of "My Uncle Toby's Library." Five vols.
+16mo, cloth. Beautifully illustrated. Price per vol. 63 cts.
+
+The purpose of the "Glen Morris Stories" is to sow the seed of pure,
+noble, manly character in the mind of our great nation's childhood. They
+exhibit the virtues and vices of childhood, not in prosy, unreadable
+precepts, but in a series of characters which move before the
+imagination, as living beings do before the senses.
+
+
+PICTURES FROM THE HISTORY OF THE SWISS.
+
+One volume, 16mo. Price 67 cts.
+
+A very instructive and entertaining Juvenile, designed for children from
+ten to fifteen years of age.
+
+
+PICTURES FROM THE HISTORY OF SPAIN.
+
+By the author of "Pictures from the History of the Swiss." A new volume
+just published. Price 67 cts.
+
+
+LIFE AND ADVENTURES OF WHITENOSE WOODCHUCK.
+
+One volume, 16mo. Price 38 cts.
+
+Intended especially for younger children, and illustrated with numerous
+engravings, by Billings.
+
+
+In addition to the above, T. & T. publish a great variety of Toy and
+Juvenile Books suited to the wants of children of all ages.
+
+
+AN INTERESTING BOOK FOR SCHOLARS.
+
+The Boys have long desired such a Book.
+
+THE UNIVERSAL SPEAKER:
+
+CONTAINING A COLLECTION OF SPEECHES, DIALOGUES, AND RECITATIONS, ADAPTED
+TO THE USE OF SCHOOLS, ACADEMIES, AND SOCIAL CIRCLES.
+
+Edited by N. A. Calkins and W. T. Adams.
+
+The excellences of this work consist, in part, of its entire
+originality, of its more than usual adaptation to the wants of our High
+Schools and Academies, and of the systematic arrangement of its
+selections for declamation and for elocutionary practice. Those in Part
+Second were prepared by Prof. WM. RUSSELL, the eminent elocutionist,
+expressly for this work. The publishers feel assured that in presenting
+this work to Teachers and Scholars, they are offering them no revision
+of old matter with which they have long been familiar, but an original
+work, full of new, interesting, and instructive pieces, for the varied
+purposes for which it is designed.
+
+In 1 vol. 12mo. Price $1.
+
+     The instructions in declamation are so complete and accompanied by
+     such ample illustrations relative to position and gestures of the
+     student, that the "Universal Speaker" needs only to be seen to
+     become what its name indicates--universal.--Rochester Repository.
+
+     The pieces are judiciously selected, and the book is very
+     attractive in its appearance.--Connecticut School Journal.
+
+     We find, upon close inspection, that the work contains much fresh
+     matter, which will be acceptable to schools and students,
+     particularly in the department of dialogues of which there is a
+     great dearth of really good and FIT matter in most
+     speakers.--United States Journal.
+
+     They are all school-like, the dialogues being illustrative of
+     scenes in common life, including some first-rate conversations
+     pertinent to school-room duties and trials. The speeches are brief
+     and energetic. It will meet with favor.--R. I. Schoolmaster.
+
+     The selection has been made with a great deal of foresight and
+     taste, by men who are highly esteemed as elocutionists, writers, or
+     teachers. The notation, the directions and cuts appended to the
+     pieces, will be found useful to those who use them.--Mass. Teacher.
+
+     Looking it over hastily, we notice many admirable selections from
+     the best authors, and as the book is entirely fresh, the matter
+     never having appeared in previous readers or speakers, it cannot
+     fail be a welcome addition to the books of its class.--Springfield
+     Republican.
+
+     In this they have succeeded, and have also been fortunate in the
+     selection. The book contains a larger number of dialogues than any
+     we have seen, and they are mostly relative to school children and
+     school affairs.--Penn. School Journal.
+
+
+INSTRUCTION AND AMUSEMENT.
+
+
+ PICTURES
+ FROM THE
+ HISTORY OF THE SWISS
+
+In 1 vol. 16mo. 262 pages. Price 75 cents.
+
+WITH CHARACTERISTIC ILLUSTRATIONS,
+
+DESIGNED BY HAMMETT BILLINGS.
+
+It is not generally known that the early history of the Swiss abounds in
+the most thrilling and interesting stories, of which that of Wm. Tell
+shooting the apple from the head of his son, by order of the tyrant
+Gessler, so familiar to every child, is but a specimen. The present
+volume, while it introduces the youthful reader to many of the scenes
+through which the brave Swiss passed in recovering their liberty, also
+narrates many stories of peculiar interest and romance, every way equal
+to that of Tell. Among these we may name,
+
+ The Thievish Raven, and the Mischief he caused.
+ How the Wives and Daughters of Zurich saved the City.
+ How the City of Lucerne was saved by a Boy.
+ The Baker's Apprentice.
+ How a Wooden Figure raised Troops in the Valois.
+ Little Roza's Offering.
+ A Little Theft, and what happened in consequence.
+ The Angel of the Camp.
+
+With twenty-one other similar stories.
+
+
+A NEW SERIES OF JUVENILES.
+
+
+THE SUMMER-HOUSE SERIES.
+
+BY THE AUTHOR OF "VIOLET," "DAISY," ETC.
+
+The first volume of what the publishers sincerely believe will be the
+most popular series of Juvenile Books yet issued, is now ready, entitled
+
+OUR SUMMER-HOUSE, AND WHAT WAS SAID AND DONE IN IT.
+
+In 1 vol. 16mo. Price 62 cents.
+
+Handsomely Illustrated by HAMMETT BILLINGS.
+
+From the author's Preface:--
+
+"The Summer-House Series of children's books, of which the present
+volume is the first, is an attempt to sketch attractively and simply the
+wonders of reptile and insect existence, the changes of trees, rocks,
+rivers, clouds and winds.
+
+"To this end a family of intelligent children, of various ages,
+collected in a garden summer-house, are supposed to write letters and
+stories, sometimes playful, sometimes serious, addressing them to all
+children whom the books may reach.
+
+"The author has hoped, by thus awakening the quick imagination and ready
+sympathies of the young, to lead them to use their own eyes, and hearts,
+and hands, in that plentiful harvest-field of life, where 'the reapers
+indeed are few.'"
+
+Among the stories in the present volume are the following:--
+
+Bessie's Garden.
+
+One of the most touching and affecting stories we have read for many a
+day.
+
+The Lancers.
+
+A most humorous story, with a never-to-be-forgotten moral, inculcating
+contentment.
+
+The Working Fairies.
+
+In this story Industry is held up for attainment, and Idleness receives
+a severe rebuke. The style and language, though perfectly intelligible
+to children, are worthy of a Beecher.
+
+The Princess.
+
+A story of wrong and suffering.
+
+Little Red-Head.
+
+A true story of a bird.
+
+The Little Preacher.
+
+A sweet story, introducing bird and insect life, and conveying more
+truth and instruction to children, than can be found in a dozen ordinary
+sermons.
+
+TAGGARD & THOMPSON, Publishers,
+
+29 CORNHILL, BOSTON.
+
+
+
+
+TRANSCRIBER'S NOTES
+
+1. Minor changes have been made to correct typesetters errors and
+omissions, and to ensure consistent use of punctuation and spelling;
+otherwise, every effort has been made to remain true to the original
+book.
+
+2. The book from which this etext has been produced had decorative
+endcaps following several chapters; as these do no affect the storyline,
+reference to them has been omitted in this text version of the book.
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Rollo in Scotland, by Jacob Abbott
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ROLLO IN SCOTLAND ***
+
+***** This file should be named 25174.txt or 25174.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/2/5/1/7/25174/
+
+Produced by D Alexander and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/25174.zip b/25174.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e92c0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/25174.zip
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..54f94e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #25174 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/25174)